The Health Advocates
A podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all.

“The Health Advocates” is hosted by Steven Newmark, Chief Legal & Policy Officer at GHLF. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
“The Health Advocates” is part of the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network and hosted by Steven Newmark.
Proposed Cuts, Real Impact: Understanding the New Healthcare Budget
The federal budget may feel distant, but its impact on healthcare is anything but. In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark breaks down the Trump administration’s newly proposed budget, which includes significant cuts to the Department of Health and Human Services, reductions in research funding, and a major restructuring of federal public health programs.
But this conversation goes beyond what’s proposed. We also examine what’s already happening on the ground following last year’s federal policy changes, including substantial reductions in Medicaid funding that are placing pressure on state budgets and leading to coverage losses for millions of Americans.
This episode connects the dots between federal decisions and real-world consequences — from access to care and public health preparedness to the future of medical research. For patients, caregivers, and advocates, it offers a clear look at where healthcare policy is heading and why these budget decisions matter now.

Courts vs. Vaccine Policy: Who Decides?
00:00:00:08 – 00:00:08:13
Narrator
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
00:00:08:15 – 00:00:23:02
Steven Newmark
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer here at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. For those who don’t know me, I lead advocacy and policy here at GHLF.
00:00:23:04 – 00:00:43:04
Steven Newmark
I’m a lawyer by training, a professor, and also someone living the system alongside you. My job every day is to take what’s happening in Washington and around the country and translate it into what it actually means for patients. And sometimes what it means isn’t obvious until it’s already affecting you. Before we get into it, I want to ground this in something real.
00:00:43:06 – 00:01:05:01
Steven Newmark
Last week, I heard from a woman in our community, let’s call her Mary. She has a chronic condition, she relies on Medicaid, and she said to me, “I don’t follow policy, but I can feel something changing.” That’s what today is about because policy doesn’t stay in Washington. It shows up in your life. Today, we’re talking about the federal budget and why this moment is different.
00:01:05:03 – 00:01:20:09
Steven Newmark
Because this is no longer just about proposals. We’re already seeing real world impact. So today we’re going to connect the dots. What the new proposed budget includes, what has already changed on the ground, and what this means for patients right now.
00:01:20:11 – 00:01:30:21
Steven Newmark
Let’s start with the proposal. At a high level, the Trump administration is proposing a 12.5% reduction in discretionary spending for the Department of Health and Human Services.
00:01:30:23 – 00:01:57:11
Steven Newmark
That would bring HHS funding down to about $111 billion, compared to roughly 125 billion today. This is not as steep as what was proposed last year, but it is still significant. And like all budget proposals, it tells us something important: what is being prioritized and what is not. So what does that actually mean? It means fewer resources behind the scenes that help keep people stable before they ever show up in a doctor’s office.
00:01:57:12 – 00:02:17:00
Steven Newmark
One of the biggest structural changes is the creation of a new entity called the Administration for a Healthy America, or AHA. The goal is to consolidate programs across the CDC, HRSA, and SAMHSA. The administration says this will reduce duplication and save about $5 billion.
00:02:17:06 – 00:02:34:22
Steven Newmark
But consolidation also often means elimination. Programs tied to chronic disease, mental health, and community-based public health could be reduced or disappear entirely. So while the language focuses on efficiency, the impact is a redefinition of what public health priorities look like.
00:02:35:00 – 00:02:51:16
Steven Newmark
Additionally, there are pending cuts to research in this proposal. This proposal includes $5 billion in cuts to the National Institute of Health, NIH, which is about a 10% reduction. NIH funds the pipeline that leads to new treatments and long term medical progress.
00:02:51:18 – 00:03:09:06
Steven Newmark
Several institutes are also on the chopping block, including those focused on minority health and global research. Here’s the translation: fewer shots on goal for the treatments patients are waiting for. These cuts don’t show up tomorrow, but over time, they shape what medicine looks like in the next decade.
00:03:09:07 – 00:03:23:13
Steven Newmark
The budget also proposes reducing funding for public health infrastructure, including preparedness programs, emergency response systems, and hospital readiness programs. These are the systems you don’t think about until you need them, and by then it’s too late to rebuild them.
00:03:23:15 – 00:03:43:19
Steven Newmark
Several programs that directly impact access to care are also targeted, including family planning services, child health programs, community services, and energy assistance. These may not sound like healthcare programs per se, but they are deeply connected to health. When they go away, patients feel it through reduced access, increased financial stress, and worse outcomes over time.
00:03:43:21 – 00:04:01:15
Steven Newmark
So where is funding actually increasing in this budget? Well, there are increases in the health budget in areas such as food safety, environmental health, artificial intelligence, and some telehealth. These reflect a shift in priorities for the administration. But they exist, of course, alongside the broader reductions elsewhere.
00:04:01:17 – 00:04:25:01
Steven Newmark
Now here’s the critical point: what is already happening? This is not what’s proposed in a budget, but what is actually happening on the ground. We are not starting from zero here. Last year’s legislation already reduced Medicaid funding by about 665 billion over the next decade, and the effects are already showing up. States are tightening eligibility, adding work requirements, reducing enrollment.
00:04:25:03 – 00:04:46:15
Steven Newmark
The result is that an estimated 7.6 million fewer people are going to be enrolled on Medicaid over time. If you’re listening and you rely on Medicaid, or might one day rely on Medicaid, this is where it becomes personal. This is about whether you still qualify, whether your benefits change, whether your doctor still takes your plan. This is not theoretical, this is practical.
00:04:46:17 – 00:05:03:17
Steven Newmark
If any part of this is sitting close to home, raise your hand. Go to GHLF.org and sign up for our free newsletter. We break this down in plain language and tell you exactly what’s changing and what to watch for. You don’t need to follow a policy every day. That’s our job. But you should know when it affects you.
00:05:03:19 – 00:05:28:04
Steven Newmark
Okay, stepping back to the proposed budget, there is a broader shift that’s happening. The federal government is reducing its role and shifting more responsibility to the states. In theory, that creates flexibility for health plans. In practice, it creates variability across the healthcare ecosystem. Some states will be able to absorb these changes, others won’t. Which means where you live will increasingly determine the care that you get.
00:05:28:10 – 00:05:51:06
Steven Newmark
So what does this mean for patients? What should you take away? First, this is a moment of transition in our healthcare. Second, access is becoming more uneven across the country. Third, as always, advocacy matters. The reason deeper cuts didn’t happen last year is because people spoke up. And that will matter again. We need your voices to fight these pending cuts to our healthcare ecosystem.
00:05:51:08 – 00:06:06:11
Steven Newmark
Budgets are where priorities become real. And right now, we’re watching decisions that will shape who gets access to care and who doesn’t. So if you take one thing from today, it’s this: pay attention when things feel like they’re changing because they are. And you don’t have to navigate it alone.
00:06:06:12 – 00:06:23:01
Steven Newmark
If you want to go a step further, join us at the 50statenetwork.org. It’s free, it’s patient driven, and it’s how thousands of people across the country are making sure their voices are heard. Because at the end of the day, health policy isn’t about numbers. It’s about people.
00:06:23:03 – 00:06:36:06
Steven Newmark
Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates. If you found this episode helped you understand what’s happening, share it with someone who needs it. And don’t forget to sign up at GHLF.org to stay informed. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
00:06:36:07 – 00:06:42:20
Narrator
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
Courts vs. Vaccine Policy: Who Decides?
A federal court has halted sweeping changes to U.S. vaccine policy, raising fundamental questions about who shapes public health decisions and how those decisions are made. In this episode, we break down the ruling, the role of the CDC’s vaccine advisory committee, and why the court found the administration’s actions unlawful. We also explore what this means for patients, providers, and the future of evidence-based policymaking.

Courts vs. Vaccine Policy: Who Decides?
00:00:00:08 – 00:00:08:22
Narrator
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
00:00:09:00 – 00:00:26:06
Steven Newmark
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Health Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
00:00:26:08 – 00:00:47:05
Steven Newmark
This week, we’re at a crossroads. Today, we’re diving into a major federal court ruling that just stopped, at least for now, a sweeping overhaul of U.S. vaccine policy. At the center of this case is who gets to decide vaccine recommendations in this country, and whether those decisions can ignore decades of scientific process. This is not just a legal story.
00:00:47:05 – 00:01:13:10
Steven Newmark
It’s a public health story. And it’s a patient story. So let’s start with the basics. A federal judge in Boston blocked efforts by the Trump administration to change the nation’s vaccine recommendations, including reducing the number of vaccines recommended for children. The court also put a hold on sanctions taken by the CDC’s key advisory body, known as ACIP, after all of its members were removed and replaced by the health secretary.
00:01:13:12 – 00:01:39:20
Steven Newmark
The judge’s reasoning was blunt. The administration acted in a way that was, quote, arbitrary and capricious, a legal term meaning it ignored scientific and procedural norms. As a result, the prior vaccine schedule is now back in place, at least temporarily. This case goes far beyond vaccines. It’s really about three things. First, the rule of law. Federal agencies can change policy, but they have to follow process.
00:01:40:00 – 00:02:09:19
Steven Newmark
You cannot just swap out experts and rewrite policy without justification. Second, the role of science in policymaking. For decades, vaccine recommendations have relied on a structured, evidence based process. The court is essentially saying you cannot bypass that process. Third, institutional integrity. When you remove an entire advisory committee and replace it with individuals who may not meet traditional qualifications, you risk undermining trust in the system itself.
00:02:09:21 – 00:02:35:17
Steven Newmark
Okay, so let’s get into what ACIP is and why you should care. We’ve spoken about ACIP many times on the podcast, but a little review is certainly in order here. ACIP is not a household name, but perhaps at this point it should be. This is the group that determines which vaccines are recommended, for whom and when. Those recommendations shape what doctors advise, what insurance companies cover, and what vaccines are required for school entry.
00:02:35:22 – 00:03:01:04
Steven Newmark
So when ACIP changes, the ripple effects hit every family in the country. And in this case, the court said those changes were not done properly. The administration didn’t just tweak the system here. It has attempted a major shift. It’s reduced the number of recommended childhood vaccinations. It’s currently reconsidering Covid vaccine guidance, and it’s moving essentially towards a very different model for how vaccine policy is set.
00:03:01:06 – 00:03:30:23
Steven Newmark
The judge in this case found that these decisions did not follow the longstanding scientific process, and instead appear to sidestep it entirely. That’s what triggered the initial legal challenge for major medical organizations, such as the American Academy of Pediatrics. So what happens next? This case is far from over. The administration has already said that it will appeal. This means that a federal appeals court will likely weigh in, and there’s a real chance that this eventually ends up at the United States Supreme Court.
00:03:31:04 – 00:03:56:13
Steven Newmark
So what we’re seeing now is a pause, not a final decision. So let’s bring this back to what matters most – patients. In the short term, The ruling creates stability. The existing vaccine schedule stays in place. But in the longer term, there are bigger questions. Will patients continue to trust vaccine recommendations? Will coverage decisions remain consistent? Will science continue to drive policy?
00:03:56:15 – 00:04:24:18
Steven Newmark
Or will politics play a larger role? These are not abstract questions. They affect whether people get vaccinated and whether they can access care. There is a broader tension here. On one side, a push to rethink vaccine policy and challenge longstanding assumptions. On the other, a system built on decades of scientific consensus and procedural safeguards. The court, at least for now, has come down on the side of the process and evidence at its core.
00:04:24:22 – 00:04:50:19
Steven Newmark
This case is about trust. Trust in science. Trust in institutions, and trust that decisions affecting millions of patients are carefully, transparently based on evidence. We’ll be watching this case closely, because the next chapter could reshape how public health policy gets made in this country. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major Health News of the week to help you make sense of it all.
00:04:50:21 – 00:05:12:07
Steven Newmark
If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about health care policy. And be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcast at GHLF.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
00:05:12:09 – 00:05:18:22
Narrator
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
What an NDA Means for Patients with Osteoarthritis
For people living with osteoarthritis, news about potential new treatments often comes with more questions than answers. In this episode of The Health Advocates, we slow things down to explain what it really means when a company submits a New Drug Application, or NDA, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.
Steven Newmark is joined by Erich Horsley and Dr. Yusuf Yazici from Biosplice Therapeutics to walk through this important regulatory milestone and why it matters for patients. Together, they break down what an NDA is, what happens during FDA review, and what patients should and should not expect while a therapy is under evaluation. The conversation also explores the current osteoarthritis treatment landscape, why progress in this disease has been so challenging, and what researchers mean when they talk about disease-modifying approaches.

What an NDA Means for Patients with Osteoarthritis
00:00:00:08 – 00:00:06:20
Narrator
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
00:00:06:22 – 00:00:08:16
Narrator
00:00:08:18 – 00:00:25:18
Steven Newmark
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
00:00:25:19 – 00:01:01:01
Steven Newmark
Today’s conversation is educational. We’re discussing a recent regulatory milestone involving an investigational therapy that has been submitted to the FDA for review. We’ll explain the process and help make patients make sense of what these headlines actually mean. Our guests today are Erich Horsley, CEO of Biosplice Therapeutics, and Dr. Yusuf Yazici, Chief Medical Officer of Biosplice. Mr. Horsley, as I mentioned, is the CEO of Biosplice, a biotechnology company focused on developing novel therapies for musculoskeletal and other serious conditions and diseases, including osteoarthritis.
00:01:01:04 – 00:01:32:16
Steven Newmark
He brings more than a decade of leadership experience across biotech, pharmaceuticals and health care innovation. With a background spanning decades in private equity, corporate strategy, commercialization and late stage drug development. At Biosplice, he oversees the company’s strategic direction, operations and regulatory strategy as Biosplice works to address conditions with significant unmet patient needs. Dr. Yusuf Yazici is the chief medical officer of Biosplice Therapeutics and a practicing rheumatologist with extensive experience in clinical research and patient care.
00:01:32:16 – 00:02:08:14
Steven Newmark
He is internationally recognized for his work in inflammatory and degenerative joint diseases, including osteoarthritis, and has led or participated in numerous clinical review trials evaluating new therapies for chronic musculoskeletal conditions. Dr. Yazici has led the development of Biosplice’s innovative osteoarthritis drug for the past decade through 11 clinical trials and now the regulatory approval stages. In addition to his role at Biosplice, he brings a patient centered perspective grounded in decades of treating people living with chronic pain and mobility limitations.
00:02:08:16 – 00:02:11:14
Steven Newmark
Well, welcome. Thank you for being here, both of you, today.
00:02:11:16 – 00:02:13:12
Erich Horsley
Thank you very much. It’s a pleasure to be here.
00:02:13:18 – 00:02:14:13
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Thank you very much.
00:02:14:13 – 00:02:33:14
Steven Newmark
We hear a lot of scientific headlines, especially when it comes to new drugs, but very few of them explain what’s actually happening behind the scenes. So we’re going to slow this down. Recently, a new drug application, often called an NDA was submitted for an investigational osteoarthritis therapy called Lorecivivint.
00:02:33:15 – 00:02:36:20
Steven Newmark
I hope I pronounce that correctly, but if not, one of you will correct me, right?
00:02:36:23 – 00:02:38:00
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Lorecivivint.
00:02:38:01 – 00:02:51:10
Steven Newmark
We’ll call it LOR for today. To make my life a little bit easier. Now for patients, this NDA process raises questions. What does that mean? Is this a decision? Is this access or are we still years away or is something sooner coming on the horizon?
00:02:51:11 – 00:03:08:08
Steven Newmark
So to help unpack all of this, we’ll get into it. To start off, could you briefly introduce yourself? I gave little bios before we started, but if you have anything to add, you know, at least if you might mention how long you’ve been working in this space, what do patients with osteoarthritis most often tell you about their experience and so forth.
00:03:08:09 – 00:03:10:04
Steven Newmark
We’ll start with Mr. Horsley, the CEO.
00:03:10:05 – 00:03:28:01
Erich Horsley
Sure. So I’ve been here about a decade. My background, as you mentioned, has been in private equity, where I’ve kind of grown and developed companies for many years. But Biosplice is quite unique. You know, biotechs, they don’t typically have any revenue. What they do is they they raise money and they invest in the development of drugs.
00:03:28:04 – 00:03:49:20
Erich Horsley
And very often biotechs develop a drug in the early stages and flip it to a pharma company. We’re one of the very few biotechs to design, in this case Lorecivivint, our asset for OA, really from scratch. So we designed the molecule, we discovered the science. We took it through phase one, phase two, phase three. And now it’s on the doorstep of approval with the FDA in the form of an NDA application.
00:03:49:20 – 00:04:17:09
Erich Horsley
And so that is what makes us a bit unique as we’ll get into arthritis is an extremely difficult disease to develop in. We’ve run 11 clinical trials over the years, all very well controlled, U.S.-run, placebo-controlled trials. And we’ll get into the data and what that means for patients. But it’s been a long journey and we’re just thrilled to have this asset potentially available for patients after approval, because there is simply nothing out there for patients that is both safe and effective, in my opinion.
00:04:17:11 – 00:04:22:17
Erich Horsley
And we’ll talk a little bit about that more. But we’re just we’re really thrilled to be able to potentially put forth this asset.
00:04:22:17 – 00:04:29:18
Steven Newmark
And Dr. Yazici, can you tell us a little bit more about your background, particularly as a rheumatologist, in working with OA patients?
00:04:29:21 – 00:04:38:09
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
I’m a rheumatologist by training. I’ve been with Biosplice for close to about 12 years now, but I’ve been a practicing rheumatologist for over 25 years.
00:04:38:09 – 00:04:57:05
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
And osteoarthritis is a very common condition. It is the most common joint disease that rheumatologists see. It can be in the hip or the knee. Knee osteoarthritis is more common than the hip. And that’s what we’re working in right now. And what happens basically is these patients really do not have any good options to stop the progression of the condition.
00:04:57:07 – 00:05:20:18
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Now, you may be familiar with rheumatoid arthritis, which is another inflammatory condition which affects about 3 million or so patients in the US. Whereas knee osteoarthritis is about 25 to 30 million, but we have, over the last 20 to 25 years, developed many disease modifying drugs and familiar names are Enbrel, Humira, Remicade and such, which have changed the course of rheumatoid arthritis.
00:05:20:21 – 00:05:40:13
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
No such drugs have been available for osteoarthritis, even though there are more than ten times the number of patients. So that’s a huge unmet need. And the current therapies, as we can talk about, are not very effective and have potentially a lot of adverse events. So that has limited their use and the benefit they provide to osteoarthritis patients.
00:05:40:14 – 00:05:59:18
Steven Newmark
You know, it’s always fantastic when we hear about new therapies coming out in this space or any space really involving diseases. I just want to dig in a little bit more about what is a new drug application. When you hear that a company has submitted a new drug application, what does that actually mean? What is an NDA in plain language?
00:05:59:18 – 00:06:28:12
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
So you can think of it as the final document. That’s the culmination of years of both starting with animal studies, then going over to human studies and multiple phases of human studies. And we have been doing it for close to ten years. That’s if you look at the literature, that’s the average time it takes to take a drug from the very beginning, when it’s just a molecule, through all the stages that you’re required to go through to get it to the drug stage, where it can be used in humans.
00:06:28:16 – 00:06:55:21
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
So you start first with animal studies that where you show the safety of the drug, you find the dose that’s appropriate for human use. And then you submit those to the FDA and they review it And if they agree that this is safe enough and there is potential for efficacy, then they allow you to start testing it in humans. So the next stage is first you do the human trials where you look at the safety and then you establish the safety in humans. Then you go to larger numbers of patients where you look at the efficacy.
00:06:55:21 – 00:07:16:16
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
And for osteoarthritis, the major efficacy that any drug in osteoarthritis has to show is in improving pain. However, that’s not usually the only thing that’s wrong in the disease. There’s functional impairment. There is structural damage that happens to the joint. So we have been able to show benefits in all those areas. But those are this what’s called the phase two and phase three trials.
00:07:16:16 – 00:07:38:16
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
And you usually do a multiple of those. And you need to get at least the minimum number of patients exposed to the drug. So you can establish a reliable safety data set. And then you meet with the FDA when all of this is done, and you go over your data, you tell them that you’re going to prepare the package for submission, they give you pointers, they ask you to do certain things, which we’ve gone through all those stages.
00:07:38:16 – 00:07:56:00
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Then you basically work on it. So we last met with the FDA the summer of 24. It took us about a year, year and a half to put the NDA package, the new drug application. You also, in addition to all your clinical data, you have to manufacture the drug to certain specification and quality.
00:07:56:02 – 00:08:20:08
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
So when, if it’s approved, then it’s available and those quality measures are in place. So we have been doing that in parallel also. So you put that data, the manufacturing data, the animal data, the human data all into this large document, which in our case is about close to about 100,000 pages. Then you submit it to the FDA, which we have done December 31st, 2025. So about a month ago.
00:08:20:12 – 00:08:41:06
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
And then the process is in the FDA’s hands. And what they do is they take the first 60 days to do kind of a technical review of the package that you sent to decide if it’s reviewable, because it has many parts. There are certain programs they want specified and how the package is submitted so they can review it appropriately so they go over that.
00:08:41:06 – 00:09:11:00
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
So after 60 days, what’s called they accept it which means they file it. So we submit 60 days. They file. And that filing is what starts the official FDA review clock, which usually is about ten months. And that’s what we expect is going to be happening. So in March we’re hoping to be filed then ten months to March, which takes you to the end of this year as the first time we will be hearing if it’s approved or not. And after that, of course, then it becomes available for patients to use.
00:09:11:00 – 00:09:21:10
Steven Newmark
So just for clarification, we are looking at if all is successful, all goes well, we are looking at approximately a 2027 date of launch for the therapeutic itself?
00:09:21:15 – 00:09:23:05
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Yeah, early 2027.
00:09:23:07 – 00:09:24:10
Steven Newmark
Early 2027.
00:09:24:10 – 00:09:27:15
Erich Horsley
If we’re lucky, it could be late 26. But that’s roughly the timeline.
00:09:27:20 – 00:09:38:21
Steven Newmark
Okay. Well that’s helpful. You know, it’s also as a side note, it’s a reminder of how extensive the FDA process actually is in terms of reviewing for safety and efficacy. So that’s always great.
00:09:39:02 – 00:09:49:14
Steven Newmark
Let’s talk about osteoarthritis itself because there are millions of people of course, living with this condition. I once had a doctor tell me you may not have osteoarthritis today, but if you live long enough, you will.
00:09:49:17 – 00:10:02:11
Steven Newmark
It’s as hard to avoid as getting gray hairs is what the doctor actually said to me. You mentioned the current treatment landscape and where it’s lacking. Why is OA historically been such a difficult disease to make progress in compared to other chronic conditions?
00:10:02:11 – 00:10:18:18
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
That’s a very good question. So up until recently, osteoarthritis was felt to be well, it’s just part of aging. There isn’t much you can do, everybody ages, just like you can’t do much for the white hairs. Joint gets worn out, it gets painful. And people felt that was part of just the aging process.
00:10:18:18 – 00:10:50:05
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
But now we know that osteoarthritis isn’t just a simple wear and tear disease. Wear and tear of course, does play a role. Obesity is a risk factor. Trauma in the past is a risk factor. There are some genetic risk factors, but it’s a complicated disease in that there are inflammatory events that are happening that contribute to the pain and the cartilage degeneration, there are changes not in the cartilage in the joint, but also the bone and other tissues around it. So it’s been realized over the last 10 to 15 years that it’s not a simple wear and tear, age related condition only.
00:10:50:05 – 00:11:12:05
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
That has led to identification of a lot of targets of things that are going wrong in the knee that could be targeted with medications. So the last 10 to 15 years has seen a lot of new drugs coming into clinical trial space. When we first started, there were about 8 to 10 other companies with other drugs that were starting out that clinical trials, too.
00:11:12:06 – 00:11:41:21
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Right now, as far as we know, from publicly available information, we’re the only ones that have finished phase three and submitted an NDA. There are some earlier phase ongoing work with some other molecules. So there is a lot of interest for sure, especially with the realization that this is a more complicated disease than people have assumed. Not only that, about half the patients with osteoarthritis of the knee are younger than 65, which is they’re in their productive years, they’re working. They really functional limitations doesn’t do them any justice.
00:11:42:00 – 00:12:07:02
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
So it’s a serious unmet need. That’s one of the reasons FDA recognizes osteoarthritis as a serious condition, because it’s also been shown to increase not just morbidity, but mortality. Osteoarthritis, in addition to because it affects the function, patients don’t move around as much, it just makes things worse overall and contributes to coronary artery disease, diabetes and is a separate risk factor.
00:12:07:02 – 00:12:30:01
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
So this has also led to more interest in osteoarthritis. So we’re hoping we’re leading kind of the wave of potentially new drugs that will come into the osteoarthritis field. The other issue has been all the currently available drugs for osteoarthritis only try to treat pain. The most common ones are not anti-inflammatories. However, they provide short term pain relief and they have potentially also side effects.
00:12:30:01 – 00:12:55:08
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
They can impact gastrointestinal stomach bleeding. They can impact the heart. They can impact the kidneys, blood counts. They interact with other medications. So most rheumatologists and orthopedists use these at the lowest dose for the shortest duration of time. Then we have opioids for pain. But as you know, because of the opioid crisis, it is very hard to use opioids or anything really, other than oncology related pain. And they do have a lot of side effects, of course.
00:12:55:10 – 00:13:13:20
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Then there are a couple injection options. Steroid, corticosteroid injections, into the joint, into the knee, are very commonly used. But even though they do provide about 6 to 8 weeks, let’s say, pain relief, maybe sometimes up to three months, repeated uses of corticosteroid injections have been shown to actually damage the cartilage.
00:13:13:20 – 00:13:32:06
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
So it’s a balance that we have to hit by, we have to and want to help the patients, but we might be damaging the joint even further. And then the last one is the hyaluronic acid derivative injections, which are approved as devices because they kind of are supposed to improve the lubrication in the joint. We use them too. There are several of them approved for use.
00:13:32:06 – 00:13:49:08
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
However, they’re not really supported by the American College of Rheumatology or American Association of Orthopedic Surgeons because even though they’re safe, the efficacy data has always been questionable in some people’s mind. So, but we still use them. I use them because patients really do not have any options and they might help.
00:13:49:10 – 00:14:19:20
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Now, all of these are to help the pain. There is nothing available, very unlike rheumatoid arthritis where the drug actually stops and even reverses the damage to the joint’s structure itself. So if you have a drug that helps with the symptoms of pain and improves function and improves the structure, that’s what we call a disease modifying drug. So that’s what we feel Lorecivivint is the first one because in our clinical trials, we have been able to show improvement in pain, improvement in function and improvement in structure.
00:14:19:23 – 00:14:35:04
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
And that’s kind of the holy grail because we want to improve the symptoms of course. But if we could slow down, stop or reverse the damage, that would of course mean a lot more to the patients down the road, because it would also avoid the ultimate treatment option that they have when everything fails is the knee replacement surgery.
00:14:35:04 – 00:14:51:02
Erich Horsley
And just to be clear, this notion of improvement in structure may not mean much to the layman, but what we’ve studied, and really the endorsed way by all agencies to study structural improvement in a way, is to mimic what the orthopedist will do when you go in to see him with OA in the knee, they take a frontal x-ray.
00:14:51:02 – 00:15:14:22
Erich Horsley
In the case of our clinical trials, we use a fixed positioner to take a frontal x-ray, and we look at, in our case and on a blinded basis, the joint space, the space between the femur and the tibia. Because in between those two bones, which show up on the x-ray very well, is cartilage. And so what you do in clinical trials is you evaluate whether that joint space is narrowing, in which case it would be disease progression or leveling off or potentially improving.
00:15:14:22 – 00:15:21:23
Erich Horsley
And we see in our case the leveling off and improvement of joint space with in a very robust long term two year phase three trial.
00:15:21:23 – 00:15:34:03
Steven Newmark
Wow. I mean that’s really exciting. It’s like hard to even contain myself. You know, to have an opportunity like this for OA patients and future OA patients to come. So thank you for what you’re doing.
00:15:34:04 – 00:15:46:04
Steven Newmark
Erich, I want to ask you a very specific question from an organizational standpoint. What does it take to responsibly move a therapy from research into regulatory review and potentially to approval without over promising to patients?
00:15:46:04 – 00:16:00:02
Erich Horsley
Sure. I think it takes very careful attention to clinical trials, running them well, running them responsibly, usually in the U.S. or Europe, using robust number of patients, not counting on a small number of patients to have this kind of outlier result.
00:16:00:02 – 00:16:19:18
Erich Horsley
Ideally doing that over years, which we’ve done. And we really are led by the science in our data. And it happens to be that both the totality of the data and individual studies happen to really point in the right direction that this is a safe drug that can and should be approved for patients. But you have to lead with the clinical data first, and not just hopes and dreams and pseudoscience.
00:16:19:18 – 00:16:45:16
Erich Horsley
So it really, as I mentioned in our case, we started from identifying a number of really attractive mechanisms that cause OA, addressing those with a small molecule inhibitor we have in Lorecivivint, formulating the drug properly to make sure that in our case, the drug stays in the joint is not available systemically, leading to a very attractive safety profile monitoring both the pain effects, the functional effects, the structural benefit over time, and letting that data lead the way.
00:16:45:19 – 00:16:57:10
Erich Horsley
And then at the right time, which for us is now communicating that the availability of that data, the fact that hope exists for patients and that it’s in the hands of the FDA. We’re not approved yet. We’re hoping to be approved.
00:16:57:10 – 00:17:14:02
Erich Horsley
So we always kind of mention to patients where we are in the process, we get thousands of emails from patients asking, “When can this be approved? I really need this.” And we usually respond with the same sort of response, which is we’re working on it, we’re trying, it’s in the hands of the FDA. Patients have a voice and they should articulate that voice.
00:17:14:04 – 00:17:24:00
Steven Newmark
Okay. Yeah, I wanted to ask about that. Yeah. I mean, very important question for our audience. What can patients do, if anything, to help accelerate just generally drug innovations in this space?
00:17:24:03 – 00:17:43:06
Erich Horsley
Absolutely. So patients vote and patients can call their congressmen and senators. And patients have an influence over the attention that the FDA may pay to certain disease areas. And let me just back up a minute. So we are at a state of innovation in OA that is gone nowhere, essentially, for 30 years. The last approved novel drug in OA was in 1998.
00:17:43:12 – 00:18:02:08
Erich Horsley
We’re still using that today. What other area have we been satisfied with 30 year old technology? I mean, think about 30 years ago we were using rotary phones. Cars had, you know, eight miles per gallon gas mileage, right? There was no internet. There were no flatscreen television. Would we be happy just pausing development for 30 years in any other walk of life?
00:18:02:08 – 00:18:18:15
Erich Horsley
No. Even rare diseases have made a ton of progress. You look at rare oncology diseases, you look at a number of difficult disease areas. And here we have this disease, OA, that’s gone nowhere in this amount of time. And it’s because it’s a very difficult disease to develop in. And I also feel it hasn’t gotten the necessary attention.
00:18:18:15 – 00:18:30:02
Erich Horsley
Not from pharma companies, not enough, not from biotechs. It’s very expensive to develop in this field and potentially not for regulators. I hope this is a new day, but patients have a voice and they should exercise that voice and demand better.
00:18:30:02 – 00:18:42:14
Steven Newmark
Yeah, no. Absolutely. That’s very helpful for our audience. What are we likely to hear from the FDA between now and the approval, if anything? Or is it just we wait and hear and potentially raise our voices?
00:18:42:14 – 00:18:57:12
Erich Horsley
No, no. So once the review process starts, so the FDA is in touch with us basically asking questions about the data. They look at our analysis, they have access to all of the data, they run their own analysis, they bring up questions, they might ask for additional analysis.
00:18:57:12 – 00:19:16:19
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
But not only that, in that ten month period, they also audit both us, the clinical trial sites, the manufacturing side. So there are FDA visits that we meet them there, we prepare, we answer their questions. They come out, review everything. And towards the end, maybe 2 or 3 months before that, there is also the opportunity to have what’s called an advisory committee meeting.
00:19:16:23 – 00:19:40:03
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Now, we have proactively asked for one. Advisory committee meeting is a public forum where patient advocates, physicians, a group of experts that makes up the committee basically hears how the FDA’s interpreting the data and how we’re interpreting the data. And the FDA asks them various questions to answer. So they use ad comms usually to help them when needed to make their final decisions.
00:19:40:08 – 00:20:05:21
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
So that’s a public meeting. So that would be heard. And people can log in and watch, and we’ve watched many of them for other drugs in the past. And patients can sign up to make statements, which is very common too. And those are all, we feel, are important because it’s important to discuss the benefits, the vague safety data, the benefits ratio where there’s efficacy and very minimal to no potential side effects should be heard publicly.
00:20:05:21 – 00:20:28:18
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Patients should opine on the unmet need that they feel. And so that’s another milestone during the review period. And then all of that’s taken into consideration. Then you discuss the label with the FDA, what the actual package insert that pharmacists give to doctors and patients is going to say on it. And then the ten months is done, hopefully when it’s done and then we get a final decision.
00:20:28:19 – 00:20:43:08
Steven Newmark
This is great. Again, I hope I’m not repeating myself when I keep saying this is very exciting to say the least. Before we wrap up, I want to bring this discussion back to patients. If there’s one thing you would want people living with osteoarthritis to take away from this moment, what would that be?
00:20:43:12 – 00:21:08:11
Erich Horsley
Let me opine on that in a very personal way. And that is OA is not something you just need to accept. It’s not simply a fact of aging. It’s something that you can fight and you can actively seek better treatments for. And the personal aspect here is that I’m an OA patient myself. So I have, I’m 53, I’ve had two knee replacements already. The likes of what Lindsey Vonn got. In my phenotype was really just wear and tear, maybe bad knee genetics.
00:21:08:11 – 00:21:24:07
Erich Horsley
But about 15 years ago I started having some pain. I ignored it for a while, kept running on it, kept skiing on it, etc. And by the time I got to an orthopedist, I was, you know, pretty close to bone on bone and it was a dismal experience. And I think this will resonate with a number of your listeners.
00:21:24:07 – 00:21:42:05
Erich Horsley
What I experience is what many patients do, which is this long litany of drugs that don’t really work, are bad for you, may be bad for your organs, bad for your liver, bad for your gastrointestinal system. In my case, I got several corticosteroid shots, felt great temporarily, and then it got worse. And it just went down this road.
00:21:42:05 – 00:21:57:16
Erich Horsley
And the doctors, of course, want to push off knee replacements as long as possible. I’m pretty young to get one, to say nothing of two. And it’s a really, really tough experience. And I went through, you know, all the HAs, all the knee braces and whatever you can. It’s really, really, really disheartening.
00:21:57:16 – 00:22:17:10
Erich Horsley
But there is hope now, so don’t lose hope. Don’t simply accept it as a fact of growing old because it isn’t. There are many factors that can lead to it. Of course you need to exercise as much as possible, lose weight if you’re overweight, etc. But there is hope for patients and hopefully we are on the cusp of bringing that hope to reality. And so I just want to deliver that positive message for folks.
00:22:17:12 – 00:22:32:03
Steven Newmark
Wow, that’s very powerful to say the least and thank you for that. And with that, I’ll just say thank you both so much for joining us and for all that you’re doing for osteoarthritis patients and for helping bring clarity to a process that can feel overwhelming for patients.
00:22:32:06 – 00:22:32:20
Dr. Yusuf Yazici
Thank you.
00:22:32:22 – 00:22:44:13
Steven Newmark
To our listeners, milestones like an NDA submission matter, but they are part of a longer, careful process. Staying informed, asking questions, and partnering with your health care provider remain the most important steps you can take.
00:22:44:18 – 00:22:52:10
Steven Newmark
As always, we’ll continue breaking down the health issues that matter to patients without hype, without shortcuts, and with transparency.
00:22:52:12 – 00:22:58:03
Steven Newmark
Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all.
00:22:58:04 – 00:23:15:20
Steven Newmark
If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about health care policy. And be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at GHLF.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
00:23:15:22 – 00:23:22:11
Narrator
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
Vaccine Crossroads: FDA Scrutiny, TrumpRx, and the Fight Over Public Trust
This week on The Health Advocates, we unpack a series of developments that signal a pivotal moment in U.S. health policy. The FDA has refused to review Moderna’s new mRNA-based flu vaccine, raising questions about regulatory standards and the future of vaccine innovation. At the same time, the Trump administration has launched TrumpRx, a new prescription drug discount platform that promises savings but faces scrutiny over its scope and real-world impact.
We also examine new polling showing declining confidence in flu, COVID-19, and MMR vaccines, and the growing legal battle over changes to the federal childhood vaccine schedule. With public trust, regulatory rigor, and patient access all in play, this episode breaks down what these headlines mean for patients — and why clarity and credible science matter more than ever.

Vaccine Crossroads: FDA Scrutiny, TrumpRx, and the Fight Over Public Trust
00:00:00:08 – 00:00:08:17
Narrator
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
00:00:08:19 – 00:00:25:23
Steven Newmark
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
00:00:26:00 – 00:00:45:21
Steven Newmark
This week, we’re at a crossroads. The FDA has refused to review a new flu vaccine for Moderna. The Trump administration has launched a new prescription drug website called TrumpRx. Confidence in vaccines is slipping, not surprising. And more than 100 public health organizations have joined a lawsuit challenging changes to the nation’s childhood vaccine schedule.
00:00:46:03 – 00:01:00:01
Steven Newmark
At first glance, these may seem like separate headlines, but they’re connected to a larger theme – trust in public health institutions, how vaccines are evaluated and what patients can rely on when science and politics collide. Let’s unpack it.
00:01:00:03 – 00:01:13:15
Steven Newmark
We begin with a somewhat surprising development. The FDA has refused to review Moderna’s application for a new influenza vaccine. This vaccine uses mRNA technology, the same platform used in Moderna’s Covid 19 vaccine.
00:01:13:21 – 00:01:40:09
Steven Newmark
Now, this is not the FDA rejecting the vaccine outright. It is refusing to even review the application in its current form. That is an important distinction. At the heart of the dispute is a technical but significant issue: which existing flu vaccine Moderna should have used as a control in its clinical trials to compare effectiveness. The FDA’s biologics division, now led by Vinay Prasad, determined that the chosen comparator was not appropriate.
00:01:40:14 – 00:02:01:11
Steven Newmark
On one level, this is scientific disagreement about trial design. That happens, but the context, of course, matters. This decision comes at a time when vaccine policies already under intense scrutiny. HHS Secretary RFK Jr has a long history as a vaccine critic, and observers note that vaccines appear to be receiving stricter scrutiny than in previous administrations.
00:02:01:13 – 00:02:36:06
Steven Newmark
For patients, here is what matters. This flu vaccine is not approved. The FDA review process is independent and designed to be rigorous. Regulatory disputes are normal, but the timing and tone can influence public confidence. The flu remains a major public health issue every year. MRNA technology offers potential advantages in speed and adaptability for these vaccines. Whether this particular vaccine ultimately advances will depend on further data and regulatory negotiations. But the broader question lingers. Are vaccines being evaluated differently now? And if so, what does that mean for innovation?
00:02:36:07 – 00:02:54:21
Steven Newmark
Second big news of the week: TrumpRx launches. Now, we’re going to talk about prescription drug prices. The Trump administration has launched TrumpRx, a new government-backed website that promises dramatic savings on prescription drugs. At a press conference, the president called it “the largest prescription drug price reduction in history.”
00:02:54:23 – 00:03:17:00
Steven Newmark
Here’s what we know. The website lists 43 medications. Of those, more than half are already available in generic form at significantly lower prices. There are many, in fact, that we were able to find that were available cheaper elsewhere. That being said, the website itself can be used and can be a good tool for helping patients, quote unquote, shop around when looking for the best deal.
00:03:17:04 – 00:03:39:12
Steven Newmark
The site is powered by GoodRx, which already provides coupon based discounts. Some medications can be purchased directly from manufacturers or specialty pharmacies, though these purchases often do not count towards insurance deductibles or out-of-pocket maximums. Some of the best deals, that I at least was able to find while I was playing around on the website, are with GLP-1 medications, such as Wegovy and Ozempic.
00:03:39:14 – 00:04:04:18
Steven Newmark
They are listed and they are listed at prices that seem to be a lot lower than folks who aren’t able to obtain those medications through their insurance. Another avenue that I was able to find discounts, at least in my own research on TrumpRx, was for medications having to do with in vitro fertilization. What links GLP-1s and in vitro fertilization medications are that they are often not covered by insurance.
00:04:04:20 – 00:04:33:07
Steven Newmark
So this could be an area where folks do find significant savings. Now, this is not a systemic reform of drug pricing by any means. It’s essentially a place to go and find discounts or coupons on existing products. It’s nothing more than that, despite the name and despite promises. One funny comment I can’t help but ignore. President Trump said you’re going to see savings like you’ve never seen 500%, 600%, 700% cost savings in certain drugs.
00:04:33:08 – 00:04:52:18
Steven Newmark
My basic math skills lead me to understand that if you’re saving more than 100% on any product, it means that you are essentially being paid to take the product. So if a product costs $100 and the savings is 500%. That essentially means that you’re being paid $500 to take that product. Obviously, that is not happening. That would be ridiculous.
00:04:52:21 – 00:04:59:16
Steven Newmark
But take it for what it’s worth. Check it out. You may be able to find cheaper drugs, you may not be able to. But it’s another tool in the arsenal.
00:04:59:18 – 00:05:17:07
Steven Newmark
Now let’s get back to the vaccine confidence dropping. There’s new polling from the University of Pennsylvania’s Annenberg Public Policy Center showing declining confidence in several vaccines. One recent study shows that 83% of the adults say the MMR vaccine is still safe – 83%
00:05:17:07 – 00:05:47:00
Steven Newmark
80% say the flu vaccine is safe and 65% say the Covid vaccine is safe. That represents a three percentage point drop from 2024 for MMR and flu. And compared to 2022, it’s an even sharper drop of five percentage points for MMR and flu and eight percentage points for the Covid vaccines. Now, these numbers still represent a vast majority of the United States feels safe with vaccines, but the trends are troubling, to say the least.
00:05:47:06 – 00:06:12:18
Steven Newmark
The decline comes during measles outbreaks and a difficult flu season. At the same time, federal officials have shifted to a shared clinical decision making model for certain vaccines. As we’ve spoken about, shared clinical decision making means patients and clinicians discuss whether a vaccination is appropriate. And while it sounds patient centered, labeling a vaccine as a “shared decision making item” rather than routinely recommended can signal ambivalence.
00:06:12:20 – 00:06:31:15
Steven Newmark
Doctors often rely on CDC recommendations to guide conversations, and when that language softens, confusion can increase. Public health relies on clarity. Vaccines protect individuals, but they also protect entire communities. When confidence declines, we’re going to see real world consequences with preventable disease outbreaks.
00:06:31:20 – 00:06:40:19
Steven Newmark
That brings us finally to the courts. The American Academy of Pediatrics has filed a lawsuit challenging recent changes to the federal childhood vaccine schedule.
00:06:41:00 – 00:07:07:04
Steven Newmark
More than 100 public health organizations and academics have filed an amicus brief in support. Their argument is straightforward. Recent federal actions weaken routine vaccine recommendations and may undermine protections that have dramatically reduced disease and death. The concern is not simply about policy, it’s about process. For decades, vaccine recommendations followed a structured, evidence based process to the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, ACIP.
00:07:07:04 – 00:07:07:23
Steven Newmark
00:07:07:23 – 00:07:29:19
Steven Newmark
When changes occur outside that framework or without clear scientific input, trust can erode further. The courts will now play a role in determining how far these changes can go. So where does this leave us? Well, these headlines tell a larger story. A vaccine under regulatory dispute, a new drug discount website, declining confidence in vaccine safety, and a lawsuit over pediatric vaccine policy.
00:07:30:00 – 00:07:48:16
Steven Newmark
They reflect the broader tension in American health policy right now. When regulatory agencies appear to shift standards, when vaccine recommendations change, when public messaging becomes inconsistent, patients can feel it. As always, we’ll keep watching what happens next, not from a political lens, but from the perspective that matters most – patients.
00:07:48:18 – 00:08:13:04
Steven Newmark
Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy. And be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all GHLF’s podcasts at GHLF.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
00:08:13:06 – 00:08:19:19
Narrator
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
Congress Funds Health Care: What This Means for Patients
Congress has passed, and President Trump has signed, a major government funding bill that includes a wide range of health care policies, from telehealth extensions and hospital-at-home programs to long-sought reforms targeting pharmacy benefit managers. But alongside those wins, the legislation also raises serious questions about the future direction of federal health policy.
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark breaks down what the new spending package actually does for patients, what it leaves unresolved, and why some lawmakers and advocates are uneasy about increasing funding for federal health agencies under current leadership. The conversation explores how these decisions affect access to care, drug costs, public health programs, and trust in health institutions.
Whether you’re a patient, caregiver, clinician, or advocate, this episode offers a clear, practical look at how congressional budget decisions shape health care on the ground, and why continued engagement and oversight matter more than ever.

Congress Funds Health Care: What This Means for Patients
00:00:00:08 – 00:00:08:16
Narrator
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
00:00:08:18 – 00:00:25:23
Steven Newmark
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
00:00:26:01 – 00:00:43:12
Steven Newmark
This week, Congress did something that has become increasingly rare in Washington. It passed a major government funding bill, bipartisan too. And buried inside that bill are a number of health policy decisions that will directly affect patients from telehealth and hospital-at-home programs to drug pricing middlemen and public health funding.
00:00:43:14 – 00:01:11:16
Steven Newmark
But the bill also raises some questions. What does it mean to give more money to federal health agencies in a moment when many patients, clinicians and advocates are deeply concerned about the direction of health policy coming out of the Department of Health and Human Services under secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr? Today, we’re going to walk through what Congress actually passed, what’s in it for patients and providers, what didn’t make the cut and why some lawmakers and advocates are worried that more funding without guardrails could do real harm.
00:01:11:18 – 00:01:36:03
Steven Newmark
Let’s start with the basics. Congress passed a large spending package that funds much of the federal government, including the Department of Health and Human Services, through the end of the fiscal year. This bill helped avert a prolonged government shutdown and sets the operating budget for many health agencies Americans rely on every day. For healthcare, this bill is notable because it does several things patients and providers have been pushing for, often unsuccessfully, for years.
00:01:36:05 – 00:02:01:23
Steven Newmark
First, it extends Medicare telehealth flexibilities. These were originally created during the Covid 19 pandemic and allow Medicare beneficiaries to see their doctors virtually from home. Without congressional action, many of these flexibilities would have expired. This bill extends them again, giving older adults and people with disabilities and rural patients continued access to care without unnecessary travel or disruption.
00:02:02:01 – 00:02:25:21
Steven Newmark
It also extends the hospital-at-home program. This allows eligible patients to receive hospital-level care in the comfort of their homes instead of inpatient facilities. For many patients, particularly those with chronic illnesses, this model has improved outcomes, reduced infections, and increased comfort. The bill extends this program for several more years, providing stability for health systems that have invested in it.
00:02:25:23 – 00:02:46:01
Steven Newmark
Additionally, this bill continues funding for community health centers. These centers serve millions of patients, particularly those who are uninsured, underinsured, or living in medically underserved areas. While advocates continue to push for longer term funding certainty, even a short term extension helps prevent sudden clinic closures or service reductions.
00:02:46:03 – 00:03:03:06
Steven Newmark
Fourth, the bill includes funding to continue implementation of the No Surprises Act. You’ll recall that this law is designed to protect patients from unexpected medical bills, like out-of-network charges, after emergency care. Without continued funding, enforcement of these protections could have stalled.
00:03:03:08 – 00:03:35:16
Steven Newmark
All of this is very meaningful. For many patients, especially those already navigating fragile access to care, these provisions matter a great deal. One of the most significant patient wins in this bill involves pharmacy benefit managers or PBMs. We’ve spoken at length about PBMs here on the health advocates. They act as a middleman between drug manufacturers, insurers, employers and pharmacies. For years, patients and independent pharmacists have raised concerns about opaque pricing practices, spread pricing in Medicaid and incentives that favor higher priced drugs.
00:03:35:21 – 00:04:02:20
Steven Newmark
This bill takes several important steps to rein in these middlemen. It prohibits PBMs from charging Medicaid more than they pay pharmacies for drugs, effectively banning what we call spread pricing in Medicaid. It requires greater transparency around PBM contracts and business practices, and it begins to separate PBM revenue from the list price of drugs in Medicare Part D, instead allowing PBMs to collect clearer service-based fees.
00:04:02:22 – 00:04:26:08
Steven Newmark
So what does this matter to patients? Because PBM practices can directly affect out-of-pocket costs, pharmacy closures, and whether patients can access the medications their doctors prescribe. These reforms are not perfect, but they represent years of advocacy finally showing results. For patients who have watched drug costs rise while access shrinks, this part of the bill is a real step forward.
00:04:26:10 – 00:04:54:06
Steven Newmark
So now let’s talk about what didn’t make it into this legislation. Most notably, Congress did not extend enhanced Affordable Care Act premium subsidies. These subsidies would have helped millions of people afford health insurance through the ACA marketplaces. Without extension, many families could face significant premium increases or are simply priced out of coverage altogether. Lawmakers largely avoided this issue because it requires tough negotiations and long term funding commitments.
00:04:54:07 – 00:05:22:22
Steven Newmark
But for patients, this omission is not abstract. It means higher costs and more uncertainty in the short term. The bill also avoids codifying several controversial health policy proposals coming from the Trump administration and HHS, including proposals around international drug pricing and broader structural changes to the federal health programs. We’ll discuss more about these proposals in future episodes, but for now, Congress focused on what it could pass and punted on what it couldn’t agree to.
00:05:23:00 – 00:05:45:00
Steven Newmark
Here’s where the story gets a little bit complicated. While Congress rejected many proposed cuts to health agencies, it also gave HHS significantly more funding than the Trump administration itself had requested. On paper, that is a win. More money for public health, research and federal programs is a good thing. But under current leadership, many clinicians and advocates are uneasy.
00:05:45:03 – 00:06:15:18
Steven Newmark
Why? Because Senator Kennedy has already moved aggressively to reshape vaccine policy, public health messaging and scientific advisory processes. Critics worry that additional funding, without clear constraints, could be used to advance agendas that undermine evidence-based medicine and public trust, ultimately harming patients. Some lawmakers have privately acknowledged the tension. They wanted to protect agencies like the CDC and NIH from deep cuts, but they are also concerned about how expanded resources might be used under the current leadership.
00:06:15:20 – 00:06:45:19
Steven Newmark
It’s a paradox, for sure. Defunding public health agencies would harm patients, but funding them without guardrails, transparency and oversight could also harm patients if resources are redirected towards policies that contradict established science. The concern is not theoretical. We have already seen major disruptions to vaccine advisory committees, public health communications and long standing norms. We’ll obviously keep this in mind as we see what HHS does throughout the year and continue staying vigilantly on top of all of these developments.
00:06:45:21 – 00:07:01:15
Steven Newmark
So what should patients take away from all of this? Well, as always, advocacy works. Telehealth extensions, PBM reforms, hospital-at-home programs, these did not happen by accident. They happened because patients, clinicians, advocates and organizations like GHLF stayed engaged.
00:07:01:17 – 00:07:11:06
Steven Newmark
Second, funding alone is not enough. How money is used matters just as much as how much money is allocated. Patients should care not only about budgets but also about governance.
00:07:11:08 – 00:07:26:06
Steven Newmark
Third, vigilance is essential. The bill buys time and preserves access in key areas, but does not resolve deeper debates about health policy direction, scientific integrity or coverage affordability. Those fights are still to come and we’ll be here fighting them at GHLF.
00:07:26:08 – 00:07:50:06
Steven Newmark
At The Health Advocates, we believe patients deserve clarity. This funding bill contains real wins, real gaps and real risks. It shows that Congress can still act when pressure is applied, but also that health policy decisions are increasingly shaped by power struggles far removed from exam rooms and pharmacy counters. As always, we’ll keep watching what happens next, not from a political lens, but from the perspective that matters most – patients.
00:07:50:08 – 00:08:14:10
Steven Newmark
Before we wrap up, a quick reminder, even in February, it’s still not too late to get your flu and Covid 19 vaccines. Staying up to date on these vaccines will help protect you, your loved ones, and your community as we continue to deal with influenza and Covid 19 viruses circulating. To learn more about vaccine recommendations and find reliable resources for patients, visit GHLF.org/vaccines.
00:08:14:12 – 00:08:39:20
Steven Newmark
Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about health care policy. And be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at GHLF.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
00:08:39:22 – 00:08:46:12
Narrator
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation podcast network.
Redefining Care Through Lived Experience: Cynthia Overton on Person‑Centered Care
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark sits down with Dr. Cynthia Overton to explore what person‑centered care truly looks like, through the eyes of someone who has lived it.
At age 26, Cynthia experienced a sudden spinal cord injury that left her temporarily paralyzed—an event that fundamentally reshaped her understanding of health care. Today, she draws on both lived experience and evidence‑based frameworks to help organizations and individuals rethink how care is delivered, with an emphasis on dignity, communication, and whole‑person support.
Together, Steven and Cynthia discuss disability inclusion, health equity, and why every patient interaction has the power to transform not only individual outcomes, but the system as a whole.

Redefining Care Through Lived Experience: Cynthia Overton on Person‑Centered Care
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all, I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, I’m joined by someone who has lived through and shaped healthcare in ways few people can claim. Cynthia Overton is a nationally recognized leader in person centered care, the founder of her own consultancy and a passionate advocate whose 25 years of experience navigating our health system began with her own serious illness. Cynthia, welcome to the show.
Cynthia Overton 00:44
Thank you so much for having me, Steven. It’s really great to be here.
Steven Newmark 00:47
Yeah, it’s great to have you. Let’s start with your story. You spent seven weeks across three hospitals and in years navigating the system. How did that experience push you toward making person centered care your life’s work?
Cynthia Overton 00:59
So I got to tell you, Steven, it was definitely a process. So back in 1997 I had surgery to remove something called an arterial venous malformation from my spinal cord. We didn’t have the medical advancements back then that we have today. So like at first, my focus was just purely on surviving. Then after the surgery, my focus really shifted to recovery, and we all know that recovery looks different for everyone. It doesn’t always mean going back to the way things used to be, and that’s okay. For me, recovery meant living without this AVM that’s short for arterial vascular malformation, and then also learning how to walk again with a cane. So once I got to that point, I had to focus on rebuilding my new life. And for me, that meant, you know, experiencing the world through a lens of somebody with reduced mobility, and I wanted to make the world more accessible. And so at that point, I really started working on, well, I went back to school, got a few degrees, and I started working on research and policy projects around accessibility just to make things easier for people with disabilities, right, like myself. That work then led to creating patient education materials through a project called the Model Systems Knowledge Translation center, and then, most recently, writing a book, Clear King Chronicles that really focuses on person centered care for patients, providers and payers.
Steven Newmark 02:29
Fascinating. Well, when you tell your story today, what’s the one moment that really captures the gap between how patients experience care versus how the system expects care to be delivered?
Cynthia Overton 02:39
That’s a really good question, and so for with me, I was really fortunate to have access to healthcare and to like, a really strong team and diagnostic tools to find this AVM in my spinal cord. But what I didn’t have access to, Steven, was a doctor that was experienced in spinal cord surgery. The doctor that diagnosed me only did, like four of these procedures a year. The most experienced neurosurgeon in the state where I was living at the time only did 10 a year. So keep in mind, the spinal cord is massive. It controls your walking, your how you perceive pain, how you regulate temperature, your bowel and bladder functioning. And I always say, you know, its reach is massive. If Beyonce was a body part, she would be a spinal cord. So four or 10 surgeries a year, it just didn’t feel right. I mean, my family and I wanted someone more experienced, and we found Dr. Epstein, who was a world renowned surgeon in New York, who had actually developed techniques to operate on spinal cord conditions that were just once considered inoperable. But the issue Steven is he was out of network, and the health insurance company was only willing to pay for an in network doctor. So my family and I were in this situation of having access to treatment that was covered by insurance with a lower probability of a successful outcome. I wanted the best chance for a positive outcome, so my family went back and forth with the insurance company to get them to pay for the operation, but they also had to explore personal financing. So as it turns out, the morning that my mother was going to go to the bank to do the paperwork for a loan against our home to pay for this specialist to do the surgery, my insurance company called and said that they would pay.
Steven Newmark 04:28
Wow. Well, it’s a story we’ve heard before, but it’s still it never gets old, I guess. Let me ask you, just switching gears a little bit, person centered care. That’s a term that gets thrown around a lot. It’s a buzz word, but what does it actually mean to you, and how is it different from the traditional clinical model most of us know?
Cynthia Overton 04:45
Yeah and you’re absolutely right. I’m so glad that you asked this question. So let me kind of just start off first with traditional clinical care. And that’s care that’s provider driven your doctors, they diagnose you, they give you a treatment plan. Then you’ve got patient centered care and people, often, even I use the terms interchangeably, sometimes not meaning to people, confuse patient centered care with person centered care, but patient centered care is more collaborative doctors. They consider your preferences and they consider those as they come up with treatment plans for you. But person centered care takes us even further by considering individuals goals, their relationships, the environments, their beliefs. This approach really addresses the whole person within the context of their life, and the patient is a partner in care with their provider. And I kind of think about it like with the evolution of television. Traditional clinical care is like old school network TV, one size fits all, you take it or leave it. Then patient centered care, I kind of think about like when we got cable, we had more choices, but we still were constrained by this, systems driven, schedule. Person centered care, I kind of think of as like the streaming era. It’s personalized, on demand, responsive. You log in, the system knows you, and it supports your choice in what to watch. So that’s kind of how I think about the differences in the types of healthcare delivery.
Steven Newmark 06:10
Interesting, and what kind of obstacles do health systems run into when they try to embed that model?
Cynthia Overton 06:15
I would love to see patients, providers and payers actually be more intentional about person centered care. As patients, we come with these real concerns. We’re concerned about our health, but we’re also concerned about how our health is impacting our families, our ability to work, or even just our ability to like, be comfortable. We want providers to really understand our needs, understand our preferences. We want the best options available, but a lot of us, Steven, have really been conditioned to stay silent, speak only when asked, follow orders from a doctor who has the important medical training and experience that we need, but who might not necessarily understand the context in which we’re living and how a recommendation might impact the life of a patient. As patients, we want to be seen as people, not as cases. I always say we live in the real world and not in a medical chart. On the provider side, doctors went into this field to help people. They want people to heal and be healthy, but they’re oftentimes working within these systems that create barriers, like tight schedules, heavy case loads, insurance constraints, even basic human limits, like getting enough sleep, stopping to eat, going to the bathroom. So doctors are often bound by these systems that we as patients just don’t always understand. And then there’s the payers or the insurance companies. There’s a lot of broken trust there, and that’s not something that a media campaign can fix. The red tape confusion patients experience. They’re real. But here’s the thing, two things can be true at once. There are also people within these companies who genuinely want to help. So we’ve got to try to figure out how to find those people, establish relationships, tap into them for insights and advice, and we need those folks to stay motivated, which I can only imagine, is really difficult when you’re caught in the middle between members who have real urgent life or death needs and decisions from higher ups, and that’s why it’s really encouraging to see some insurance companies making these voluntary commitments to improve transparency, streamline communication, and even expand access to mental health and preventative care. But we know that this is voluntary. These commitments are voluntary, so it’s really important for us as patients and even providers, those who are providers, to hold these insurance companies accountable for these voluntary commitments.
Steven Newmark 08:51
When you think about value based or accountable care models, can person center practices actually fit without overburdening clinicians?
Cynthia Overton 08:59
Oh, 110% they absolutely fit, especially when we think about kind of like existing assets. So take family and caregiver support. It’s often under cultivated and underutilized, but it is essential to person centered care. So when I was 26 and recovering from spinal cord surgery, my parents, they were still helicopter parents. There are even helicopter parents today to tell you the truth. My healthcare team engaged with them. They answered questions very thoroughly. They trained them on how to help with my recovery. It took a little extra time up front, but it saved them time in the long run. My rehabilitation team when I was paralyzed, they essentially deputitized my parents. They were able to help out in some instances where staff weren’t able to, because these providers took the time to train my parents on how to safely assist me. In fact, my father would come after work and just kind of help me walk up and down the halls with a gated belt holding on to me just to try to rebuild my strength, but because of the small time investment that these providers made, we all felt very confident in my recovery. Because of that, I was able to go home for few hours to celebrate Christmas with my family over dinner. It was just a huge morale boost. So that’s kind of like what value based care looks like in real life, small investments of time and education for me improved my safety. It reduced risk of re admission, it built trust, and everybody was happy. We see this in value based and accountability care models that improve provisions for caregivers, like assessments for caregivers during intake or discharge that help to identify issues and promote patient safety and to avoid re hospitalization. So these approaches align directly with person centered care.
Steven Newmark 10:51
I mean, you mentioned hospital re admittance, what other metrics? How do you measure in terms of metrics? I mean, health systems love metrics, the stories, the anecdotes, are great. But what’s the right way to measure success in person centered care?
Cynthia Overton 11:03
I mean, I think the best way, generally, is to establish or identify systems in which metrics will actually be used and acted upon. When we think about kind of like a formal approach there are a few validated tools for person centered care, but most were created for specific settings like long term or behavioral health. And when I say validated, I mean they’ve been scientifically tested and all that, but usually only focus on one perspective, and that is the perspective of the provider. I have developed that has not been validated, I have developed three separate self assessment tools, one for patients, one for providers, one for payers, so each group can really see and understand how their actions align with principles of person centered care, and think about opportunities to do things differently. And if you know your listeners are interested in those tools, they can just go to my website and drop me a note, and I can send them to them. I would also really suggest that people turn to the picker principles for person centered care and collaborate with their teams over those principles to take an honest look of where person centered care is showing up, and then opportunities for improvement. And then finally, I’ll just say my book, Clear Cane Chronicles: Shaping the Future of Healthcare Through Person Centered Care, has an appendices filled with recommendations for patients, providers and payers and so again, individuals and teams can use those as a tool for self reflection.
Steven Newmark 12:32
Interesting. Well, you emphasized storytelling and humor in your work. How do these tools shift power dynamics between patients and providers to yield better health outcomes?
Cynthia Overton 12:42
Storytelling helps providers and payers really see patients as real people, not just as cases, and it connects us emotionally in ways that data can’t alone. And don’t get me wrong, data are important, but it’s those storytelling opportunities that really connect us, and that’s what inspired me to write Clear Cane Chronicles. I wanted to show what person centered care looks like through the eyes of a patient who’s lived it, not just studied it. And to your question about humor, humor plays a really big role in that. Laughter is both a social and a biological reflex. It’s universal. Steven, not even chocolate is a biological reflex. Laughter is and that’s powerful because it creates common ground. When people laugh together, anxiety eases, titles fade. Then, suddenly we’re all just humans trying to figure out problems together.
Steven Newmark 13:38
Yeah, no, that’s great. Why don’t we end on your vision? If we can do this right, what do you want the US health system to look like a decade from now?
Cynthia Overton 13:46
Well, I want to start off Steven by just acknowledging how complicated the healthcare system is. There are so many variables that influence how care is delivered. So all of that said, my vision, maybe it’s a dream, is for a system that is efficient, empathetic, accessible. A system where patients, providers and payers are really aligned around person centered care. A system where patients, they don’t have to fight for clarity, providers have the support, and that’s so important, that the providers have the support that they need to deliver care that’s both efficient and humane. And then payers, we need them to remove barriers to create a smoother and more connected healthcare experience. So to accelerate person centered care, I just want to say it’s really important that we refine these systems for efficiency. We design healthcare around real experiences, and we make empathy part of performance, and in many ways, it’s really returning to the spirit of that part of the Hippocratic Oath about putting patients first.
Steven Newmark 14:53
Well Cynthia, thank you for sharing your story, your insights and your vision. For our listeners, you can learn more about Cynthia and her work at CynthiaOverton.com and we will post in our show notes more information regarding Cynthia and all of her published works that you’ll be able to find in our show notes. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 15:34
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Congress Reaches Rare Bipartisan Health Deal: What’s In It for Patients
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark breaks down a surprising moment of bipartisan agreement in Congress: a new Health and Human Services funding bill that includes meaningful wins for patients and public health.
From protecting CDC and NIH funding to extending telehealth flexibilities and hospital-at-home programs, the bill also takes historic steps to reform Pharmacy Benefit Managers (PBMs), aiming to make drug pricing more transparent and patient-centered. Steven walks through what’s in the legislation, what was left out, and why PBM reform could have a direct impact on out-of-pocket costs and medication access.
Plus, what this deal signals about the power of patient advocacy in shaping policy—even in a divided political climate.

Congress Reaches Rare Bipartisan Health Deal: What’s In It for Patients
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week. To help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. If you’ve been feeling whiplash watching health policy over the last year from agency shakeups to vaccine battles to funding threats, you’re not alone. A lot of what happens in Washington feels chaotic, opaque and disconnected from real life. That’s why today’s episode is important, because quietly and somewhat surprisingly, Congress has reached a bipartisan agreement on a major package of healthcare policies that, while not perfect, includes real wins for patients, protects core public health agencies and finally, takes meaningful steps to reign in pharmacy benefit managers or PBMs. The package has not crossed the finish line yet. Both the House and the Senate still need to pass it, and things could still change, but taken as a whole, it represents a rare moment where the patient priorities actually broke through a deeply polarized Congress.
Steven Newmark 01:10
So today, I want to walk you through first, what’s in the bill, what it means for public health agencies, why PBM reform is such a big deal for patients, what’s missing from the bill and what to watch next. Let’s get into it. At its core, this is a health and human services funding bill, part of a broader package of government spending bills covering labor, education, defense, housing, transportation and more for the fiscal year 2026 the bill would provide $117 billion for HHS. That’s about 210 million more than last year, and roughly 33 billion more than the Trump administration requested. That matters, because earlier this year, federal health agencies experienced what many described as slash and burn cuts during the opening months of the administration’s second term. Remember the good old days of DOGE. There were serious concerns about whether core public health institutions would survive intact. This deal doesn’t dramatically expand health spending, but in the current political climate, holding the line can be counted as a win. Even lobbyists are saying that flat or modest increases now count as victories. So what does this mean for public health agencies? Let’s talk specifics. The CDC, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, is going to receive $9.2 billion that’s more than double what the administration originally proposed, and avoids nearly 20% cuts that House Republicans had floated earlier. Given the CDC central role in disease surveillance, outbreak response and public health guidance, this is a big deal. What about the NIH? Well, the National Institutes of Health would receive nearly $50 billion dollars, 48.7 to be exact, including 1.5 billion for ARPA H, the advanced research agency focused on high risk high reward science. That’s a slight increase from last year, but critically, about 40% more than the Trump administration requested. Within NIH Congress specifically boosted funding for cancer research, which is up 128 million, Alzheimer’s research, which is up 100 million, ALS research up 15 million and increased funding for the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases. These are targeted investments in diseases that affect millions of families. The bill also extends several programs that patients and advocates have been fighting to protect, such as telehealth. It includes Medicare telehealth flexibilities to get a one year extension. This will allow older adults and people with disabilities to continue seeing clinicians virtually, something many rely on due to mobility, geography or chronic illness. Advocates were hoping for a permanent fix. This isn’t that, but it does avoid a sudden cut off. The hospital at Home program is also extended for another five years through 2030. This allows eligible patients to receive inpatient level care safely at home, something many patients strongly prefer. Funding for community health centers, which serve millions of low income and underserved patients, is extended again, though still it’s only year to year. The bill provides $42 million to continue implementing the No Surprises Act, which protects patients from surprise medical bills. This funding will help go towards enforcement, which really matters, because laws without enforcement don’t protect anyone.
Steven Newmark 04:13
Now here’s the big patient win, PBM reform. This may be the most significant patient focused piece of the bill to date. PBMs have been under scrutiny for years, and for good reasons. Pharmacy benefit managers sit in the middle of the drug pricing system, deciding which drugs are covered, which pharmacies patients can use, and how much everyone pays, but their business practices have largely operated behind closed doors. This bill would spread pricing in Medicaid, where PBMs charge states more than they pay pharmacies, require PBMs in the commercial market to pass through 100% of rebates to employer sponsored health plans, de link PBM revenue from drug prices in Medicare Part D removing incentives to favor higher price drugs and require PBMs to charge transparent, bonafide service fees. Why does this matter for patients? Because PBM incentives directly affect out of pocket costs, pharmacy closures, especially in rural and underserved areas, and access to the medications your doctor actually prescribes. This is one of the clearest examples where patient advocacy has paid off. It took many years and many folks traveling to Washington talking to representatives, but it looks like we’re finally going to get a payoff.
Steven Newmark 05:22
So what’s not in the bill? Let’s be clear about what didn’t make it in. Congress avoided the most politically explosive issues, including restoring enhanced Affordable Care Act subsidies, codifying the Trump administration’s Most Favored Nations drug policies, and any general reform of the Affordable Care Act that has been talked about from the Trump administration. Those fights aren’t over, they’re just postponed for another day. So what comes next? Well, the bill is not perfect, but in a moment deeply defined by polarization, misinformation and institutional instability, it shows something important. Patient Centered Advocacy still works. Public health agencies avoided devastating cuts. Research funding held steady. Telehealth survived another year, and PBMs long sheltered from accountability, finally, are going to face meaningful reform. The bill still needs to pass both chambers, and implementation will matter just as much as the text. We will be watching closely and keeping you informed every step of the way. Health Policy often moves slowly, quietly and out of the spotlight, but when it does move, it shapes access, affordability and outcomes for millions of people. This week’s developments are a reminder that progress is possible, especially when patients, caregivers, clinicians and advocates stay engaged
Steven Newmark 06:32
Before we wrap up, a quick reminder, it’s still not too late to get your seasonal flu or COVID-19 vaccines, staying up to date on these shots helps protect you, your loved ones and your community as we march on in these colder winter months. To learn more about vaccine recommendations and find reliable sources for patients, visit ghlf.org/vaccines. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful please leave us a rating or review and share with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 07:17
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Championing Public Health in Politics: A Conversation with State Rep. Michele Grim
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark speaks with Ohio State Representative Michele Grim, the only public health professional currently serving in the Ohio legislature. Rep. Grim shares how her background in public health advocacy led her to politics, where she now champions legislation to expand access to care, fight misinformation, and protect vulnerable populations.
Together, they dive into the challenges of health policy in today’s polarized environment, and the importance of having voices at the table who understand the system from the inside out.

Championing Public Health in Politics: A Conversation with State Rep. Michele Grim
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week. To help you make sense of it all, I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re heading to Ohio, speaking with Ohio State Representative Michelle Grim, someone who built her career on public health equity and community problem solving. Before joining the Ohio House, she served on the Toledo City Council, where she led a major medical debt relief initiative that wiped out debt for 1000s of families. She holds a doctorate in law and policy, and she works every day to make healthcare in Ohio more affordable, more fair and more accessible. She sits on committees that shape transportation, budgeting and consumer protection. Her work focuses on prescription drug costs, medical billing and the economic realities family face when illness strikes. She brings a public health mindset into a political world that often ignores it. Her journey shows what happens when expertise, compassion and policy come together. Let’s get into the conversation. First off, Representative Grim, thank you so much for joining us today.
State Rep. Michele Grim 01:12
Thank you so much for having me, Steven.
Steven Newmark 01:13
As I mentioned in the opening, you bring a unique blend of public health training and public office experience. What drew you from the community level work and research into running for elected office?
State Rep. Michele Grim 01:23
So I decided to run for office in 2021 we were still in the middle of a pandemic, not as robust as 2020 but 2021 we were still going through the pandemic and the uncertainty, and I had an opportunity to run for Toledo City Council, and I took that opportunity, I will kind of go back and say, we left Ohio for 10 years, but then came back during the pandemic. So I had just come back, but I was familiar with the city, because I was there for a decade before. So I decided to run for Toledo City Council, and I won. And then another opportunity opened up to run for the state house because of redistricting, so everybody was kind of moving on from other parts of the state legislature, so I decided to run for that as well. So I was on Toledo City Council for a year, and now I’m in my second term in the state house, but I think that someone with a public health background brings a unique perspective. When I was starting out, you didn’t see a lot of folks with a public health background, but I think you’re seeing more because people understand that public health legislation, public policy, really come together. There’s a lot of decisions made around public health that’s in on the legislative level. You saw that during the pandemic, and you’re still seeing that now, especially with like, vaccine policy and that kind of thing. So I wanted to give back to my community as a public servant and bringing in my public health expertise in this role.
Steven Newmark 02:54
Excellent. Well, while you were in Toledo, you made national news for your debt relief work in the city council. What was it about that issue that moved you and what impact did the program have on families in your community?
State Rep. Michele Grim 03:05
Well, I heard about using ARPA dollars for medical debt relief through the Cook County Land. So Cook County was the first one who did the medical debt relief initiative. It was rip medical debt at the time. Now it’s undue medical debt. So they used a portion of their ARPA dollars to eliminate medical debt.
Steven Newmark 03:26
Just for our listeners, wjat are ARPA dollars?
State Rep. Michele Grim 03:28
The American Rescue Plan Dollars. So they were the American rescue plan dollars under President Biden that gave communities money to recover from the pandemic. Basically, there were certain aspects that you could use these ARPA dollars. And so Cook County came up with this innovative initiative to use ARPA dollars for medical debt relief. And I saw that and said, We can do this in Toledo. And so I decided to spearhead the initiative in Toledo. I did get some pushback from my colleagues. I think they were uncertain about like, Should we be using ARPA dollars for basic services? Like we went second. So it was still a very new concept. And luckily, our county commissioners also came in with a match. It was a $1.6 million match, $1.6 million $800,000 ARPA dollars, and then with the county dollar. So it was $1.6 million to eliminate we estimated about 41,000 Lucas County residents. It’s now at 43 plus. We were able to tap into undue medical debts, philanthropic dollars to span across the entire region and around Northwest Ohio, which is about, I say, 21 counties. It was 112,000 people received letters saying that their debt was canceled.
Steven Newmark 04:45
Wow, that’s amazing.
State Rep. Michele Grim 04:46
Yeah. And then after our initiative passed city council, it kind of took off around the country, and a lot of other cities, even states, have done their own debt relief programs and. It’s just been very successful, and I’m really glad to see how fast it took off and how successful it’s been.
Steven Newmark 05:05
Yeah, no. Amazing. Getting back to something you were touching on earlier, public health really became political during the pandemic, and we still feel that tension of course. You mentioned vaccines. How do you approach conversations about vaccines, community health and science with constituents who may distrust the system?
State Rep. Michele Grim 05:22
Yeah, so I think that when I do encounter people who distrust maybe vaccines or government oversight around public health, I like to stick with the facts. I will say a lot of older people remember the days of polio. They remember the days of smallpox, so I still get a lot of people who remember those days, and I think it might be like the middle generation to the younger generation who may not remember that stuff. So what I like to do is just say vaccines are safe. They’re rigorously tested. They’ve prevented disease for millions and millions of people. Look at the outbreaks that we’re getting with measles, I think there’s another one in South Carolina, North Carolina, something like that recently.
Steven Newmark 06:07
Yeah, I had seen that, but yeah, I’m not surprised.
State Rep. Michele Grim 06:10
And so there’s all of these disease outbreaks, but they’re all preventable. They’re all preventable with vaccination, with the MMR vaccine. I think that when people do doubt vaccines or any other public health policies, they’re just thinking about, like, government overreach and that kind of thing, but like, again, it’s protecting the public’s health. When I do encounter someone who is vaccine hesitant, I would say it’s more folks in more conservative areas, or some of my colleagues on the other side of the aisle.
Steven Newmark 06:40
Yeah, that actually leads me to my next question. I’m curious, behind closed doors and obviously, without divulging private conversations, have you been engaged with some of your colleagues in Ohio who have expressed, I’ll just call it anti public health, because that’s sentiments, and how do you deal with that while in the legislature, particularly what I’m referring to, you know, private conversations. How do you deal with your colleagues who may be of that persuasion?
State Rep. Michele Grim 07:02
I would say that it can be difficult sometimes, right? Because, like, you can lay out the facts, but the facts don’t necessarily matter. It’s a very emotional topic for a lot of people. And again, it’s is it about, like, government overreach? Is it about facts? And I think when you throw facts at people, it doesn’t necessarily change their mind, and it’s hard to change people’s minds about these when they kind of stuck. I just like to stick with the facts, and the fact that like this has helped millions of people. This is why we don’t have polio emerging right now. I mean, we may at some point, but like this is why Measles is coming back. This is why we don’t have smallpox. And I think that’s what you have to kind of stick to, even though you know you’re not going to change their mind. But like that, the evidence that they’re safe and effective?
Steven Newmark 07:47
Yeah, absolutely no, but it’s good to have those conversations with folks, not just on public health issues, but obviously on all issues, even if they don’t disagree with you. You got to have adult conversations, if you will.
State Rep. Michele Grim 07:56
Yeah, for sure.
Steven Newmark 07:57
Just switching gears, you’ve spoken about healthcare as a fairness issue. What does fairness look like to you when we talk about access, affordability and outcomes?
State Rep. Michele Grim 08:04
I don’t think that the current system is fair. A lot of people get left out. There’s a lot of confusion with the current system and with fairness. I think that the process needs to work for everybody, and everybody needs to understand it, and a lot of people don’t. There’s always reports like the Kaiser Family Foundation does these like Bill of the month, like people don’t understand their bills. People don’t understand their coverage, because it can be very complicated, especially with these high deductible plans. For a system, to be fair, it should be accessible for everyone, it should be affordable for everyone, and people shouldn’t have to fear going into bankruptcy or going into debt to pay their medical bills or to get healthcare, and a lot of people do in this country. We’re the richest country in the world, and we pay the most for healthcare, and our system is completely unfair for people. To make it fair for people, I think is really important. I am a proponent of single payer. I know that we have a long way to go for that. But what can I do in my role, besides advocating for single payer, what can I do in my role to try to make the system fairer for people while we keep working toward a single payer system.
Steven Newmark 09:21
What advice might you have for someone who wants to advocate for themselves, someone a patient who feels overwhelmed by the system and powerless to change it? What advice would you give them as to where to start?
State Rep. Michele Grim 09:30
So I would say that I think the most comprehensive pieces of advice that I’ve seen for people is actually kff health. They’ve really laid out what patients should do if they get a bill and like, I’m gonna preface this by saying, like, we shouldn’t have to do this. Like, we shouldn’t have to scrutinize every bill or negotiate every bill, because we’re not sure if we’re getting billed correctly, or we’re not sure if, like, we’re getting charged correctly. But this is the system we have. I mean, your bills can be very confusing. Reading your bills, asking for an itemized bill, is one of those things that they recommend if you can’t afford your bills. Under the Affordable Care Act, all hospital systems, all nonprofit hospital systems, need to have a charity care system in place. So they all have charity care systems in place. Some of them are a little more generous than others. So somebody may think that they don’t qualify for a charity care plan or a payment plan. They may and they should ask. Now, the onus should be on the hospital, but it always is not. So ask, Hey, like, what is your charity care part? And I know people are are scared of the word charity care, but it’s just like, What is your charity care policy? That kind of thing. Again, we shouldn’t have to ask for that, but we are in a system that we unfortunately have to. And so those are my pieces of advice. It’s just like, look at your bills. Ask for an itemized receipt. Ask about payment plans or charity care programs, that kind of thing, and hopefully the hospital will work with you. They should work with you because they want to get paid. So yeah, but I mean, every hospital is different, so that would be in my advice. I think there’s places where you can, like go if you have questions about your bills, that can help you out. But I think those are the best pieces of advice that I’ve seen.
Steven Newmark 11:22
So let’s end on a hopeful note, and with that, what keeps you hopeful in your work? Advocacy, what we do can feel slow and frustrating, but what motivates you to keep moving forward.
State Rep. Michele Grim 11:33
People’s stories. What motivates me is people reaching out with their stories. Those stories can be very frustrating. So I have a bill right now around medical debt, some medical debt reforms. It would ban wage garnishment and then cap interest rates at 3%. It’s actually statutorily here in Ohio at 8%. We’ve had this hospital system in a rural area who’s sued over 2000 patients in the last few years, and it’s a very tiny area, and so we’ve been hearing a lot from those people saying, like this bill that you propose will help me a lot. And that’s what keeps me going, is that people are reaching out, saying, like this would be helpful. Here’s my story. We need relief. And so that’s what keeps me going, like everybody’s stories, people reaching out. And I think that even though that the system can get very overwhelming and depressing, there is definitely reasons to keep going, and we can bring change. And we’ve seen other states bring change around medical debt and other healthcare provisions. We could do it here in Ohio. We could do it across the country.
Steven Newmark 12:40
That is an excellent way to end because we talk all the time on the show and when we meet with patients around the country, that you are the most important advocate that we have, telling your stories to elected officials, telling your stories to policy makers, there is nothing more powerful than that, and it’s great to hear that from an actual elected official. So thank you so much, Representative Grim. Thank you for joining us. Thank you for sharing our public health experience can shape better policy. Your work shows that healthcare challenges are not abstract. They affect families. They affect budgets, entire communities, and we can tell from this conversation that you bring that to the state house every day.
State Rep. Michele Grim 13:16
Thank you.
Steven Newmark 13:16
Thanks for listening to the health advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 13:38
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
The Pediatric Vaccine Rollback: What ACIP Changed and Why It Matters
In this episode of The Health Advocates, we break down one of the most pivotal and controversial ACIP meetings in recent history. The CDC’s vaccine advisory committee voted to roll back the universal hepatitis B birth dose, a policy that has protected newborns from chronic liver disease for more than three decades. We explain what ACIP decided, why the changes were not based on new scientific evidence, and how misinformation and ideological viewpoints shaped the discussion.
We also explore the real-world consequences for families, clinicians, and health systems. From confusing new recommendations to unnecessary blood tests to disruptions in the overall childhood immunization schedule, these changes will make it harder for parents to access safe, routine preventive care. But the meeting also revealed something hopeful: strong advocacy — from medical societies, public health experts, grassroots organizers, and patient groups — helped prevent even more extreme proposals from becoming policy.
Finally, we discuss what comes next as ACIP reviews additional childhood vaccines and how advocates, clinicians, and community members can stay engaged to protect science-based immunization policy.

The Pediatric Vaccine Rollback: What ACIP Changed and Why It Matters
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Well, it’s 2026 it’s a new year and a new season at The Health Advocates, and we’re still on top of the news. Today’s episode is about clarity and a moment designed to create confusion. Over the past few days, the federal government has made sweeping changes to how it recommends Vaccines for children in the United States. At the same time, flu activity is rising across much of the country, sending more kids to pediatric offices, urgent care centers and hospitals. These two developments are not happening in isolation together. They raise real questions for parents, caregivers, patients, and anyone else who cares about public health. So today, we are breaking this episode into two parts. First, what just happened with the pediatric vaccine recommendations, and why does it matter? And second, what are we seeing with flu activity right now across the country? And what should families be thinking about?
Steven Newmark 01:12
This week, the Trump administration announced a major overhaul of the routine childhood vaccine schedule in the United States. Effective immediately, the CDC will no longer broadly recommend that all children receive several vaccines that have been part of routine and pediatric care. These include vaccines for rotavirus, influenza, menacocal disease and hepatitis B. Instead of universal recommendations, these vaccines are now either limited to children considered in high risk or placed under something called shared clinical decision making, which is something we’ve spoken about on the podcast in the past. That means families are told to discuss the vaccine with a clinician and decide together. That is not a minor adjustment. It represents one of the most significant shifts in US vaccination policy in decades. Importantly, this change did not go through the normal process. The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices or ACIP, a committee that we’ve spoken about many times in the past, did not vote on these recommendations. There was no standard evidence review, there was no public deliberation, and there was no formal risk benefit re assessment. The administration says these changes align the US more closely with other countries and will rebuild public trust after the COVID-19 pandemic. Health Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr has framed the move as strengthening transparency and informed consent. Medical and public health organizations strongly disagree. Groups like the American Academy of Pediatrics have warned that removing routine recommendations does not increase trust. It increases confusion. Pediatricians rely on clear CDC guidance when talking with families. When that guidance is weakened or fragmented, it creates doubt where none existed before. There are also serious practical concerns. The United States is not Denmark. We do not have universal healthcare. We have large disparities in access, follow up care and preventive services. Universal recommendations exist in part because risk based systems fail. Babies miss visits, parents move, records get lost. Universal policies protect children who might otherwise fall through the cracks. This shift also affects seasonal respiratory illnesses. For decades, the federal government has clearly recommended annual flu vaccination for children. Now the flu vaccination is being treated more like COVID vaccines were last fall, something to be decided through shared decision making, rather than actively promoted as routine prevention. Public health experts warn that this retreat from clear guidance could leave families unsure what to do, especially as respiratory viruses surge each year. There is also confusion around RSV guidance.
Steven Newmark 03:45
While officials say most recommendations remain unchanged, the way the new policy was communicated created unnecessary uncertainty for parents and clinicians alike. One other notable change: the CDC will now recommend only one dose of the HPV vaccine instead of two. That recommendation conflicts with recent statements from the FDA, which says there is not enough evidence to conclude that one dose provides equivalent long term protection. Over time, this could affect insurance coverage for the second dose. Stepping back, here is the bottom line. Vaccines that are no longer broadly recommended are still available. Insurance is still expected to cover them. Parents can still choose to vaccinate, but responsibility has shifted. Instead of clear national guidance, families and clinicians are being asked to navigate the uncertainty on their own. That is a heavy burden for folks who are not medical doctors, for folks who are not scientists, for folks who don’t have a background in epidemiology, and this is going to disproportionately affect families with less access to care, less access to time to do their own studying, and less access to information.
Steven Newmark 04:49
Let’s turn now to what we know about influenza activity in the United States. According to the latest CDC data, flu activity is continuing to climb across the country, with an estimated total illnesses exceeding 11 million so far this season. Hospitalizations also remain high, with more than 120,000 of flu related hospital stays already recorded, and the Agency estimates 5000 deaths associated with flu at this season to date. These figures mark a significant jump compared with previous seasons at the same point in the year, and reflect what public health officials are calling a moderately severe flu season. I’ve even seen some folks refer to it as the quote, super flu. The increase is not limited to any one region of the country. 45 states, plus Washington, DC and Puerto Rico, are reporting high or very high levels of flu and flu like activity and outpatient visits for flu like illnesses have also risen sharply, with some states reporting record high weekly hospitalization numbers. The dominant virus strain this season continues to be influenza A and specifically a sub clade known as K, which makes up the majority of the characterized cases. This strain has historically been associated with more hospitalizations and more serious illness among those infected, but data show heightened infection levels across all age groups. Among the troubling statistics include multiple pediatric flu related deaths reported this season, emphasizing that children remain vulnerable to complications from influenza as well. It’s not just something that affects the elderly and the infirm. Public Health Surveillance also shows that flu activity remains elevated nationwide and while seasonal flu typically peaks between January and February, the overall trend in recent weeks has been an upward rather than flat. In other words, cases continue to climb. So be warned.
Steven Newmark 06:31
In response to the rising activity, the CDC continues to recommend the annual flu vaccine. Despite what I just said about removing it from the pediatric list, it’s still generally the CDC website as of the recording still does recommend the vaccination for anyone age six months and older, with vaccines widely distributed and available. The agency also monitors anti viral treatments that can be prescribed early in the course of illness to reduce severe outcomes. This is especially important for those who are immunocompromised. If you’re able to identify the illness within the first 48 hours, you can get a course of antiviral treatments such as Tamiflu to help reduce the severity and length of the virus. The combination of high case numbers, widespread geographic activity and ongoing hospitalization underscores that flu remains a substantial public health concern this season. Well, we’re in a moment where folks are to say the least, scratching their heads. Parents are asked to shoulder more responsibility when it comes to deciding vaccinations for their children, while at the same time receiving less clarity from the federal government. It’s not fair, but it’s the reality. What matters now, as always, is staying informed, asking questions and advocating for yourself, and if you’re a parent, for your child’s health based on evidence, not ideology. We’ll continue to track coming changes, explain what they mean, and speak up for patients and families navigating this uncertainty, because protecting ourselves should never be complicated by politics.
Steven Newmark 07:52
And that is it for today’s episode of the health advocates. But before we wrap up, quick reminder, it is still not too late to get your seasonal flu or COVID-19 vaccines. Staying up to date on these shots still helps protect you, your loved ones and your community as cases continue to rise. To learn more about vaccines and find reliable resources for patients, visit ghlf.org/vaccines that’s ghlf.org/vaccines. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about health care policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. See you next time.
Narrator 08:44
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
2025 Year-End Public Health Recap
In this special year-end episode of The Health Advocates, host Steven Newmark takes a step back to review several of the most significant public health developments of 2025.
The episode covers major leadership changes at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, key meetings and votes of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), ongoing challenges related to vaccine access and uptake, and continued debates over prescription drug pricing, including “Trump Rx.” Steven also examines the rapid expansion of GLP-1 medications, the implementation of Inflation Reduction Act health provisions, public health workforce pressures, infectious disease monitoring beyond COVID-19, maternal health initiatives, and the evolving role of data and communication in public health.
Rather than an opinion piece, this episode offers a straightforward recap of how policy decisions, advisory processes, and healthcare system dynamics shaped public health in 2025 and set the stage for the year ahead.

ACIP Meeting Recap: What Happened and What It Means for Patients
In this episode of The Health Advocates, we break down one of the most pivotal and controversial ACIP meetings in recent history. The CDC’s vaccine advisory committee voted to roll back the universal hepatitis B birth dose — a policy that has protected newborns from chronic liver disease for more than three decades. We explain what ACIP decided, why the changes were not based on new scientific evidence, and how misinformation and ideological viewpoints shaped the discussion.
We also explore the real-world consequences for families, clinicians, and health systems. From confusing new recommendations to unnecessary blood tests to disruptions in the overall childhood immunization schedule, these changes will make it harder for parents to access safe, routine preventive care. But the meeting also revealed something hopeful: strong advocacy — from medical societies, public health experts, grassroots organizers, and patient groups — helped prevent even more extreme proposals from becoming policy.
Finally, we discuss what comes next as ACIP reviews additional childhood vaccines and how advocates, clinicians, and community members can stay engaged to protect science-based immunization policy.

ACIP Meeting Recap: What Happened and What It Means for Patients
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week. To help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re going to walk through what happened at last week’s meeting of the ACIP, the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. For decades, ACIP has been the gold standard scientific body that has set national vaccine policy. Their recommendations guided physicians, hospitals, insurance companies and schools. That committee has now been re shaped under HHS Secretary, RFK Jr, and this most recent meeting made one thing painfully clear: ideology and misinformation are pulling vaccine policy backwards, and patients are the ones who will pay the price.
Steven Newmark 00:57
Let’s start with the big headline. ACIP voted to roll back more than 30 years of universal infant Hepatitis B vaccination for newborns, Hepatitis B vaccination at birth has been the cornerstone of preventing a chronic, deadly liver disease. It has worked. It has saved lives, and there is no new evidence of harm. Despite that, the ACIP members voted to remove the universal birth dose recommendation and replace it with a risk based system that takes us back to pre 1991. Under the new guidance, babies will only be recommended to receive the shot at birth if the mother is Hepatitis B positive or if her status is unknown. Everyone else gets pushed into something called shared clinical decision making, which sounds reasonable, but in practice, opens the door to confusion, delays and missed vaccinations. Babies cannot advocate for themselves, of course and risk based systems have consistently failed throughout public health history for exactly that reason.
Steven Newmark 01:13
The committee then went further. They recommended that parents ask clinicians for antibody blood tests before their babies receive dose two or dose three of the Hepatitis B vaccine. On paper, this may sound like patient empowerment, but scientifically, there is no established antibody threshold that guarantees protection after one or two doses, meaning such a test cannot actually tell a parent whether their baby is protected. What it will do is create more appointments, more blood draws, more confusion and potentially more out of pocket costs. And skipping the later doses can disrupt the entire childhood immunization schedule, because many vaccines are bundled. Under immunized babies are more vulnerable to preventable disease. These decisions did not come from any new science. They came from a committee broadcasting misinformation in real time. I know because I was watching it. Independent monitors counted more than 60 false or misleading statements throughout the two day meeting. Long debunked claims about autoimmune disease, about vaccine ingredients, about theoretical harms, about so called overloading the immune system. None of this was supported by evidence. None of this aligned with decades of global experience showing that the Hepatitis B vaccine at birth is safe and effective and one of the most effective tools in fact, in modern pediatrics.
Steven Newmark 01:57
It is important to understand that the experts who normally present the evidence to ACIP were not allowed in the room. CDC scientists had to coordinate behind the scenes because they were blocked from delivering the usual detailed presentations that anchored these decisions in data. Despite that, some voices inside and outside the room pushed back hard. Pediatric infectious disease specialists, Hepatitis B researchers, State and Territorial Health Officials, liaisons from the American College of Physicians and the infectious disease societies of America. These folks stood up, and in many cases, their persistence prevented votes that could have actually been far worse, because, yes, even more extreme proposals were seriously considered. Some committee members pushed the idea of removing the Hepatitis B vaccine entirely from the childhood schedule. You imagine? Others suggested delaying vaccination until adolescence. These proposals did not advance, and that is thanks to a coordinated national effort from scientists, clinicians, nonprofit organizations like GHLF, grassroots advocates, like patients like you and parents who mobilize quickly refuted misinformation and made clear that Americans want access to vaccines.
Steven Newmark 01:57
What does all this mean for families right now? Well, the Hepatitis B vaccine remains available. It remains covered by insurance, including Medicaid and CHIP. Parents can still choose the standard three dose series, which provides long lasting protection and avoids unnecessary blood draws, and for parents who want their baby to receive the birth dose, even if the mother tests negative, that option does remain open. The deeper impact is that we now have a federal advisory committee, once trusted for its scientific independence that is producing recommendations based on ideology rather than evidence. This puts pediatricians in a very difficult position. It creates new uncertainties for hospitals and birthing centers. It disrupts what used to be straightforward clinical work flows, and it risks reversing decades of progress in preventing a dangerous, highly transmissible liver disease. But here’s the part that deserves attention for our audience. Advocacy still works. The meeting did not end in the kind of catastrophic policy collapse that many feared because people showed up. Experts spoke up. Patients spoke up. The scientific community coordinated messages, pre bunked misinformation, and provided real time counterpoints. Patient groups voiced concerns. GHLF was loud and clear during these ACIP meetings. Members inside the room resisted the most radical proposals, and collectively that pressure mattered. This meeting showed that public health is not powerless. Patients are not powerless. Advocacy is not just symbolic. It shapes outcomes in the room where decisions are made. When people push back with evidence, clarity and persistence, it can make a difference. We should be clear out about the moment we’re in. We have now taken a step backward in vaccine policy in our country. The consequences will unfold in the years ahead, as confusion spreads and coverage declines, but there is also a strong coordinated movement committed to protecting children’s health, restoring trust and maintaining access to vaccines grounded in real science. We will continue to follow ACIP closely as the rest of the childhood vaccination schedule undergoes review. We will continue to advocate for evidence based policy that protects patients rather than political agendas.
Steven Newmark 02:43
Before we wrap up a quick reminder: it is not too late to get your seasonal flu or COVID-19 vaccines. Staying up to date on these shots helps protect you your loved ones and your community as we head into even colder months. To learn more about vaccine recommendations and find reliable resources for patients, visit ghlf.org/vaccines. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy. Be sure to follow us. Wherever you get your podcasts, you can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 07:15
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Building Trust in Health: A Texas Lawmaker’s View on Prevention, Access, and Equity
How can lawmakers rebuild public trust in health, and make prevention a shared priority?
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark speaks with Texas State Representative Nicole Collier, a leading voice on health equity, women’s health, and preventive care. From her work on the Select Committee on Preventable Diseases and Women’s Health to her advocacy for fair access to vaccines, Rep. Collier brings a clear message: prevention isn’t political, it’s essential.
Together, Steven and Rep. Collier explore:
– How preventive care, including vaccines, strengthens community trust
– Why health equity starts with access to reliable information and local leadership
– How Texas can serve as a model for bipartisan public-health collaboration
To learn more about vaccine recommendations and find reliable resources for patients, visit: ghlf.org/vaccines

Building Trust in Health: A Texas Lawmaker’s View on Prevention, Access, and Equity
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all, I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re heading to Texas, a state that’s both a leader and a lightning rod in public health conversations. We’ll be joined by Representative Nicole Collier, who serves House District 95 representing the Fort Worth area in the Texas Legislature. She’s an attorney, a long time advocate for justice, and since 2013 has served as a member of the Texas House Committee on Public Health. Representative Collier has built her career around fairness and access, ensuring every Texan, no matter where they live or who they are, has a fair shot at good health, and she’s been unafraid to stand up for what she believes in, even when it means staying on the House floor to stand up to bullies. Today, we’ll talk about how she’s working to strengthen trust and preventive care, the role of vaccines in protecting communities, and how public health equity can unite people across political lines. Representative Collier, thank you so much for joining us. You’ve had an incredible career from practicing law to shaping health policy at the state level. What motivated you to take that leap into public service, and what continues to drive your work in public health specifically?
Nicole Collier 01:19
Well, thank you for having me on Steven. Great question. My personal experiences have really directed my path. I don’t take anything for granted. My background in terms of health, health insurance is absolutely vital. I had my first child before I graduated high school. I had two children, actually by the time I graduated high school and no health insurance. So I understand the importance of making sure that you have access to affordable, quality healthcare from the start, and making sure that you’re able to be able to have a network of providers and services that are local and affordable. I take my experiences, just as a person with me, and they help guide my direction, my path and my vote, and that’s what really helped any person that is in this because they want to improve health outcomes and improve outcomes for the people that they represent. You take those experiences, you use that you listen to the people, and you’re their voice, you’re their advocate for the issues that are important. So basically, just my personal experiences.
Steven Newmark 02:27
You said before that your role is to make sure quote, everyone’s voice is heard. When it comes to health, that’s especially powerful. How do you make sure that those who are often overlooked, whether it’s rural residents, women, people of color have a seat at the table when decisions are being made?
Nicole Collier 02:43
Here’s the thing, I don’t wait for an invitation. If it’s something that is impacting my community, I’m going to make sure that I’m there. I’m going to pull up my own chair and have a seat to be their voice. So in terms of making sure that I am there and representing, I always think about health in terms of being it’s nonpartisan when something comes for you, when you have a health condition, it’s not looking to see if it only impacts libertarian, democrat or republican or no party affiliation. It’s an equal opportunity impactor. And so when I look at healthcare, I’m looking at ways to address the challenges and the areas that it impacts of whether it’s rural, urban, I’m not looking at it in terms of just one sector. I’m looking across the board. And what we know is that Blacks have poor health outcome when it comes down to like COVID, obesity, these things have higher impacts, negative impacts, on Blacks and people of color in general, and it has something to do with their circumstances in terms of pay, making earning livable wages, it’s an access issue, and so we want to make sure that we can try to remove the barriers, to make sure that everyone has access regardless, and the data doesn’t lie. When it comes down to poorer health outcomes, the Blacks, me, I’m more impacted.
Steven Newmark 04:05
Yeah, unfortunately, that’s so true, and I certainly appreciate that that phrase removing the barriers to access, that’s that’s a phrase that we use a lot around here. Also, one of the things we focus on at GHLF is connecting patients to preventive care, including vaccines, screenings and routine checkups before they get sick. Texas is such a diverse state, enormous differences in access that you were just alluding to. From your perspective, to speak on the positive side where are we making progress, and where do the biggest gaps remain?
Nicole Collier 04:33
Well, in Texas, we went backwards this last session, I wasn’t pleased with a lot of the legislation. I will say my first session, 2013 there was a bill that would opt everyone into vaccines, and you would have to opt out. That’s the way we should really approach this. It should be an opt out. But now that you have to opt in, it takes action to require somebody, or have somebody get the necessary vaccines to shore up our communities to protect our communities. But I thought that, you know, when I in 2013 my first legislative session, I was on public health, I was like, oh, that’s brilliant. But then the people who so called believe in freedom felt like that was too much government, too big government. So something like that was a disappointment when I walked into it. Remember, my mindset is healthcare is something that is nonpartisan, and it just seemed that it was really gravitating towards this freedom, so called Freedom Movement. But what about my freedom to be healthy? What about my freedom from your conditions or your beliefs? And so I think that when you’re trying to balance it. You got to make sure that you’re looking at everything and providing the option and access is really one of them, and affordability is another. But this last session, they brought in more barriers. They require the Department of State Health and Human Services. I think it’s Health and Human Services to allow people who want to opt out of vaccines, to make it easier. To do that that was passed this last session, which is totally opposite from my first session, where we wanted to make it easier, so they made it easier for you to ask for a reasonable accommodation for the vaccines this year. So I’m not sure if we’re going in the right direction in terms of vaccines, but in terms of diabetes treatment, they’re making that type of medicine more affordable. They’re taking steps for cancer treatment dementia, we’re doing more investments in that so that that’s a great step in the right direction, but we did go backward in some other areas. So it’s concerning. It’s one of those things that you’ve got to stay on your toes. You got to stay engaged in the issues to make sure that they’re not disenfranchising or harming the community that I represent.
Steven Newmark 06:44
Let’s talk a minute about trust and messaging. We’ve all seen how misinformation and distrust can affect people’s decisions around vaccines. You’ve spent your career earning the trust of your community. What have you learned about how to rebuild confidence in both the health policy space and also in government itself, which is two areas that are sadly under assault?
Nicole Collier 07:03
I try to make sure that it’s all about information, sharing information. I even provide both sides, so that way the person can make an informed decision. So it’s educating the consumer, the person, so that they know and have the facts, so that they can make an informed decision. Even this year, there was some, I guess, some type of notice or warning that were put out for COVID vaccines. They put that it could be harmful. wWll, it could be helpful, too, but that wasn’t part of the warning label. So I think that they’re building the distrust into the legislation, and that’s very concerning for all of us, because it doesn’t build trust, it doesn’t reinforce the idea or the concept of quality healthcare. What another thing is that they put out old information. One of the things that we heard during the public health committee was about vaccines that were filled with mercury. Well, that was like in 1950s. The vaccines have come a long way. Let’s talk about current information and data and fact, instead of sensationalizing stories that would cause fear and distrust. So I think that we’ve got to do more, and that means educating legislators, making sure that they have the information and again, sometimes when they do have the fact that they go with whatever the base is saying.
Steven Newmark 08:19
Sometimes they don’t let good facts get in the way of their argument, so to speak. Well, let me ask you this, sometimes the best messengers aren’t scientists or even lawmakers. They’re community leaders, pastors, local health workers. What can government officials do? What can elected officials do to empower those voices to promote preventive care?
Nicole Collier 08:36
How do you talk about prevention and specifically vaccines, to your constituents in a way that cuts through the noise and brings people together?
Nicole Collier 08:36
Whatever committee I’m on, one of the requirements is to contact somebody in my district to get their opinion on the legislation. I want to hear from the community, whether it is a constituent, a stakeholder, an advocate, a hospital. I want to hear from them to find out how this law or the proposed laws, would impact the work that they do, or them personally. So that is something that is absolutely right. It’s staying engaged, contacting your representative or the members of the community, letting them know where you stand, asking them to submit or file legislation on your behalf, telling your story. We don’t know everything, and so it is about people giving their input. I’ll give you an example when it comes down to as a legislature, I had breast cancer. In 2015 I was diagnosed with breast cancer, and so I was going to go through chemotherapy. From 2016 I went through chemotherapy. Well, on my first treatment, I found out that the drug that the doctor had prescribed was not included in the network. And so I’m sitting here waiting because they mix the drugs up right then and there, and we have to wait for authorization. Now that is something that it’s dumbfounded me. I mean, I just couldn’t understand, why do you have to wait in such a critical time for the insurance company to make a decision whether the drug that the doctor had decided and if the type of cancer I had it was the only drug. It wasn’t like the doctor had a list of drugs that they could pull from. It was the only drug. And so there are people who have the same situation, and we need to be able to hear from them and provide solution. And if it hadn’t been for my personal experience, I wouldn’t have known that that was happening. So personal experiences and hearing from the community is so important.
Nicole Collier 10:24
Well, I’ve had vaccine not clinics, but where they offer vaccines. I’ve teamed up with the Texas Medical Association local healthcare providers to show my support for the vaccines. I remember when COVID was here. Wanted to make sure that everybody knew that I was getting the vaccine, so that way they knew we were hosting town halls to educate people about the importance of getting vaccinated. And so it’s just trying to debunk some of the myth and then also give them the facts. And it’s also about being part of your community. Having that connection with your community automatically gives you credibility. They know you, they see you. They built that trust.
Steven Newmark 11:04
You’ve been such a consistent voice for fairness and public health. So before you go, we’d like to ask if you could speak directly to our listeners, many of whom are patients or caregivers themselves. What would you want them to know about how they can help strengthen their trust in preventive care and in vaccines?
Nicole Collier 11:19
Well, I ask questions that I would encourage anyone who has doubts or just doesn’t know ask, ask a question to your healthcare provider, wherever you get your information. I knew people. Sometimes they go to the nail salon, the hair the barber shop, church. Ask somebody, even at my church, we have a nurse at the church, that’s actual position at the church, ask that person, ask a trusted advisor, someone that you have confidence in what they think or if they could steer you in the right direction. And it’s important to get that treatment or the help that you need. Once they worrying about the bill later, it’s so important take care of your health first, the bill will come later. You can think about that later. I always encourage somebody get that help you need. Don’t delay it. There are so many great advances in medicine, regardless of what you think or how bad it is. There are things out there that we may not know about, that you may not know about, that there are people who are studying and they may have options for you. Always exhaust all options. Don’t take no for an answer, and just keep acting around.
Steven Newmark 12:29
Representative Collier, thank you so much for your leadership, your persistence, and for reminding us that health equity and prevention are not partisan, they’re human.
Nicole Collier 12:37
Absolutely. Thank you so much for having me.
Steven Newmark 12:40
That was Representative Nicole Collier, a powerful advocate for fairness public health and the idea that prevention is a shared responsibility. If you’d like to learn more about our vaccine advocacy work, including our state level outreach and how we’re building trust through education, visit ghlf.org/vaccines. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy. And be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 13:21
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Turkey Day Conversations: How to Talk About Vaccines With Your Family
In this special Thanksgiving episode, Steven helps our community prepare for the conversations that matter most. Every year, GHLF shares its “Turkey Day Talking Points” to support people living with chronic illness or who are immunocompromised as they navigate discussions about vaccines with family and friends.
This episode breaks down simple, compassionate ways to explain why vaccines are so important, and why protection for immunocompromised people relies not only on their own shots, but also on the vaccination decisions of those around them. Steven emphasizes that for many patients, vaccines aren’t political; they’re personal. They’re about staying healthy enough to participate in holidays, gatherings and everyday life.
Whether you’re looking for language to make yourself heard without sparking conflict, or you want to help loved ones understand what vaccine protection really means for you, this episode offers guidance rooted in empathy, clarity and lived experience.
To learn more about vaccine recommendations and find reliable resources for patients, visit: ghlf.org/vaccines

Turkey Day Conversations: How to Talk About Vaccines With Your Family
Steven Newmark 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Every year, before Thanksgiving, we put out something called our Turkey Day Talking Points. It’s a guide for patients who live with chronic illness or who are immunocompromised and who might find themselves navigating tricky conversations around the dinner table. This year, we’re focusing on vaccines. Why they matter, why protection varies from person to person, and how to talk about all of this with the people you love. This episode is for you if you’ve ever sat at a holiday meal thinking, How do I explain this without starting an argument. We’ve got you covered.
Steven Newmark 00:50
Let’s start with the big picture. For many in our community, vaccines are not optional. They’re not a political identity. They’re part of staying alive and staying healthy. If you’re immunocompromised, your immune system doesn’t work the same way as most people’s. You might not mount a strong antibody response to vaccines. You might not be eligible for certain vaccines at all. And if you get sick from something like flu, COVID or RSV, your recovery can be longer and more complicated. That’s the reality, and it deserves to be understood by your family. So let’s get into some talking points here.
Steven Newmark 01:21
Turkey Day Talking Point number one: my immune system doesn’t work the same way as yours does. This is one of the clearest and most honest ways to start the conversation. It isn’t confrontational, it isn’t judgmental, it’s simply the truth. If a family member ever says, but you got vaccinated, why are you still worried? You can explain that your level of protection is different from theirs. You can say my vaccine helps me, but it doesn’t give me the same level of protection as it gives you. I need multiple layers of protection, and one of those layers is the people around me.
Steven Newmark 01:51
Talking Point number two. When you get vaccinated, you help protect me. This is probably the most important message for loved ones to hear. You’re not asking them to get vaccinated for abstract reasons or news headlines. You’re asking them because their immunity keeps you safer. A virus is spread through people. When more people around you get vaccinated, you reduce the chances of the virus reaching you, the person who could really get sick from it. It’s community protection, it’s family protection, it’s love in action.
Steven Newmark 02:20
Talking Point number three: for me, vaccines are not political, they’re personal. This Thanksgiving, you might find yourself talking to someone who has strong views, and the quickest way to de escalate is to keep the conversation grounded in your real life experience. You can say for me, This isn’t political, it’s personal. It’s about my health and staying well enough to enjoy holidays and birthdays in everyday life with you. This framing helps loved ones stop debating and start listening.
Steven Newmark 02:49
Talking Point number four: you might bounce back quickly, and I might not. This is where empathy matters. Most people don’t know what it feels like to have a chronic illness or a weakened immune system. They don’t realize that something mild for them, a few days of aches, a low fever, could send you to the hospital. You’re not trying to scare them, you’re helping them understand the stakes. You might say, you’d probably feel lousy for a few days. I could face complications or a much longer recovery. That’s why I take this so seriously.
Steven Newmark 03:18
Talking Point number five: getting vaccinated is one of the easiest ways you can support me. People want to help, especially family members. They just need to know what actually makes a difference. Getting a flu shot, COVID vaccine or an RSV vaccine is a simple, concrete action that helps you stay safer. You’re not asking them to overhaul their lifestyle. You’re asking them to do something quick, accessible and meaningful, and framing it that way makes the ask feel supportive, not demanding.
Steven Newmark 03:46
Talking Point number six: thank you for listening no matter how the conversation goes, gratitude goes a long way. A simple Thanks for hearing me out, it means a lot that you’re willing to understand can help keep the holiday peaceful, supportive and connected. I hope these talking points help you feel more confident as you head into your Thanksgiving gatherings. You deserve to enjoy the holiday without feeling like you need to defend yourself or your health decisions and remember, your voice matters, your safety matters.
Steven Newmark 04:13
If you want to learn more about vaccines, policy updates or guidance for immunocompromised people, visit our vaccine hub at ghlf.org/vaccines, from all of us at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Have a safe, healthy and warm Thanksgiving. And thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about health care policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 04:52
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Government Shutdowns & IgG4-RD: What Patients Need to Know
In this episode of The Health Advocates, host Steven Newmark breaks down what the recent federal government shutdown means for health care access and vulnerable patients. Then, he’s joined by Mahsa Pazokifard, a passionate patient advocate living with IgG4-related disease (IgG4-RD), a rare and often misunderstood autoimmune condition. Mahsa opens up about the challenges of getting diagnosed, how the disease has impacted her life and career, and why raising awareness is essential.
Whether you’ve never heard of IgG4-RD or are living with a chronic illness yourself, this episode offers powerful insights into patient advocacy, rare disease awareness, and the human side of health care policy.
To learn more about IgG4-Related Disease, visit: creakyjoints.org/igg4-rd-guide
To learn more about vaccine recommendations and find reliable resources for patients, visit: ghlf.org/vaccines

Government Shutdowns & IgG4-RD: What Patients Need to Know
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all, I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re exploring something that too many people living with chronic and rare diseases know all too well, the emotional and physical exhaustion of trying to get an accurate medical diagnosis when symptoms don’t make sense, when you’re dismissed by doctors, or when the system keeps failing to connect the dots, the toll goes far beyond the body. It affects your mental health, your relationships, your finances and your sense of self. In this episode, we’ll hear first hand from Mahsa Pazokifard, who spent years searching for answers before finally being diagnosed with a rare autoimmune condition called IgG4-related disease. It’s a chronic, immune, medicated condition that can inflame multiple organs in the body, and like so many rare diseases, it’s often misunderstood or missed entirely. Mahsa’s story shows how long, painful diagnostic journeys can test your resilience, and also how advocacy and community can Rebuild Strength and purpose. But before we get into that with masa, we’re going to talk about the recent federal government shutdown, what it meant, how it ended, and why it matters for healthcare and patients like you. All right, let’s get into it.
Steven Newmark 01:24
What is a government shutdown? A government shutdown occurs when Congress fails to pass funding legislation or a continuing resolution by a particular deadline. Typically, the start of a fiscal year on October 1. Agencies must then stop non essential operations. Federal workers may be furloughed or work without pay, and key services get disrupted. Over the past 30 years, there have been multiple shutdowns, each causing economic, social and health impacts, but the one we just saw became the longest in US history. So why did this particular shutdown happened? The 2025 shutdown began at midnight on October 1, after funding bills for fiscal year 2026 were not passed. The impasse stemmed from deep disagreements over spending levels, proposed cuts and policy riders. A major flash point was the upcoming expiration of enhanced subsidies under the Affordable Care Act. Democrats insisted the subsidies must be extended before the RE opening of the government. Republicans resisted calling it a separate negotiation. The divide made finding a deal elusive, and the shutdown dragged on. Why the ACA subsidies were central. The Affordable Care Act premium tax credits helped millions of Americans pay for health insurance on the marketplaces. With those enhanced subsidies set to expire at year end, Democrats argued that even if the government reopened, health care costs would spike and coverage losses would follow. The subsidies became leverage in the budget standoff, turning a spending fight into a health policy showdown. If the subsidy cliff hit, younger and healthier consumers might exit the insurance market, pushing premiums up and threatening access. After more than six weeks, a breakthrough finally emerged during the shutdown. On November 10, the Senate passed a funding bill by a vote of 60 to 40, a small number of Democrats broke ranks, allowing Republicans to reach the super majority, 60 votes required to overcome the Senate filibuster. That enabled the funding legislation to move to the House of Representatives, which approved it a day later. President Donald Trump signed the bill, ending the shutdown. The agreement funds most agencies through January 30, 2026, re instates pay for federal workers and avoids further layoffs for now, but it does not include a committed extension of the Affordable Care Act subsidies. Instead, it sets up a future vote in December, leaving that question unresolved. With agencies re opened, the immediate crisis is over, but the next chapter is under way. Congress must decide how to address the expiring ACA subsidies.Without extension, insurance costs could rise dramatically, especially for low and middle income households. Health Policy watchers are also looking to see how federal health agencies recover from the shutdown disruption, research pauses, delayed grants, paused regulatory reviews and slowed public health communications, all need catching up. There is also the matter of whether future funding deals will include guardrails preventing unilateral cuts or further shutdowns. For patients, especially those managing chronic or rare conditions, this shutdown highlights how intertwined health policy and budget politics are. If subsidies are lost, insurance premiums rise, access strengths and financial barriers grow. If federal agencies remain underfunded or disrupted, research and oversight falter, impacting everything from drug approvals to disease surveillance. The takeaway: health policy isn’t just about treatments in clinics. It’s about the rules, funding and stability behind the system. Advocacy, awareness and engagement matter. The end of the shutdown is very welcome, but the work is far from done. As we turn the page, patients, advocates, providers and policy makers all need to stay plugged in. Funding decisions made behind closed doors, come home to every person with a condition, a loved one or a treatment need. Alright, well, if you thought that was a lot to take in, let’s all take a breather because the government is reopened, and now we’re going to turn to Mahsa Pazokifard, who spent years searching for answers before finally being diagnosed with the rare autoimmune condition known as IgG4-related disease. Mahsa, thank you so much for joining us today. Your story is powerful, and I know it’s going to resonate deeply with many of our listeners.
Mahsa Pazokifard 05:18
Steven, thank you, and thank you for having me as a part of this podcast, I’m excited.
Steven Newmark 05:23
Let’s start by getting to know you a bit. Can you tell us about where you’re from, what you do today and what keeps you inspired in your daily life?
Mahsa Pazokifard 05:30
Yes, absolutely. So. I am 35 years old. I live in Orange County, California. So what I do is I am a patient, patient advocate. I have co founded and run a non profit foundation for our IgG4 community. I am a patient columnist. I have consulted with different organizations for our rare disease group, and what keeps me inspired is actually our patient community. The fact that everybody is still struggling to get the diagnosis, to get the treatment, and then the continual of care after that is where we’re still struggling. So it’s never over at just one point, and because of that, nobody’s speaking up, the system isn’t going to change itself if nobody shares their story, or at least tries to tackle some of these injustices that we’re facing. And so the patients are what inspire me. I talk to them all day, every day. I speak to them globally. Just the other day, I spent three hours with a patient in Pakistan, and so I really take the time to understand where we’re missing stuff and why our patients are falling through the cracks, and all of that just fuels the fire under me to go forth and keep advocating and keep pushing through and just to bring about the same level of equity in healthcare, just for everybody, and make it accessible all across board.
Steven Newmark 06:48
And you said that your symptoms started in childhood.
Mahsa Pazokifard 06:50
Yes, actually, at infancy. I’ve always struggled with anti infections, that my parotids were always inflamed, and we just never knew why. I would just get infections, and then my eyes, and it just kind of spread throughout the years. My lungs got involved, and then the severe allergies started, and then it hit my GI tract. And it wasn’t until six years, even after that, in my late 20s, that I lost function of my gallbladder, and I guess part of my pancreas, because they also removed that with my gallbladder. And so it’s been an ongoing journey. And then four years ago, it all came to a halt as well, with everything involving so my eyes puffed shut, just ears stabbing pains, my neck, submandibular, everything just swollen. And then I also actually have Sjogren’s disease. So a whole challenge, getting both of it diagnosed and then proving that you have both afterwards has been a struggle for a lot of us patients, because a lot of doctors just want to say, No, you either have this or that. And it hasn’t been until just recent few months that they’re accepting the fact that, okay, both can exist in one patient. But it’s treatable, it’s manageable, but getting that treatment and that to that manageable place is quite a task, and without direction, we’re lost.
Steven Newmark 08:06
Yeah, so just taking a quick step back, what was it like going from specialist to specialist? Can you just walk us through what that was like for you to deal with that and all those years, decades even, without a proper diagnosis?
Mahsa Pazokifard 08:18
Yeah, so going from specialist to specialist has been a constant occurring in my life, and so I’m not a stranger to it. But of course, in the last few recent years, just the last decade itself, it was back to back. I mean, in one month, in every week, I four days out of it I was at a doctor’s office or doing a test or a scan or drawing blood, and it gets really tiring. It was so exhausting, so stressful, because you go through all of these procedures, all of these tests, and then for the doctors just to turn around and say, No, you don’t have anything. All your blood work is fine. Your vitals are fine. I remember I even fainted one time from my POTS. Now I know I have POTS, and they thought I was faking it, because they had me hooked up, and they’re like, Oh, well, your vitals are fine. And I had no idea. I was like, Okay, well, I still went ahead and fainted. I mean, I don’t know what to tell you. And so it’s just been dismissals, gaslighting. I’ve faced ageism, sexism, like you’re too young to have anything serious. Your body’s healthy. These diseases affect men, or they disease older women and things like that, where it just keeps pushing and delaying. The fact that we need that diagnosis, and for a lot of our patients are it is crucial for our patients to get diagnosed in a timely manner, because we do have to face worse consequences if we don’t get the diagnosis like organ failure or possible cancers even.
Steven Newmark 09:44
So, after years of uncertainty, you finally received a diagnosis of IgG4-related disease. What was that moment like for you? You know, how did you feel when you received that diagnosis, and how did that diagnosis come to be?
Mahsa Pazokifard 09:55
So, Whoo, that was not that long ago, but it feels like forever ago. About four years ago, I believe I woke up with my eyes puffed shut. I was in severe pain, and I just didn’t feel good. My body was stiffening up. I was having muscle spasms. I was having tics that looked like Tourette Syndrome. There was just a lot of things happening, and it was happening so rapidly, like every day, something new was getting involved in my body, and I became partially paralyzed. I couldn’t even hold a water cup in my hands, just my hands were so stiff and just a lot of pain, and I kept having this autonomy of flares. So I had to be flat the whole day, every day. It that was kind of rough for me, because doctors were still not figuring it out. They were testing me for regular antibody tests and this and that, and I’m what you call a seronegative patient. So how I felt right after getting the diagnosis was kind of an aha moment for me, a little bit of relief, a little bit of hope, but mainly it was I told you so, and then followed by more frustration, because how I got the diagnosis is that I had to find the right surgeons to do the right biopsies. I had to really self advocate in that level, and I had to tell them what to look for. So they would ask me, What do you think it is before they go in for the biopsy, they would put that in the notes to the pathologists. And so I said, go in for michilix. It’s characterized by IgG4 patterns. I had memorized these things, and I didn’t even know what it meant. Just saying that and the doctors putting that down for the pathologist to test and stain your sample for, that was what saved me, because then they would come back and say, Oh, you were right. It’s confirmed exactly what you said is what you have, and it’s quite rare, and you don’t have it in your blood. And so it was frustrating to know that I had to go through all of that to get myself the care and the treatment and to save my own life. I had to do it. I didn’t have any more faith left in the medical community. And so it was it was relief, it was hope, it was frustration, it was just a mixture of emotions for me.
Steven Newmark 11:57
And how did the doctor or your medical team finally get to that diagnosis. What was the specialist? How did you get referred to that specialist? What led to them to actually make the diagnosis?
Mahsa Pazokifard 12:07
So I have an ophthalmologist. I also had an ENT doing my lip biopsy, neurologist doing all the muscle weakness, nerve damage tests. But each specialist that I saw would send me to another two or three specialists in the same line. So I have three ophthalmologists, I have three Ents. I have one ear specialist. It’s a whole care team and but the ophthalmologists and the ENT were able to do the biopsies that I asked them to do and to stand for what I needed them to do, and within a week of each other, they both tested positive for exactly what I had said.
Steven Newmark 12:40
So what do things look like for you now? What is your daily life like? What’s a good day versus a hard day?
Mahsa Pazokifard 12:45
Whoo, every day is like waking up and having to spin a wheel of fortune, or as how we would like to joke around, and we call it the Russian Roulette, because you really don’t know what to expect day to day. Just because I could yesterday doesn’t mean I could today. I have good days where I could probably get four things off my list of to do, things, whether it’s work, a little bit of house chores, I just have to make sure that I don’t over exert myself, and that I just don’t push my body too far, because the recovery period after that the crash out is quite long and difficult for us. But I wake up, I try to feed myself so that I can take my medications, and then I try to gather myself and sit down at the laptop, do some of my work. Doctors, pests, scans, these things are still an ongoing thing, especially for seronegative patient like me, because blood work just doesn’t track our disease activities. So we’re always having to be vigilant, and it’s sometimes it’s a struggle, to be honest with you, just balancing being a patient, being my own caregiver, and then also balancing life and work on top of it. It’s a lot. There’s good days, there’s bad days, and some days are just they just are,
Steven Newmark 13:54
Yeah, good for you, for plowing through and being that voice for others as well. How did you first become an advocate. What first led you into advocacy?
Steven Newmark 14:02
You mentioned that you founded a non profit and have become a powerful voice for others with IgG4-related disease. How did advocacy help you find purpose after so many years of feeling unheard?
Mahsa Pazokifard 14:02
When I started being loud and finally, my loudness actually made sense. It came with backup. It came with evidence. It was very enlightening feeling. And then just going forward, bringing other patients stories to life, and sometimes just talking back to doctors. When I started seeing the results, is when everything started to fall into place. And then I saw the impact. I felt the impact I was having on our patient community and for the patients, just giving them more hope, making them feel more comfortable, making them feel secure about their decisions that they’re making. Things like that, and those things have really ignited this passion of advocacy within me, because now it’s like, okay, we’re all going for the same fight. I’m going to fight for me, for you, for our sister communities, because we’re all lacking the same thing. And yeah, if I can do it, we always say those who can should, and so I can, and I must.
Mahsa Pazokifard 14:02
I had to save my own life. I reached a point where I didn’t have faith or trust in doctors anymore. My gut feeling was telling me definitely something is wrong with me, even though they’re not figuring it out. And I had to make a decision at some point to am I going to fight, or am I going to just let go, and I decided to fight. So once I decided to fight, I was like, All right, I will not be silent. And so I went forth asking for what I needed. I realized, okay, self advocacy is what’s going to save all of us, and that’s kind of what I also try to instill in our patient community. So one way that I even advocate is by guiding them through self advocacy, and that’s how they can get the help and treatment that they need. But I’ve been very lucky that people have always reached out to me. Me doing the community based work has been giving that message, sending that message of advocacy across the board, and so I was really excited when I was reached out by. Infusion access foundation to participate as one of the 10 patient advocates this year at their Champions Weekend retreat. And I am really excited, because infusion access foundation really makes sure that patient communities of all kinds have access to equitable and affordable treatments across the board. So they really put in the time to train us, to kind of polish how we share our patient stories, and they actually help us get in front of legislators, policy makers, to really amplify the voices of our community, what we’re lacking, what we need, and this can really help push for change for the near future. And so I’m really, really excited to have been a part of this, and I’ve already met the other nine patients. They are amazing. I’m really excited to see what can come from this.
Steven Newmark 16:48
Wow, yeah, I know, very inspirational to say the least. And you know that sense of purpose shines through in everything that you do. It’s very obvious, and I know it’s inspiring to many others still searching for answers. And for listeners who are still waiting for answers, or who feel dismissed by their doctors, what advice would you give to them?
Mahsa Pazokifard 17:05
If you have a gut feeling, trust your gut feeling, because that’s ultimately what even got me to get the help that I needed. So a lot of times, like I said, we lose faith in the doctors and the medical system after some time, I would just say, don’t give up. Be persistent. If you really feel like something is wrong, go for it, ask for the tests, scans and biopsies that you need. Don’t let doctors walk all over you, and you pick your care team. Always pick your own care team. Even if you’re confined within the limits of your health insurance, you’re still able to choose from a list of doctors within each specialty. So see one, see two, see three, but you vet them. So if you feel like this doctor is not going to serve you well, I would suggest changing that doctor, because at the end of the day, we’re just a number on the roster every day. We’re the ones who really care about the well being of our own selves. And for now, you gotta self advocate. You got this.
Steven Newmark 17:58
Yeah, that’s such valuable advice for everyone and a reminder that no one should have to go through this journey alone. Before we close, I want to ask if you can go back and speak to your younger self, the version of you who was still searching for answers, what would you tell her now?
Mahsa Pazokifard 18:13
I would give her a map of permissions. I would give myself permission, permission to speak up when I didn’t. Permission to believe in myself, permission to stand my ground. I would give myself a lot of permissions and tell myself to trust yourself. Keep trusting yourself. That’s ultimately what got me to this place that I really struggled with, not knowing when I’m allowed to say something, or just things like that, that really I struggled with. And so I’d give myself all the permission in the world to do as I please and stay as I please.
Steven Newmark 18:45
Wow. Thank you, Mhasa, so much for sharing your story so honestly and courageously. Your journey highlights the emotional cost of what happens with delayed diagnoses. And your story also highlights the incredible strength it takes to turn pain into purpose. So thank you for taking the time to be with us today.
Mahsa Pazokifard 19:00
Thank you. Thank you for having me.
Steven Newmark 19:02
And to our listeners. You could learn more about IgG4-related disease at creaky joints.org/igG4 dash rd dash guide. We’ll drop that link into our show notes. And before we wrap up, because it’s November, I want to remind everyone it’s not too late to get your seasonal flu or COVID-19 vaccine. Staying up to date on these shots helps protect you, your loved ones and your community as we head into the colder months. To learn more about vaccine recommendations and find reliable resources for patients, visit ghlf.org/vaccines. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 19:59
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
What Pandemics Reveal: Dr. Tyler Evans on Poverty, Politics, and Public Health
Pandemics aren’t only about pathogens, they’re about people, politics, and the deep inequities in our health systems. In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark speaks with Dr. Tyler Evans, an infectious disease and public health leader whose career has spanned the front lines of global outbreaks from Ebola to COVID-19. As the former Chief Medical Officer for New York City and co-founder of the Wellness and Equity Alliance, Dr. Evans brings firsthand insight into how societal structures can shape, and sometimes worsen, the course of a public health crisis.
The conversation dives into key themes from Dr. Evans’ new book, Pandemics, Poverty, and Politics (Johns Hopkins Press, August 2025), which examines how inequality, poverty, and fractured health systems accelerate the spread of disease. Dr. Evans explains why scientific breakthroughs alone aren’t enough, we must also tackle the injustices that leave vulnerable communities at greatest risk.
From vaccine mandates to climate change’s role in infectious disease, from disinformation to the erosion of public trust, this episode offers both a sobering reality check and a call to action. Whether you’re a healthcare professional, policymaker, or concerned citizen, you’ll come away with a deeper understanding of why true pandemic preparedness starts with equity.
To learn more about Dr. Tyler Evans’ book, Pandemics, Poverty, and Politics, click here.

What Pandemics Reveal: Dr. Tyler Evans on Poverty, Politics, and Public Health
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re joined by Dr. Tyler Evans, an extraordinary infectious disease and public health expert whose career has taken him from the front lines of two Ebola outbreaks in Africa to serving as New York City’s First Chief Medical Officer during COVID-19 to founding the Wellness and Equity Alliance. Dr. Evans is also the author of the upcoming book, Pandemics, Poverty and Politics, decoding the social and political drivers of pandemics, from plague to COVID-19, from Johns Hopkins Press. In it, he takes a deep and personal look at how inequality, poverty and political choices shape and often worsen pandemics. Dr. Evans, welcome to The Health Advocates.
Dr. Tyler Evans 00:58
Thanks. Great to be here.
Steven Newmark 01:00
Yeah, let’s start your book opens with the paradox that millions die from preventable diseases despite unprecedented wealth and technology. What was the moment or experience that crystallized this reality for you?
Dr. Tyler Evans 01:11
I’ll start with something. I mean, really the first sort of image that comes into my mind, which was, I was working in South Sudan. I was the only doc for 29,000 refugees, or internally displaced people, which are essentially refugees that can’t cross borders which is worse. I was standing up a pediatric malnutrition hospital. Now I was neither a pediatrician nor nutritionist, but at MSF or Doctors Without Borders, you basically just figure it out. So throughout this this process, you can imagine the type of malnourishment that I saw, and I devastatingly saw a number of children that were incredibly sick and some children, some infants that essentially died in my arms. As that was happening, the World Cup was on, and so there was a little TV. It was maybe like less than 12 inches, and it was a little black and white sort of screen, and this really sort of tenuous signal, and you’re watching this sort of football. But at this time, I was going in there to get a Nutella sandwich, and what I saw on the screen was the show, The Doctors. And on the show The Doctors, they were talking about morbid obesity and and sort of, and these, sort of like fad diets, Atkins diets, or whatever they were talking about at the time. And I was just thinking about these sort of paradox of these sort of two realities that were sort of connected in time, but very much sort of disconnected in space. And these two realities would probably never sort of see each other, you know. And so we had all of these resources and all of this abundance in places like the US, and then I’m in essentially the most nascent, newly formed country in the world, where millions, essentially, were sort of eking out their sort of daily struggle to just get some basic food. And mothers were, unfortunately having their babies die in their arms. And so that’s a world that should not exist. We should have a little bit more even sort of distribution of sort of resources there. That’s always been a sort of compelling image when I’m thinking about the paradoxes of our world today.
Steven Newmark 03:00
Yeah, no, it’s interesting those paradoxes. I mean, you’ve worked in conflict zones, refugee settings and some of the world’s most resource limited areas. How have these experiences shaped the way you think about the US healthcare system?
Dr. Tyler Evans 03:12
Essentially throughout my career, I worked in the global south for many years in places like South Sudan, Central African Republic. I worked in the Ebola on the Ebola response twice in both Sierra Leone and Democratic Republic of Congo. Again, war zones, conflict, humanitarian emergencies. And so with all that, I come back to the States, and I’m working in Indian reservations. I’m working in the South Bronx. I’m working in South LA. I have actually theory about the Souths. And the reality was, the drivers of all of these sort of issues from a healthcare standpoint, were very similar. The drivers, the determinants, were often socially determined or politically determined, and that really throughout time that really, those sort of anecdotal experiences started to really kind of shape my perspective and sort of my frustration was channeled into a more sort of concrete understanding of what was actually sort of happening here, and ways to sort of address these sort of issues. And so kind of seeing all these experiences throughout the years, again, allowed me to sort of weave together these sort of ideas and now actually provide a response to those sort of inequities. And so we formed this new organization called Wellness Equity Alliance, where we actually sort of tried to work in between the cracks in the pavement, as it were, to essentially try to sort of fill those gaps.
Steven Newmark 04:25
From your perspective, what is the most misunderstood link between politics and public health outcomes?
Dr. Tyler Evans 04:30
The basic misunderstanding is that politics should not be involved in public health really at all. Politics really has no place in public health. Public health is a common good. It should be completely depoliticized, and it’s there to protect our populations from things that they don’t understand, from environmental health sort of threats, from provocational sort of health threats from emerging infectious or communicable diseases, from cigarette smoking, from a lot of different sort of elements that it is not necessary for them to sort of really kind of think through and through the government that it is funded in order to kind of provide that sort of protection. So this is a basic utility that is provided throughout the world, and in many countries it works very well. In the States, it generally works well. There are inequities, and New York City is one of the best health departments in the country. It is the largest, for sure. But yet there has been an increasing sort of politicization of public health, particularly this was accelerated during the COVID-19 pandemic. We’ve never saw this before, essentially where this country has historically been divided by three or four different elements, typically sort of religion, abortion, guns, a few other elements. But who thought that face masks and vaccines would ultimately be sort of this final polarizer. The reality is that it has become politicized. It is becoming further politicized during this current administration, and as a result, all Americans are going to get hurt.
Steven Newmark 05:49
Yeah, no, it’s sad. Some of the issues that you described about the politicization of public health, we talk about that a lot on the show, and something we address a lot at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Just moving back to your book, you use case studies like HIV AIDS in South Africa and Ebola in West Africa to illustrate socio political drivers of pandemics. Which example do you think is most relevant to what we’re facing in the US right now?
Dr. Tyler Evans 06:13
When I describe these correlations, I connect it to something, there’s a chapter in my book, called population stress. So the easiest way to break this down as to sort of when you think about a person’s individual sort of immunity, their immune system tends to be relatively robust. It tends to sort of wane over time. If you take a situation like herpes, is always a pretty easy sort of manifestation. Because when it comes to Herpes Simplex one, which is the sort of oral herpes, more than 70% of people have it. They claim to not have it. They just say, call it they just say, call it something else. But the reality is, it is herpes. And so herpes will manifest during times of stress. And stress could be either actual emotional stress or could be physical stress. You could actually be sick, or you could literally just be stressed out. The immune system perceives it the same. And so when we take populations that are sort of consistently stressed over time, whether that’s sort of access to healthcare, education, nutrition, other sort of basic elements, sleep, et cetera, particularly with homelessness. When you take these populations and you sort of and particularly when those components sort of cascade together, you ultimately find that the population sort of lose any sort of immunity, that they once had, any sort of immunity, that they had, any protections that they had against sort of emerging threats, particularly against emerging sort of communicable diseases. And so we saw that with HIV, particularly during apartheid, when there was a lot of sort of infighting, and the virus was first detected in 1981, reality was this was baking for several decades, right? We didn’t have the sort of detection mechanisms in order to sort of identify it, but we posit that essentially, it had been baking again for decades in places like Sub Saharan Africa, and so in South Africa, it was really sort of accelerated as the result, again, of this sort of infighting and this population stress that was happening as the country was fighting one another essentially was close to a civil war. Same thing when it came to Ebola. You have a place like Sierra Leone, essentially had decades of fighting prior to with rebels fighting the sort of the government systems was very, sort of well known and in books and movies like Blood Diamond and so as a result, they were sort of a perfect opportunity for something like Ebola to sort of come in and sort of manifest, because the populations didn’t have the ability to withstand the sort of the stressors. Whereas another sort of society that had a little bit more kind of a robust sort of immunological mechanism, as it were, I’m speaking metaphorically, would be able to kind of withstand that. So in the US today, it’s a perfect scenario where, essentially, as this country is getting further politicized, and as sort of the red and blue states are getting further sort of clashing with one another. I mean, we have ICE coming in and disrupting factories and homes throughout Los Angeles, where one of my teams is based. We have national troops that were deployed in California. We have national troops that are currently deployed in Washington DC. I mean, this is the perfect sort of scenario where our systems of governance are getting further stressed. The people that are historically marginalized or vulnerable are at the greatest risk, and so as a result, those folks are going to when the next emerging communicable disease comes, and they are coming, and we are tracking them, whether we’re looking at Chikungunya, whether we’re looking at Chagas disease, particularly respiratory sort of infections are from a sort of transmission mechanism standpoint, are the most efficient. And certainly when we’re looking at influenza sort of permutations, that’s always going to be a sort of risk factor, but we’re all going to be at risk. All Americans can be at risk, but particularly the most historically marginalized because of that population stress.
Steven Newmark 09:39
Fascinating, there’s so many questions that are in my mind right now, based upon what you were just saying, all the mistrust, how can we rebuild the trust that is being eroded in the United States and elsewhere, but mostly in the United States, but was once a world leader, how can we rebuild the trust?
Dr. Tyler Evans 09:55
The best way to rebuild it is really three different things. I mean, we need to kind of focus from a I’m talking from a public health and healthcare standpoint, what we need to do is, one, we need a more coordinated response to certain sort of threats that are taking place. Now, those could be chronic or those could be acute. That’s one. Two, we need better data systems that can really, sort of detect these elements in a really meaningful way, using things like sort of ArcGIS, we can put together heat maps, and we can identify particularly sort of access barriers that are socially determined. We can look at human traffic. There’s a lot of different sort of elements that we can look at. And number three, we need trust in messengers. We need the trust in messengers that really can sort of connect to the to the communities. And if you take those all three together, what we’re talking about is basically a way for us to understand the inequities in healthcare and public health, number one, number two, and then understand the response to it, and understand that, and particularly this response, needs to be coordinated. So what I’m just describing is basically more effective sort of system agencies, sort of working together with one another. When the COVID pandemic hit in New York City, I was the first Chief Medical Officer, and the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, essentially, had been sidelined for a number of reasons, for political reasons. And so Health and Hospitals, which was a public hospital system, ambulatory care system, didn’t really have the sort of the infrastructure to respond to a public health emergency, because that’s not what they were sort of really built up for. And so the Office of Emergency Management where I was placed had to sort of come in. Now they didn’t really have the chops to respond to public health emergencies. It wasn’t something that they had historically been sort of set up for. And in fact, the health and medical section had less than five people in it with, like a family medicine doctor and a few nurses and a few EMTs. And so we said, We got to get a bigger boat here, famous Jaws reference, and we ended up getting about 4,000 to 5000 people underneath this sort of this, this new sort of collaborative initiative. But what myself and a number of other leaders did throughout the city, both at Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, H and H and other sort of agencies, was we came together and we created a systems integration sort of process so that all agencies were able to sort of work together in a coordinated fashion.
Dr. Tyler Evans 11:59
We did the same thing during HIV in the 80s, the famous sort of red ribbon, essentially, was UN AIDS, basically cutting through the red tape so that a number of different sort of international agencies could come together. So that’s what we need. We need a coordinated response so that we can work together. And that’s what happens often during emergencies, you have the EOCs come in, emergency operation centers. So essentially, all that sort of red tape or whatnot, all that bureaucracy, all the funding, all that sort of dissolves, and these organizations can work together more effectively. We need more sustainability of that, from a federal to a state to a local level. And the reality you cannot have the feds and the states sort of arguing with one another during emergencies. It’s the same I often cite if you’re in the emergency room and you have two doctors that are openly arguing about your diagnosis and your treatment, your confidence in that sort of system is probably going to going to erode pretty quickly, right? So what we need is, we need the feds to be working. And there’s organizations out there that literally are set up to provide that coordination. Astho, which is a state and territorial health officials organization bring state health departments together. You’ve got the Surgeon General’s Office, which basically commands the Public Health military Task Force. And then you’ve got, obviously, CDC, you have Asper, you have so many different agencies, organizations that could be effectively, kind of working together. And then, of course, you have the city and the county health departments. So if those were all working together and then the trusted messengers, the trusted messengers, your community based organizations, your interfaith organizations, your organizations that really reflect the values that are important to local communities. And you can’t do that from a national level. I mean, we know that we’re a very, incredibly, very divisive world, and that’s okay, right? I mean, that’s through a sort of pluralistic society, which we have here in the US, we’re bound to have a number of different sort of ideas and beliefs. That’s a beautiful thing. So the important thing, though, is having all of these different agencies coordinated together and then connected in sort of parallel tracks, connected to those CBOs and those community health workers, particularly, we work a lot with CHWs, because, again, they have the faith and the trust of those communities in ways that the doctors and nurses don’t have.
Steven Newmark 14:01
In terms of future pandemic planning, you’ve worked extensively, you were talking about ICE you’ve worked with the migrant community, you’ve worked with the LGBT community, people experiencing homelessness. What kinds of policies do you believe are needed to ensure that these groups are not left behind in pandemic planning in the future?
Dr. Tyler Evans 14:17
It’s a sort of segue from our kind of last point, which was, you have to ensure that the communities, especially the communities that are at risk, are at the table right, at the beginning. You can’t allow these folks to sort of get the message or get the memo, essentially, months to years, sort of later. It’s got to be at the beginning. And so we can set that up. And New York has done that, where essentially there is a community emergency response, where the minute that there are emergencies that are sort of boiling, there are certain community leaders that are sort of notified and identified, and everybody’s at the table, sort of talking to one another. Yeah, in a place like New York, you’ve got the New York Immigration Coalition. You have organizations that represent the LGBTQIA+, you’ve got, obviously, when it comes to sort of HIV, you’ve got act up so many CBOs, and that’s a perfect example is HIV during the 80s and 90s. And Fauci was amazing at this. He really allowed, when he was at NIAID, he really allowed the CBOs and the advocates and the champions to basically work together, hand in hand with the scientists to kind of get this done. And that’s one of, sort of the most perfect sort of examples or representations of effective sort of response, and as a result, well, we were very close to ending the epidemic. Now, with recent changes, we’re going further, sort of away. But again, the message here is a connection, a coordinated response at the very beginning with the key sort of community leaders.
Steven Newmark 15:32
It’s good to hear, I have to say that there are things that can be done. I’m very fearful if something were to come on the horizon in the next few years that a lot of this stuff, perhaps will not be done, unfortunately. But let me ask you a final question for our listeners, many of whom are patients and advocates, what are some actions that they as patients, as caregivers, can take to strengthen our collective ability to respond to future outbreaks?
Dr. Tyler Evans 15:56
So we need, we sort of describe it as power sharing, not empowerment. Our communities really need to be sort of sharing power as much as possible. And so how do we do that? One we need the right information. How do we get that? It’s really connecting with your connecting with your primary care providers, connecting with the public health departments, connecting with your trusted messengers, provided they have that right information so that they are sort of teed up and they’re in the know in terms of sort of what’s happening. There’s a lot of misinformation out there, so we don’t go on your social media and just sort of assume that the information that you’re getting is right. You have to be fact checking that stuff. Listen to the doctors, listen to the scientists, right? Like there’s a reason why science exists, but is very despite the fact that there’s all this sort of threats to the sort of the bedrock of science. The reality is, science has been tried and tested for centuries, and it is there to essentially provide a reproducible element of information gathering and analysis. Listen to the scientists, listen to the doctors, and make sure that the Intel, the intelligence that you’re getting, is sort of accurate, and then act up, voice up, create some good trouble. Citing John Lewis, like create some good trouble if you need to. Connect to, it’s sort of cliche to connect to your Congress, sort of folks. I mean, given given the sort of the effete nature of Congress right now, but connect to community leaders, connect to government stakeholders as much as you possibly can. Act up, speak out.
Dr. Tyler Evans 16:54
Yeah, well, Dr. Evans, thank you so much for all that you do, for all of your insight, for your decades of working global health, and for sharing your expertise with our audience today. And for those who want to learn more, we’ll link to Pandemics, Poverty and Politics in the show notes, along with Dr. Evans’s website and the Wellness and Equity Alliance. Thank you, Dr. Evans.
Dr. Tyler Evans 17:28
Tthanks, Steven, great to be with you.
Steven Newmark 17:30
Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy. And be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 17:55
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Open Enrollment 2026: What Patients Need to Know
Open enrollment for 2026 is underway — and for millions of Americans managing chronic or rare diseases, understanding your health insurance options is essential. In this episode, The Health Advocates host Steven Newmark breaks down what open enrollment is, what’s new this year, and how to navigate changes in your plan.
Drawing from Aimed Alliance’s 2026 Open Enrollment guide, Steven explains key terms like deductibles and out-of-pocket limits, explores what to watch for in your plan’s formulary, and outlines the impact of potential changes to ACA subsidies. Whether you’re reviewing employer coverage or shopping through HealthCare.gov, this episode will help you make informed, patient-centered choices for the year ahead.

Open Enrollment 2026: What Patients Need to Know
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week. To help you make sense of it all, I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re diving into something that affects every one of us. Open enrollment season. It’s that time of year when millions of Americans choose or renew their health insurance plans for the upcoming year. It sounds simple, right? But for people living with chronic conditions, it’s anything but. Picking the wrong plan can mean the difference between getting your medications covered or facing 1000s in unexpected out of pocket costs. So in this episode, we’ll walk you through what open enrollment actually is, what’s new for 2026 and how to make sure you’re getting the coverage you need. Before we get started. I just want to say that today’s episode is specifically about private health insurance plans, not Medicare, not Medicare Advantage, nor is it about Medicaid. So with that, let’s get into it.
Steven Newmark 01:09
So what is open enrollment? Every year from November 1 through December 15, people can buy or change health plans for the next year, whether though the federal marketplace at healthcare.gov, your state’s Affordable Care Act exchange or your employer. Think of it as the health insurance season. Once it’s over, your choices are locked in until the next open enrollment period, unless you have a life event like getting married, moving or losing coverage. The reason this window exists is to keep the system fair, so people don’t wait until they get sick to buy insurance. Makes sense, right? So let’s get into the basics: premiums, deductibles and more. Health insurance has its own language, and it can be confusing. So here’s a quick refresher. First, premium. That’s the amount you pay each month to keep your plan active. Deductible. That’s what you pay out of pocket before your insurance starts covering costs. A co pay. That is a flat fee for things like a doctor’s visit or a prescription. Coinsurance. This is a percentage you pay after meeting your deductible. Out of pocket maximum. This is the most you’ll pay in one year for covered services. For 2026 the maximum is $10,600 for individuals, and $21,200 for families under federal law. After that, your insurance will cover everything at 100%. Knowing these numbers helps you compare plans. Sometimes a higher premium means lower overall costs if you use a lot of healthcare services, a big deal for patients managing chronic diseases.
Steven Newmark 02:41
So what’s new for 2026? Well, several changes are worth noting. One, essential health benefits like hospital care, prescription drugs, chronic disease management and mental health remain mandatory for most plans. Plan types. You’ll see HMOs, PPOs and High Deductible Health Plans. The key difference is flexibility. HMOs tend to be cheaper, but more restrictive on where you can visit a doctor. PPOs cost more, but let you see specialists without referrals. Transparency improvements. Insurers are required to give clearer breakdowns of coverage, network and out of pocket costs. But even with new rules, patients still face hurdles. Formulary changes, step therapy protocols that still exist, and co pay accumulator programs can all limit access to necessary medications. So be wary when choosing a plan. When choosing your 2026 plan, be sure to ask key questions. Are my current doctors in network in the plan that I want to select? Are my medications on the plan’s formulary? And if so on what tier in that formulary? Does my plan use step therapy or prior authorization for my condition? How might that impact my decision? Does a particular plan have a copay accumulator adjustment program? What are the premiums, deductibles and out of pocket limits with each particular plan that you’re considering? And here’s something many people don’t know, if your treatment or drug falls under an essential health benefit, your plan must cover it under federal law. You still pay cost sharing, but it cannot be excluded from the plan itself. For chronic illness patients, this is especially important understanding those protections can save you 1000s of dollars. Affordable Care Act subsidies. This year’s Open Enrollment comes amid a heated political debate. Congress is divided over restoring or cutting Affordable Care Act subsidies, the tax credits that helps millions of Americans afford their coverage.
Steven Newmark 04:30
As we have discussed on the podcast, this policy issue is the main sticking point in the current government shutdown. As a side note, we have now set a record for the longest federal government shutdown in US history. If those subsidies expire or shrink, premiums could rise dramatically in 2026. That’s why patient advocates, including GHLF, are pushing lawmakers to maintain and even expand affordability programs. We know what’s at stake, people skipping medications, avoiding care, and worsening chronic conditions. If all this sounds overwhelming, don’t worry, help is available. Visit healthcare.gov, or in your state, go to your marketplace site. There are free navigators that can walk you through your options and talk to you about the specific issues raised in this podcast. Choosing a health plan isn’t just about numbers, it’s about protecting your health, your family and your peace of mind. Take the time to compare plans, ask questions, advocate for yourself, because the more informed you are, the more empowered you’ll be to make decisions that fit your needs. And remember, if something seems confusing, you’re not alone. That’s why we’re here. Before we wrap up, a quick reminder, it’s also not too late to get your seasonal flu or COVID-19 vaccines. In fact, it’s almost the perfect time to do so. Staying up to date on these shots help protect you, your loved ones and your community as we head into the colder months. To learn more about vaccine recommendations and find reliable resources for patients, visit ghlf.org/vaccines.
Steven Newmark 05:54
Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 06:22
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Raising Awareness on GCA Awareness Day: Kathi Lopez’s Story
In this special episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark speaks with Kathi Lopez, who shares her journey of being diagnosed with Giant Cell Arteritis (GCA). Kathi talks about the challenges of getting a proper diagnosis, navigating treatment, and managing life with a rare autoimmune condition. She shares how staying informed, connected, and engaged in advocacy has helped her take control of her care, and how she now helps others do the same. Her story sheds light on the realities of living with GCA and the importance of raising awareness for rare conditions.
Tune in to hear Kathi’s inspiring story and help us raise awareness for GCA.
To learn more about Giant Cell Arteritis, visit https://ghlf.org/gca

Raising Awareness on GCA Awareness Day: Kathi Lopez’s Story
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re raising awareness for giant cell arteritis, or GCA, as we mark GCA Awareness Day. GCA is a serious auto immune condition that causes inflammation of the blood vessels, particularly the large and medium arteries of the head. If left untreated, it can lead to severe complications, including irreversible vision loss, stroke and even aortic aneurysms. Most patients are over the age of 50 when diagnosed, and early recognition is critical to preserving quality of life to help us understand what it’s like to live with GCA, we’re joined today by Kathi Lopez from Texas, who was diagnosed in 2025 after a long, frustrating path to answers. Her story is one of resilience, persistence and the challenges that so many patients face when navigating rare diseases. I also want to note that earlier this year, on the podcast, we spoke with medical experts about GCA and the importance of awareness, early detection and improved treatment options. Today, we continue that conversation, this time, through the lens of a patient’s lived experience. Kathy, thank you for being here and for sharing your story with our listeners.
Kathi Lopez 01:27
Well, thank you for having me.
Steven Newmark 01:28
Can you start by telling us a little bit about yourself, what life was like before your health struggles began?
Kathi Lopez 01:33
Well, we had retired and actually moved from Fredericksburg to the lovely Huntsville, Texas, and we were just kind of getting on with our lives and enjoying life. My husband had a few medical issues, so I feel like I was kind of a bit of a caregiver, and so everything was great. We’re just retired and getting used to retired life, which is you’re so used to being busy going 24/7 is like, what do I do with myself now?
Steven Newmark 02:00
So walk us through what first started happening in July 2024 with your shoulder pain. How did that eventually connect to your diagnosis?
Kathi Lopez 02:07
Well, actually, it started kind of with one shoulder. I thought I’d hurt my shoulder weed eating, and so I iced it and thought, okay, that’s fine. And weed eated the next week, like I would normally do. Then, kind of my biceps started hurting. This was in July, so I had read about bicep tendonitis, so I iced them for really two months, and finally it started going away. And at the same time, I kind of felt like I started to have some headaches. And then in September, I had, like a an infection, a UTI. And then in October, I had some dental work done. And all this time, I’m kind of having headaches. I have this discomfort on laying in the back of my head. So I went to the dentist, and the day after, they told me I had a cracked tooth. And the next day, I started having this jaw pain, which just increased to where I could barely even open my mouth. I couldn’t chew more than 10 bites. And finally, I went to the doctor with all these wacky symptoms, and it was just the nurse practitioner, and she said, okay, you have sinusitis, and that the jaw pain that maybe I could see a physical therapist. Or I said, I’ll do anything, because I was just in pain. She gave me steroid shot and C pack, and then the next week, it was still there. And that week, my husband had Googled some of these wacky symptoms, the fact that it was the shoulders, it was the back of the head, it was the jaw pain, and he had come up with this giant cell arteritis, which sounded so weird. And said, you’ve got to come with me to the doctor, because I feel like an idiot. And so we went in and John explained it, said all my symptoms were still there, even after a week. And he mentioned the giant cell arteritis situation. And she said, there’s really just no way that you can have that. And so we said, okay, and so she had done blood work, the CRP, and that actually seemed high. I think it was 25 and it’s supposed to be under one. We mentioned that that was really high, and she said, oh, well, that’s just kind of normal. She gave me more medication, and then I took the medication, and then a week later, we ended up in the emergency room, and they explained, with the giant cell arteritis, you had to have a biopsy, and there were only certain doctors that were able to do the biopsy. And so they gave me the 60 milligrams per day of prednisone and sent me home. And until that point, I mean, I had read about the possibility of the loss of vision. But not only, they say a lot of things about going blind, but you don’t really take it so seriously. And then, plus, they said, no, any changes in your vision, which I really didn’t note any changes in my vision. After that, I did seem to feel a little better. Some of the symptoms were gone. Of course, I didn’t realize at the time that, of course, taking the prednisone is probably what was reducing those symptoms. So I had an MRI scheduled. I had a neurologist scheduled, and then that following week, I went to go to the neurologist, they said that my insurance had not approved yet, so I didn’t go. And then my husband was having some heart pain, and so we were going to have a procedure two hours away. So we stayed at a hotel, and at five that morning, I thought, gosh, I kind of feel funny. And anyway, I closed my one eye and everything was fine. I closed the other eye, and I only had vision from halfway down. And I thought, ooh, this is not good. I called the eye clinic, and the next morning I went. They were gone for 20 minutes, and came back and said, it’s textbook giant cell arteritis.
Steven Newmark 05:34
Yeah, no, that’s thank you for sharing. And I think it’s to me, what stands out about that story is the work of your husband. We like to talk here at GHLF a lot about the importance of caregivers, and frankly, it is very difficult as a patient to navigate the health system without someone by your side, whether that is a spouse or a child or close friend. Caregivers really are very important for folks dealing with what you were going through and a myriad of other diseases as well. So I think, I think that really stood out for me. How did you finally connect with the rheumatologist and get on the right treatment path for your GCA?
Kathi Lopez 06:11
Well, once again, I have to give it to my husband. He had identified that situation and which doctors we needed to go to. They really said a neurologist, and I think that he knew that eventually we were going to end up with a rheumatologist. But the information was a little bit confusing because of the fact that it was was in the head, and, you know, I was by then, you could even see the veins in my temples protruding. So we thought, well, we’ll just go to the neurologist first, who said of course, I can’t do anything for you. And then he sent me to the rheumatologist, which was a godsend. Any of these autoimmune situations, you know, a rheumatologist is because she was right on target.
Steven Newmark 06:54
What do you wish doctors had known or done differently earlier in your journey?
Kathi Lopez 06:58
Well, I wish that they had listened more. And I wanted to say I wished I had been more aggressive, but I guess at the time I felt like I was being aggressive. It’s funny because as a caretaker, which I kind of had been for my husband well, and I mean, he was that way with me too, but I would have never stood for it if it had been anyone else, but when it’s you, and this is something I’m kind of saying to all your listeners, when it’s you, you think, oh, it’s not, it’s going to be okay, or I’m going to figure it out. You don’t maybe take it as seriously, which is why the caretaker sometimes takes it more seriously than you do, because you’re in denial. And I guess the change would just be that they would listen more and they would be more receptive, and especially when somebody comes in with what you think it is, then that would be a real red flag to educate yourself as a doctor, to look into the diagnosis that that person thinks that you might have. Because a lot of people come in and, oh, my leg hurts, my in there.
Steven Newmark 08:00
Well, let me just ask right there, if you were to offer any advice for folks having the same symptoms that you were describing, what advice would you give to these folks?
Kathi Lopez 08:08
I guess if they were having the symptoms and they felt like all those symptoms were in line with what they had, then to ask the doctor immediately for a referral to a rheumatologist.
Steven Newmark 08:22
That’s great because that’s very specific advice. Obviously, the general stuff you spoke about bringing in a caregiver, coming armed with as much research as you can come with, have your questions ready. But like you said.
Kathi Lopez 08:33
have your questions ready.
Steven Newmark 08:34
And the thing we always talk about here at GHLF is we talk about advocacy, and we always say advocacy begins with you as the patient yourself, and you need to be an advocate when you go in to see your medical provider. So everything you just said is so on point. You have to be the advocate. And if you’re lucky and have a caregiver being your advocate as well, it’s that’s certainly helpful. How has GCA changed your outlook on life? And what message would you like to share with policy makers and providers about supporting patients like you, Kathi?
Kathi Lopez 09:03
It changed my life because, of course, it humbles you. Up until this happened, I literally felt guilty for being healthy. Like all our friends around us, everybody’s got something. You got high this, you got high that. You got this problem, that problem. I had no problems, so I kind of felt guilty. Well, I mean, the good thing is, I don’t have to feel guilty anymore. That part’s good. But I think that as far as insurance companies, we did get the referral to the rheumatologist and all these things do take time, but that unfortunately, at every moment, you have to talk not only to the doctor’s office, but you have to talk to your insurance company because there are so many things that, in other words, you just have to be this little advocate about putting the two together. They say the doctor didn’t send this over. Well, a lot of times, an insurance company doesn’t have what they need to approve something because the doctor has been remiss to send the information that’s needed to get you the referral. In other words, getting that referral to a rheumatologist, act like, that’s easy. Well, that’s not easy, because
Steven Newmark 10:06
Right, you got to be the advocate.
Kathi Lopez 10:08
Well, your primary care doctor has to prove to the insurance company that you need that referral. And so that would be the symptoms. And they do have overrides at these insurance companies where you can talk to the next level person up, which kind of set me three weeks back from the GCA diagnosis.
Steven Newmark 10:25
Thank you so much, Kathi, that was fantastic.
Kathi Lopez 10:27
Thank you for having me, and I wish everybody the best of health.
Steven Newmark 10:31
Well, Kathi, thank you so much for bravely sharing your story with us. Your journey underscores the importance of awareness timely diagnosis and again, patient advocacy, particularly in rare diseases like GCA. And to our listeners, October 23 is GCA Awareness Day. We encourage you to learn more, share resources and help spread the word. No one should lose their sight or their peace of mind because of delayed recognition of this disease. For more information and resources, visit ghlf.org/gca. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about health policy and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 11:25
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
How Nobel-Winning Science is Bringing Hope to People With Autoimmune Diseases
The 2025 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine recognized groundbreaking advances in understanding immune regulation — but what do they mean for people living with autoimmune disease? In this episode, Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam, Chief Patient-Centered Research and Ethical Oversight Officer at GHLF, joins Steven to explore how our immune system knows when to act — and when to stop. Shilpa explains the importance of these discoveries, why immune “brakes” matter in autoimmune conditions like lupus or rheumatoid arthritis, and how research breakthroughs can lead to better treatments. She also shares why patients are key partners in turning lab science into real-world therapies.
Tune in to learn how Nobel-winning science could help unlock better care for autoimmune disease.
To read the full article — “How a Nobel Prize Discovery Gives New Hope for Calming the Immune System in Autoimmune Diseases” — visit: https://creakyjoints.org/research/research-immune-nobel-prize-autoimmune/

How Nobel-Winning Science is Bringing Hope to People With Autoimmune Diseases
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Today we have something special. We’re highlighting a recent Nobel Prize in Medicine that offers fresh hope to millions living with auto immune diseases. It’s not just a scientific milestone. It could shape new treatments, new strategies, and renew trust in immune therapies. We’ll talk about what discovery won the Nobel this year, why it matters for autoimmune disease patients, how it connects with GHLF’s mission and patient advocacy, and what this means for the future. With us today is my colleague, Shilpa Venkatashalam, who’s going to help us dissect what’s going on. Shilpa, thanks for joining us today.
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 00:49
Thanks for having me, Steven, this is going to be a really interesting conversation.
Steven Newmark 00:53
Yeah, absolutely. So I’m excited to get into it, and we’ll just say for our readers, the Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine this year was awarded to Shimon Sakaguchi, Mary Brunkow and Fred Ramsdell for revealing critical mechanisms of how the immune system regulates itself. Their work focused on regulatory T cells and the FOXP3 gene. I hope I said that right. Shilpa will correct me if I did not. They helped explain how the immune system knows when to fight and when to pause so it doesn’t attack its own body’s tissues. Prior to this discovery, scientists understood immune soldiers, T cells, but had limited grasp of how the brakes, the regulators worked. This research added the quote, “safety inspectors,” as some of us, who are not as advanced, call it, into the immune system model. So let’s get into it. Shilpa, we often hear about the immune system as our body’s defense force, but what happens when it turns against us, leading to autoimmune diseases?
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 01:46
So this is a great question. You want to think about the immune system as a team of firefighters, right? So normally, when you have an injury or an infection, these firefighters or T cells rush in to put out the fires that are caused by the infection or the injury, but what happens in auto immune diseases is that these firefighters will often get confused and then they start attacking healthy parts of the body, like your own joints or organs. So essentially, they’re thinking of your own body as something foreign, and this misdirected response is what leads to inflammation and damage that is so characteristic of conditions like rheumatoid arthritis, lupus and the host of other autoimmune conditions that we talk about.
Steven Newmark 02:32
Interesting. And the Nobel Prize highlighted the discoveries about how our immune system knows when to fight and when to stop. Can you break down what these scientists found?
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 02:41
Absolutely. So the three scientists, and of course, this is, you know, work that’s been going on for decades, they identified a crucial component in immune regulation. And Steven, you remarked about this, these are the regulatory T cells, or what are called Tregs. Right now, prior to this, we did have information about the T cells that act like soldiers in our body. But what they pointed out was that there was specific kinds of T cells called the regulatory T cells that help to keep our immune system in check. So let’s just understand this a little better. T cells are a type of white blood cells that act as soldiers or firefighters in your immune system. Right? The main job is to identify and attack invaders, viruses, bacteria or abnormal cells, like in cancers. Regulatory T cells or Tregs, as they’re called, are like the immune system’s peacekeepers or referees. So they, in turn, watch over your regular T cells. So think of it is your regular T cells being the frontline soldiers fighting the invaders. Tregs make sure the immune response does not go out of control, so they prevent the regular T cells from attacking the body’s own healthy cells. Now, without Tregs, the immune system could mistakenly attack the body, which is what happens in autoimmune diseases. The other thing that they discovered, as you said, was the FOXP3 gene, and that’s essentially like a training guide or a manual for the regulatory T cells, right or the Tregs, to function correctly. Without the guidance, Tregs would not know what to do, and the immune system would not be able to distinguish between harmful invaders and the body’s own cells, which is when things like autoimmune diseases actually happen.
Steven Newmark 04:27
Interesting. And so for those of us living with an autoimmune condition, how does this research translate into hope for better treatments?
Steven Newmark 04:33
Interesting. Wow, that’s great. Well, you know, patients play a key role in turning lab discoveries into real world therapies. How does patient involvement accelerate auto immune research?
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 04:33
So that’s a great question. I want to start by actually extending gratitude to our own patient community at GHLF, Global Healthy Living Foundation, CreakyJoints and Patient Spot. You know, when patients provide invaluable real world insights, they guide research. And by participating in clinical trials, sharing experiences, whether that’s through surveys or anecdotally, offering feedback, patients really help scientists understand the practical challenges, but also the effectiveness of treatments. Now, this kind of partnership and collaboration really ensures that therapies are not only scientifically sound, but also align with patients needs and experiences. So you know, I would venture so far as to say that scientific advancement in research, understanding these diseases is not possible without the generous participation of the patient community, as we’ve seen within our organization as well.
Steven Newmark 04:33
Excellent. Wow. You know, that’s fascinating. So looking ahead, Shilpa, what do you envision for the future about autoimmune disease treatment with these new insights?
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 04:33
Oh, my God, the future is really promising. We’ve been in talks with various researchers and clinicians, and everyone is excited about new therapeutics that are now being developed. Right, with new insights into immune regulation, we can create treatments that are more precise, targeted, personalized. It’s like fine tuning the immune system rather than just suppressing it. So organizations like ours and other advocacy organizations play a key role in this progress, connecting patients with research, supporting clinical trials, ensuring that patient experiences guide the development of new therapeutics and this kind of patient centered approach, Stephen is what helps make treatments not only scientifically advanced, but also truly relevant to the people who need them, like all of us.
Steven Newmark 04:33
Very powerful. Thank you so much, Shilpa, for coming today and sharing your knowledge of this important, I guess it’s the award, really, the research had been done prior what the award shows on the research and for sharing with all of our patients and giving us a lot of hope for what’s to come in the future.
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 04:33
Thank you, Steven. It’s great to end on a note of hope, and we have a small article that we’ve written, very easy to understand, to explain this research. We’ll drop the link in the episode description so people can take a closer read at it.
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 04:33
Yes, this was really exciting for me as well. I lead our patient centered research at the organization, and we call upon our patients constantly, the patient community to participate in research, and I myself live with an autoimmune condition. So this discovery is a game changer. Understanding how Tregs and FOXP3 works opens the door to new therapies that can restore balance to the immune system. So you know, up until now, we’ve had some fantastic therapies, right? But instead of just suppressing symptoms, treatments could target the root cause, the misguided immune responses. This approach is already influencing research on autoimmune diseases, in cancer, even in organ transplantation, aiming for more precise and effective therapies that can then help patients to live better lives.
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 04:54
Excellent. The 2025 Nobel Prize is more than a prestige win. It marks a turning point, a moment where the immune system’s brakes are finally getting their due in research. For those of us working alongside patients, it’s a reminder that science isn’t just abstract, it’s hope progress and incremental change that one day becomes recovery. Thank you for joining us today on this deep dive with Shilpa. Be sure to subscribe, share this episode and stay tuned in as we track how Tregs and FOXP3 move from discovery to therapies. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 08:48
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
When the Lights Go Off — Public Health in a Shutdown
What happens to America’s health when Washington grinds to a halt? In this episode of The Health Advocates, we break down the latest federal government shutdown and what it means for public health agencies across the country. We explain what a shutdown actually is, drawing from past shutdowns over the last 30 years, and then dive into the immediate and long-term impacts on the CDC, FDA, NIH, and other agencies that millions of people depend on for research, vaccines, food safety, and emergency response.
We also look at the political stalemate behind the shutdown, focusing on Democrats’ push to restore pending cuts to Affordable Care Act subsidies and what those cuts could mean for healthcare costs. Finally, we explore whether there’s a realistic path to resolution soon—and what’s at stake for patients and the healthcare system if Congress fails to act.

When the Lights Go Off — Public Health in a Shutdown
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week. To help you make sense of it all, I’m Steven Newmark, chief policy officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re diving into a topic with real stakes, the federal government shutdown. You’ve heard about the shutdown, probably in passing, but what does it really mean for public health, for patients and for the work that we do every day? In this episode, we’ll walk through number one, what a government shutdown is, how it happens, how it’s been used historically, and what functions are disrupted. Number two, how this particular shutdown is hitting US public health agencies, programs and patients. Number three, why Congress is deadlocked, including the fight over Affordable Care Act subsidies and Medicaid cuts, and what that means for healthcare costs. And number four, the prospect for a deal or more damage ahead.
Steven Newmark 01:03
Let’s begin with the basics. What is a federal government shutdown? Well, each year, Congress must pass appropriations bill or a continuing resolution, sometimes called the CR to fund federal agencies. If no law is approved by October 1 each year, there is a lapse in funding or a shutdown. A shutdown is not new. Over the past 30 years, there have been numerous shutdowns, some brief, including a day or two, and some extended, when negotiations break down. In a shutdown, mandatory spending programs including Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, continue, because they are authorized outside the annual appropriations process. What does stop or slow down are what are called discretionary programs, those that are funded annually, including some core public health operations, such as research, health communication, regulatory oversight, agriculture inspections, nutrition programs and more. Over time, agencies develop contingency staffing plans. They classify which roles in their agencies are accepted, those that must continue for safety, legal or essential mission reasons, and those which are furloughed. As a note, in 2018-2019 the government shut down for 35 days. Many public health FDA and grant programs were put on pause during this time. Some agencies delayed research and critical services were strained, so that’s the general mechanism. But what’s unique and especially concerning about this shutdown, is how deeply public health functions are already under strain, even before the shutdown, and how many programs are vulnerable. So what are some specific impacts on public health agencies and programs?
Steven Newmark 02:38
Because many public health functions are discretionary, a shutdown puts them at serious risk. Let’s break down what’s happening and what we expect to happen across key agencies and programs. Let’s start with HHS, Health and Human Services, the CDC, the NIH and general furloughs. The Department of Health and Human Services announced that it would furlough 41% of its workforce, roughly 32,000 out of its nearly 80,000 employees. the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the CDC, is particularly vulnerable. Approximately 64% of its staff may be furloughed under contingency plans. The National Institutes of Health, the NIH, may furlough up to 75% of its personnels, threatening research, clinical trials, grant reviews and core operations. The FDA retains a higher proportion of accepted staff, 86%, to continue essential drug approval and safety functions, but many non urgent reviews and inspections may be delayed. Other programs that relate to public health that are under threat include nutrition assistance, which supports over 6 million low income parents and children. This is already operating on a contingency fund. If this fund is exhausted, states would need to pick up the slack, and not all states have promised to do so. A hospital at home, Medicare flex programs, some patients receiving inpatient level care at home could be forced into hospitals if waivers or funding lapses. Telehealth and Medicare. Many telehealth flexibilities require statutory support. Some providers are saying that they may halt telehealth services if funding doesn’t cover patients. Food safety and inspections, routine inspections by the FDA and agriculture agencies may pause, potentially affecting safety, oversight of food, drugs and livestock. State and local public health, without CDC communications, technical support, disease prevalence, state and local health departments may struggle to track outbreaks, continue their campaigns for vaccines, deliver education or generally, respond to emergencies. Community health centers and safety net clinics, many of these clinics rely on federal grants or support. Disruptions in funding or staffing could force reductions in service hours or outreach. So how is this going to impact patients?
Steven Newmark 04:43
Well, delays in guidance updates or disease surveillance or public communications could all have an impact on patients and the general public. Gaps in immunization programs, especially in underserved communities, could also be impacted, not to mention increased strain on health systems already stretched thin by workforce shortages. To be clear, even in a shutdown, many essential functions continue, but the depth, duration and degree of the disruption will depend on how long this impasse lasts. So why is Congress at an impasse?
Steven Newmark 05:12
Well, the politics here are deeply tied to healthcare policies. One of the main sticking points is the Affordable Care Act enhanced premium tax credits and Medicaid cuts. So, as we all learned, I think, in junior high school, in order to get anything passed in the Senate, you require 60 votes to avoid a filibuster. So while Republicans have a majority in both the House and in the Senate, they don’t control 60 votes in the Senate, and as a result, Democrats have withheld enough votes to essentially stop the continuing resolution from passing. The reason they have done this is basically over various healthcare policies. So let’s get into it. Affordable Care Act subsidies at risk: The enhanced ACA premium tax credits, which were expanded during the pandemic and extended through the Inflation Reduction Act, are set to expire at the end of 2025. Without an extension, many people will lose subsidies or see their health insurance premiums more than double. Democrats are demanding any funding agreement include a restoration or extension of these subsidy protections. Medicaid cuts: Republicans in the GOP spending bills have proposed significant changes to Medicaid funding, block grants, work requirements and things of that nature, and reductions in subsidies for lower income Americans. Democrats are arguing that these cuts would push millions off coverage or into higher cost insurance, especially amid increasing premiums.
Steven Newmark 06:30
So here’s what’s going on. Republicans passed a short term funding bill, a continuing resolution or a CR through the house, extending funding through November, but it failed in the Senate, as I mentioned, due to lack of Democratic support to get to the 60 vote threshold needed to overcome a filibuster. Republicans argue that health policy changes should be negotiated separately, not as part of a continuing resolution. Democrats say that the moment is now. They view the expiration of health subsidies as too urgent to delay, and are trying to force the issue. Underlying this standoff is the broader tension over deficit pressure, priorities and discretionary cuts and ideological disagreement over the federal role in health coverage, generally. The White House has also signaled it may not tolerate a shutdown, but use the moment to push for structural changes. Threats of agency restructuring, permanent layoffs and other reductions in programs not aligned with the White House’s agenda are also in the mix. To sum up, the disagreement isn’t purely about dollars and timing. It’s about which health programs survive in 2026 and who bears the burden of rising costs. So what are the prospects for a solution and what should we watch?
Steven Newmark 07:36
At present, a few paths forward exist, and each of them has risks. So number one would be a short term continuing resolution. Republicans and Democrats could agree to extend the current funding levels for a few weeks or months while substantive negotiations continue. This is often the fall back during shutdowns. Another idea would be a conditional CR tied to health policy concessions. Democrats may insist that extension bills include provisions to restore ACA subsidies or prevent harmful Medicaid cuts. Another idea would be a separate reconciliation or health bill pairing. Post shut down, Congress could re insert health policy into must pass budget vehicles or reconciliation packages. A partial re opening. Some key health functions might be partially reopened using emergency declarations or carve outs. Permanent cuts or policy shifts. Some in leadership may see to impose structural changes during the shutdown window, anticipating lower resistance.
Steven Newmark 08:30
So here’s what we’re looking for, the duration. How long is this going to last? The longer the shutdown lasts, the deeper the damage. Even just a one week shutdown can disrupt grant cycles, clinical trials, vaccine programs and state health operations. Congressional movement. Will the Senate Republicans cooperate? Will the Democrats cooperate with the Republicans? Can Democrats compromise on timing or health carve outs. We will see. Public pressure. Will public pressure mount against the Senate? Specifically, will it mount against the Democrats, or will it mount against the Republicans? If advocates build visible pressure, it may push leaders to strike a deal. Unintended fallout. Deferred regulatory approvals and paused clinical trials and loss of trust in health agencies could linger well beyond the shutdown’s end. So in closing, a government shutdown is more than just a theater. It touches the systems that people depend on, especially those with chronic illnesses, those in underserved areas and families relying on safety net programs. As the standoff continues, patients must not be collateral damage. We’ll continue to monitor developments and help you understand what’s at stake and how we can all push back together. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 09:59
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Turning Data Into Impact: RJ Kedziora’s Approach to Improving Health Outcomes
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark sits down with Richard (RJ) Kedziora, co-founder of Estenda Solutions, to explore the intersection of technology, data, and patient advocacy. With decades of experience in healthcare technology, RJ shares how he and his team design digital tools that help patients take control of their health while supporting providers and payers alike. They also discuss patient engagement, accessibility, and the future of artificial intelligence in healthcare.
Whether you’re a tech enthusiast, a healthcare professional, or a patient advocate, this conversation offers insights on building smarter, more empathetic digital health solutions.

Turning Data Into Impact: RJ Kedziora’s Approach to Improving Health Outcomes
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week, to help you make sense of it all, I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we have a special episode. We’re joined by Richard RJ Kedziora, who is the co founder of Astenda Solutions, an organization that focuses on people and process management and provides strategic technical direction, guidance and innovative insights, creating digital health solutions and improve patient outcomes, reduce costs, increase efficiencies and improve patient and provider satisfaction. All good stuff sounds like win, win, win, all around, so this is going to be exciting. A little more background on Mr. Kedziora: with 25 years of experience in technology, he’s a result driven professional with expertise in leadership, process improvement, project and product management. His work with clients has won multiple awards. He received an MBA from West Chester University and a Bachelor in Science in Computer Science from Duquesne University. Mr. Kedziora is a frequent podcast guest, has spoken at numerous technology and healthcare conferences and co authored articles in technology and peer reviewed clinical journals. He’s passionate about using data and creating innovative solutions to improve patient care and outcomes. So with that, RJ, welcome to the show.
RJ Kedziora 01:26
Thanks for having me, looking forward to the conversation, and now I have to live up to that intro.
Steven Newmark 01:30
No, no, we’re really excited to have you and and just having the passion to do what you do is worth it. Just to get soak up some of that passion for both for me and for the listeners, is going to be great. So let’s talk about your journey. Your journey began with passion, as I mentioned, for both technology and healthcare. What inspired you to co found Astenda Solutions, and how has that vision involved over the last two decades?
RJ Kedziora 01:52
It started out, not, interestingly, not even so much healthcare specific, but as I got into technology at a very early age, back in the 80s, and got a comp sci degree, my first passion was always solving problems and trying to figure out how to use data and make a difference. And I created accounting systems, inventory management systems. Did a railroad car scheduling system for a steel company way back when, fascinating challenges, but as I looked out there around late 90s kind of thing and early 2000s and where can I make a difference in my life? How can I help other people? And that’s what drove me into healthcare. One, the love of problems, and two, how can I help others? I’m not a doctor. I don’t play one on TV, but I get to work with doctors, MDs, PhDs, developing new ways of caring and managing patients. Healthcare has embraced technology wholeheartedly. There’s a lot of technology, but it’s the last industry to really embrace data. We still have a lot of problems and challenges today, but you asked about how has that changed over the last, we started this Ben in 2003, so it’s been 22 years since I’ve been really focusing on healthcare, digital health, and there is just so much more data now. In the early days, it was, how do we get access to the limited data and make decisions around that limited data? Whereas now it’s an avalanche of data. And the same question still applies, how do we make decisions with that data?
Steven Newmark 03:27
It’s fascinating. The integration of data has really encompassed a lot of our lives, day to day, even for folks who are not into data. Let me just take a step back from data for a second and ask generally, what does digital health mean to you today, and how has that definition changed since the founding in 2003?
RJ Kedziora 03:43
Digital health, I think, is the application of technology to our personal health, our well being. And where that’s changed over the years is that avalanche of data. When I got started doing this back in the early 2000s, having an electronic medical record system was not the usual case. It was only in 2008 9 10, that the EHR mandates came around, and now everybody has an electronic medical record system. Wearable technology has exploded through the roof. Now I can test my lactate thresholds. Now I just bought a muse headband that will monitor my EEG brain waves to make a difference. So digital health has just exploded, and knowledge and information we can have about us as an individual is amazing today. So much of our health as an individual happens outside the four walls of a hospital. It’s great. It’s amazing that if I get sick I don’t feel well, I can go to a doctor. If something tragic happens, I can go to world class health systems and get care. But so much of what I do day to day, me and everybody it happens and at home, how are you eating? How are you moving? I do a lot of exercise, I’ve reached triathlons, but you don’t have to do that. It’s moving, just makes a difference.
Steven Newmark 05:06
Do you think, generally speaking, there are more folks today that are invested in their healthcare, let’s say between doctor visits. Sorry I didn’t know the name of the brand, but you mentioned wearable technologies, folks who just generally take more of an interest, more of an understanding of different metrics that perhaps people had never heard of 22 years ago. And obviously, I’m not talking about everyone, but on the whole, do you see more people who are invested in their healthcare between doctor visits?
RJ Kedziora 05:32
It is growing. I don’t think we’re quite there yet. The US healthcare system is still very much a sick healthcare system, not really incentivized as much as it should be around personal wellness.
Steven Newmark 05:44
Yeah, I used to have a boss really quick. He used to say, we don’t have healthcare to the United States. We have sick care.
RJ Kedziora 05:51
Absolutely, 100% I think part of that challenge is always, is personal accountability. We don’t have a lot of personal accountability for our own health. It’s like, okay, I get sick, I can go to the doctor get that sick care. But that is changing, and I think a part of that changing is the use of the wearables, and a key factor in that, gathering this information now has become very easy. You wear your Apple Watch, various different rings are on market. It’s very easy to engage with these technologies, and they essentially fade into the background. You’re not generally aware that you’re being monitored in gathering this information. Whereas back in the early 2000s I wore various heart rate monitors and technology with multiple leads and wires underneath my shirt, and it was fascinating to get that data, but really not fun to wear. Whereas now wear your watch and tell you your heart rate variability, your sleep patterns.
Steven Newmark 06:43
Yeah, no, absolutely. Let’s talk about AI. It’s transforming the world. It’s transforming healthcare. Could you share some thoughts or examples of how AI is making diagnostic or personalized medicine more accessible?
RJ Kedziora 06:56
I think it’s doing two things. One, people are using AI and not even being aware of it. So if you do use this wearable technologies today, a lot of that is built around the idea of AI and how it can detect patterns and trends and make decisions. So you’re probably using something that has AI behind the scenes, and you might even not even be aware of it. But I think the biggest benefit to the AI, to the large language models that chat GPTs of the world, is making access to the information and understanding it so much easier, so much more powerful. So, God forbid you get diagnosed with cancer, and when the doctor says those words, that’s the last thing you’re hearing as part of that medical one, you can then go home and talk to chat GPT and get more information about that. And if you don’t understand, this is the fascinating thing, you can say, explain this to me like I’m in kindergarten, and it will create these analogies to help you better understand it. Okay, now you have that tell me it like I’m eight, that 15 that I’m and if you’re really interested, tell me, like, what this means to me if I was a PhD candidate in biochemistry and it can make those adjustments and how it explains information to you, which is fascinating. Now, the big caveat with all of that is confirm it with your physician, because AI does hallucinate. We do have to acknowledge that, but it is a powerful opportunity to learn and understand, how do you improve your own health and wellness?
Steven Newmark 08:27
Yeah, and I’ll just add for my own personal anecdotes with AI and healthcare, it can be a little more empowering than a Google search. For example, if you get a diagnosis, let’s say cancer, or I’ll use something more positive, but generally speaking, it’s not just a place to gather information, but you could also say, What can I do? Or can you set forth a plan, a plan of action for me, which, when you’re with a doctor, they’re great, and they may give you a plan, but it may be very truncated. Or you could take that plan and feed it in to an AI system and expand upon it. You could have deadlines. You could have a calendar, if that’s how you like to look at things, and I’ll just for anecdotally, very short, in a very positive way, because it didn’t involve someone with cancer. My son, 13 years old, asked he wants to start exercising. And I said, Okay, we’ll go to the gym together, but I want to design something for you. And when I say I want to design something, I mean, I want chat GPT to design something for me. And it did. I said, Give me a 10 week program that we could do from now through Thanksgiving, and then we can analyze where we are and what we need to do and the focus. And so in 30 seconds, I had a whole plan of action for someone to take control of their health, not just some reading material. So anyhow, I wanted to ask your website you describe digital therapeutics as elevated digital applications. How do these digital therapeutics differ from regular health apps, and why are they important for patient care?
RJ Kedziora 09:43
So if you look at digital health applications in general, there’s, depending on who’s counting, probably 300,000 or so of these in the app stores, quite a bit overwhelming. And it’s not to say that they’re banned or that they don’t work, but the idea of a digital therapeutic is that it’s going above and beyond that usual metrics that are applied, and it’s the difference. I like using an analogy. If you go to the pharmacy and you buy your vitamins and minerals, and they may work, but then that’s the digital health app. The digital therapeutic is the medications that are prescribed by your physician. And that’s the idea of around the digital therapeutics is that they’ve gone through a higher level of validation. They’ve gone through the FDA review and approval process. They are prescribed by your physician. So the interesting opportunity there is not just better science around the use of these devices that is prescribed by your physician, but it’s then also reimbursed by your insurance company. So as a vendor of this technology, someone who’s creating this technology, you have a different path to reimbursement, to getting paid for it. Now, me, as an individual, it’s, you hear a lot of like, oh, I have to pay $1 for that app, but like, oh, it’s really not that much. But you see that a lot where it’s like, I don’t even want to pay $1 for the app. That’s perhaps a disincentive to create a healthcare app where now the insurance company is paying for the digital therapeutic. Unfortunately, until about this year, the reimbursement strategies here in the US were weren’t as robust as we would have liked them. That is changing. So now there is a model to get that reimbursement and to be paid for some select digital therapeutic applications. So I would definitely keep an eye on it. Ask your physician about it. One of the prime use cases these days for chat, GPT and AI systems is in the area of mental health, and it can make a difference, but they weren’t designed for mental health. There are systems and digital health applications out there that are designed and FDA approved. Ask your physician about them.
Steven Newmark 11:42
Interesting. So you guys work with large organizations. You work with startups. How does this tend to tailor solutions to diverse clients while keeping patient outcomes at the center of what you do?
RJ Kedziora 11:52
These projects that we do involve and get involved in are usually an MD and a PhD. When it’s that startup focus, and even the large healthcare corporation, it’s very much about what are the intended uses of the application, the system that you’re going to use? Does it need FDA validation and approval to go to the market? Extend as an organization is ISO 13, 485, certified, which basically means we have a well documented software development process. That’s the FDA loves to see that, to be able to put that out there. So, it’s about who are the people that are involved as a startup, and there’s usually very few people involved. When you go then to a larger corporation, there’s usually a department of these are the people that we’re talking to about validation of the solution for FDA use and approval. They have a user experience department. They have PhDs on staff, so we’ll integrate with them, and they’ll be part of the team. So our co-development model, whereas the startup, we’re bringing a lot more of that to the table, have PhDs on staff to help drive clinical trials. It’s one thing. If we all sit around in the room and think it’s a great idea, you got to make sure it actually works. So, yeah, it’s the resources that we bring to the table and the level of scrutiny and that development.
Steven Newmark 13:11
Yeah, no, that’s great. Before we depart, could you share a particular success story where your solutions significantly improve clinical efficiency or patient outcomes?
RJ Kedziora 13:20
The one that comes to mind is, I would say, our flagship offering that we’ve been working on for 20 plus years now. It’s a diabetic tele retinopathy surveillance system with the Indian Health Services, which is responsible for the Native American population here. It is owned by the Joslyn Diabetes Center out of Boston, one of the premier diabetes research institutions, and it looks at incidents of retinopathy, trying to find retinopathy in the population, because retinopathy, diabetic retinopathy, is one of the leading causes of preventable blindness. So if we find it, we can make a difference across the US. There’s probably about 100 cameras now that are deployed in various different community health centers to be able to find that incidence and make a difference. That’s probably one of the proudest things that we’ve been and continue to do today.
Steven Newmark 14:09
That’s great. Well, one last question, but before we let you go, looking to the future, what excites you most in the coming years, by AI, digital therapeutics, or just anything, as you look to the future, what both excites you, but also keeps you grounded in your patient first values?
RJ Kedziora 14:23
That’s a combination that continued combination of wearables and AI and making a difference in our personal lives. There is a lot of hype around the AI, but I think a lot of that is going to be realized as we move forward, and a big part of that is being able to age well at home. My life goal is to live to 100 plus with a good quality of life. The AI, the wearables, along with how I use that data and how I live my life, is what’s going to make that happen. So I look forward to seeing what many people out there smarter than I are going to be doing with this technology loves to age at home and age well.
Steven Newmark 15:03
That’s great. I think everyone is excited for the future of what’s to come and to take control as patients ourselves and live better and healthier lives. So thank you, RJ, thank you for your time today, and thank you for all you’re doing to help us live longer and better and healthier lives.
RJ Kedziora 15:16
Thanks for having me.
Steven Newmark 15:18
Well, thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts. You can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 15:44
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
ACIP’s COVID-19 Vote and Trump’s Tylenol Claim: Another Wild Week!
In this episode of The Health Advocates, we unpack a turbulent week in public health. The CDC’s vaccine advisory committee (ACIP), now reshaped under Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., met to debate changes to the COVID-19, MMRV, and Hepatitis B vaccine recommendations. Despite heated rhetoric and process irregularities, the committee ultimately kept broad access to COVID-19 vaccines — a short-term win for patients and a reminder that advocacy pressure works.
We also break down President Trump’s recent claims linking Tylenol use during pregnancy to autism, and his renewed suggestion of a connection between vaccines and autism. We review what the science actually shows, what public health experts are warning about, and what patients and families should know moving forward.
Tune in for clarity on a confusing week — and why these debates matter for access, trust, and the future of public health.

ACIP's COVID-19 Vote and Trump's Tylenol Claim: Another Wild Week!
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week. To help you make sense of it all, I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re unpacking last week’s CDC vaccine advisory committee meeting known as ACIP and we’ll also address President Trump’s recent controversial remarks about Tylenol, autism and vaccines.
Steven Newmark 00:36
So let’s get into it. Let’s start with the ACIP meeting. The ACIP meeting was supposed to be routine, reviewing updates for COVID-19, hepatitis B and the combination MMRV vaccine for kids. But as with much of vaccine policy these days, it was anything but routine. What we saw was confusion, misinformation and politics colliding with science, and yet the outcome, at least for now, was a partial victory for patients. I’ll explain. On Thursday, September 18, the Committee voted to remove the option of the MMRV combination vaccine. That is the single shot that protects against measles, mumps, rubella and chicken pox for children under four. This does not eliminate those vaccines, but it does eliminate the convenience of getting a single shot for children under four, and this is especially an annoyance, if you will, or an inconvenience for families trying to limit doctor visits, which is essentially all of us. At the same time, the hepatitis B vaccine was on the agenda, but no vote was taken. That leaves newborn nurseries and parents in limbo, unsure what will happen next.
Steven Newmark 01:40
Friday was the big one, COVID-19 vaccines. All signs before the meeting pointed to ACIP, narrowing access, limiting recommendations only to older adults and people with certain risk factors, such as folks who were immunocompromised. But in the end, the committee recommended the COVID-19 vaccine for everyone six months and older, in partnership with a clinician. That means doctors, and in some states, even pharmacists, can continue to recommend and administer the vaccine broadly. Now, the discussion was filled with a lot of misinformation throughout the proceedings, more than 50 falsehoods by one count, including claims that DNA contamination leads to cancer risks, none of which is supported by evidence. But despite all that noise, the final vote went against the narrative going into the meeting. The science hasn’t changed, but clearly the pressure has.
Steven Newmark 02:30
Here’s what I think may have happened. This decision did not happen in a vacuum. It happened because advocates, patients, medical groups and even funders raised their voices. People pushed back against the idea of restricting access to vaccines. That pressure reached the White House and in turn, pressured Health Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr., not to let ACIP go too far. So what does this mean? First and foremost, it shows that advocacy works. You might not always see it in the headlines, but behind the scenes, public pressure can change outcomes. Second, it is a reminder that the fight is not over. Hepatitis B and other vaccines are still on the table. And third, patients need clarity. Confusion about who is eligible and whether insurance will pay creates real barriers to care. So with all that said, we got a nice weekend breather after Friday’s chaos at ACIP so what happened after the weekend?
Steven Newmark 03:25
Well, on Monday, President Trump added some fuel to the public health fire with a White House press conference that evoked the chaos of the early COVID briefings. This time, he claimed that pregnant women should avoid Tylenol, or in the generic form acetaminophen, because it is linked to autism, and he repeated debunked claims about vaccines. President Trump said that taking Tylenol while pregnant leads to, quote, “very increased risk of autism” end quote, despite decades of evidence that it is safe. Trump also suggested that women limit Tylenol use during pregnancy, quote, “If you can tough it out,” end quote.
Steven Newmark 04:00
Here are the facts Tylenol and autism. Some studies suggest the possible association between acetaminophen use during pregnancy and conditions like ADHD are autism, but no study to date has proven causation. Doctors say that Tylenol has important uses during pregnancy, like controlling for fever, which itself can cause harm to a nursing child. Vaccines and autism, we’ve spoken about this before, but dozens upon dozens upon dozens of studies over many decades, show no connection between vaccines and autism. This claim has been thoroughly debunked.
Steven Newmark 04:34
And hepatitis B. President Trump said kids shouldn’t get the vaccine for hepatitis B until age 12, because it relates to a sexually transmitted disease. In reality, hepatitis B can spread during childbirth or through tiny amounts of blood, which is why doctors recommend it as early as possible. The FDA recently acknowledged that research into acetaminophen in pregnancy is ongoing, but their statement was quite measured. Well, that’s it for today’s episode of The Health Advocates. We’ll keep tracking, ACIP the vaccine schedule, the potential links between Tylenol and autism and what this all means for patients like you, because protecting access to vaccines is protecting lives. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you found this episode helpful, please leave us a rating or review and share it with someone who cares about healthcare policy, and be sure to follow us. Wherever you get your podcasts, you can find all of GHLF’s podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 05:38
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Fall Vaccines 2025: What You Need to Know
This fall’s Covid-19 vaccine rollout is more confusing than ever. The FDA has narrowed eligibility to older adults and people with high-risk conditions, while major medical societies are urging broader access — and insurance companies are waiting for new guidance from ACIP, the advisory committee that’s been reshaped by RFK Jr.
In this episode of The Health Advocates, host Steven Newmark explains who qualifies as high-risk, what “off-label” vaccination means, how coverage is likely to work, and what parents, pregnant people, and adults should know heading into the fall season.

Unpacking Polymyalgia Rheumatica: Expert and Patient Insights
In this special episode of The Health Advocates, we take a closer look at Polymyalgia Rheumatica (PMR), a condition that affects tens of thousands of older adults each year in the U.S. but is often misunderstood. Host Steven Newmark is joined by GHLF’s Angela Degrassi, patient advocate Eileen Salsman, and two leading experts — Dr. Leonard Calabrese and Dr. Jeffrey Curtis — to unpack what PMR is, how it impacts daily life, and why a patient-centered approach to research and care is so important. Together, they explore symptoms, diagnosis, steroid treatment challenges, and emerging insights from new research and lived experience.
Special note: We invite you to a live webinar on Polymyalgia Rheumatica (PMR) that will explore critical gaps in diagnosis and disease monitoring.
Date and time: Thursday, September 18th at 6:30 PM Eastern
Register here.

Turmoil at the CDC
CDC Director Susan Monarez has been fired after less than one month on the job, sparking a wave of resignations by senior leaders and raising alarms about the politicization of public health. In this episode of The Health Advocates, host Steven Newmark unpacks what happened, why it matters, and what the loss of experienced leadership means for patients and communities. From vaccines to emergency preparedness, the future of the CDC — and public trust in science — is on the line.

Leaked MAHA Proposal Aims to Protect Kids’ Health – What’s in the Plan?
A leaked draft of the Trump administration’s Make Our Children Healthy Again plan reveals a strategy to improve kids’ health that’s far less sweeping than many expected. Instead of bold action on processed foods and pesticides, the draft emphasizes “awareness” campaigns and industry-friendly guidelines, while reopening old battles over vaccines, fluoride, and even WiFi.
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven unpacks what’s actually in the leaked report, what’s missing, and why these proposals could reshape public health for children across the country. From school nutrition to pesticide regulation to vaccine safety, we break down what the draft means for families, industry, and the future of U.S. health policy.

Reimagining Pain Management: A Conversation with Dr. Zameer Pirani
In this episode, Steven is joined by Dr. Zameer Pirani, an interventional pain specialist and co-founder of the Afiya Spine and Pain Institute in Canada. Dr. Pirani shares his path to pain medicine, from early training in Ireland to his experiences with anesthesia and chronic pain fellowships. He discusses how the opioid crisis, gaps in the health care system, and the stigma surrounding pain patients shaped his career and passion for multidisciplinary, patient-centered care. Dr. Pirani also shares his insights on the challenges of treating invisible illnesses, building trust with patients, and why true healing requires listening, empathy, and a team-based approach.

Preventive Care Under Fire, a NYC disease Outbreak, and the Value of Screening
In this episode, host Steven Newmark breaks down four critical public health stories making headlines:
- Senators Angus King and Elizabeth Warren introduce a resolution to defend the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force amid reports that RFK Jr. may fire its members.
- What’s really at stake if the Task Force is dismantled—and how evidence-based guidelines are already saving lives, from colon cancer screenings to heart health.
- A deadly outbreak of Legionnaires’ disease in Harlem has claimed two lives and sickened dozens. What you need to know if you live in the area.
- The alarming defunding of mRNA vaccine research.
Science, policy, and prevention—all in one sharp, timely episode.

How the 340B Program Can Transform Communities — If Used Right
In this episode, Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at GHLF, is joined by Clayton Ruley, Director of Strategic Initiatives, Mission Advancement & Impact at the Community Liver Alliance. Clayton shares his decades-long journey from frontline harm reduction work to shaping national health policy. Together, they discuss the need for compassion in healthcare, the importance of patient-centered policymaking, and the urgent challenges facing programs like 340B and Medicaid. Clayton also highlights how community-level work and federal health policies intersect — and why transparency and access matter now more than ever.

Budget Tools or Policy Weapons? How Congress Shapes Health Care
What exactly are reconciliation and rescission—and why do they matter for your health? In this episode, Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at GHLF, demystifies two powerful — and often misunderstood — budget tools: reconciliation and rescission. What do they mean? How do they bypass the normal budget process? And why do they matter for healthcare, public programs, and patients?
Steven breaks down the differences between these mechanisms, explains where they fit into the broader federal budget process, and examines Congress’s recent $9.4 billion rescission vote. If you care about how Congress funds — or defunds — healthcare, this episode will give you the clarity you need.
Tune in to learn:
- What reconciliation really is, and how it’s used to pass major healthcare policy
- Why rescission gives presidents the power to cancel already-approved spending
- How these tools operate outside the regular appropriations process
- What the latest moves in Congress mean for public health funding in 2025

RFK Jr. Sued Over Vaccine Policy: A Legal and Public Health Crisis
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark takes a deep dive into the high-stakes lawsuit against Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Six major medical organizations, and a pregnant physician are challenging Kennedy’s directive to remove COVID-19 vaccine recommendations for children and pregnant people — and they’re asking the courts to intervene. Steven unpacks the legal arguments, explains key concepts like standing and injunctions, and explores what’s at risk for public health, the rule of law, and the integrity of vaccine policy in the U.S.

What’s Going On at HHS? Vaccines, Measles, and a Cancelled Meeting
In this week’s episode of The Health Advocates, host Steven Newmark unpacks a whirlwind of health news that could reshape the foundation of U.S. public health. From a major lawsuit against HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to record-high measles cases and the quiet cancelation of a critical preventive care meeting, Steven explains what’s at stake. Plus, he shares a hopeful update on bird flu and the importance of defending science-based health policy amid political disruption.

Slashing Medicaid and Facing the Heat: Urgent Health Threats
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark breaks down two urgent public health threats: a Senate proposal that would deeply cut Medicaid funding and an extreme heat wave affecting more than 265 million Americans. Steven explains how the Senate bill could gut essential health services for millions, all to fund tax cuts—and how this could impact everyone, not just Medicaid enrollees. He then turns to the record-breaking heat, sharing crucial safety tips and resources. Finally, Steven discusses a new COVID-19 variant known for its painful “razor blade throat” symptom.
Tune in to stay informed and take action.

Behind the Headlines: Jon Erlichman Opens Up About Living with Crohn’s
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark sits down with Jon Erlichman — founder of Ticker Take and a well-known financial journalist whose videos have reached nearly a billion views across platforms including YouTube, TikTok, Instagram and X. Jon shares his personal journey of living with Crohn’s disease and what inspired him to open up about it publicly. He also talks about the importance of family support, how he manages daily life in the spotlight, and why he’s optimistic about the future of IBD research and care.
Tune in for an inspiring conversation about resilience, advocacy, and the power of sharing your story.

Vaccine Policy Under Fire: What the ACIP Purge Means for You
In this week’s special episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark breaks down a major and alarming development in U.S. public health policy: the removal of all 17 members of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) by HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Steven explains what ACIP does, why its role is crucial to vaccine access and confidence, and how this sudden and sweeping dismissal could erode trust, limit insurance coverage, and leave vulnerable populations at risk.
Tune in to learn what’s at stake, why it matters for people living with chronic illness, and how patients can raise their voices in support of science-based policy.

Health Agencies Face Major Cuts: What’s at Stake in the 2026 Budget
This week on The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at GHLF, breaks down two major stories: sweeping proposed cuts to key federal health agencies in the 2026 U.S. budget, and a new national partnership between GHLF and Walgreens aimed at improving care for chronic skin conditions. Steven explains what’s at stake, how advocacy can influence policy decisions, and why pharmacists are essential allies in supporting skin health.

Who’s Left Out? What New Vaccine and Medicaid Policies Could Mean for You
The FDA just made a surprising move that could reshape COVID-19 vaccination in the U.S. going forward, and the House passed a major budget bill with proposed cuts to Medicaid. In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark breaks down the changes, debates, and potential impacts on people living with chronic conditions.
Tune in to understand what these updates mean and what steps advocates can take to make their voices heard.

Brain Cancer Changed Rob Long’s Life — Now He’s Changing the Game for Rare Disease Patients
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark is joined by Rob Long, Executive Director of Uplifting Athletes. Rob shares his journey from All-American punter at Syracuse University to rare brain cancer survivor and patient advocate. Diagnosed during his senior season, Rob’s football career was cut short, but his passion for teamwork and purpose found new life in advocacy. Through his leadership at Uplifting Athletes, Rob helps amplify rare disease awareness, fund groundbreaking research, and connect patients to uplifting experiences across the country.
Join us for a conversation about resilience, purpose, and how sports can unite and empower the rare disease community.

Medicaid on the Chopping Block: What $880 Billion in Cuts Could Mean
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark breaks down the potential $880 billion in cuts to Medicaid currently under debate in Congress. Steven walks through what’s at stake, who could be affected, and why this moment matters. He explains the proposed changes to work requirements, federal matching cuts, and Medicaid expansion support — and outlines what patients, caregivers, and advocates can do to stay protected and make their voices heard.
Tune in to better understand the real-life impact of these proposed cuts and how you can take action.

Medicaid on the Chopping Block: What $880 Billion in Cuts Could Mean
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to the “Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re talking about something that affects one in five Americans: Medicaid. You may have seen recent headlines about potential federal budget cuts, but let’s zoom in on what exactly that means for Medicaid, who it could affect, and what you can do about it. First, a little context: Medicaid is a joint Federal and State Health Insurance Program. It covers low income, children, pregnant women, people with disabilities, and many seniors – offering everything from emergency room visits and hospital stays to prescriptions and long term care. It’s the largest insurer in the country; roughly 78 million Americans, including nearly 40% of all children, rely on it. It’s also a major source of funding for states, bringing in billions in federal dollars. Since the Affordable Care Act passed in 2014, 40 states have expanded Medicaid to cover more low income adults. The move added coverage for about 20 million people. Public support is strong too. A recent Kaiser Family Foundation poll found that 77% of Americans support Medicaid, making it one of the few bipartisan health care programs with wide approval. So, what’s the threat? Well, Congress is debating a new federal budget, and early drafts suggest a massive cut to Medicaid. The House Energy and Commerce Committee, which oversees Medicaid, is tasked with finding $880 billion in savings over the next 10 years. For perspective, the total federal Medicaid budget, in 2024, was about $600 billion. So, these are not minor trims we’re talking about; We’re talking about deep structural cuts. Here’s how Congress may go about that. First, work requirements: One proposal would require adults on Medicaid to prove that they’re working. That might save money, estimated at $100 billion over 10 years, but it could also kick roughly 1.5 million people off coverage. Arkansas tried this a few years back, and GHLF openly opposed this at the time, and in Arkansas, 18,000 people lost health insurance. Many of these folks delayed medications, and there was no measurable increase in employment. A second idea is federal matching cuts. Right now, the federal government pays between 50% and 77% of each state’s Medicaid costs. Reducing that match could leave states scrambling to fill the gap, likely through benefit cuts or shifting costs to hospitals and patients. Another idea is rolling back expansion support. The Federal Government currently covers 90% of the costs for Medicaid expansion under the Affordable Care Act. Lowering that share would force states to shoulder more of the burden, potentially leading them to scale back programs. So, what’s at stake? If these cuts go through, millions of Americans could be affected. That includes people living in poverty, those with disabilities, seniors who need long term care, and working adults who lost employer coverage during the pandemic, or even more recently. When people lose insurance, the consequences are real – There are delays in seeking care, there are skipped medications, there’s worsening of chronic conditions, and yes, even bankruptcy for medical bills. Health care providers will also feel the impact facing tighter budgets, possible salary cuts, and staff reductions. So, why is this happening, and why is this happening now? Supporters of the cuts argue it’s about controlling government spending, and there’s no doubt that health care is expensive. For example, in 2024 alone, New York state spent over $101 billion on Medicaid. But slashing Medicaid funding isn’t just a matter of tightening belts; It’s about how we value our public health and who we think deserves access to care. So, what’s next? Here is the timeline to watch: For the spring and summer of 2025, congressional committees will draft legislation to meet the budget targets. Again, $880 billion in cuts from the Energy and Commerce Committee. In the late summer, Congress is likely to vote on these proposals. In October of this year, final bills will likely go to the President for a signature or a veto. So, what can you do? This is a pivotal moment, but there’s a lot of time to act. Here’s how: check in on neighbors or loved ones who may be on Medicaid, help them with their renewal forms. Sometimes a little paperwork is all it takes to stay covered. Make sure friends and family that you know remain on coverage. Call your representatives, tell them what matters to you when it comes to public health. There are apps and all sorts of sites that make it easier to find out who your representatives are, there are even sample call scripts and contact information based upon your zip code. Stay informed: Keep up with all the important news by following GHLF on X, LinkedIn, Facebook, YouTube, and Instagram. Medicaid isn’t just a line item on a budget, it’s a health care lifeline for millions of Americans. If the proposed $880 billion in cuts goes through, many will lose that lifeline, but we still have time. Congress hasn’t finalized anything yet, so keep watching, keep speaking up, keep listening to “The Health Advocates” in all of our podcasts; we will continue to keep you informed! If you found today’s episode helpful, share it with a friend or a colleague, and be sure to leave us a review, as it will help more people like you find us. Be sure to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 05:45
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Measles Outbreaks, Vaccine Delays, and Food Dye Concerns: This Week in Health Policy
In this episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark breaks down the latest public health developments you need to know. From a surge in measles and dengue cases to proposed changes in food dye regulations, Steven explains what’s happening, why it matters, and how it could impact people living with chronic illness. He also unpacks the delay in FDA approval for the Novavax COVID-19 vaccine and introduces the Vaccine Integrity Project — a new initiative working to preserve trust in vaccine guidance.
Tune in for the insights you need to stay informed and protect your health.

Measles Outbreaks, Vaccine Delays, and Food Dye Concerns: This Week in Health Policy
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:06
Welcome to the “Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today’s episode is packed: Measles cases are on the rise; Dengue season is starting early; The FDA might finally be cracking down on food dies; and then Novavax COVID vaccine story just took a twist. Plus, what is the vaccine integrity project? And why should you care? Whether you are a health policy Pro or navigating chronic illness, we’ve got you covered with the context that matters most here at “The Health Advocates.” Let’s start with infectious disease. Measles cases are surging, with 923 reported nationwide as of the close of business on May 3rd. That’s inching close to the highest number in 25 years, and we’re not even sure how far in we are. Reporting is inconsistent, and we may actually be underestimating the true scope. Here are some key points to note: Texas hot spots; In Texas, there have been 29 cases reported so far in El Paso in just the past 18 days. Cross border alert; There have been over 600 cases reported in Chihuahua, Mexico. Public concern; 76% of Democrats have expressed concern, according to recent surveys by only 28% of Republicans say that they’re worried. That’s according to a poll conducted recently by the Kaiser Family Foundation. There’s a political divide that’s clearly complicating a unified public health messaging with regards to the measles outbreak. Meanwhile, dengue fever, often called break bone fever, is creeping northward. It’s usually a tropical disease, but climate change and travel are shifting the map. Some key facts to note, there have been 1568 cases so far, starting from last fall, 2024. Most of this is from travel. Hawaii has reported more travel related cases than usual for this time of year. The risk remains low in the continental United States, but prevention still matters. As we enter summer season, be sure to apply insect repellents that are particularly deep based repellents which are highly effective. Big takeaway for patients: If you live in or travel to high risk states or territories such as Texas, California, Florida, or Puerto Rico, keep a bug spray handy. Prevention is your best defense. Now, let’s talk about food dyes. You may have heard that Red Dye No. 3 is already on its way out. Now, the Health and Human Services department is proposing to phase out other petroleum based dyes, but not through a formal ban. This is more of a handshake agreement with the food industry. Key details: Only two dyes have been revoked officially, those are Citrus Red No. 2 and Orange B. There are six others that have been discussed being removed, but these would be voluntarily phased out by the food industry. There’s no clear timeline on the removal of these dyes, and it’s not clear whether this will actually come to fruition. Europe, by the way, uses many of these same dyes under different labels, so there may be global pressure growing on these food providers to switch to more natural ingredients. Few things to note from a health policy lens, natural dyes are more expensive, they’re a little less consistent, and they may trigger allergies. They could increase food prices and waste so labeling transparency will be key. For patients, this likely won’t affect your pantry in the coming days and weeks, but it’s worth watching. If you or your child has allergies or sensitivities, keep a close eye on labels. It could also affect the costs of products with dyes. I guess one way to avoid this is to eat natural foods only; That’s probably what your doctor would tell you anyway. Veggies, fruits, nuts – keep it natural for your health! Now, on to vaccines, specifically the Novavax COVID-19 vaccine. Unlike Pfizer or Moderna, Novavax is a protein based shot. It’s been in-use under emergency authorization, but the full FDA approval has been a bumpy ride. Approval had been expected on April 1st, but it was paused after the FDA leadership shakeup under the new administration. It’s currently back on track, but the FDA says that a new clinical trial is required. This could also eventually affect Pfizer and Moderna down the line. The key context: vaccine updates now follow the flu model; they tweak the strain, they test immune response in a small group. When the real world data shows protection, especially for those 65 and over, approval is generally given. So, the policy question is, why are they changing this now? Is this because of emerging science or because of politics? And if new trials are required for Novavax and other vaccines, will this delay fall booster shots? We will find out. The key takeaway for patients is that for those over 65 or the immunocompromised, which is many of our patients, stay in touch with your provider, timely access to updated vaccines could be affected by these policy shifts. Our last topic today is something that happens behind the scenes with concerns that ACIP, the committee that sets vaccine policy, could become politicized. A new group has formed the vaccine integrity project. What is it? It’s an organization set up by the University of Minnesota. It’s privately funded, and it includes eight experts providing independent vaccine guidance, especially if the official process breaks down. Why does this matter and what does it mean to you? Well, this group has no formal authority, but in the absence of other information making it into the world, third party credibility can matter a lot. This could be critical if we see eligibility criteria or access rules suddenly change at the federal level. A key takeaway, if you’re a clinician or a policy advisor, keep this on your radar, it could become a trusted alternative source in certain times that, once again, it’s the vaccine integrity project. And for continued updates and access to our recent coverage of the world vaccine conference, be sure to visit ghlf.org\vaccine-resources. That’s ghlf.org\vaccine-resources. Well, from rising outbreaks to regulatory rumblings, the public health landscape is shifting. Whether you’re advising patients, or living with a chronic illness yourself, staying informed is your first layer of protection. If you found today’s episode helpful, share it with a friend or a colleague, and be sure to leave us a review, as it will help more people like you find us. Be sure to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. I’m Steven Newmark, we’ll see you next time.
Narrator 06:39
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
What Sjögren’s Really Looks Like: Cristina Montoya on Living, Advocating, and Educating
In this episode of The Health Advocates, we’re joined by Cristina Montoya, a registered dietitian, advocate, and patient living with both rheumatoid arthritis and Sjögren’s disease. Cristina shares her diagnosis journey, the challenges of managing symptoms from childhood to adulthood, and how she uses her lived experience to guide others through nutrition and advocacy. We also hear from Erik Stone, Director of Data, Learning, and Evaluation at GHLF, who breaks down insights from a recent GHLF survey of people living with Sjögren’s. Together, they highlight the need for better education, tailored treatments, and more support for the Sjögren’s community.

What Sjögren’s Really Looks Like: Cristina Montoya on Living, Advocating, and Educating
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:06
Welcome to the “Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m your host, Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re joined by Cristina Montoya. She’s the owner and founder of the Arthritis Dietitian. She’s also a person living with Sjögren’s and rheumatoid arthritis. Cristina is passionate about helping women with Sjögren’s and rheumatoid arthritis adopt a non-restrictive, anti-inflammatory lifestyle while supporting their gut health. And she’s here with us as we close out Sjögren’s Awareness Month. Welcome Cristina. Thank you so much for joining us today.
Cristina Montoya 00:48
Thank you so much for having me here.
Steven Newmark 00:50
Can you tell us a little bit about the work that you do and something about your background?
Cristina Montoya 00:54
I’m a registered dietitian in Ontario, Canada, in Colombia, South America, just to clarify that, and I’m the owner and founder of Arthritis Dietitian. I have lived with rheumatoid arthritis and Sjögren’s disease for more than 20 years, and one of the things that I do is that I specialize in anti-inflammatory nutrition and arthritis friendly eating to help individuals with inflammatory arthritis, especially those with rheumatoid arthritis and Sjögren’s disease, in making informed nutritional and lifestyle decisions to improve their gut health, their quality of life, without unnecessary restrictions.
Steven Newmark 01:33
Excellent. And can you tell our listeners a little bit about what Sjögren’s actually is?
Cristina Montoya 01:39
Let’s see. Let’s talk a little bit about Sjögren’s. So, the first thing that you want to know about Sjögren’s is to actually how to pronounce it. I would start there, right?
Steven Newmark 01:46
Let’s start there.
Cristina Montoya 01:47
So the way I explain, okay, how to say Sjögren’s. Just think about the TV ‘show’, ‘show’ and then ‘grin’. Can you say it for me? “Show…grin.”
Steven Newmark 01:57
“Show” “grins” (Sjögren’s)?
Cristina Montoya 01:58
There you go. You see how it sounds better?
Steven Newmark 02:01
Yeah, excellent.
Cristina Montoya 02:02
So, that’s the first thing that I did. There was actually kind of, what a few definitions of Sjögren’s disease, because just until just 2024, it was known as Sjögren’s syndrome. So, I like the definition by the OMERACT Sjögren’s working group, in which I’ve been participating as a patient partner for almost two years. Sjögren’s is a systemic autoimmune disease that affects the entire body, along with symptoms of extensive dryness, other serious complications can include profound fatigue, chronic pain, major organ involvement, neuropathies, and even lymphomas. Nine out of ten Sjögren’s patients are women, and the average age of diagnosis is usually 40, although it can occur in all age groups, however, and I want you to keep this in mind, is that the Sjögren’s is a slowly kind of progressive disease. So, maybe you’re diagnosed at 40, but you probably started to feel the symptoms 10 or 15 years earlier.
Steven Newmark 03:11
And what are those symptoms?
Cristina Montoya 03:12
So, the symptoms are, typically, there is like this triad that they call it: Do you have profound fatigue, joint and muscle pain, and dryness? So, they could be a little vague, right, because many rheumatic diseases can present with similar symptoms. So, how do I know, like, is it Sjögren’s, is it fibromyalgia, is it another rheumatic disease? I started to learn, right? Because for many years, I was actually diagnosed with fibromyalgia. But then, along with that fibromyalgia, I also experienced like, extreme dry eyes, and then there was some erosion to the cornea. So, the ophthalmologist started to say, “That’s very strange, you’re not on any medications that is causing dryness.” The environment is pretty humid, because I used to when I was living in Colombia, so we didn’t have the dryness that we had here in North America. So, he started raising some like, red flags. It’s like, this is not really normal. And what’s interesting is, for many patients, actually, the dentist and ophthalmologist are the ones who start raising those red flags and suggest the patients maybe you need to talk to your doctor and get assessed for Sjögren’s.
Steven Newmark 04:24
Right. So, and then what happened?
Cristina Montoya 04:26
Well, And then what happened is that something even more interesting, because with Sjögren’s, it’s more like a clinical diagnosis. My understanding, and even just found recently in attending the ACR convergence in 2024, there is actually not a defined diagnosis criteria. What typically the doctors use to diagnose Sjögren’s, it’s based on the symptoms, the clinical symptoms, they may take some lab work to assist presence on auto antibodies that could be more specific to Sjögren’s, although it could be up to 40% of the patients who don’t even show up with those autoantibodies. They could use a lead biopsy to see if there’s any lymphocytic infiltration that could suggest the presence of these autoantibodies. And typically, that’s what they use to kind of fully diagnose Sjögren’s, for instance, and I’ll just share my own experience, because I’m not a rheumatologist – I want to just make that clear. When I was diagnosed in Colombia, I was in my 20s, but actually my symptoms started when I was around seven or eight years old. And how my Sjögren’s began as a child, it actually was different from how it presents with adults. So, as a child, I have chronic parotitis is, or like swollen salivary glands, that even the doctors thought that I have recurring mumps, you know, like the viral infection, and that we know, like an infectious disease that could happen maybe once or twice, but to happen every six months was very rare, but it’s still the doctors didn’t know what was going on with me. So, that was my first primary symptom as a child. Then around when I was 10 years old or so, I started developing dry eyes, so I couldn’t cry. I was the kid who would never cry; I couldn’t swallow; I have very difficulty swallowing; I have a lot of digestive issues. My mom had to take me to the doctor almost every week, they still couldn’t figure out what was going on. I had fatigue; My mom said that I couldn’t keep up with my peers in sport or playing outside, I was, you know, I was the one that was picked last or not picked at all, because I couldn’t keep up with my peers. As sometimes I have trouble concentrating at school, and I’d lost a lot of weight when I was teenage years, so no one could figure it out. I waited to multiple doctors and until I was diagnosed with rheumatoid arthritis at 21, which presented like very rapidly, my symptoms for rheumatoid arthritis showed up within two months, and within two months, I was already like bedridden. So, once the rheumatologist diagnosed me with rheumatoid arthritis, he started asking me questions about the dry mouth, dry eyes, and the swelling of my salivary glands, and he immediately said, “Oh, it sounds like Sjögren’s syndrome,” like I can see arthritis, my joints are swollen, but what is Sjögren’s? So, that’s just how it started with Sjögren’s. And finally, on April 12th, I saw that the Sjögren’s Foundation recognized the Pediatric Sjögren’s Awareness Day, and I was so happy, so happy to see that.
Steven Newmark 07:49
So, you’re a dietitian, are there particular foods that folks with Sjögren’s should look to imbibe, or the opposite, avoid?
Cristina Montoya 07:56
What I learned with Sjögren’s, so overall, we want to for any rheumatic diseases that we want patients to eat an anti-inflammatory way of eating, or think about the Mediterranean diet, and how we want to include more all those foods with more antioxidants, you know, more fiber, whole grains, fruits and vegetables, nuts and seeds. So, all the principles apply to individuals with Sjögren’s. What makes it unique, though, is that I always say, and I’ve been saying this for the past three years, that Sjögren’s impact your entire gastrointestinal tract, from gum to bum. Why? Because, if your mouth is dry, Sjögren’s impacts the production of saliva, and not only in quantity, but also quality. And where does digestion start? It starts in your mouth with the breakdown of carbohydrates. So, if you don’t have enough saliva, that’s when you start kind of getting trouble with Sjögren’s and the way you start eating. So, you start modifying the texture of your food. So, maybe a healthy person, even a person with rheumatoid arthritis without Sjögren’s, could eat a salad, but ask a person with Sjögren’s and have, let’s say a pale salad is torture, because it’s a roughage; It’s hard to chew. We don’t have enough saliva to form a cohesive bolus to help it swallow. So, then we tend to use or drink water, or any liquid, to push down that food that hasn’t been properly chewed up, so it goes down to your stomach, and the stomach has to work extra hard for it, so that leads to more heartburn and bloating. Then Sjögren’s can also impact the motility. So, I’ve seen a lot of patients, more than 50% of patients with Sjögren’s present with constipation. So, if you have constipation, then that means that you’re probably going to feel more bloated, you’re going to be more uncomfortable. So, I find that the nutritional needs for patients with Sjögren’s are actually very unique compared to other rheumatic diseases. So, I focus on foods that are comforting for your mouth, starting with your mouth, so trying to avoid a citrus foods, for instance. But if you’re gonna have, let’s say, some citrus foods, try to pair it with something that is more has, like less acidity, right? That you want to have, like a plant based beverage, or you want to have yogurt, so it’s more comforting for your mouth.
Steven Newmark 10:20
And you should avoid kale, you said, and other leafy greens, or?
Cristina Montoya 10:25
Just be careful with like the tough texture. So, the tougher textures, not that you cannot eat it, then you can maybe modify how you cook it. So kale, you can maybe just use it in your pastas and then stir fry; that type of things. Just don’t feel bad if you can’t have a salad, because, oh my god, it’s so healthy. I just this is how I have to eat, but it makes me sick. It makes me literally sick. So, what I teach patients is like, don’t feel bad, like, because you cannot eat the salad that everyone is promoting, that you have to eat. Okay, there’s other ways that you can add that kale; You can make a smoothie; You can add it to your soups; You can add it to your pesto for the pasta; You enter your stir fry; You can bake it; You can make, like, kale chips, kind of thing. So, you see, it’s about modifying the texture, that is, that you don’t have to follow kind of the typical type of healthy eating. And you can make modification, and that’s okay, too.
Steven Newmark 11:19
Right, interesting. What about as a smoothie? Would that be helpful or putting vegetables in there?
Cristina Montoya 11:24
Yeah, absolutely. However, smoothies can be like this. I would call it like a FODMAP bum. So, you’re not familiar with FODMAPs until the foods are or, like, high FODMAP foods, or like, like highly fermentable carbohydrates. And sometimes, like I explained to you, patients with Sjögren’s can present more with irritable bowel syndrome, that can be more sensitive to those types of carbohydrates. So, smoothies are tricky. You want to make sure that they are not super like super-charged with FODMAP. So, let’s say you’re gonna make a smoothie with let’s say you add the kale, and you add apples, and you add seeds, and you add those so much fiber into just one smoothie that you’re probably gonna feel it within the next three or four hours, feeling super bloated. So, what I suggest for a smoothie, and especially, when you’re now feeling a lot of energy to cook. So, smoothie could be a good alternative, but what you want to make almost like a meal at that smoothie. So, yeah, kale, spinach is great. Those greens are great for that. You want to add some like berries that are not super high in FODMAP and not to overdo it. So, you want to add some blueberries, or you want to add some strawberries, maybe you want to add a little bit of banana. But if you add those three fruits, please do not add avocado, because avocado will just be a bomb for it. Then you want to add a little bit of quinoa, like a cooked quinoa, like two, three tablespoons of cooked quinoa, or two, three tablespoons of oats, just to add a little bit of carbohydrates, and a little bit, like a more soluble fiber to that smoothie. Add some plant based beverage, a little bit of yogurt, and maybe a little bit of honey or maple syrup, some vanilla extract, cinnamon, and there you have your smoothie.
Steven Newmark 13:11
Wow! Well, thank you for that advice. That’s, that’s, that’s good to know. So, you’re not just a dietitian, but you’re also an advocate in the Sjögren’s community. What inspired you to step into that role of advocacy?
Cristina Montoya 13:22
I would say I was an accidental advocate, I tell you, even though I was diagnosed in 2003, only when I came to Canada, and, in 2015, it was the first time that I attended a Sjögren’s conference for patients, and I couldn’t believe that I saw like over like, 300 people. “Wow, more people have Sjögren’s? Not just me.” So, from that point on, I started looking more into my own experiences with managing my digestive issues, and I started connecting the dots. And then from there, I started running so many webinars for the patient support groups in Canada. I also started to attend more and more conferences. I even wrote an article for the Sjögren’s foundation for the newsletter. But I truly started being very, very active, I will say it in 2022: I submitted a workshop proposal for the Canadian Rheumatology Association Annual Conference on the gastrointestinal manifestations of Sjögren’s, and that caused the doctor’s attention. Then, slowly, I started to expand that knowledge, and I ran some free webinars for patients on the gastrointestinal manifestation some in Sjögren’s, such as how to manage dry mouth, swallowing difficulties, heartburn, constipation, exocrine, pancreatic insufficiency. And all of a sudden, I started to be known as someone who understands Sjögren’s, not only from the nutritional standpoint, but also as a patient. Because I’ve been living with this pretty much my whole life.
Steven Newmark 15:03
Interesting, yeah. What are some misconceptions about Sjögren’s that you try to correct through your advocacy?
Cristina Montoya 15:08
Oh, boy, there are many. There’s an online forum called Smart Patients, I don’t know if you’re familiar with it, but there is a sub group and an online forum that is specifically for Sjögren’s, and Dr. Schafer, who is behind the Sjögren’s advocate, and also Dr. Bexi (Rebecca) Lobo, we all started asking questions, okay, what are these myths about Sjögren’s that we just want to tell people that that’s not Sjögren’s. So, I will tell you, I posted them on Instagram, actually for this month, because April is Sjögren’s Awareness Month. Sjögren’s is not just a nuisance dry disease. It’s never just dryness, just like I explained, Sjögren’s can impact every organ and system in the body, and some manifestations of Sjögren’s can be life threatening, so that we have a higher risk of developing like lymphoma. Some patients are really treated. I’ve seen patients with no treatment at all, completely receiving disability benefits because of the manifestations of Sjögren’s. So, all these myths are part of what is called the Sjögren’s elevator pitch that I mentioned to you, that was developed by Sjögren’s advocate in collaboration with the members of Smart Patients. It says that Sjögren’s is not disabling, right? That’s the myth, but the reality is that Sjögren’s is disabling. Many people have to change their career, or even end their careers because of Sjögren’s. It’s not laziness; it’s the disease that limits what people can do. Debilitating fatigue and pain often severely impact the daily life, unlike just the normal tiredness of your daily life, and it doesn’t just improve with proper eating, and proper sleep, just go exercise. Those things are important, but does downplay the disease. When someone just tells you, just eat, well, just exercise, and it really downplays the disease, because the fatigue, I tell you, is so profound. It just puts you in bed and you have just energy for like nothing – It’s very frustrating.
Steven Newmark 17:21
No, I could imagine. Well, thank you for taking the time to come on our program, especially during Sjögren’s Awareness Month. Getting the word out there as to the disease, and some symptoms to look out for, and how to take care for yourself when you have the disease is so important.
Cristina Montoya 17:35
No, you’re very welcome. I could speak about Sjögren’s like for hours.
Steven Newmark 17:38
I’m sure. So, now we have with us on the program, Erik Stone, my colleague from GHLF. Erik, hi, can you share for our listeners what your role is at GHLF?
Erik Stone 17:48
Hi Steven, thanks so much for having me on this episode today. I’m Erik Stone, I’m the Director of Data, Learning, and Evaluation at GHLF. My job is to design education initiatives that meet the needs of our various patient communities. This involves everything from surveying patients to building those educational resources. Basically, you could say my job is to translate patient voices into action.
Steven Newmark 18:13
Excellent. What’s the importance of staying up to date with community education and support needs?
Erik Stone 18:19
I think that staying up to date with community education and support needs is absolutely essential, especially for a condition like Sjögren’s that is often misunderstood. As Cristina pointed out, the way that I see it, the needs of patients aren’t static. They evolve as new research emerges or as treatments change, and as people’s lives and challenges shift over time. So, if we’re not actively listening and updating what we offer, we risk giving people information that feels outdated or is irrelevant to what they need, essentially, the how and the what of education have to adapt to meet the needs of the moment. Otherwise, we’re speaking to yesterday’s needs and not the reality of today.
Steven Newmark 18:59
And GHLF recently ran a survey about experiences of people living with Sjögren’s. Can you talk about that survey?
Erik Stone 19:05
We surveyed 148 people living with Sjögren’s to better understand where there were possible unmet needs. A few key takeaways that stood out to us from this initial analysis. The first question we asked was, “What information or resources would be most helpful to you?”, and managing symptoms and flares was the top need, with 84% of respondents selecting that one. Fatigue management was right behind it, at 82%, and dry mouth and eye care tips were also highly requested at 82%. So, I think this data shows how much patients are navigating the ongoing and, frankly, very disruptive daily symptoms, and possibly represents a need for more strategies that they could use in their daily lives. So, one other thing is that if there’s any Sjögren’s patients listening now, and this data resonates with you, we really would like to encourage you to also take this survey and share your experiences with us, and we’ll make sure that’s linked in the episode description for you. But Cristina, after hearing that more than 80% of the patients we surveyed indicated that they wanted more information on managing symptoms and flares. Do you relate to this data? And if so, can you explain the impact of managing your symptoms and flares every day?
Cristina Montoya 20:23
Yeah, absolutely, I do relate to that data, especially, because there is not an actual definition of a flare up in Sjögren’s. So, when you ask someone, what does a flare mean to you? So, for some may be, oh, I feel this extreme dryness that I it’s just truly, I can’t even eat or swallow anything, or I have a mouth source that I they’re very painful, whereas, again, is the dry eyes that they can do hers is just that profound fatigue. And it also can maybe shift different types of the year, right? It also during the time, this time of year, when we have transitional weather, spring time, especially, so we tend to have more flare ups. So, we definitely need more attention in terms of how to manage those symptoms in fatigue. Then keep in mind that probably is some of us like, let’s say 30% of us may have associated diseases, autoimmune diseases, so we are, let’s say, fortunate to be getting some treatment for those diseases, specifically like rheumatoid arthritis. But for those who don’t have any associated treatments, I think they are the ones who are suffering the most, because they are really struggling how to explain this disease to their friends, to their family, to even to their doctors, because they simply dismiss them as well. “It’s just dry eyes and drama, just put some eye drops in your eyes and then you’re fine, or just sleep well and eat well.” So, I think we need to pay attention like the message that we’re sending, and to provide support to everyone, not only those who present like the positive disease, let’s say, on the lab work, but also those who are really suffering in silence, like those who are like zero negative patients.
Erik Stone 22:05
Yeah, it makes me think back to the misconception you spoke about earlier, with the level of disability that Sjögren’s can often cause, and how there’s this misconception about how serious it is. So, since I have you here right now, and I spend my all my time looking at data, but actually being able to speak to speak to a patient is one other thing. What would you identify as the number one need of the Sjögren’s community right now?
Cristina Montoya 22:28
Well, I agree with Dr. Baer, like I say, I wrote a blog post about his wonderful presentation at the ACR Convergence, and the patients are looking to improve the management of the data centers such as fatigue, muscle, and joint pain, dryness and neuropathy, right? Like that nerve pain. And for some patients are also being diagnosed with dysautonomia. The patients we want to reduce flare ups in see we want a target treatment that is just for us, right for Sjögren’s. We don’t want to borrow treatments from other diseases. We might need to do that. But can we just have something that is just for us?
Erik Stone 23:12
Yes, you can. So, I want to get into that a little bit deeper, actually. What do you think needs to be done to meet this need? Is this something that there’s stuff on the patient side that needs to be provided, or is this something that falls on the providers or the pharmaceutical companies? Or where do you think the solution is to this need?
Cristina Montoya 23:30
Let’s start with the words matter. If you go to the American Rheumatology Association and in their website you’re still calling it Sjögren’s syndrome, there is a problem. It will still have these important sites that where patients go to, all the doctors go to to get the up-to-date information, but you’re still getting outdated data just that, even naming the disease and the impact. So, I think we start failing the patients just right from there, because we’re not giving the right education to the physicians who are supposed to take care of us. Another thing that is a burden to us, and I really don’t like this message sometimes, as I got you as a patient, you need to be empowered, and you need to educate yourself so you can go out with your tools and talk to your physician. And I said, “But why? Like, I’m here look for health and for answers.” And many patients actually go like, almost, you look at like, you just a patient, and you don’t know what’s going on. I’m your doctor, and this is what’s gonna happen. So, it’s like, always in this constant battle to prove what you have so it will improve the education from the very beginning at the medical schools, and to really get physicians to understand what is happening with this disease alone, as if you’re teaching about rheumatoid arthritis, and lupus, and even Sjögren’s disease is shown to be more common than lupus. So, why aren’t we understanding that from the medical schools? Sorry, I just got passionate there.
Erik Stone 24:58
No, I’m so glad that you said that education is never one person’s responsibility; There is always a two-way-street. And yes, I agree it is so unfair that often that burden of staying educated falls on the patient instead of the people that are supposed to be providing the education. So, I totally relate to your passion for that question, and just want to thank you for this entire conversation. Actually, this has been so insightful to me and really complimentary to the data we’ve already collected, and I hope we can build something that’s really meaningful for Sjögren’s patients.
Steven Newmark 25:27
Well, thanks Erik for continuing on with those questions with Cristina, and thank you, Cristina, for taking the time to be with us today. We look forward to more results from our ongoing survey.
Cristina Montoya 25:36
Thank you so much, and I’m looking forward to seeing all this wonderful work and, potentially, collaborate with you.
Steven Newmark 25:42
Well, I want to thank Erik and Cristina on another great episode of “The Health Advocates,” we’ll drop links in our show notes to all of the mentions that Cristina gave us today, as well as to our ongoing survey for Sjögren’s patients. Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 26:12
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Living with Lupus, Leading with Love: How Gaile Valcho Turned Advocacy Into Action
In this episode of The Health Advocates, we’re joined by Gaile Valcho, founder and president of the Brady Valcho Autism Foundation. Gaile shares her powerful story as the mother of a child with autism and her journey to address a gap in community resources in Holly Springs, North Carolina. She opens up about the challenges and triumphs of caregiving while living with lupus, the importance of community support, and her foundation’s work to build inclusive, joyful spaces for neurodiverse families.
Tune in for a conversation about resilience, empathy, and the everyday ways we can show up for one another.

Living with Lupus, Leading with Love: How Gaile Valcho Turned Advocacy Into Action
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:18
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:22
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:28
And speaking of the health care world, today, we’re joined by Gaile Valcho who’s the Founder and President of the Brady Valcho Autism Foundation. I had a really great conversation with her about her role in caregiving for her son, who has autism, realizing there was a lack of resources in the community, and how she helped fix that need. And then also her own lupus journey, and what it’s like to be a caregiver while managing a chronic illness.
Steven Newmark 00:52
Great! I’m looking forward to listening, and let’s get into it.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:56
Hi Gaile, welcome to “The Health Advocates.” We’re so excited to have you here. Can you begin by introducing yourself to our listeners?
Gaile Valcho 01:04
Hi, thanks for having me. I’m so happy to be with you this afternoon. My name is Gaile Valcho. I’m the Founder and President of the Brady Valcho Autism Foundation, and I live here in Holly Springs, North Carolina, with my husband and my son, Brady.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:18
Awesome. Well, yeah, let’s get into it. Can you tell us a little bit more about the Brady Valcho foundation and kind of like what inspired you to become an advocate for the autism community?
Gaile Valcho 01:30
So, my son, Brady, was diagnosed with autism at the age of two and a half. Then we lived in South Florida, when we received our diagnosis, and I sort of had a career at Carnival Cruise Line, and I had ramped off of that to be with him full time, because in the beginning, we took Brady to seven appointments a week, and it was a lot. But my advocacy work didn’t really sort of take hold until we moved here to Holly Springs, in 2016, the summer of 2016, and what I found when we moved here to our new community was there was a lot of resources that were lacking, that we had in place and that we curated for Brady in our town of Parkland, Florida, in South Florida. So, when we moved here, I was really surprised that I couldn’t find the same social skills groups, and recreational programs, and therapeutic providers that we had when we lived in Florida. So, I kind of took stock of my new community, which I loved, but I took it upon myself to create the Holly Springs Autism Acceptance Day Event with my husband. And also at that time, I was involved in the local running club, and there were some police officers that were also in the club with me. And one day, we were on a run, and I was talking about our son and the transitional struggles he was having, you know, moving here to a new city, in a new town, in a new school, and also the lack of resources. So, all of this was giving Brady a really hard time. So, I was explaining it to the captain at the Holly Springs police department, and I said, “What kind of training do the police officers get, specifically, to children with autism? My son is now starting to elope out of the house.” Luckily for me, I was a runner, so I was able to catch him, but I was worried that he was going to wander into a neighborhood and get lost, and it was very woodsy where we lived, and then maybe I wasn’t going to be able to find him. So, the police department really wanted to also get involved in the autism community; they just didn’t know what to do. So, I came up with a plan to have this big community event, free event, for everybody. And I brought my plan to the chief, and he loved the idea. So, the first Holly Springs Autism Acceptance Day Event was born, and in 2017, and it was held at the police department, outside on their grounds. And that very first one, we started with just 10 tables of resources, and a food truck, and a DJ, and a bounce house. I got everything donated, and we opened it up to the community, not just for children who were autistic, but for any child with a neurodiverse disability, and other kids in the in the community too, everybody was just welcome to come, because it was like a super fun day. And my husband and I were very nervous about, while I was the night before, I just thought, “Oh gosh, it’s gonna be me, you, Brady, and a bunch of police officers,” you know, at this event. When it started, you could just see the cars were just parking, and parents were just coming with their children, and just kept coming and coming. And it really was like that movie Field of Dreams – I don’t know if you ever saw it – but, that’s kind of like they just kept coming and, you know, bringing their kids. And we had just had our eighth one this past November, so for eight years…
Zoe Rothblatt 05:02
Congratulations.
Gaile Valcho 05:03
Yes, thank you, and it’s grown considerably. So, we’re very proud of it.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:07
Congratulations. Eight years is incredible. And I’m kind of just like remarking on the fact that you set this up to kind of look for acceptance and resources for your son and other people like your son, and then, like, your time out the night before, you were like, “Oh my gosh, is it just gonna be us?” And, you know, you’re approaching the chief and like, it’s like you’re also getting, like, the acceptance of you and like what you’re standing for. So, I just think, you know, it takes so much guts to go out there and say, like, I’m dealing with this. I gotta imagine other people in the community are and I’m noticing the lack of resources. Probably, I can imagine, I guess this is my question for you, like, did people come up to and say, like, “Oh my gosh, thank you, like, we didn’t even know these resources could exist,” because sometimes, like, when things are lacking, that’s just your normal, and you came into the situation saying, like, “This is abnormal, like, there’s so much we could be doing.”
Gaile Valcho 06:01
Yeah, exactly to your point. I did it because I knew that if I was struggling to find resources, there were other families struggling to find the same resources. And at that time, Holly Springs was a place I had never heard of before, before I lived here, but was really growing. It was growing in size, and companies were coming here, you know, tech companies were coming to the Raleigh triangle area. So, we were getting a big influx of families from all over, all out of the country and different states. And right now, one in 34 kids are being diagnosed with autism. So, it’s really not just a question of if I’m going to meet a kid with autism, just when I’m gonna meet a kid with autism. So yes, I could have just sat home and complained about it and did nothing, but I’m a New Yorker.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:50
I can relate, yeah. *laughter
Gaile Valcho 06:52
I just saw an opportunity to develop something and to contribute to my community, both my autism community, and my community where I actually live, and where my son lives and goes to school, and provide for other families, not just for my child. So yes, I get parents that come up to me at every single event and says, “We’ve met the speech pathologist that’s changed my daughter’s life,” or “My son looks forward to this event every year, and always ask, are we going to the Brady Valcho Autism Event?” You know, because it’s really such a fun day. We have not just the first responders in terms of police, but we have the fire department, they come with the fire truck, we have a magician, we have a DJ, food trucks, sensory activities. So really, what we’re getting is just a day that you can come with your child and we accept them for who they are, what they are, and it’s a judgment free zone. It’s a safe space for everybody. Parents are meeting other parents, children are dancing with other children, and it really is just an incredible three hours.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:01
Yeah, I love that. I think the notion of community support is just so important when you’re dealing with not just autism, but like, a chronic condition, whatever you’re dealing with that’s impacting your life on a daily basis, it’s just so important to find people that are dealing with the same thing, and, you know, be able to lean on them for support and also fun, like you’re saying, it doesn’t always have to be high stress. I’m sitting here, you know, complaining or overwhelmed. There are people out there that are feeling similarly, and they’re also feeling the good parts of it and the fun parts of it with you.
Gaile Valcho 08:33
It can be a very isolating time in a family’s life when your child is struggling with something like autism, just I know for us, in the beginning, we were in South Florida, you know, like I had mentioned, the seven appointments a week, the daily grind of that doesn’t leave a whole lot of time to do other things. And definitely, my son wasn’t always in a certain place where we could socialize, or I could take him to a playground, or he wasn’t always getting the invitations to the birthday parties, you know, and the ones that we managed to go to, maybe we could do 15-20 minutes to where we were getting overwhelmed. So, that can be very isolating to a family. There were times when I just couldn’t even get to Target; I’d get to the parking lot, and Brady was just like, “Not having it today,” and then I would turn right back around and go home. So, the day is, you know, providing those much needed resources of therapy, schools, camps, you know, recreational programs that are out there. And now that Brady is 17, I place transitional services, you know, because what’s going to happen for him next, right? What’s in his next chapter of his life? And we’ve seen over the years that we’re getting older parents coming with their older children, not just the real like little kids, you know, the 4, 5, 6-year-olds, but the teenagers are coming and the young adults are coming. I get autistic individuals in their 20s and 30s that come and they want to see, you know, what, what transitional and independent living skills, you know, can I go work on and how can I go obtain a job in my community? So, we’ve kind of made sure that those services were in place now at this last event, and, you know, and giving the the parents and the caregivers a sense of well-being and community as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:23
Yeah, I was actually just thinking that as you were talking, I love how you include the whole family and caregivers. It kind of just sounds like it’s an event where you know all are welcome to come and use your resources, which is just so important. Because, I mean, you know, there’s so much caregiver burnout, and while we love to care for our loved ones, it definitely does take a toll. And I know you were also diagnosed with lupus a few years ago, so it’s like you’re managing your own condition plus caregiving. Can you talk to us a little bit more about that journey and how you balanced it all?
Gaile Valcho 10:58
Yeah, I was diagnosed with lupus in February, of 2020, so right when the pandemic was sort of hitting the United States?
Zoe Rothblatt 11:07
Oh my gosh, yeah, so overwhelming.
Gaile Valcho 11:10
And, you know, but I had been sick, or getting sick, I’d say, the year or so before that. I just didn’t know what it was. And I was a marathon runner, and I was running like, three, sometimes four half marathons a year, and like I said, it was in that running group, right? So, something was happening to me, I just didn’t know what it was. But it was getting to the point of intensity that I knew it was serious, and I was really starting to, like, getting concerned about myself when I saw some major, major symptoms happening to me. So, within the span of that 2019, to 2020, went through, I don’t know how many doctor appointments in different places, finally got my diagnosis of lupus. It really had taken a toll on me, especially in the beginning few years of my lupus diagnosis, I was very, very ill, and probably went to the emergency room every couple of weeks. And you know, my husband and I were both obviously worried about, what does this mean? What is it going to mean for me down the line? Can this potentially get even worse? And Brady certainly wasn’t at that point, five years ago, understanding what was happening to his mother.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:22
Oh, right, yeah. Like, how did you even go about having those conversations?
Gaile Valcho 12:27
We didn’t really know in the beginning what was happening to me, until we got that definitive diagnosis. And I remember him being with me at the rheumatology office. And it was a snowstorm here, a crazy snowstorm, but before that, he would be at school, and the school would call me that Brady’s crying today, saying “My mom’s really sick. My mom’s really sick.” And I would just say, “Yeah, you know I hadn’t been feeling well, but I’m okay.” And that’s all I just trying to kept reassuring him, “Mom’s gonna be okay, and you know, Dad’s here,” and I just couldn’t parent the way I was parenting for obvious reasons. You know, there was days and even weeks sometimes that I just couldn’t get out of bed. And was going through major, major testing, and medications, injections, and all kinds of things at home. He was just trying to understand what had happened to my mom, who, like, ran like five days a week, and was this, like, dynamic person volunteering on the PTA and fitness classes and all of this to this, this woman who was just like in bed and now can’t get up. And he certainly couldn’t be with me, like, to the level where he was playing with me and interacting with me, I just couldn’t do it at that point. So, it was a lot for him to manage, and we would see some behavioral backlash from that, because he just had a hard time understanding what was going on.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:57
Yeah, I mean, at some level, it’s hard for any family member to watch a loved one struggling, looking for answers, especially a kid who relies so much on their mom, like Brady relies on you, even more so than maybe other children rely on their parents. So yeah, I can imagine how hard that is for him, but it seems like now probably you two have gone to a point where you support each other. You had mentioned in the beginning of the episode that it’s the eighth year of the Acceptance Day, so I don’t wanna assume, but you seem to be feeling a little bit better than 2020, and are maybe back to some of the things that you love doing.
Gaile Valcho 14:35
Yes, luckily, I started on a monthly treatment at Duke. So, I go for treatments and infusions, which has been, you know, managing my lupus, not to say that I don’t have some really rough days; I do. And Brady, now that he’s 17, he has a better understanding of what mom goes through and some of the things that I just can’t do. So, maybe I’m not able to go to a place that we had our heart set on going on a weekend, but what I can do is kind of like snuggle in bed and watch our favorite TV show, and he’s okay with that, and he’s been really wonderful. A lot of times, my husband will be at work, and if I’m not feeling well, my husband will say, “Brady, take care of mom.” “Okay, Mom, are you okay? Do you need anything? Oh, I wish she’d feel better.”
Zoe Rothblatt 15:22
Yeah, that’s so sweet.
Gaile Valcho 15:23
He really is. And so, he’s gotten to a better understanding of me. And we also use The Spoon Theory a lot in our house.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:32
Oh yes, I love The Spoon Theory, if you want to explain it for our listeners that don’t know.
Gaile Valcho 15:38
So, The Spoon Theory is something that I read about when I first got diagnosed, and it was a way that I used to explain it to some close girlfriends about where I was that particular day, or where my energy was. And I certainly used to use it with Brady when he was younger. So, essentially, you wake up and you have 12 spoons in a day, and so maybe doing a household task might take two or three spoons, and taking a walk might use two more spoons, and dropping your kids at school may use three more spoons. So, you have to sort of manage your day by the amount of these 12 spoons. And I’ll just say to him, “No, mom’s out of spoons right now, and I just can’t go to whatever with you right now.” So, he understands now, and Brady is such an analytical thinker. So, that puts it in a perfect context for him, like I could see the 12 spoons; she’s minus the six; she’s got six more. So, he gets a really good feeling for where I am then, when I use that kind of analogy.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:41
It’s true. Because, I mean, of course, you know, when you really look and know someone, there are signs that there’s pain and suffering, but for the most part, lupus can be an invisible illness, so it’s really up to you to advocate for yourself and say something like, “I don’t feel well today.” And like you’re saying I don’t have enough spoons, because sometimes we just don’t know how to tell people that we need this support, and we’re not getting it because it’s not so obvious. So, it’s really important to adapt and talk about what you’re going through, instead of trying to keep disguising it and going through our day.
Gaile Valcho 17:17
Exactly! Especially, like you had said, lupus is kind of like that, quote, unquote, “invisible chronic illness,” where on the surface I may look okay, but inside I’m not feeling 100% and it’s hard for people to, like, kind of reconcile that when they’re just like, looking at you surface level. So, I love The Spoon Theory, and I use it quite often.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:38
Awesome. Well, Gaile, I wanted to end the interview with when I noticed you sent over your bio, your favorite quote was from Ruth Bader Ginsburg, which is, “Fight for the things you care about, but do it in a way that will lead others to join you.” And I just wanted to ask, how has this quote guided you, and why is it so important to you?
Gaile Valcho 17:58
Well, you know, she’s like a particular hero of mine, and that quote, she has so many, but that one stands out to me as kind of like a little mantra of mine. Because yes, autism is something that I’m particularly passionate about, but I understand that others maybe not so much. So, the point of it is, is that to stand strong in your convictions, but not to be constantly on a platform where that’s all you’re doing is talking about that one subject, or just talking about how it affects you and your family. I would not be doing myself a good service, nor the autism community on a whole, if I only sought to seek resources just for the benefit of my child. I’m looking at it as a broad, more of an overarching viewpoint to where this benefits my child, but it’s also going to benefit your child and other children, who may or may not have autism, but maybe they have something else, and they can still benefit from the resources and the advocacy that I’m trying to put forward. So, I try not to beat people over the head with what I’m passionate about. That tends to inspire people a little bit more.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:14
Yeah, definitely. Gaile, thank you for all you do. I’m so inspired by you. I really feel like we need more people like you out there, and I know we only just met, but I can really feel from the bottom of my heart that you’re such a great mom to Brady, and it’s just really lovely hearing about you talk to him, and you’re smiling this whole interview, and just talking about like the beautiful life that you’ve built together as a family and community is really, really inspiring.
Gaile Valcho 19:42
Oh, thank you. That’s so nice to hear. That’s my best compliment. *laughter
Zoe Rothblatt 19:46
Of course. And you know, lastly, where can our listeners find out more about you and your foundation and the Awareness Day?
Gaile Valcho 19:53
So, we have a website. It’s www.BVA.foundation They can find all the information about the next event, how to donate to help us continue our work in the autism community, our work with law enforcement, and the free trainings that we provide to first responders and our story is on there too, and everything that they needed to know about the work that we’re doing here in North Carolina.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:21
Awesome. Well, thank you so much for joining us today, Gaile!
Gaile Valcho 20:25
Thank you so much for having me. It was a pleasure.
Steven Newmark 20:27
Wow. Zoe, well, that was another great interview. I noticed, as she mentioned, that she also has lupus, and that’s subject of one of our other podcasts that we’re launching called Clinical Trial Talks.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:38
Absolutely, yeah! And if you’re living with lupus or a caregiver to someone with lupus, I definitely encourage you to check that out, and we’ll drop a link in the show notes to our Lupus Help Center.
Steven Newmark 20:48
Well, thanks again for that great interview, and I have some bittersweet news. Unfortunately, this will be our last show with Zoe. Zoe and I started this podcast several years ago. We will continue the podcast, but Zoe is moving on to greener pastures, as they say, and I dare say, as much as I am going to enjoy continuing on with the podcast, it will not be the same without you, Zoe. Thank you for everything over these past few years, you’ve been such a joy to work with, and we’ll talk more offline.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:14
Thanks, Steven, yeah. I mean, now I can officially say, like we’re podcasters – We did it! We’ve had a podcast for a few years. It’s been awesome working with you and hear your perspective on these issues while bringing in the patient voice. I really admire how you balance the two of like the lawyer side of you to the patient advocate side of you. And listeners, I’ll always be a health advocate at heart and Steven, I’m excited to tune in and see where you take the podcast next.
Steven Newmark 21:41
Yeah, well, hopefully we’ll have you back as a guest someday, right, Zoe?
Zoe Rothblatt 21:44
Yeah, that would be cool.
Steven Newmark 21:45
Your expertise as a true health policy professional and greater health advocate than you could ever imagined.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:52
Yeah, I’m always around for this group.
Steven Newmark 21:54
All right, excellent. Well, we’ll see you soon. Let’s say it like that.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:58
And listeners, for the last time, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 22:12
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 22:18
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
The Price of Politics: Healthcare Impacts of Tariffs, Budget Cuts, and Misinformation
In this episode, Steven breaks down a tumultuous week in public health and healthcare policy — from a growing trade war with China and its potential impact on medical imports, to the elimination of a vital pain research office at the National Institutes of Health (NIH). He also unpacks the mixed messaging from HHS Secretary RFK Jr. on vaccines, including unchecked claims about measles treatments.
Tune in for a timely and important public health update.

The Price of Politics: Healthcare Impacts of Tariffs, Budget Cuts, and Misinformation
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m your host, Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Well, it’s been quite a week, quite a month, quite some times in the health care advocacy world, in the health policy world generally, and, generally, for our country. So, the number one word, I think, if you were to do a Google search in the past week, two weeks, has been the word ‘tariffs’. Tariffs are everywhere – You probably read about them every hour, even if you’re not trying to. At least I do, and I’m not even trying to at this point. But, put succinctly, our country enacted a lot of tariffs. I’m actually not even gonna attempt to get into the specifics of what happened and what was rescinded, because there have been so many and it’s difficult to keep up. And I am going to necessarily fumble and not get it all accurate. Not to mention, by the time we finished recording this episode, things may have changed, and I’m not exaggerating when I say that, that’s how fast things are moving. But in a nutshell, we had tariffs imposed on nearly every country in the world, nearly every country that we do trade with. We imposed large tariffs last week. Those tariffs were essentially rescinded towards the end of the week, with the exception of a 10% tariff across the board on all nations, as well as a very large tariff on China by the end of last week. We’re recording this on Monday, April 14, just to level set. So, by the end of last week, we had a large tariff imposed on China. At one point it was 84%, then it went up to 104%, and again, I should not get into the details, because I’m going to get I’m going to get some wrong, but the point is, we essentially got to the point where we’re in a full fledged trade war with China, if not close to an embargo of China versus the United States. At one point, President Trump announced an exemption for trade dealing with the electronics and phone devices. As most folks are aware, a lot of electronics, including on nearly every phone that’s used in the United States is manufactured in China. You know, imposing a 104% tariff would really raise the price on what I, personally, consider not to be very cheap products to begin with. So, that would cause some disruption for folks needing phones, which is, basically, every adult human being and beyond in the United States. So there was a carve out. And then on Sunday, President Trump sent out a tweet saying that there is no carve out, that they’re part of a different set of tariffs, something having to deal with superconductors. It’s very convoluted, but it’s a long winded way of saying we are now in a full fledged trade war with China. The rest of the world, as I mentioned, we put a 90 day pause, I didn’t mention the 90 day pause, we put a 90 day pause on tariffs elsewhere, but at the end of those 90 days, we don’t know what’s going to happen. Number one. Number two, we don’t know if the President is going to change his mind before those 90 days and impose additional tariffs on those countries. It’s very shocking to the system to say the least. Quite frankly, it’s not really the way we’re used to doing things in a democracy. Tariffs are generally set in our nation by the legislative branch, that’s not what happened here; they’re being set by the president with the approval of the legislative branch, but the President keeps moving and changing tariffs, which is causing consternation, to say the least, for a lot of folks who like to buy things, which is pretty much all of us, as well as a lot of folks who have money invested in the stock market, which is a lot of folks. So, that’s where we are. And how does this relate to health care, and health needs, and health policies? Well, we do import a lot of goods. We import medical devices and a lot of pharmaceutical products. A lot of our drugs are imported from other jurisdictions, of course, including most notably China. Now, President Trump has said that pharmaceutical products are currently exempt from his tariff plan, but that they, quote, “are coming soon.” Tariffs are coming soon to pharmaceutical products. So, obviously, for anyone listening who takes a pharmaceutical product, which, again, is mostly every American, I know, I go to CVS quite often just to collect my Tylenol or Advil or whatever the heck else I need, or stomach medication, if it is produced overseas, these are going to get hit with tariffs at some point in the future, and we will have to see the specifics and the particular drug product that you use. The same goes for medical devices. If you are a user of medical devices, even simple ones, such as crutches, perhaps that are manufactured overseas, the tariff could certainly impact you. So, just to recap, tariffs on medical devices and other products for consumers could push up prices for health care providers that, potentially, impact the availability of essential equipment and supplies. This means that your local health care provider may have less supplies to go around if you’re visiting in person to see a supplier. It could mean that your employer, whom you get your insurance through, or your insurance carrier, may decide not to cover certain medications, or may raise rates in response to these tariff costs. So, that’s how it could certainly directly impact patients, but indirectly the impact on all Americans, but patients in particular, if you start to feel a struggle financially in one side of your ledger, if you will, that could have an impact on how you proceed with medications. If you’re struggling financially, if there are pressures at your job, if you, unfortunately, lose your job due to some of these issues in the marketplace, that could necessarily have an impact on your mental health, which, of course, can translate into an impact on your physical health as well. So, look, these are things that we will continue to look into. I, actually, am doing my best not to read the word tariff in my own personal life. However, it seems as though I can’t pick up my phone without seeing the word strewn about somewhere. So, we’re all living in this world, as I said, it’s not the world we were living in a few months ago, but here we are, and we’ll see how it impacts patients and what you can do in terms of it. I joked to some friends, you know, it’s time to stock up on iPhones now, before the prices really jump. Fortunately, I wasn’t the only one who made that joke, or less joke, because it turns out that the prices have skyrocketed already in anticipation. So anyway, I have no other advice. I’m not an economist, and I’ll leave it there, so we will try to our best to navigate these tariffs together. Moving on other news this week, so we’ve talked a lot about some of these cuts that have been implemented by the Trump administration across government and through Elon Musk and his DOGE office. So, one I just wanted to highlight this week, they have essentially eliminated a pain research office that was part of the National Institutes of Health. They actually fired everyone, except for one individual, who I suspect will be repurposed elsewhere. It’s called the National Institute of Health, their Office of Pain Policy and Planning, and this was eliminated just last week, and this was a unit which was devoted to coordinating pain related research across the federal government. Advocates, such as us at GHLF, we worry that crucial products related both to acute and chronic pain could essentially come to a halt. The office was housed within the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, and its work intersected with that of numerous other NIH institutes and federal agencies. So, that is a real world example of something that patients look to, patients that deal with pain, which are many folks that we know who deal with pain regularly, and an office whose essential job was to look into pain, and policy, and planning, and help try and create a society that would be better geared towards helping folks navigate life with pain has now been eliminated as a result of some of these cuts. And then later, he actually posted again on acts, this time to promote what I will charitably call unorthodox, unproven treatments for measles, and I’ll get into that in a moment. Then later in the week, on Thursday, RFK espoused the idea that respiratory vaccines targeting only one portion of a pathogen don’t work. He made this claim in an interview with CBS News, and when pressed on why political appointees at the FDA delayed granting full approval to Novavax’s COVID vaccine, he used it as an opportunity to essentially say that these vaccines targeting only one portion of the pathogen don’t work, essentially. And just as a reminder, the original COVID-19 shots targeted a single protein, and they proved to be highly effective in the use against COVID. And that’s just a real world example to pay attention to. Moving on, it’s yet another week where our HHS Secretary was in the news for vaccines. He actually started out last week speaking positively about vaccines in light of even more cases of measles, including a second death in Texas, an otherwise healthy child who was unvaccinated for the measles. The Secretary of Health and Human Services, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., said last Sunday that I will quote, “the most effective way to prevent the spread of measles is the MMR vaccine.” He posted that on X and that was his most direct statement yet on the issue of vaccines, and with specificity to measles. He did stop short of recommending vaccinations. He just said that it’s the most effective way to prevent the spread of measles. The same is true for a new class of vaccines that is targeted against RSV. But of course, this could have significant implications for the development of new vaccines when the big boss at HHS is espousing such things. He also, as I mentioned previously, he promoted the idea of unorthodox treatments, and those treatments, specifically from measles, he mentioned cod liver oil and vitamin A – these are unproven. In fact, I did a pretty healthy search, no pun intended, and I could not come across one peer reviewed study looking at vitamin A or cod liver oil, and its effects on measles patients. So, the idea that one should consider using cod liver oil in lieu of taking vaccines is unfounded, to say the least. And I just want to take a personal moment to say the idea of promoting such things is dangerous. I have friends and family members who will say, “well, what’s the harm? What’s the harm? What’s the harm in just having a little cod liver oil, or what’s the harm in having vitamin A?” And then the harm is simply this, number one, you’re putting something into your body, and you don’t know its effects, and you’re oftentimes, when you do that, you’re not informing your medical provider, you’re not informing your doctor. And there could be interactions that taking higher doses of vitamin A, or cod liver oil, and with other medications that you’re on. Another obvious issue is, if you’re taking these medications in lieu of taking medications that work, then you’re putting yourself at risk for obtaining the disease, and also not eradicating the disease from your body, and thus spreading the disease. If I were to say, for the common cold, I have or for a flu, the cure would be to hop on one leg for 10 seconds and then that could help cure the flu. Is there a harm to doing that? Well, I guess technically, in that situation, no, there’s no harm, per se, but if you think that doing that is curing you, and then you go out into the world thinking that you were cured, you’re then spreading your illness to others. So, there is an unintended harm that you may not be thinking of with some of these supplements. Also, when it comes to supplements and vitamins, it should be noted that they are not regulated with the same rigor that medications are. And by that I mean, specifically, the actual products that you’re buying from the rigor and testing that what you’re buying actually contains the product that it says that it contains inside the bottle is not tested to the same rigor that actual medications are held to, not to mention in terms of their safety and efficacy for both short term and long term use, are not tested the way the FDA tests other products. So, those are things that you should keep in mind. And just as an aside, a lot of the vitamin products are found naturally in foods, and if you are obtaining more than enough vitamins from the food that you eat, adding additional vitamins may prove to be harmful in some instances or may not, but certainly may prove to be unnecessary, if nothing else. So, those are just some things to keep in mind. And with that, I want to say before we end, if you’re interested in hearing more about how the FDA works and some of these cutbacks might mean to the FDA, not to mention what we were talking about in terms of using unfounded medicine. Definitely check out the latest episode of our sister podcast “Healthcare Matters,” where it was a great interview with Peter Pitts, former Assistant Commissioner of the FDA, and he dives a lot deeper into some of these issues, so I definitely recommend that. So, with that, thanks for joining us here on “The Health Advocates.” It’s always a pleasure to talk about what’s going on, even though the subject matter is not always pleasant, unfortunately. It’s great talking to you all, and we love hearing from you. And last before we go, we have some big news for lupus patients: This week, we launched our lupus Help Center here at GHLF, you can find that at lupushelpcenter.org That’s lupushelpcenter.org And there’s great resources for lupus patients to find information on your disease journey and living your best life with lupus. Stay tuned for more information, and we’ll continue to pass it along. Well, everyone, thanks for listening to the “Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 12:55
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Layoffs, Resignations, and Measles … Oh My: A Troubling Week in Public Health
It’s been a whirlwind week in public health. In this episode, host Steven Newmark breaks down a string of major developments coming out of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). From mass layoffs across HHS, including at the FDA, to the resignation of the country’s top vaccine regulator, these changes raise serious concerns—especially amid a rising measles outbreak.
Tune in to hear what this means for patients, public health efforts, and the fight against vaccine hesitancy.

Layoffs, Resignations, and Measles ... Oh My: A Troubling Week in Public Health
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m your host, Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. And well, this week, it’s been quite a doozy in the health care world. There’s a lot to discuss and how it relates to public health policy and what it might mean specifically for our community, the chronically ill patients and those dealing with various other ailments, and what it might need. So, let’s get into it. Last Thursday, HHS Secretary, Robert Kennedy (RFK), announced that they would be laying off 10,000 staffers at Health and Human Services, the Food and Drug Administration will be the hardest hit, accounting for about 35% of that total, followed by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the CDC, some might recall that RFK is perhaps making good on a promise he made last fall before the election, when he told the FDA workers that they should plan to, “pack their bags.” Well, I guess now is the time to start packing for some of these folks. Now, that being said, even though HHS will be operating with about three quarters of the people it had before Trump took office, RFK has pledged in a video message that the cuts won’t affect crucial services that HHS oversees, like reviewing drugs before they hit the market and responding to disease outbreaks. However, a lot of former HHS leaders dispute that, and when you cut 25% of your workforce just viscerally, it sounds like it would be difficult to maintain the same level of care, but we shall see. Robert Califf, who led the FDA during the Obama and Biden administrations, has said that his former colleagues at HHS are, quote, demoralized. He said, I’ve never seen a group of hard working people treated so disrespectfully in the workplace. And I have to say, from a distance, on the outside, looking in, I understand what he is saying and what folks might be feeling, both those who have been let go from HHS and those who have not been let go but are still there. So, we should see. The former Chief of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, Chiquita Brooks-LaSure, who led the agency under the Biden administration, spoke to reporters on Friday. She spoke about some specific areas that she has concerns with. She focused in on nursing home inspections, she said that that is an area that has always been significantly underfunded, and she fears it might get worse with these cuts, of course. She said, I’ll use her exact quote, “People are just not appreciating the devastating changes at HHS that have come down the pike this past week with the HHS workforce, it’s crucial that the people are able to get the care that they need.” So, that’s what’s going on at Health and Human Services, the organization at large, in one of its sub agencies, the FDA, last Friday, Peter Marks resigned from his post as the FDA’s top vaccine regulator, after he was told by Trump administration officials that it was either resign or be fired. He chose to resign. Public health experts and former FDA commissioners have been speaking out and are alarmed by Mr. Marks’ ouster. What it pretends about containing infectious disease, given that Robert F Kennedy’s anti vaccine agenda. As part of his resignation, Mr. Marks, on Friday night, spoke of concerns with the leadership at the FDA and with HHS generally, and their views on vaccines and their skepticism and what it might portend going forward. And he specifically, noted some fear with relate in terms of as infections start to rise, particularly in view of what is happening with the measles outbreak in parts of this country. He specifically said it is unconscionable with the measles outbreaks across the United States to not have a full-throated endorsement of measles vaccinations. Speaking of measles, the outbreak in Texas and elsewhere around the country is getting worse. Officials said that they had identified 400 cases as of last Friday, primarily in the western part of the state. That represents a 20% jump from the cases just a few days prior, outbreaks are also growing in New Mexico, which now has 44 cases; Kansas, which has 23 cases; as of Friday, Oklahoma, nine cases; and Ohio, 10 cases. So, we’re talking at close to 500 cases, if not more than 500 cases, and this is all coming amongst as the alarm grows among public health experts over what HHS Secretary RFK’s response has been to the outbreak, including his suggestion that things like vitamin A and cod liver oil could be effective treatments for measles. Spoiler alert, they’re not (!). And on top of that, these cuts that we have been describing at HHS have impacted people, who track the spread of measles and other infectious diseases, as well as cancel grants that include research on vaccine hesitancy. That being said, as the measles outbreak continues to grow, there has been a growing increase of folks, who had previously been anti vaccine or vaccine skeptical. Particularly, in these areas where the outbreak has grown, they become very pro vaccine, let’s say they, they’re starting to rush to out to get vaccines, which I guess is a good thing in some respects. And as we have said multiple times on this podcast, the best way to protect yourself, when it comes to measles or any of these other infectious diseases, that have been nearly eradicated, and heavy emphasis on the word nearly the best way to protect yourself, of course, is to get yourself vaccinated. And for diseases such as measles, it’s really making sure that children that you are around are vaccinated with the MMR vaccine. So, that’s where we are. Fun times…to say the least…lots of cuts at HHS, the departure of a chief vaccine authority at the FDA, and growing measles – I know that’s not fun stuff. It’s a tough time in public health, as we have talked about on the podcast previously. But we’re going to stay on top of everything, as we always do here at “The Health Advocates,” and we will continue to advocate on behalf of all patients, and on behalf of the idea of trusting science, and making sure that we continue to expand the profile of our patients, and continue to expand the idea that public health is a good thing for the public at large, and that’s really all there is to say on that. Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Steven Newmark and we’ll see you next time.
Narrator 06:25
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Measles Outbreaks, Medicaid Cuts, and More: A Health Policy Update
In this episode, our hosts break down the latest health care news, from the cancellation of a long-running diabetes study to the rising number of measles cases across the U.S. They also discuss the nomination of Dr. Oz to lead the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), potential Medicaid cuts tied to tax policy changes, and major layoffs at a key health research agency.
Tune in to hear what these developments mean for patients and how they could impact access to care.

Measles Outbreaks, Medicaid Cuts, and More: A Health Policy Update
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:18
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:22
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:28
And today, we’re gonna break down some of the latest health care news, especially the federal level. Steven, if you wanna kick us off?
Steven Newmark 00:35
Yeah, it’s hard to keep up with what’s happening in Washington and then, particularly, what’s happening from the White House; things move very fast. It’s almost impossible to discuss everything that’s happening, but we’ll do our best to cherry pick a few topics and see what’s happening down there. Let’s start, this just came up a couple of days ago. The Trump administration has canceled funding for a 30 year nationwide study that’s tracking patients with pre-diabetes and diabetes. This move is coming despite calls to tackle chronic conditions under Robert Kennedy’s Health and Human Services direction.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:09
Yeah, so this is upsetting to see. Obviously, it’s tracking patients with pre-diabetes and diabetes. That’s a large portion of people we know diabetes rely on, you know, regular access to medication, and like this research helps contribute to that, I would imagine, so to see funding canceled for a 30 year program like, has to give you pause to think, like, how is that going towards, like, a healthy agenda?
Steven Newmark 01:33
Yeah, it got swept up in some cancelations of other items, and there’s a lot of break things first and figure it out later. I would suspect that this was not something that was targeted per se, but as you can imagine, a 30 year study is tough to replicate – It’s not something you can just put back together pretty easily, but here we are. That’s one of the many things that’s happening. Another thing that’s happening around the country, we should mention, just in terms of public health, is measles, measles, measles, measles. There have been over 300 measles cases reported so far. That’s more than the annual total of 12 of the past 15 years, and it’s still only March, so the most notable cases are taking place in Texas and New Mexico, and cases are continuing to rise. We don’t know the actual numbers; there are a lot of thoughts that the true numbers might be much higher, but it’s continuing to spread around the country. And while these numbers do sound low, a few 100, we’re talking about a disease that was, essentially, eradicated not too long ago. So, the idea that a lot of folks are not getting vaccinated is what is contributing to the, unnecessary, I would call it outbreaks around the country.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:36
Yeah, we’ve gotten emails from people in our community about these measles outbreaks and once previously, like it’s been happening over the past couple of years, and obviously, like you’re saying, it’s getting more concerning, with just over 300 cases now, and people not getting vaccinated. To the people in our community that are reaching out to us, we’d always recommend talking to your doctor, and checking out your vaccination status with your doctor. But if you’re up to date on vaccines, you’re pretty well-protected.
Steven Newmark 03:03
That’s absolutely right. If you’re up to date on vaccines, you’re well-protected. And to the extent you are having conversations with others in your community, you might have questions about getting vaccines, not to lay it on too thick, but you know, letting folks know the safety and efficacy of the measles vaccine is certainly, that’s certainly news that’s worth of spreading, not to mention, what it’s like to live with a chronic condition, and the increased fear that comes should more communicable diseases become the norm again in this country.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:28
And if you do live with a chronic illness and are worried, and you know, have travel plans coming up, like definitely, just stay up to date on where there’s an increase in cases, and hopefully you can try to avoid those areas for the time being.
Steven Newmark 03:40
Lastly, as it relates to measles, former CDC director Rochelle Walensky, actually argued that we should increase the national recommendations for the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine, the MMR vaccine. It currently includes two is the standard for infant 6-11 months, and Dr. Walensky argues that it should include a third dose for folks, who are traveling to any region with a higher probability of measles exposure.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:03
Is that just for that same age group, 6-11 months that recommendation?
Steven Newmark 04:07
Correct. Yeah, just for that same age group, yeah, yeah. But because those are the most vulnerable.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:11
So, unless we have any 6-11 month old listeners, or, I guess, parents of 6-11 month olds, yeah.
Steven Newmark 04:19
Exactly. Yeah, parents. In fact, when we talk about the measles vaccine, we’re directing public health in this sphere. You know, when I say “we,” I’m talking about you and me, Zoe, but we’re really, probably, directing more towards folks, who have children, have small children. Adults, almost assuredly, were given their MMR vaccines at the appropriate stages of development, whereas now there are a lot more folks electing to opt out for their children.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:42
And that’s where we continue to see a lot of these outbreaks, and like, school age children.
Steven Newmark 04:46
Yeah, moving on. Dr. Oz, famous from TV and to a lesser extent, as an actual medical provider, was on Capitol Hill, he is President Trump’s choice to lead the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and otherwise known as CMS. He was on, as I said, Capitol Hill last week. He, interestingly, he pledged a crackdown on Medicare Advantage plans, even though when he ran his television show, he was a proponent of Medicare Advantage plans, but times change and administrations change, and when you want a job, you want a job, I guess.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:16
Yeah, hasn’t he always wanted to, like, privatize Medicare, which is like more towards how Medicare Advantage works?
Steven Newmark 05:22
Yes, which is right, akin to Medicare Advantage. Yeah, but when you’re on Capitol Hill, you know, you say what you got to say, like, yeah, I don know, we’ll see what happens.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:30
And he also seemed open to reducing Medicaid spending. So, yeah, I guess we’ll see what happens there. But obviously that’s concerning to us, like as health advocates, we always want patients to have more access to insurance, especially Medicaid, where it’s low income and disabled people.
Steven Newmark 05:48
Right. And speaking of Medicaid and cuts, as Republicans look to extend the Trump tax cuts from the first administration, they have to find corresponding offsets in spending, and most notable way that they are likely to find corresponding cuts is through Medicaid. All the stuff that Elon Musk is doing, etc, is really just not even a drop in the bucket. It’s like a drop in the ocean, to say the least, in terms of cutting budgets to find the real meat, if to continue on with the tax cuts, the likely cuts are going to go, looks like they’re going to go, towards Medicare or Medicaid in some capacity, at least, that’ll be the target. We’ll see what happens when that works its way through with the legislative process.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:26
And how long does a process like that typically take? Do you know, like, would those cuts happen this year, or is that over, like, a few years of this administration we’d see that?
Steven Newmark 06:35
It depends. First, they have to get a bill, in which to pass. And the timeline for that, I think, is targeting probably late summer, which really means it’s going to be sometime in the fall, for legislation. And you know, we’ll see what the pushback is. I think that there are a lot of folks who supported Republican members of Congress, Republican senators, and President Trump, who are not going to want to see Medicaid funding cut. So, if Medicaid funding is the offset that is being sought, it’s going to be difficult. There’s really no other line item that is comparable to Medicare, Medicaid, the others might be Social Security. And the only other one that’s even in the ballpark, but really not is defense spending. And defense spending is not it also means jobs, specifically, because defense spending is often code for the procurement of weapons that are built in the United States and are big job producers. So, the likelihood of defense spending is even more remote than Medicaid, although Medicaid is in some respects a job producer as well, because there are health care providers in every jurisdiction, of course, and you know, Medicaid helps support those. So, we’ll see how that goes; we don’t know.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:42
I feel like so often, we’re like, “we’ll see where it goes.” But that’s like, the world of health policy, right?
Steven Newmark 07:47
Well, yeah, that’s the world of all policy. You know, there’s so much happening so fast that by the time you get to the tax cut extension, which is where the commensurate Medicaid cuts are likely to be, it’ll be, you’re talking like, a few months down the road, and a few months down the road, and particularly, with this administration, is like several lifetimes to say the least. So, we’ll see, we’ll see. We’ll keep an eye on it, and as it impacts patients, we’ll certainly update folks, and we may even be advocating on behalf of patients in some respects, when it comes to some pieces of legislation.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:16
Definitely. And listeners, if you’re interested in getting involved, we’ll drop a link in our show notes about the 50-State-Network. You can always feel free to email us and join to share your story around advocacy issues like these.
Steven Newmark 08:28
Definitely, and I just want to mention one more little piece of news: there’s a little known health and human services agency that’s facing big layoffs. It’s AHRQ called AHRQ, it’s a smaller, less well known agency within HHS, and it’s the only agency that researches what patients get from health care, and how to improve care. The agency has also been keen getting insurers to cover free preventive services, such as mammograms. The reason I want to mention that because of its direct impact on patients, it’s as of now, it’s being swept up in the mass layoffs being led by Elon Musk and his DOGE crew. Then, I think there’s certainly an impact to be felt for patients with these layoffs, specifically.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:09
Definitely, especially, you know, if RFK Jr. wants to reduce chronic disease, this is, seems to be a group that’s helping achieve that goal, right? By improving care and covering of preventive services, so it kind of just feels like it maybe goes against that or delays that mission.
Steven Newmark 09:27
Yeah, no, absolutely. One prime example is, AHRQ is researching how ultra-processed foods contribute to childhood obesity, and how that might lead to chronic illness, and they’re helping to identify a link between areas saturated with unhealthy food options, and higher hospitalization rates for causes related to diabetes. If you take away research like that, if you take away the ability to conduct such research, you’re not going to have these findings, you’re not going to be able to take such findings, and try to influence policies such as increasing reimbursement for preventive services and so forth.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:59
Yeah, well, Steven, thanks for breaking down the news with me, while it wasn’t like the most hopeful news this week, it’s important to talk about and like continue to advocate on behalf of patients.
Steven Newmark 10:11
All right, let’s end on a positive note, it’s mid March, it’s almost the end of March, and flu rates are going way down in the United States, so I’ll give you something positive, and COVID is still very, very low in the United States. Is that a good one?
Zoe Rothblatt 10:22
Yeah, round of applause for that. That’s good to hear.
Steven Newmark 10:25
Okay, excellent, excellent. So, take the good, you take the bad, I guess. Before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 10:36
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 10:49
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 10:55
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Legislating for Patients: Sen. Shane Reeves, A Pharmacist in Public Office
In this episode our hosts sit down with Tennessee State Senator Shane Reeves, a pharmacist-turned-legislator, to discuss his journey from pharmacy to public office. Senator Reeves shares his firsthand insights into the obstacles pharmacists face in patient care and policy, the role of pharmacy benefit managers (PBMs), and why transparency in health care pricing is crucial for patients. He also breaks down his legislative efforts to support independent pharmacies, improve medication adherence, and advocate for patient-first policies.
Tune in for an engaging conversation on the intersection of health care and policy, and why patients should build strong relationships with their pharmacists.

Legislating for Patients: Sen. Shane Reeves, A Pharmacist in Public Office
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:06
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we have a special guest: he’s a state senator and also a pharmacist by training, actually a third generation – Senator Reeves of Tennessee. He’s a seventh generation Tennessean that earned his undergraduate degree from Middle Tennessee State University and a Doctor of Pharmacy from the University of Tennessee. In 2018, Senator Reeves was elected as a state senator for the 14th district. So, with that, let’s hear from Senator Reeves.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:52
Yeah, this is pretty cool. I’m excited to hear from Senator Reeves and his impact on patients in the larger community.
Steven Newmark 00:58
Yeah, let’s get into it. Well. Thank you, Senator Reeves, and thank you for joining us here today. Welcome to the show.
Sen. Shane Reeves 01:04
Glad to be here. Very much appreciate the opportunity to be with you, Steven.
Steven Newmark 01:07
Excellent! Well, let’s start with what led you to public service; you went from the pharmacy counter to the State House. So, how did that happen?
Sen. Shane Reeves 01:14
Couple of things happened in my life early on. Number one, my father’s a pharmacist, and my father was also in public service. He was a mayor of my small town growing up, so I grew up with an individual that was in public office that I could already could see the difference you can make in the public service. So, I had a little bit of the Public Service itch whenever I graduated pharmacy school, and then along the way, as I got to be older, a couple things happen. One is I just continue to fall more and more in love with my state. They wanted to give back in some way, but probably the biggest reason, ultimately, had to do with my love for pharmacy, my love for patient care, and my desire to really want to try to make a difference in the state senate, because there just weren’t that many people, who have a background in health care in the Senate.
Steven Newmark 01:57
Yeah, that actually, it is unusual to find a pharmacist in elected office. I mean, we know of several members of Congress. How many pharmacists are you aware of, personally, in elected office? Are there any other in Tennessee?
Sen. Shane Reeves 02:07
Funny, you say that because Tennessee, I can’t speak across the country, but Tennessee is pharmacist heavy in the Senate. Believe, believe it or not, our lieutenant governor, there’s 33 senators in Tennessee. We have 95 counties, 7 million people, 33 senators, our lieutenant governor, top person, he’s an old hospital pharmacist. He’s a top guy. Our speaker, pro tem, the number two person is a pharmacist. Both these guys are retired. They’ve been out for years, but they both just happen to be pharmacists. And then there’s me. So, of our 33, 10% of the entire Senate are pharmacists. Now, don’t get me wrong, the two guys that, I’m not retired, I’m like, mid 50s, so I’m still working, but these guys are also pharmacists, so it’s been good, and we’ve got a pretty loud voice together.
Steven Newmark 02:50
Wow. Well, that’s great to hear. I mean, it’s really helpful from our perspective as patients to have folks, who understand the industry, and understand the importance of medications, and being on the right therapies. Let’s turn to a little policy matters: from your personal experience and perspective as a pharmacist, what role do pharmacy benefit managers play in the health care space from your side of the stakeholder table?
Sen. Shane Reeves 03:10
As a senator or as a pharmacist?
Steven Newmark 03:12
Let’s use as a pharmacist, first and foremost, you consider yourself a pharmacist before a senator, right?
Sen. Shane Reeves 03:17
I’m a clinician at heart. I really deeply am, I care about patients, specifically patients with chronic conditions. That’s my whole life has kind of been built around taking care of those folks. So, as a pharmacist, I think when PBMs are first introduced decades ago, they had a real vital function. They came to the table; they helped control costs; they put formulas in place. And early on in my career, they made a lot of sense. But somewhere along the way, they decided to move from just being a gatekeeper to wanting to own the kingdom, and so, now they control what medications people take. They control what pharmacists get paid, how soon they get paid, whether they’re going to give authorization or not to things. Many times they’ll pay the pharmacist, and then a couple of months later, change their mind, and scrape that money back. So, they’ve really gotten away from trying to be a partner in the health care marketplace, and nowadays, most pharmacists, I know it’s a real adversarial relationship with PBMs, and that’s unfortunate. That’s just unfortunate. There’s three major PBMs in the country today: you’ve got Caremark, you got Optum, and you got Express Scripts, and they’ve got about 80% of the market share. I know a lot of people, who work for them, very good people, but they’ve really, in my opinion, gotten away from their original calling of trying to just be this intermediary taking care of patients that need pharmaceuticals, and they’ve gotten so profit minded that they’ve just run over the providers, who help build their business. So, and don’t get me wrong, they have provided a lot of value, and even to this date, they can provide value, but I don’t think as fondly of them as I did 25 years ago.
Steven Newmark 04:39
Right. No, I totally understand. It’s a little bit like the law of unintended consequences, but more so it’s the beast that has been created that has gone astray, a little bit.
Sen. Shane Reeves 04:49
It really has been. And so, as a senator, you can only imagine and being a patient advocate being down there’s a lot of the legislation I have carried has been directly focused on that things like, an example is an idea called Patient Steering, which is basically this, if the doctor writes an order to come to my pharmacy and the patient’s supposed to come there, the PBM should not jump in front of that order and steer it to their own pharmacy that they happen to own in Illinois. I mean, in Tennessee, really, truly, the patient has the right to choose where to get the prescription filled, and the doctor should have the right to send the prescription to whatever pharmacy he chooses. So, little things like that, I’ve tried to do on a PBM level along the way to help patients, help providers, help docs, help pharmacists. PBMs probably didn’t like me a whole lot before I ran for office…
Steven Newmark 05:31
Yeah…
Sen. Shane Reeves 05:32
…and now that I’ve run, they really don’t like me. *laughter
Steven Newmark 05:34
So, you’ve spoken publicly about your support of increased transparency in the health care space, especially, as it relates to PBMs. Can you talk about how this lack of transparency impacts pharmacists in Tennessee and, ultimately, impacts patients?
Sen. Shane Reeves 05:46
I mean, just imagine if you had to get in your car every day and you were gonna go get gas, but every single gas station you went to, they didn’t publish the rates, and you had five gas stations in a row. One of them was $3 a gallon and one was $50 a gallon, and you didn’t know until after you pumped it into your tank and actually went to pay for it. That would seem to be ridiculous. Are you going to go buy an airline ticket and you have no idea what you’re going to pay for, what it’s going to cost until you actually have to pay for it? I mean, health care is the only profession, really and truly, where people just don’t have insight into what they’re going to pay for things. And what that does, in turn, is it doesn’t create consumerism, where people can choose, and it doesn’t create a sense of competitiveness, where providers can all kind of compete with each other for the business. So, not having transparency in the PBM world, or in health care in general, really is holding back our entire health care system from moving forward. And by the way, this is probably more than your listeners want to know, there are other countries around the world that have dealt with this head on – Singapore is a good example. They’ve opened the floodgates in Singapore, as far as transparency, 100% of every single thing is shopped. If you’re gonna go see a doctor because you’ve got a cold, you know what it’s gonna cost. If your wife’s gonna have a baby, you know what it’s gonna cost. And you can shop it. You can say, you know, I don’t think I want to have a $20,000 baby at the top floor of the hospital. I, actually, want to have this baby here that’s $5,000 at my house, but, but one of the reasons that’s the case is people in Singapore are paying for it themselves, or health insurance is a lot of their own dollars, the way they do it. So, they really care about cost, they care about quality, and they absolutely care about transparency.
Steven Newmark 07:18
It’s interesting. I used to work at a hospital, and the CEO used to use a similar analogy, you would say, would be like going to buy a television, and you go into the store, there’s no prices listed, and how are you supposed to choose? And you go to check out, and they just charge you whatever it is.
Sen. Shane Reeves 07:31
Now, our health care system is fragmented enough as it is, and it’s expensive enough, and it’s a day between acute care and a post acute care, and so many players that are out there, it’s just the fact that we don’t have a true capitalistic transparency system for people to be able to shop health care is impacting cost and quality and transparency, not to mention just people having faith in the health care system because of all of that.
Steven Newmark 07:51
Yeah, no, absolutely, absolutely. Actually, I want to ask about that, but before we do, let me just one more question on PBMs and pharmacies, specifically, what impact do they have on independent pharmacies, and what steps can be taken to support independent pharmacies, to ensure for fair reimbursement rates?
Sen. Shane Reeves 08:06
They’ve crushed independent pharmacies. There’s nobody out there listening right this minute that I can say today, that would tell me there’s a whole lot more independence today than there was 10 years ago. PBMs have crushed that profession; they’ve shrunk the margins so much; they’ve pushed people to mail order pharmacies; they push people to pharmacies they own, and they have steered patients away from the independent pharmacist of the world. Now, in Tennessee, one thing I did, and again, one of the pieces of legislation I passed had to do with trying to provide pharmacies in rural communities. So, real small little counties in Tennessee, they can now get a larger dispensing fee. My hope is they don’t have the benefit of a large volume because not many people live there, but they can now make a larger dispensing fee, because I’m just trying to keep them in business. But you know, back when my dad was practicing pharmacy in Tennessee, there was probably five times the number of independents that there are today, if not more. It’s just crushed the profession, and it’s an unfortunate thing, not just for pharmacists; it’s an unfortunate thing for patients and for Docs and dentists and other people, who depended on their local pharmacists to help them make good decisions.
Steven Newmark 09:05
Yeah, no, absolutely. And if I may say, thank you for doing what you do, not just on behalf of pharmacists, but on behalf of patients.
Sen. Shane Reeves 09:12
Because they are, ultimately, the one that pays the price. They’re the one that’s the lady, who’s got the child with hemophilia, and if she goes to our local pharmacy and they say, “No, you’ve got to get it through mail order,” and her child ends up in the emergency room with a bleeding disorder. I hear stories all the time about PBMs and interceding in patient care, and what it does is it blows up the health care model. It just ends up costing more money and it impacts patients lives, which is just wrong.
Steven Newmark 09:35
Yeah, no, absolutely. Let me just change topics for a moment. What can be done? Generally, we talk a lot on our program about the importance of medication adherence, particularly for the chronically ill community. How can pharmacists help play a more significant role in having patients adhere to their medication?
Sen. Shane Reeves 09:51
Years ago, when I was a younger pharmacist and I first got out of school, I had a speech. I would go around and I would give to people in my community college, “Have you hugged your pharmacist lately?” And I probably gave that to every YMCA, Rotary Club, church group. I mean, I gave it everywhere for a long period of times. And one of the big things I would focus on in that was the importance of, you know, medications that you don’t get filled, or medications that you don’t take, they don’t work.
Steven Newmark 10:18
Right! That’s, I’m stealing that. I’m going to steal that. Thank you. *laughter
Sen. Shane Reeves 10:21
You have to have them to have to work. And so, I would just one thing that pharmacists can do, I think, was your question is they need to be a better evangelist on the importance of people taking the right med on the right day at the right time, consistently, and getting the benefits. There are packaging systems nowadays. I’ve encouraged a lot of pharmacists, you know, there are packaging systems, matter of fact, I’ve got one over here that somebody just dropped off here. Here’s an example, of one, now your viewers can’t see that, but you can see that. Pharmacists can invest in packaging systems where people can get their morning meds in their midday mails, and their afternoon meds all packaged for people to make sure they’re taking the right thing. So, I would say it’s a combination of good education, and promotion, and also just developing systems for people to use. If it’s packaging, if it’s technology, whatever, because medications are expensive, and if you want to get better, you need to make sure you’re being adherent.
Steven Newmark 11:08
Yeah, absolutely. Well, that’s great advice, and I’m not kidding, I’m gonna steal that the medications you don’t take work 0% of the time. So, that’s a good one. We in the patient advocate community are very grateful for all the efforts that you’re doing in Tennessee. And you know, what happens in Tennessee reverberates elsewhere as well. So, we are so grateful for that. With that, if you have any last words of wisdom for our patient community?
Sen. Shane Reeves 11:30
Now, I would say to you, I appreciate what you’re doing. I appreciate you having a voice for so many people out there that have got chronic, complex, and rare diseases. You’ve got a big platform, and they need somebody out there beating the drum, trying to help them out. And something else I would recommend to your community, don’t just build a relationship with a local pharmacy; get to know a pharmacist. If you ask somebody what their pharmacist’s name is, their pharmacist’s name is not Walgreens. Their pharmacist has a name. Get to know the pharmacist, their first name, their last name, build a relationship, and let that pharmacist be part of your health care team, right along with your doc and other people that are helping you take care of. Because we’re all in this scene together to try to help people get good patient care. But thanks for the invite today.
Steven Newmark 12:09
Yeah, absolutely. Thank you, Senator. That’s really great advice, and we’ll pass that along for sure. Thank you.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:15
Well, Steven, that was awesome. It’s really great to hear from someone that’s not only an elected official, but also has a background in pharmacy and doing such important work to bring in that perspective into the legislative work that they do and help the community.
Steven Newmark 12:31
Absolutely, having a pharmacist in the State House is beneficial for patients. They understand what patients are going through when they are in need of medications, and that background is helpful for all of us. So, with that, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 12:47
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 12:59
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 13:05
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Finding Strength and Support: Brindley Brooks on Living with Hidradenitis Suppurativa (HS)
In this episode of The Health Advocates, our hosts welcome Brindley Brooks, founder and executive director of HS Connect. Brindley shares her powerful journey living with Hidradenitis Suppurativa (HS) since age 10, including her misdiagnosis, the stigma surrounding HS, and how her life-changing decision to undergo surgery led her to become a passionate patient advocate. The conversation highlights the critical role of advocacy in supporting the HS community, including initiatives like GHLF’s HS Patient Guide and the impactful work of HS Connect in raising awareness, providing education, and fostering a supportive community for those living with HS.

Finding Strength and Support: Brindley Brooks on Living with Hidradenitis Suppurativa (HS)
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:18
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. In this episode, Brindley Brooks, the founder and executive director of ‘HS Connect,’ shows her personal journey of living with Hidradenitis Suppurativa, otherwise known as HS. She’s been living with the disease since age 10, and she discusses the challenges and misconceptions surrounding HS, including a misdiagnosis and stigmatization that led to her avoiding seeking medical care for over a decade. Her experience motivated her to create “HS Connect,” a patient advocacy organization aimed at educating and supporting HS patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:57
Wow, it’s really exciting to have Brindley on. I’m excited to listen to your conversation, especially since our organization recently worked on the HS Guide to help patients make decisions about their care. I know Brindley was involved in that, and it’s great to hear about her personal journey, because so many people, like her, go through years of challenges.
Steven Newmark 01:18
Well, welcome Brindley, glad to have you with us. Why don’t you start by introducing yourself to our listeners?
Brindley Brooks 01:23
My name is Brindley Brooks. I’m the founder and executive director of HS Connect, which is a patient advocacy organization for Hidradenitis Suppurativa (HS), and we focus on factual education and awareness about HS. There are a lot of misconceptions about our disease. So, our goal is to advocate for our patients, educate our patients, and work on shared decision making with physicians, because there’s so little known about HS.
Steven Newmark 01:47
And what has your personal journey as an HS patient been like? And what have you learned along the way?
Brindley Brooks 01:52
So, I started showing signs of HS when I was 10 years old. So, I’ve had HS for 35 years; to age myself. And at first, I was told that they were recurrent boils, and I remember my mom taking me to the general family practitioner, which you had in those days, and they would just lance them. And I remember my mom crying; I’m crying, it was an extraordinarily painful experience, and it’s like seared into my memory, unfortunately. Never really got an answer, I just knew that there was something wrong with me, and that I was different until about the age of 16, when I got my formal diagnosis. When I was formally diagnosed, I was told by the dermatologist that I had a black woman’s disease. So, I wasn’t really sure exactly what to do with that, because I already felt out of place in my skin; I knew something was wrong. Finally had a name for it, but then also to be told that I didn’t fit the disease demographic was really confusing for like a teenage girl, so at that point, I, basically, didn’t seek care for about 10 years based on that single line that I learned at my diagnosis, because I already felt like I didn’t fit, so if I went to see another practitioner, I felt like I was gonna be looked at as really, really strange, or that there was something wrong with me because I shouldn’t have this disease. So, it played a huge role in my life, actually, and I finally saw a commercial for a biologic, and realized that maybe the landscape had changed, and that I should return to care and give it a try. So, that’s exactly what I did, and unfortunately, I failed that biologic, and went to see a physician at the University, here in Seattle, and at that point, she suggested that I see a surgeon. And I was really in a precarious situation then, because I was dealing with an abscess that stuck out like a golf ball underneath my left breast, and I was wearing three bras at the time to keep my breast from touching it, because every time it would, it would cause excruciating pain that would just take my breath away. So, when I went in to see her, I was really hopeful that I would have something that would help, but it did not seem that that was going to be the case. So, she actually encouraged me to see a surgeon, and I said, “I’m not having surgery; I’m the breadwinner in my family; I have a small child, like, there’s no time to take off work. I just have to plow through this.” And she’s like, “Just see the surgeon.” So, I humored her, went the next week, had a consult. He was the first person that ever told me that he thinks he could help me. And I left there signing the surgical consent, because I was finally like, “Oh my God. In all my life, I’ve heard there’s nothing I could do for you.” And then, all of a sudden, it was like there was a glimmer of hope. So, I went in the next week and had both of my axilla or my underarms, excised and left open to heal from the inside out, and as well as the spot on my left abdomen. And it was the best thing that I ever did for myself in my life, and led me to where I am today. So, I knew I must have made the right choice. I’ve gone on to have six other wide excision surgeries in, mostly, in my groin, and I consider myself to be pretty much in remission now. I get an occasional flare; it doesn’t completely 100% go away. I’m not on any medication, though, to control my HS, and that was the answer for me, was that surgery, so that one pivotal choice to go ahead and have that surgery, like, completely changed the trajectory of my whole life.
Steven Newmark 05:05
So, yeah, I mean, it’s a very inspiring story, and for me, the learning, it’s, don’t give up, you know your body, in a way that a doctor might not, and keep going until you are able to get the care that you need, essentially.
Brindley Brooks 05:17
Definitely! And that there is, no matter how hopeless you may feel, that there is always hope, that there’s something that may work to just keep going, keep trying, keep advocating for yourself, keep showing up, even when you feel like there’s nothing left to give and that you could not bear another disappointment. I feel like my learning from this is that I didn’t get to choose my scars with my HS, I was given those scars, but the scars in my armpits, and the scars that I bear now were my choice, and I feel like there wasn’t much in the way of options for my HS and for treatment, but I actually got an option with this, and I chose that, and that was such an empowering feeling to take control over something that has had control over me for so many years of my life.
Steven Newmark 06:03
Yeah, very inspiring. Well, let’s turn to HS Connect. So, tell us about what inspired you to create HS Connect, and how does the organization support patients and their families?
Brindley Brooks 06:12
So, HS Connect was born after I had that initial surgery, I realized that especially since the surgeon had told me that he had treated multiple patients with HS in the past, and that he was familiar with it, I thought, “Okay, maybe we’re not so strange anymore,” and like so many other people living with HS, we don’t really talk about our condition – there’s so much shame and stigma that’s attached to it, that you kind of carry it like your dirty little secret. So, I started joining Facebook groups and learned more about the condition, and then ended up meeting up with, who became my co-founder of HS Connect. And during that time, she was writing articles for HS, and I was editing those articles, and that’s how we kind of started our friendship. And she’s since retired from the organization, but she was the first step in leading me down this path, and it has had explosive growth. There’s not much in the way of education and factual information about HS. Unfortunately, everything that circulates, including from the DERM community, is a lot of old and antiquated information about the condition. So, trying to write that within the patient community and the DERM community has really been an undertaking. So, our focus at HS Connect is on education, factual education: so, getting rid of all of the misconceptions, and the stigmas that surround our disease, and really just making sure that patients understand that they have shared decision making ability with their physicians. We have an endless amount of resources; we do our own podcasts on there; we have a podcast called the “Hidradenitis SuppuraDIVAS,” that talks just about all things HS. We are building a mental health program specifically for HS that we’re hoping other chronic skin diseases will take note and do the same for their population. We are doing our very first in-person patient meeting this year. We advocate at state and federal levels. I mean, we’re really all over the place, and have our hands in pretty much every pot there is to have your hands in. Anything we can do to help make the life of an HS patient better, and to really reduce that shame and stigma, so that patients can start coming forward and being seen and validated for their condition.
Steven Newmark 08:17
Yeah. Well, you mentioned education, and how important that is to get quality resources. We at GHLF recently put together a guide for HS, and I know that you were helpful in allowing us to incorporate the patient perspective into that guide. Can you talk a little bit more about these guides and education resources generally, and why it’s important for patients?
Brindley Brooks 08:37
Absolutely, I think that you guys did an amazing job with the patient guide. Involving patients and patient advocates is a huge thing, because it can only resonate so far unless you involve the actual community in the design of that and the information that’s being given. And I felt really honored to be asked to participate in that, because it gave us another opportunity to put factual information out there, in front of the patient community, and to provide them with just one more piece of resource, and one more piece of material that will help them on their journey. And I don’t think we can have enough factual information out there about HS, especially when we’re trying so hard to break all of the stigmas down. So, it was a wonderful thing to see – I’m very, very pleased with how it came out, and really appreciate the opportunity to have been able to participate in that.
Steven Newmark 09:23
Yeah, and beyond education, you, like GHLF, and together, we engage in advocacy, which is really critical when dealing with the HS journey. Can you talk a little bit more about your thoughts on why advocacy is so important and how patients can get involved?
Brindley Brooks 09:37
The thing about advocacy, and I didn’t really understand this when I started, is how many levels there are to advocacy. Sometimes, just sharing your own personal journey is a way of advocating for other patients, so that they don’t feel alone. Not everyone is meant to, or wants to, be an advocate that has meetings with the FDA, you know, who goes and presents on Hill Days and talks with you know, Senators and House representatives, and it’s not made for everybody. But for us, we found that it’s really one of the things we absolutely love doing, is being able to be heard and to, potentially, change things for patients on those levels, including we just sent out a petition for patients to sign to try and get laser hair removal covered, as a medically covered benefit for HS, when it has a lot of efficacy for patients, but is not a currently covered benefit under most insurances. So, we’re trying really hard to do whatever we can at every single level, whether that be insurance, state, federal, you name it. We’re trying to get things changed.
Steven Newmark 10:36
Yeah, and it’s particularly great when advocacy organizations come together, like GHLF and HS Connect have, and it’s, you know, it’s essential for advancing the cause, if you will.
Brindley Brooks 10:46
It’s imperative that we join forces, especially, when it comes to things that are not necessarily like a specific purview for an organization. When they reach out and call in experts, it’s absolutely amazing and vice-versa, that we’re able to call on GHLF when we need that support as well. It’s definitely a bi-directional relationship, for sure.
Steven Newmark 11:07
Excellent. Your organization has been phenomenal, to say the least, and we’re so grateful. Looking ahead, it’s 2025; what are your hopes for the future of advocacy in the HS community, generally, and maybe more specifically, in 2025 you mentioned laser hair removal as being covered as something that you’ve sought. What other priorities do you have for 2025, and beyond?
Brindley Brooks 11:26
So, 2025, advocacy wise, we’re looking for some places we can get some wins, which may be little, but I think they end up being very mighty, because it enables us to put some pressure elsewhere, to encourage others to follow suit. So, while it may be this point just Aetna in North Carolina, for instance, that win would enable us, if they were to reverse and cover laser hair removal, to make changes with larger organizations and insurance companies. So, that’s kind of where we’re headed right now and then, there’s so much other advocacy work being done. Like I mentioned earlier, we’re doing a mental health entire program called “Healing Space” for HS, and it’s going to include alternative therapies as well. So, we’re going to do movement therapy, art therapy, music therapy. I mean, really, we’re trying to cover as much as we can, so that every patient can find something that resonates with them in that, and then there’s also going to be a podcast and webinars that go along with that, with guests that are in the mental health space as well, and many other programming components.
Steven Newmark 12:30
Well, keep us informed throughout 2025, and beyond, and we will certainly share the information with our listeners and share it on our social media channels to make sure as many folks, who are interested in the topic, are listening and tuning in and watching, because these sound like some great programming opportunities.
Brindley Brooks 12:46
Yes, definitely.
Steven Newmark 12:47
Thank you again, Brindley, for all that you do. Thank you for coming on today and your time. Any last words of, I would say encouragement, because you were such an inspiration. So, any last bits of wisdom?
Brindley Brooks 12:58
I would say, if you have HS, or you know someone with HS, which I’m gonna guess all of you do, since it’s at least one in 100 people. So, pretty much everyone, who is listening knows someone with HS, whether they know it or not: open those conversations, and if you feel like someone may be suffering, or if you are listening and you have HS, please come our way. We have been waiting for you. We have an absolutely vibrant and amazing community that is here ready to accept you with open arms. And there is absolutely nothing like finding your people.
Steven Newmark 13:28
Wow, that’s great. Thank you so much, Brindley, and we will stay in touch.
Brindley Brooks 13:32
Perfect! Thank you.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:35
Steven, that was a really great conversation. Thanks for bringing Brindley on our podcast, and to our listeners, I just want to mention the guide that was mentioned is available at ghlf.org/HSpatientguide. So, definitely check it out, and I hope it helps you advocate for yourself.
Steven Newmark 13:53
Yeah. And while you’re checking out ghlf.org, Also check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 14:00
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 14:13
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 14:18
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
It Takes a Team: Dr. Georges Benjamin on Public Health, Equity & Community Impact
In honor of Black History Month, The Health Advocates welcome Dr. Georges Benjamin, Executive Director of the American Public Health Association (APHA). Dr. Benjamin shares his journey from emergency medicine to public health leadership, offering insights on health equity, community-based advocacy, and the ongoing challenges in public health. He discusses critical topics such as health care access and the importance of listening to communities to drive meaningful change.
Tune in for an insightful conversation about advancing public health for all.

It Takes a Team: Dr. Georges Benjamin on Public Health, Equity & Community Impact
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:18
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:22
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. And today, we’re recognizing Black History Month by exploring the critical role of black leaders in public health and the ongoing fight for health equity. Black History Month is a time to honor the achievements, resilience, and contributions of black individuals throughout our nation’s history. In health care, this means recognizing the groundbreaking work of black doctors, nurses, public health professionals, researchers, and patient advocates, who have shaped medical advances and access to care, often despite systemic racism and discrimination. It’s also a time to reflect on persistent health disparities, from higher rates of chronic disease in black communities to unequal access to quality care. Addressing these inequities requires continued advocacy, policy changes, and amplifying the voices of those working to make health care more just and equitable for everyone.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:12
Well, said Steven, and that’s why we are thrilled to be joined today by Dr. Georges Benjamin. Dr. Benjamin is known as one of the nation’s most influential physician leaders, because he speaks passionately and eloquently about health issues having the most impact on our nation today. From his first-hand experience as a physician, he knows what happens when preventive care is not available and when healthy choice is not the easy choice. As Executive Director of the American Public Health Association since 2002, he’s the Leading Association’s push to make America the healthiest nation. Dr. Benjamin, welcome to “The Health Advocates.” Can you begin by introducing yourself to our listeners?
Dr. Georges Benjamin 01:52
Well, thank you. I’m Dr. Georges Benjamin, I’m an internist and emergency physician, and I’m the Executive Director of the American Public Health Association, in Washington, DC.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:01
And maybe you could dive into talking about what inspired you to pursue this career in medicine and public health.
Dr. Georges Benjamin 02:08
Well, you know, Zoe, I went to medical school to actually get a basic science background, so I could do molecular genetic research. Had no interest in clinical medicine, but, you know, medicine is addictive, and so, I absolutely fell in love with, not only, clinical medicine, but emergency medicine. It was in early years of emergency medicine emerging as a specialty, and I just fell in love with it, and so, I spent the first half of my career practicing emergency medicine. Got into administration very early, while I was in the army, and I was at the Community Hospital as chief of Ambulatory Care, my phone rang, and the Mayor was on the other end of the phone and said, “Have I got a job for you?” And I became the City Health Commissioner in Washington, DC, so I kind of went in and out of Emergency Medicine and Public Health for a while, and then public health stuff.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:49
And I mean, that’s so interesting, because emergency medicine is so almost like reactive, like something happens and you’re reacting to it. But a lot of public health is proactive, like thinking about policies that will, just like, generally support the health of people. So, I’m wondering, from your perspective, how navigating that transition was for you, or, like, some of the big challenges that you saw, like differences between those two.
Dr. Georges Benjamin 03:12
You know, it actually turns out that emergency medicine is, you’re right, very proactive, and emergency medicine-oriented. And in many ways, people think of public health being more contemplative, but it turns out that the two disciplines are really mirrors. Every day in public health, we have some kind of crisis, from some small administrative one to really big things. So, it’s the concept of going from crisis-to-crisis to problem-to-problem, and doing significant problem solving, often with very little data, which makes the two disciplines pretty much aligned.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:43
And maybe like, what are some of the biggest challenges that you’ve focused on during your career?
Dr. Georges Benjamin 03:49
I tell folks I’ve seen it all. I was in Washington, DC, when we had a riot – It was also the early days of the HIV AIDS epidemic. So, engaging with community based organizations, and for me, learning how to work more collaboratively with community based organizations, particularly in communities where underserved was a real lesson for me. When I went to state of Maryland, as a health officer, during my eight years there, four as deputy and four as secretary, we had a drought, we had a tornado that went through the community, we had the anthrax letters – so, that was the bio terrorism attack – we had a 700 person food borne outbreak; we had an outbreak of a new disease called hysteria, which is still pretty much a mystery – a red tide type of disease that impacts both fish and may very well have a health impact to people. So, we had, obviously the usual stuff, HIV, AIDS, influenza every year. So, it was a hodgepodge of pretty much everything you could think of happening in the human experience occurred to me when I was a health officer and we enjoyed it. It was a time when I had some of the most creative people I’ve ever worked with. And then when I came to the American Public Health Association, kind of going from being a real actor and making things happen to being an advocate at the nation’s largest public health association, a very, very different experience, where I manage a big budget, run a journal, a small book company, and of course, we’re doing a lot of advocacy each and every day, try to get the administration in Congress, at the national level, and then trying to influence people at the local level to do the right thing, to improve people’s health.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:16
That’s so funny you say, you enjoy it, because it I mean, to my ears, it sounds like a ton of chaos, which I’m sure it was, and I think a lot of our listeners can relate, because these are people who live with chronic illness and are encountering symptoms, doctor’s appointments, etc, that’s all kind of like chaos, and then you have to figure out a way to navigate that and advocate for yourself, like you’re saying. You know, it’s like, same with the individual, same with these large scale issues like you have to go step-by-step and advocate. You mentioned advocating nationally and locally – what are some of the advocacy priorities that you and APHA are focused on?
Dr. Georges Benjamin 05:51
We know at APHA, we’re focused on getting everyone in the system of health insurance coverage. So, making sure that everyone in this country has adequate health insurance coverage at an affordable price. We are supporting things way upstream, like food insecurity, climate change. We’re talking about gun violence, reproductive rights for women, rising sexually transmitted diseases right now is a big issue. And as you know that we just finished the tragedy of COVID, which really hasn’t gone away completely, and we still have an opioid epidemic and obesity epidemic. We have a problem with women of reproductive age dying during pregnancy that was often preventable. So, there are many things that on our plate right now that we’re doing. And what makes public health so interesting is that we know that the vast majority of things, if you do the right thing, are preventable.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:37
It’s so interesting you say that because I have a background in health policy and management, and sometimes it’s hard to show public health successes, because when they’re really successful, they become almost invisible, right? They don’t exist anymore. They’re just a normal part of society, or you’re not seeing these diseases circulate. So, we think that, “oh, it’s like not so necessary, because we never existed at the time when it was a big win,” and people forget even like what you’re saying, like, COVID didn’t really go away. But for a majority of people that don’t live with chronic illness or immunosuppressed and aren’t concerned, they feel like it has so I guess, how do you, like, grapple with that in your everyday work? Of like, trying to reinforce the importance of tackling these issues.
Dr. Georges Benjamin 07:20
I mentioned that I was an emergency physician, so we were always seeing people who were sick or injured, usually at their worst clinical state when they came to hospital emergency department. And, you know, you work very hard to make them better. One of the things we do get to do in public health is say, you know, zero days, no injuries. We get to say that good you ate today, you had a wonderful day, and you did not get sick from a foodborne outbreak; you got in your car and that fender bender that you had, you didn’t get seriously injured – those kinds of things are things that we have to promote. We have to do a better job of telling our own story. And you’re absolutely right, when we do our best work, nothing happens. We are seeing that now with the debate about vaccines, people forget that measles, which is a highly infectious disease, when a person with measles used to come into the hospital emergency department, we don’t see them very much anymore, but when they would used to come to the hospital emergency department, people would freak out. You would not admit people with measles to the hospital because it was so infectious, unless they were severely ill, severely dehydrated. So, we have to remind people that Measles is not a benign disease; it not a little rash, and the kids get a day off from school. People get measles pneumonia, they get measles encephalitis, they die from measles. The good news is, it’s gone away. The bad news is, and most clinicians haven’t seen it, the bad news is, because we’ve forgotten people, who are now dismissing the importance of vaccinations.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:39
And you started to touch on this earlier in our conversation about working with different groups, and I know that you serve on the board of many organizations. Can you talk to us about how partnerships like this can accelerate progress for public health?
Dr. Georges Benjamin 08:53
Public health is a team activity. We do our best work when we go together and we leverage the strengths and weaknesses that we all have: every organization has things they do very well; every organization has some things in which they need a little help. And to the extent, we can bring partnerships together. So, we do one thing very well, and you do something better, we can accomplish better goals working together. So, when I sit on other boards, I’m trying to bring my expertise and experience to the conversation. And in some cases, we bring our organizations together to try to accomplish common goals. And if you do it that way, you can do it at a much lower cost and with much greater efficiency. When you do that, it’s the whole issue of bringing together, in some cases, groups that have real strength and engaging the community with real groups that have real academic knowledge that we don’t necessarily have, and sometimes the public health department or organizations, like APHA, we can be the translator between the highly academic and the community based groups.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:50
Yeah, what you said about bringing your expertise to the table reminds me of something else I wanted to ask you about, which is about increasing diversity, like it’s so important to have diverse voices, people from different backgrounds and leadership roles in public health, because, like what you’re saying, it is community based, and we need representatives from different communities in order to best serve those communities. And I know you’ve been recognized as a top minority executive, and I’m wondering if you have any advice on how we can bring in more diversity into public health leadership.
Dr. Georges Benjamin 10:24
You know, we have to value diversity to start with, and recognize that people have different life experiences, and they bring those different life experiences to the table, and they have a conversation. I remember being the health officer in Washington, DC., again, and, you know, I came up in a middle class family; I grew up in Chicago, but when I talk about my growing up in the hood, it’s not the same as some of my friends, who grew up in abject poverty; I did not grow up in abject poverty at all. And I remember coming into the city, as a city health commissioner, and really having to walk into the lower income communities to really get an understanding of what they were living, what their decision making tree was. And I remember that some of the kids, for example, who we were trying to convince to, you know, live a better life, not be sexually active, too early, not to use drugs, not to carry firearms, to stay in school, all the things you tell kids, you know, that you want them to do, don’t smoke tobacco, those kinds of things. And we had a real schooling, when some of these middle school kids set us down and said, “You know, we understand everything you’re saying to us. You know, you’ve done a really good job of educating us. But the truth of the matter is, we don’t believe we’re going to live long enough to get HIV AIDS. We’re not going to live long enough to have a fruitful life like you have, that you’re lucky and you were able to do this.” And so they live like someone with a terminal disease; they go out and they say, “I’m going to do everything I can do, because I’m not going to live that long.” So, I had to understand that part of my job in public health was to address the hopelessness and helplessness in so many of our communities, to give these young people a vision of the future. And if we could do that, they would make different choices in their lives, because they knew they had time to make those different choices. And so I learned a lot, and so my life experience as an African American male, just because of I’m an African American male, does not mirror people who of the same race, ethnicity, who were in lower income communities. My experience is very different. So, having those people sitting at the table to school me was very important for me, and that’s why I believe in diversity.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:20
Yeah, I mean, what you’re saying is so important, like, what I heard from you is we can’t make assumptions about communities, like we have to go in and listen. One size fits all does not work when it comes to public health, because people have different backgrounds and experiences, and it’s really important to tailor these programs. Which leads me to ask you, how do you evaluate a program like, let’s say, you know, with this scenario, you said you’re gonna address those feelings of hopelessness, and, you know, improve the understanding in those children that you can live longer, and these are the ways to get there. How do you then, whatever ways you implemented a program to do that, how do you evaluate, is this going well, what do we need to change?
Dr. Georges Benjamin 13:02
You know, it starts with really understanding what you want to accomplish, and then spending some time as part of your program design and going and listening to the people, who are going to participate in the program, who are going to benefit from the program, and going there say, here’s what we’re trying to accomplish, we’re trying to reduce the incidence of diabetes in our community, how would you do it? And have them inform your program design. And you do that on the front end, not on the back end, not when you’ve gone in the back room and designed it based on the best sciences you understand it because the evidence is good, the science is good, but as you said, it doesn’t track in every community. And, more importantly, your goal for that program may not necessarily align with the goal of the program participants. And so you’ve got to make sure that you can address the goal of the program participants first, and then you’ll often be able to get your goals for the program address. I’ll give you an example: if you want to get people to get down the ideal body weight and you believe that nutrition, diet, and exercise are very important, let’s talk about the exercise component. You know, if they can live in a community where they there’s not walkable, and bikeable, and green, where the street lights are out, where it’s not safe to be out at night, you can’t get them on walking unless you’re going to buy them an expensive gym membership and Uber them one way back and forth, it’s not going to happen. So, the other way to make that happen, because we talk about just getting up and walking around the block two, three times a week, just to, you know, get yourself to be more physically active, and then, of course, eating better, and all those kinds of things. The exercise component does not happen until you go in, sit down with them, and they’ll tell you what we can walk, but we can’t walk safely in this community; here’s what you need to help us with so that we can do the exercise component of the plan you’re trying to do. Once you do that, you fix that social determinant of health, thus making that community safer, more walkable, then apply the medical science that you know to get the outcome that you trying to achieve.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:45
Yeah. I mean, it sounds so simple when you say it like that, you know, like of course, we should be thinking of the participants goals, and not just public health goals. But then when you go in, it really isn’t. There’s all these other factors, the social determinants, that influence health, and it’s just so important to have people like you out there thinking about this and also just coming on today. Thank you to share your voice and, hopefully, educate our listeners a little bit more, and myself included, about how we can think about helping our communities. So, my final question for you is, if there’s one takeaway from our conversation today, or just looking back at all your work in public health that you want our listeners to remember, what’s that takeaway?
Dr. Georges Benjamin 15:26
I think it’s very important for those of us in the health world to do more listening than talking.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:31
Amen to that. I agree. We always say that, like the patient voice is so important because then it’s like you and your health and your story. So, I agree with your message of, you know, listening and advocating. So, thank you so much for joining us today and sharing your wisdom with our audience.
Dr. Georges Benjamin 15:47
Thank you.
Steven Newmark 15:49
Well, another great conversation, Zoe. I, especially, appreciated when Dr. Benjamin talked about making a lasting impact by really learning the needs of the community and not making assumptions.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:58
Agreed, it was really informative. I appreciate him talking about how we can all work together to make a difference, you know, organizations, public health leaders, coming together.
Steven Newmark 16:08
Absolutely. Before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 16:14
Well, everyone. Thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 16:28
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 16:33
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Special Episode: A Heated Debate on Science and Policy with HHS Nominee Robert Kennedy Jr.
In this timely episode, The Health Advocates break down the recent Senate hearings for HHS nominee Robert Kennedy Jr. They discuss the critical role of the HHS Secretary in shaping public health policy and managing key agencies like the FDA and CDC. The hearings exposed Kennedy’s controversial views on vaccines, concerns over scientific integrity, and notable missteps in understanding health policies.
Tune in to hear what this means for patients and what happens next in the confirmation process.

Special Episode: A Heated Debate on Science and Policy with HHS Nominee Robert Kennedy Jr.
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:18
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
This is a special episode in light of some of the movement taking place in Washington. We’re recording this on Friday, the day after the conclusion of a set of hearings for HHS nominee Robert Kennedy Jr. So, it was a pretty big set of hearings that we thought we should recap before the end of the week, and get it out there.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:40
Yeah, maybe we can start with, what exactly is the role of the head of HHS? And also like, what are these hearings about?
Steven Newmark 00:47
Excellent question. So, under the Constitution, we have several roles that are appointed by the president with the quota advice and consent of the Senate, which has come to mean an actual vote of Senators equaling 50% plus one. This is a role that he has been nominated by President Trump to lead the Department of Health and Human Services, an agency that manages a $1.8 trillion budget, an agency that shapes policies that directly impact the health of all of us, an agency that underneath it has many sub-agencies that we are familiar with – agencies such as the Food and Drug Administration, the FDA, agencies such as the NIH, which deals in research, the CDC, which helps contain disease outbreaks, of course. And also notable is that HHS really acts as the liaison between the federal government and state and local health authorities. But perhaps most notable is the Secretary of HHS is essentially the top public health officer in the United States. It’s a very high-profile, and visible position from which to promulgate theories and ideas on public health.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:52
Yeah. So, we can see how this impacts our community, who are people who live with chronic disease, very concerned with health. This is going to be the key public health leader overseeing these agencies which, ultimately, have decisions and influence on how health care is received in access in this country. So, Steven, why don’t you break down like, some of the main points that you got after listening to the hearing?
Steven Newmark 02:14
Yeah, so let’s get into it. We’ll keep it quick, but essentially, it was an important week. It was two hearings, actually, one on Wednesday and one on Thursday. Without getting into the specifics, the hearing on Wednesday was with the Senate Finance Committee, and that will be the committee that ultimately decides whether or not to vote him out to the full Senate for a vote. So, it was technically two separate hearings, but I guess you could think of it as one extended hearing. With that, there were a few takeaways: you know, overarching, it was very obvious that he did not have any support on the Democratic side; Democrats came out pretty strong. Most of the questions focused on vaccines, because this is RFK’s most controversial and historic stance. We got glimpses of other topics such as Medicaid, and a fair amount dealing with abortion as well. I did not hear much about chronic disease or things of that nature. But again, I would say the overarching was on vaccines, with secondary topics being Medicaid and abortion. So, just to get into it, some takeaways. So, the first is, you know, there were a few questions about the organization of HHS and the health ecosystem. Generally, he fumbled a few times. He confused Medicaid and Medicare multiple times. He did not have an understanding of EMTALA, which is the Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act; it’s an important act that, essentially, says that you cannot be denied emergency services, or, I guess you could say in the affirmative, it requires health institutions to provide you with services regardless of your ability to pay. He clearly struggled to understand the differences between Medicare Parts A, B, and C. So, we’ll see how he goes from there. There was a more positive which we’ll come back to, I would say, from the perspective of patients, that was sort of the overview when it came to HHS itself and the health ecosystem. When it came to the question of science, because this is someone who has, shall we say, questioned science a lot in the past, just on a personal level. And I would say, on behalf of GHLF, I think I’m allowed to say this. This was perhaps one of the more troubling aspects. A quote that I saw that he said, I think multiple times, is “I will look at the evidence before I make up my mind,” which, on face value, sounds very reasonable. You know, you want to look at the science, right? You want to look at data, right, before you make a decision. The problem is, the science is very clear on many of the issues that he was questioned about, and he just ignores that, and he comes back with this, “I’m going to look at the evidence. I’m going to look at the evidence.” All right, so specifically, when dealing with the issue of data, this is where vaccines came into play, and vaccines and autism. Even though large scale studies, over and over and over show no link between vaccines and autism. RFK Jr. cited a non-peer reviewed blog as evidence of a potential connection, and this was something he did not back down on in the hearing. In terms of safety, he questioned the safety of vaccines that are currently approved, again saying, “I need to see the data. I want to see the data.” These are, again, things that are already out in the world, where the safety and efficacy has already been proven. If not, and proven enough in the labs, certainly proven enough now that it’s in the real world. He also had issues dealing with some financial conflicts of interests. He has a stake in a vaccine related lawsuit, specifically, which you would think would pose a conflict of interest. His stake is in the accusation of issues regarding the vaccines and harms that may come from it, and he refuses to withdraw himself from the vaccine. So, he has a personal financial stake in an outcome of something, and as HHS Secretary can push forth information and data that would help his own personal financial case. All right, I have to say my favorite moment of the hearing, I have to tell you, on Wednesday, was when Senator Bernie Sanders confronted him with a photo of a baby onesie that he was selling on his organization’s website. The ones he says, “Unvaxed and Unafraid,” and another one says “No Vax, No Problem.” RFK, Jr. refused to answer whether he agreed with the sentiment of those particular onesies. He called himself pro-vaccine. But again, he was also selling these onesies for $26, I found out, according to Bernie Sanders, just questioning, we’ll see. There were definitely some issues there. He did say some things that I think are, if not, patient-friendly, more public health-friendly: he supports PEPFAR, which is the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief in Africa, although in the past, he has said that “HIV doesn’t cause AIDS,” but that being said, a support for PEPFAR is something that if you support public health, is something that you should support. He also said that he supports medication assisted treatment for substance abuse disorder, but this is a stance that is in opposite of past agencies made, but he seems to have come around on that. He also said that he wants to invest in bird flu vaccines. However, he would not commit to investing in mRNA vaccines, once again, saying, “I need to look at the data.” But mRNA vaccines, as we all know, worked very well and are continuing to work very well when it comes to COVID. But he hedged on investments in those for future outbreaks such as bird flu. He said that he supports the Polio vaccine and he would not change its recommendation for usage in the United States. And just to end on a very positive note, I think that Senator Chuck Grassley, of Iowa, asked him, specifically, about the importance of lowering drug prescription prices and holding pharmacy benefit managers, PBMs, accountable. And in response, Kennedy said that he agrees with those provisions. So, that was good to hear. And most notably, Senator Grassley is somebody that GHLF members have targeted. We’ve visited with Senator Grassley in Washington and in Iowa, over the past several months, several years, so to see a question like that, get out in an open hearing like this, and to get the potential HHS Secretary affirmatively on record under oath, agreeing that pharmacy benefit managers should be held accountable for drug prices is a very good thing.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:53
Yeah, thanks for that recap, Steven. You know, like you mentioned, some of the views around vaccines are concerning. I’m glad you ended on that positive of we need more PBM transparency and reform, so I guess, like, I’m a little hopeful, and we’ll wait to see what’s to come. So, what happens next? Is my question. We’ve had these hearings, we found all this out, what’s now?
Steven Newmark 08:15
Good question. So, now the finance committee is going to vote for him to go to the entire Senate, or they’ll stop his nomination altogether. I think based upon what we saw, it’s a strong likelihood that he will go and get that full vote before the entire Senate. The full Senate vote has not been scheduled as of our recording – we’re recording on Friday. But it will probably be very fast. This used to take many, many weeks between going from a committee to a full vote. Four years ago on Biden’s nominees, it was about a month on average, the committee and full votes. But I think there’s a very good chance that the vote could come next week. Things are moving at lightning speed in Washington. All around, we’ve already got, I think two, maybe more, at least two members of the Cabinet have gone through very quickly, Pete Hegseth and Kristi Noem. It looks like the way things are pacing in Washington, it’ll probably come for a vote next week, if not the week after, and it looks like every Democrat will probably vote against him. However, he’s got a few buffers of votes on the Republican side, and it doesn’t appear as though any Republicans seem to be voting no, and even if, and he could still escape by with a few no votes anyway.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:20
All right, so, I mean, I guess it’s good, like, if he’s gonna get in, get him in sooner. And, you know, get the work started. I guess, maybe, perhaps by next recording…
Steven Newmark 09:28
Depending on what the work is.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:30
…depending what the work is. I guess, maybe perhaps by next recording will have an update for our audience.
Steven Newmark 09:36
Well, before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 09:42
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 09:55
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 10:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Health Policy Shakeup: Executive Orders and What They Mean for Patients
In this episode, our hosts break down the executive actions taken during the early days of President Trump’s second administration. They discuss the wave of executive orders impacting health care, including changes to the Affordable Care Act (ACA), prescription drug pricing, and federal health agency communications. Our hosts also explore what these changes mean for patients and what to expect in the coming months.

Health Policy Shakeup: Executive Orders and What They Mean for Patients
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to the “Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:18
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And speaking of the health care world, it’s definitely been a busy start to the second administration of President Trump. There’s been lots of Executive Orders, Proclamations, and Declarations. So, we have a bunch to touch on. And today, you know, we’ll focus in our sector about, you know, what impacts health, and health care, and what pertains to our community.
Steven Newmark 00:49
Yeah, that’s right, Zoe. It has been a heck of a first week. Let’s start by saying, President Trump has made a lot of announcements: some are official actions; some not so much. As of this recording, I believe that there have been 23 Executive Orders signed so far. Hopefully, in all the flurry, there will be some policies that you will cheer, and perhaps others that you may not like. For those that you do like, “Great!” and for those that you find troubling, it can be difficult to digest, how to respond. If you’re listening to our show, you probably have some inkling towards advocating for the patient community, and thus the desire to see change where we see fit. So, towards that end, our advice on all that has happened is to, if you’re dispirited, is pick your battles.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:27
Right. Yeah, we mentioned a few things. So, maybe we’ll get started by just like explaining some of the lingo, because there’s been, like, general statements, Executive Orders, and actual legislation. So, let’s start with general statements: this isn’t really enforceable by law, but of course, that could have an impact on just like public sentiment, and feeling towards what’s being said, and how people can react based on that legislation. You know, once passed and signed by the President, these are the laws of the land, unless they’re found unconstitutional. And then, now we’ve been hearing a lot about Executive Orders, and this has been, you know, you said 23 of them as of this recording, this is like the crux of what we’re talking about today.
Steven Newmark 02:08
Sure, yeah. An Executive Order is a directive issued by the president that manages operations within the federal government. It carries the force of law but does not require approval from Congress. So, again, it has the force of law, but it’s limiting in that Executive Orders cannot override laws passed by Congress, nor can they violate the constitution. Courts can review Executive Orders and invalidate orders that are deemed to be unconstitutional or exceeding presidential authorities. In the most famous example of an Executive Order was the, I think the most famous example, would be the Emancipation Proclamation, which in 1863, Abraham Lincoln used to declare the freedom of slaves in Confederate States.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:46
I would definitely agree. If you asked me, “What’s a famous Executive Order?” I’d probably say that one too.
Steven Newmark 02:51
Well, let me ask you this. Did you know it was an Executive Order before we did the show?
Zoe Rothblatt 02:54
Probably not. I guess I would say it’s a proclamation, since that’s in its name. [small laughter]
Steven Newmark 02:58
Right, right. Me neither. I didn’t know that either, to be fair, so a little research before the show and look what we found. [small laughter]
Zoe Rothblatt 03:04
So, what’s been happening in week one of this new administration?
Steven Newmark 03:09
You know, we said it’s a lot. I think this comes directly from the administration itself. They’re employing what they’re calling a “shock and awe moment,” if you will, putting out a lot of stuff in one place. And perhaps of all these executive orders, these proclamations, these statements were being made over the course of 12 months, it would feel a little bit differently. You would be able to absorb them individually. But because so much is happening at once, it is a bit overwhelming, to say the least. And there is a fair amount that really do touch on health care policies. Some impact health care directly and some indirectly. So, we’ll talk about some of them. You know, we just don’t have the bandwidth to get to all of the changes. But let’s start with one that is directly related: Trump rescinded a Biden Executive Order that was aimed at lowering prescription drug costs.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:53
Yeah. So, that Biden Order had directed the secretary for the Department of Health and Human Services, HHS, to consider and test new health care payment and delivery models that would lower drug costs and promote access to innovative drug therapies for beneficiaries enrolled in Medicare and Medicaid. So, CMS had been planning to do stuff; it hadn’t actually taken effect, I’m pretty sure. So, like, I’m not sure if we’ll see too much of an impact from the rescinding of this order, aside from like, those plans won’t happen now.
Steven Newmark 04:25
Right. Yeah, I think that’s fair to say. I saw this particularly got a lot of play in the health policy media, I guess you would call it. But as you said, the actual Biden Executive Order, other than work being prepared by staffers at CMS, hadn’t gone into action, so the average person is not going to feel any, anything different.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:44
Also, something to note that we’ve been talking about a lot is the Inflation Reduction Act, the IRA. And from what I saw, that $35 cap on insulin and the $2000 annual out of pocket cap on prescriptions is not being touched right now. That seems to still be in effect, and also that Medicare still has the authority to negotiate drug prices under the IRA. So, I guess we’ll see how that might be impacted or not.
Steven Newmark 05:10
Yeah, those would be tough to overturn – those are actual laws. So, you know, as we said up top to an Executive Order or declaration by the President, cannot override laws passed by Congress. So, we’ll see how that plays – if it’s something that if the IRA or other laws that were passed are something that President Trump is going to want to get into. Before we move on, I just want to say it’s not clear why Trump issued this Executive Order; there was not much discussion around a lot of the signings. But in this one, I didn’t see much rationale for the signing. It doesn’t mean, I don’t say that in a good way or a bad way, just in more factual way. It sounds like a somewhat bennine Executive Order that Biden had put into effect, you know, looking to ways to lower drug prices, and now he’s just rescinded that. But you know, we’ll see what that means going forward. We’ll see if he comes up with his own Executive Order aimed at lowering drug prices, and go forward from there.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:00
And then, yeah, I guess the next on the list is something that was a little more predictable, which is about rescinding some orders around the ACA, the Affordable Care Act. We’ve heard about a lot in Trump’s first term about attacking the ACA, and these were revoking some of Biden’s Executive Orders that expanded access to the ACA.
Steven Newmark 06:20
Yeah, this is really getting to the weeds, so I’ll try to keep it high level. But this one, the Biden Executive Order allowed, particularly parents with young children, to gain more eligibility for more extensive coverage. This is what health policy experts called the quote family glitch. Before the Executive Order, for example, if a spouse’s employer offered family coverage, you were ineligible for a Marketplace Plan. So, for example, a friend of mine, her husband’s employer, was offered family coverage for a very high cost in relation to his salary, but because his individual coverage was affordable, that made him ineligible for the Affordable Care Act. So, this essentially allows a greater number of folks to shop for family plans, or had, I should say past tense, and it seems to have been a very popular Executive Order for those who took advantage. And it did help increase enrollment numbers.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:09
And yeah, and the other one related to the ACA was Biden had expanded enrollment period, so it was just like a longer time to enroll. And also funding for signing up for plans was increased, so I saw that nearly doubled ACA enrollment to 24 million. So, I could imagine this rollback of those orders would significantly reduce enrollment in the ACA. And I guess we’ll see that next year, because open enrollment has closed for this season, right?
Steven Newmark 07:38
Right. Um, this is another one. Not sure why this was done; Trump has a personal distaste, for sure, the Affordable Care Act, otherwise known as Obamacare. But again, there was little discussion that surrounded these signings, so it’s hard to understand their full purpose or policy rationale behind it. Look, you can’t, you know in terms of sign updates and availability, we do want to set parameters, and maybe there is a rationale for having expanded it, for Biden or for limiting it, but again, it wasn’t provided concomitantly with the signing. So, it’s unclear right now.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:08
Yeah, you know, like, if I’m trying to make sense of it in my head, maybe it was like, “Okay, we expanded this during, like, the big threatening time of COVID,”…
Steven Newmark 08:16
Good point.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:17
…when, you know, we needed, like, everyone needs to be on insurance all the time, in my opinion, but especially then, when you have such a big public health threat, and maybe it was like, “Well, now that that’s circulating and more, we have a better understanding of the way it circulates, etc, maybe now it’s time to reduce health insurance.” Which I don’t particularly agree with, but I guess maybe that’s how I can make sense of it.
Steven Newmark 08:38
Right, right. All right, another one, the Trump Administration ordered a full pause on external communications from federal health agencies, this includes the CDC, the FDA, the NIH, and even MMWR: Mortality and Morbidity Weekly Reports. So, I believe last Friday, there was no issuance of an MMWR report, which is a rare thing to have happen, and also HAN, and I forgot what HAN stands for (Health Alert Network), but I know it has to do with emergency alerts. So, there’s a pause going on.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:06
And there are exceptions for communication for like critical health and safety, but they are subject to review, so I guess that could delay the communications a bit. I know it isn’t, like, totally out there for an incoming administration to pause communications. This does seem to be temporary, but we’ll have to see. You know, after this full pause, like how stuff is filtered through, and posted, and disseminated to us afterwards. So, it’s like another one of those, wait and see, I guess.
Steven Newmark 09:34
Yeah, I think that’s a fair assessment. This is another one where I see a lot of discussion in the health policy, social media/media world. But I agree, I think let’s wait and see what this actually means. It’s not that unusual for a new administration, from Mayor to Governor to President, to put a pause on communications from agencies to get their handle on how they want to address the public.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:57
Yeah. And I also kind of wonder if, like a smoother transition between administrations could have maybe reduced some of this pause.
Steven Newmark 10:05
Probably, probably.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:07
You know, as we see with the rescinding of the Executive Orders, it’s like a really different position and mentality. So, it seems like there’s like a big pause and a big switch. So, all that say is, like, it’s a pretty harsh transition, and we’ll see what’s coming next.
Steven Newmark 10:21
Yeah, you would think, just from a practical standpoint, if you’re coming into a new administration and you didn’t like the way that the previous administration was doing something, you would sort of at least continue on, particularly when dealing with matters of health and science, while you try to figure out a more ideal way. Rather than say, “Hey, we’re going to stop everything that’s been going on for decades, and then we’re going to come up with a new way of doing things.” Does seem more natural to say, either have your plan ready to go or, as I said, develop your plan while not putting a pause on what has been the norm for decades with agencies, and particular agencies that deal, specifically, as I said, with science, data, public health; things that should not be controversial. But anyhow.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:02
Yeah, definitely, it feels like we have a right to that health information, right?
Steven Newmark 11:07
Yeah, certainly you want to know. And there is an emerging public health threat, knock wood that it doesn’t develop further. But there is the H5N1, that’s the bird flu, which seems to be growing, so you want to know what’s going on, or some folks do want to know what’s going on. I know I’m one of the people that would prefer to know, rather than not know.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:27
Well, another big one for us is diversity in clinical trials. I know we’ve been doing a lot of work to help recruit patients into clinical trials, especially diverse patients. We know that that is an ongoing challenge that a lot of studies are just based on one type of person, and that’s not the way the real world is – different people take drugs.
Steven Newmark 11:47
Definitely. So, just to be clear, there’s no pause as with the communications or anything like that. But what has folks up in alarm is there is a lot of discussion about reducing or eliminating DEI, Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion standards and practices in the federal government, and even beyond, and potentially as part of that, it’s unclear, the Food and Drug Administration has removed pages from their website which provide guidance to medical researchers on conducting medical trials with representative numbers of men and women, and ethnic, and/or racial minority groups. And so, for us at GHLF, this is something that we have been strong supporters of, the idea of increasing diversity in trials: we have helped encourage this, generally, throughout the country. And I think most people know this: this is not a matter of symbolic diversity. This is, as you just alluded, to, many medications and/or diseases, or conditions present differently in men and women, and in people with different genetic backgrounds.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:41
Yeah, it’s like, we know this is an ongoing challenge in areas of research. And we talk often about, I’m like, hesitating with my words, because it’s just like, it’s hard to wrap my head around this when we talk a lot about, you know, uplifting voices of different communities and building trust with communities. And I think it says a lot when people at the top are posting resources that helps people feel seen, you know, because they see themselves in these higher up places. And to take that away, I know just like has an impact of like, ‘Maybe I don’t really belong here and I don’t belong in these spaces,’ and kind of alienates patients from participating in research.
Steven Newmark 13:17
And beyond that, again, going back to what I said earlier. This is not about symbolic diversity, but I would argue necessary diversity to know how emerging therapies respond to people of different backgrounds. But also, equally as important, is that scientists have focused on the issue of diversity in clinical trials, because of a lack of a diverse population, can lead to skepticism from patients, who would be helped by medications, and unfortunately, there’s a sad history in our country of using, abusing, mistreatment of minority groups when it comes to medical research, and as a result, there is a mistrust in certain communities that needs to be overcome when developing new therapies. And that is important, and is an important rationale for increasing diversity when it comes to clinical trials.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:04
Absolutely. And you know, other resources we saw taken down was Spanish language content, LGBTQ+, and HIV resources. So, it just makes our job more important than ever to continue to put out the right information, and support these communities, so that people can have the right resources, so they can have informed conversations when they meet with their doctors.
Steven Newmark 14:26
Yeah, absolutely, absolutely. Well, that was a lot, and we’re not done by any means, but we’ll take our own full pause right there on external communications, because, you know, we need to catch our breath, frankly. But more happened. The United States has left the World Health Organization, and as we’re recording, R.F.K. is preparing to go to Capitol Hill for his nomination to become H.H.S. Secretary. So, there’s a lot more to come, lot more that we’ll be discussing in the coming weeks, and months, and years. Oh my gosh. And you know, hopefully there’ll be a lot of good things as well. There are some positive movements on legislation on Capitol Hill for bills that we believe will be helpful to patients in terms of gaining access, and affordability for medications. So, that’s something we’re gonna keep our eye on and keep informing everyone of. So, let’s take our pause there, and come back next week.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:11
And yeah, I guess with that pause, just to remind everyone that we have our 50-State-Network of advocates. So, you know, if you’re feeling inspired to share your voice, or share your story, definitely email us at [email protected] to get involved with our advocacy network.
Steven Newmark 15:27
Excellent. Well, before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 15:35
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to the “Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 15:48
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 15:54
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Veterans & Health Care: Navigating the System for Chronic Illness Care with Joel Aguilar
After years of searching for answers and enduring pain, veteran Joel Aguilar was finally diagnosed with psoriatic arthritis. In this episode, he shares his long road to diagnosis, the challenges of navigating the health care system, and how he found life-changing treatment. Joel also discusses how fitness has become a crucial part of managing his condition and offers valuable advice for veterans seeking care through the VA system.
Tune in for an inspiring conversation about perseverance, self-advocacy, and taking control of your health.

Veterans & Health Care: Navigating the System for Chronic Illness Care with Joel Aguilar
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today, we’re joined by Joel Aguilar, who shares his journey of getting diagnosed with psoriatic arthritis. Joel’s a veteran, and he describes, you know, getting discharged with pain and just spending a lot of time in pain, looking for answers to, finally, getting diagnosed, to then getting comfortable with the treatment options, and how he’s incorporated exercise in his life. We also talk a lot about navigating the Veteran’s Health Administration benefits, and he has some really good advice for people. So, I’m excited for everyone to have a listen.
Steven Newmark 00:56
Excellent. Let’s get into it.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:58
Hi Joel. Welcome to “The Health Advocates.” We’re so excited to have you here today. Can you begin by introducing yourself to our listeners?
Joel Aguilar 01:06
Yeah, my name is Joel Aguilar, and I live in Alva, Florida,
Zoe Rothblatt 01:10
And you were diagnosed with psoriatic arthritis, right? Can you tell us a little bit about your background, and, you know, what got you to first start noticing symptoms.
Joel Aguilar 01:21
Yeah, it was a long process; started when I was about 20 years old. I was in the Navy, I was in San Diego, and I was really into working out. I noticed my right bicep tendon started aching. Ended up, after months, getting a diagnosis of bicep tendonitis, did rehab with that, all kinds of different things, took a lot of ibuprofen. Over the next three years, I had a series of different responses in my body: I had other pains, other swelling, joints, neck, hips, feet, all kinds of problems. I was ended up in Japan, by 1992, I was, at that point they exhausted all their research on me and just, basically, said I was unfit to serve anymore because I couldn’t wear their shoes, I had really bad plantar fasciitis – my feet were swollen, I couldn’t get in normal shoes. I then was medically separated. Over the next, probably about 20 years, I self-paid for many different avenues that I sought myself. I would after, usually after a month or two with a certain doctor, I would get worn out and say, “Screw it,” and I would just be on to the next thing. Sometimes I would get injections; I was diagnosed with all different types of things; I was tested for many things, like Lymes Disease, different autoimmune things; nothing was coming up. Again, I would just wear out, just take ibuprofen, get some shots, and move on my way – just painfully. I, then, it was around 15 years ago I ended up showing up to the office of a rheumatologist who, within minutes said, “I know what you have.” And I’m like, “Yeah, whatever. Nobody’s ever been confident. In fact, nobody’s even had an idea what I had.” She just said, “You have psoriatic arthritis.” And I said, “Well, how do you know that?” And she goes, “Look at this pamphlet. Look at all the symptoms.” At that point that day, I had my toes and fingers were really swollen, and I had some other swelling in my neck, I think it was; I can’t remember exactly. I was thrilled, but also very skeptical. She said there’s a couple of courses I could do: one was oral medications, and she said injections would, for sure, do it. I was not ready to commit to injections at that point, I was trying to stay as natural as possible, and I’d done dietary changes to try to facilitate it, previously. About a few months later, and I can’t remember exactly how long, it wasn’t working at all, I just asked her, “Okay, can I try it out?” She had some trial injections, she gave me one in the office, I remember very well that day, it was afternoon. Within a couple of hours, it was like two to three hours, my swelling of my fingers and hands was completely gone. I just absolutely could not believe the response I had, and I’ve never been off of it since. I had to self-pay for a while – my insurance would not cover it for maybe the first year – and then I ended up finding out I was eligible for VA benefits, full benefits. The veterans, VA has now covered it for probably a decade, and it’s been life saving. Like, I, simply, not the same.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:14
That’s awesome. Like, I’m so glad to hear you say it’s life saving, and that after all those years of searching for answers, you not only got an answer, but a treatment that works. It’s, like, really unbelievable, which just makes me want to ask, during those years that you were going to every doctor and, you know, getting these like injections or testing done, what was keeping you motivated to keep looking for answers?
Joel Aguilar 04:38
It was cyclical, and as normal as anybody else, where you’ll get motivated when you’re in pain and you can’t do anything. And I had, you know, if I build up enough money or found somebody that would do something for cheap, I would try them out, and eventually, with no success. I would get unmotivated, and with that effort, and go back to resign to “I’m gonna have a life of pain and swelling and discomfort, and I’ll be limited.” So, it’s just a cycle of that. In anywhere from six months to a year, yearly basis, I would try something else.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:07
And then what was that moment like for you? You mentioned you were diagnosed within two minutes, and like, couldn’t believe that someone, finally, had an answer for you. What was going through your head at that time? If you can remember?
Joel Aguilar 05:18
Well, I remember that I hoped she was right, but I didn’t believe that she was right. When I believed she was right was that Friday, probably around five or six in the afternoon, when my swelling went down, and it was like unbelievable.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:32
And I’m sure there’s a lot of people out there that, like you have hesitation to start on a medication, like injections feel like a lot, especially injections you have to do yourself, like when you live with chronic illness. You kind of get used to that, but at first that feels like a really not normal thing. What, I guess, advice would you have for other people that are feeling similarly hesitant to start on an injection like you were in the beginning?
Joel Aguilar 05:56
My advice is: follow your instinct. I did, and my pain level and the time involved, I just did the math; if it had been a new onset thing, I, probably, would have stubbornly rejected it, but after that long, I was kind of worn out, and I just had to make a change, and even at some risk, even if it was unknown, if I was willing to do that.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:16
And do you remember anything that your doctor said or anything that you asked to help feel more comfortable? Or was it really just like “I’m feeling so uncomfortable, I gotta just try something”?
Joel Aguilar 06:25
I kind of thought that since it had been out a little while, I think a few years, and I was kind of trusting the FDA; they had done their research that I was doing, I think the risk assessment, which is that the risk-reward was likely in my favor, that was my math.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:40
Yeah, I think that’s great advice – think about your own personal risks, and benefits, and what feels good for you. I wanted to transition a little bit to talk about your fitness journey. And the first time we met, you talked a lot about how fitness is really important to your psoriatic arthritis journey. Can you tell us a little bit more about that and how you stay active?
Joel Aguilar 06:59
I was very active prior to that, and throughout my 20s, and my fitness declined quite a bit. After that, I’ve been able to ramp up significantly to the point where just a few years ago, running in Colorado is where I had lived for 25 years. I was doing back-to-back weekends of 30 mile plus mountain runs. In fact, one day, I did a Tough Mudder 10k, followed up by 32 mile run like solo, like unsupported. With plantar fasciitis, running was never gonna be an option. I played soccer in high school, and that was out of the question up until then. And now, I don’t take it for granted at all: I work out five to six days a week, usually run two to three, and what’s helped me? I do have some off days still. It’s not often, but heat is my friend, staying warm. When I get stiff and it’s cold out, I just move my body, it helps. I’m usually pretty active, I don’t sit down and watch TV; I just go, go, go, and that seems to be also a big help as well. That’s a good point, because you don’t feel like it for sure, when you get out of bed and you’re stiff and cold, and you step down first steps, or like your feet are swollen and everything hurts and all that. But it’s like, I think of it like a car motor; it always works when it’s hot; it stinks when it starts cold, but if you can get it warm, you’re going to be in good shape, but you got to get there. And sometimes you just got to be stubborn and just start moving, and then everything starts working. Instead of going with what you feel like you know what you should be doing and just do it.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:59
It’s so interesting because it almost feels like counter intuitive, right? Like your body hurts and you’re like, “I kind of just like ache and want to rest.”But in reality, with arthritis, like getting those joints moving is something that really helps. So, what do you have to say to kind of, like getting over that mental hurdle and getting yourself started with working out?
Joel Aguilar 08:17
And do you have, like, a routine that helps keep you, I guess, like, focused or on the path to working out? My memory of how I used to be in all the years that I couldn’t do it, I’m still trying to catch up.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:55
Yeah, for sure.
Joel Aguilar 08:56
I’m just grateful – that’s the bottom line.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:58
Yeah, how, I guess, like, going into that feeling of grateful, like, can you tell us a little bit more about that? Like, how has your life just turned around, from working on your fitness and taking this treatment? Like, what are you able to, now, do that you weren’t before?
Joel Aguilar 09:12
Just about everything, and more than somebody my age could do. My only real limitations are my hand strength. It went away, I still haven’t been able to develop it, and I’m almost really not willing to risk trying to increase it, because my joints, you know, there’s still, even though the pain is resolved, the swelling is resolved, I think I still have some underlying issues I have to acknowledge and be just mindful of. But, um, my real fitness like level is higher, I think, probably quite a bit higher than anybody at my age, and my focus daily is just about doing the most I can. Helps a little bit, I have 15 month old twins; twin girls that they want to move, they want to do something – I have to do it. Changing diapers is a lot of dexterity, picking them up, they’re both around 30 pounds, that’s a lot of work, and I still have six plus acres of a ranch to work on daily, and I’m the only grounds keeper. So, there’s a lot to do.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:02
Yeah, I think that’s great advice too: just like finding the movement in everyday life too. Like, sometimes it doesn’t have to be a big workout. It can just be, like you’re saying, picking up your kids, or working on your lawn, like it can be even, I know patients sometimes say, you know, my goal today is to walk to the mailbox and get the mail, and that could happen on a slower day, but really, like, finding activities around the house can be a great way to get started into fitness.
Joel Aguilar 10:28
That’s right, because I do believe we lose a lot. Even with normal people that have no conditions, lack of activity leads to a quick decline. So, I think with people that have these autoimmune type things that are like, especially with arthritis component, you have a lot of excuses to not move because it hurts. I think it’s, you’ve got to do something extraordinary just to be normal at that point. And it’s just, you have to be stubborn, and have a strong will, and then just do it every day.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:55
Exactly, it’s that self-advocacy that’s so important. I want to go back to something you touched on earlier. How in the beginning of your journey were like paying a lot out of pocket and weren’t really taking advantage of the full health insurance benefits that you had through the VA. Can you talk about when you discovered those benefits, and how that’s impacted your journey?
Joel Aguilar 11:16
I’ve been self-employed for most of 30 years, so I had my own health insurance coverage. And of course, there was some limitations to that. And I ran into someone in my little town in Colorado that happened to be the person that enrolled people in the VA medical system. And somehow my history came up, and he said, “Why haven’t you been enrolled?” And I said, “I haven’t talked to anybody about this since I left in 1993, so I have no clue what my rights are to any kind of compensation or benefits.” So, he helped me out, and lo and behold, I have 100% coverage. And at that point, even being in a remote town in Colorado, my main hospital was in Albuquerque, which then obviously limited my ability to go see people, so I didn’t really take full advantage of it for a few years. Once I figured out the system, it’s been amazing, especially the last probably eight years has improved a lot, and there’s programs for people that live remotely now. Community cares allows you to access your own private doctors through the VA system, if they can’t service you quickly, so there’s no long waits anymore. A lot of times, you can pick your facility, your own doctor, and the VA will pay for it if they can’t service you quickly, and to your satisfaction. It’s two things: it’s really good, right now
Zoe Rothblatt 12:33
That’s so cool, and yeah, I learned about this in our first conversation, right? You said, if it’s more than 30 minutes away from you, the nearest VA facility, you can choose into, like a private provider, closer, right?
Joel Aguilar 12:46
Yeah, it’s something like that. It’s a mileage and also a time if they can’t service you within, I think it’s like 20 days, and it’s too far away, which is, I think, 30 miles, or something like that. I’ve only ran into it about half the time where the VA can’t service me with either one, the proximity or the time period. Um, at that point, it’s immediately offered: “Would you like to find your own doctor? Let us know which ones you’d like to see. If they’re in our network, you can freely see them,” and most of them are. It’s been pretty easy.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:14
That’s amazing. I mean, yeah, that makes such a difference. Like, when you’re in pain, the last thing you want to do is go far or wait a long time. It’s so important to have these options. I’m wondering, you know, you mentioned that your friend was the one that said, “Hey, check out the VA benefits.” Like, how can others get started? Let’s say other people don’t have that friend. That’s like nudging them to get it. And they’ve, you know, done service, how can other people look up these benefits and get started?
Joel Aguilar 13:38
The best way, I think, would just be go online and look up a VA, there’ll be 100 number, and you likely will get a quick response in some direction. They’re very responsive, and typically, when you go on any of their sites, they can direct you right where you need to go pretty easily.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:53
Amazing, thank you. Yeah, I think there’s such a misconception, at least, like, I haven’t been in military service ever. But I’ve heard from others that the VA can be slow and long wait times, etc, and it’s so, I don’t know, just like eye opening and encouraging to hear from you about the experience that you’ve had, and you said it’s really turned around in the last eight years. So, I think that, you know, I asked you that question about, “How can others get started?” To say to others listening that even if you think you’ve heard it’s long wait times, like call and find out, and just try and make that appointment. Because, like, Joel, you’re saying you just tried, and now, you all of a sudden, you have all these great benefits. And it’s such an important note of advocacy in your journey to say, like, “I’m not going to give up, and I’m going to keep, you know, fighting for the health care I need.”
Joel Aguilar 14:37
Absolutely, I encourage anybody to inquire about that if you have done your service.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:41
And you know, finally, before I let you go, what advice do you have to give to veterans or others with chronic illnesses, who are kind of like struggling to get a diagnosis or access to care? Like thinking back to those early days when you were just going around from appointment to appointment, like people are in that situation now, what would you say to them?
Joel Aguilar 15:01
I would say, if you’re as miserable as I was, “Don’t give up.” There’s obviously different degrees, unless you’re in somebody’s body, and know the level of pain, discomfort, and misery, that’s gonna either motivate you to go do something or put you on the couch the rest of your life. And I hope everybody gets up and does something about it, and find the person with the answer; there’s gonna be somebody with an answer.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:22
I agree there’s someone with an answer, and in the meantime, you know there’s people like us out there thinking of you, and just know that you’re not alone in your journey.
Joel Aguilar 15:32
Absolutely.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:32
Well, thank you, Joel, so much for joining us on “The Health Advocates” and sharing your story with our listeners. And, especially, thank you for your service.
Joel Aguilar 15:40
You’re welcome, Zoe. Thank you for your time.
Steven Newmark 15:42
Wow, what a story. Thank you to Joel, and you know, thank you, Zoe, for that great discussion. Joel’s story of perseverance and self-advocacy – It’s really inspiring. So, thank you.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:52
Absolutely, it really goes to show, you know, like it’s never too late to get a diagnosis, to get on treatment, because it really can help, and you’re not alone if you know you’re out there struggling in pain, like you have a community rooting for you.
Steven Newmark 16:06
Well, with that, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts and hear other great stories, like Joel’s, at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 16:14
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 16:27
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 16:33
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
From COVID to Drug Pricing: How Biden’s Presidency Shaped Health Care
As we transition into a new administration, our hosts reflect on President Biden’s legacy in health care policy, focusing on three major areas that impacted patients: the COVID-19 response, the opioid crisis, and the Inflation Reduction Act. They discuss key achievements such as vaccine rollouts, reduced overdose deaths, and efforts to lower prescription drug costs, while also examining ongoing challenges and concerns. With the health policy landscape set to shift in 2025, this episode breaks down what patients need to know and how to stay engaged in advocacy for better care.

From COVID to Drug Pricing: How Biden’s Presidency Shaped Health Care
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today, we figured, with the change of administrations, we thought it’d be a good time to look back on the Biden presidency, and notably his achievements in the area of health policy relevant to our listeners with chronic disease.
Steven Newmark 00:40
Yeah, love him or not, Biden did do a lot in the health policy world that deserves mentioning as he exits stage left, so to speak. So, let’s get into it. There are probably three main areas where the Biden presidency was felt in the health care realm. I mean, there’s a lot more we could discuss, but we’ll stick to the three biggest that he did, which was COVID-19, opioids, and the Inflation Reduction Act.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:02
Yeah, COVID, that’s a big one. I mean, just like, think about where we were four years ago. It’s January 2025, we were January 2021, I guess, like we were just on the cusp of getting vaccinated. People had started to get vaccinated, health care workers, COVID was raging, we were still wearing our masks, very worried about what was going to happen, especially our community who’s immunocompromised, the elderly. It was amazing to finally have you know the success of the vaccine.
Steven Newmark 01:28
Yeah, no, absolutely. President Biden took aggressive actions against COVID-19. Most notably for the mass vaccination campaign. It was a pretty comprehensive report done by the Commonwealth Fund that estimated that based upon the mass vaccination campaign, getting the shots in arms, as we called it back then, we saved an estimated 3.2 million American lives, which is worth celebrating, to say the least.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:49
Absolutely. And you know, as we talk about this too, an important part of this was President Trump and Operation Warp Speed to get the vaccines to develop them. But we do know that the vast majority of injections was an undertaking during the Biden administration. So, thank you to the administration for saving what you just said, an estimated 3.2 million American lives. That’s like the best data you can have in hand, especially now as we’re combating a lot of misinformation and declining rates of vaccines. It’s important to highlight that.
Steven Newmark 02:21
Yeah, I know, definitely. Within just a few months of taking office, I think, as my recollection is correct, nearly all eligible Americans were vaccinated. Not everyone took one, but all, you know, within a relatively short period of time, we were all at least had the ability to be vaccinated, and most of us were. And perhaps just as important, development of vaccines continued, so that boosters could be ride it in the coming years as needed.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:43
Absolutely. And just taking it to today, we are in an entirely different place, a much better place. While COVID is still a threat and circulating it is definitely different than how we were in January, 2021, and for the better.
Steven Newmark 02:58
Absolutely. So, moving on from COVID. Let’s talk a little bit about opioids. Not a subject we talk a lot about here, but certainly a crisis that has afflicted much of our nation for quite some time. When Biden’s term started four years ago, the number of overdose deaths was skyrocketing at 31% a year. The administration’s overdose prevention efforts contributed to a reversal in that the CDC reports that the year ending last June, the fiscal year ending last June, saw a 14-and-a-half percent decrease in overdose deaths. That’s the single largest recorded reduction in US history. That’s also the first time since 2018 that the country has seen a decline.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:35
Yeah, so let’s dive into this. Like, how did we get to this reversal? What actions did the administration take?
Steven Newmark 03:41
Yeah, I think one of the most important actions that they took was to make Naloxone, which is an opioid overdose antidote, available over the counter. That’s a really, really big deal. Essentially, you don’t need a prescription to obtain and carry around with you. Essentially a medication that can be injected or, I think it’s through a nasal spray when someone is having an overdose, so loved ones are able to simply go to your local pharmacy, pick it up, and just have it on hand as needed, and not necessarily rely on emergency medical services to appear on time. And that has surely contributed to the decrease in deaths, which is a big deal.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:17
Absolutely. I mean, you know, no one ever expects that they’re going to be in that scenario where they’re going to need, you know, a fast-acting antidote like Naloxone, and just being able to have it in your purse, in your pocket, readily available, without the extra barrier of getting a prescription. Like, you can just imagine how often you have stuff going on, like, you’ll say, oh, you know, maybe if you’re interested in getting one, but you would delay it, and now it decreases that I gotta do all these steps, and there’s all these barriers. You could have it, and if, God forbid, you’re in a situation, you can administer it easily. Like you said, it’s a nasal spray.
Steven Newmark 04:50
Yeah. The administration also removed roadblocks to treatment access. For instance, a long-standing requirement for providers to obtain a license called an X waiver to prescribe a highly effective medication used to treat opioid addiction made it difficult for people to find doctors, who could prescribe this very important treatment. So, two years after Biden lifted this what I would argue unnecessary requirement to obtain this waiver, the number of eligible clinicians went up 15 times. So, that’s a pretty big deal.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:16
Yeah, I think, you know, overall, these are just really good examples at taking a look at how we currently structure and do things, and thinking about how to eliminate barriers to just make treatments and access to care more easy for people to get to.
Steven Newmark 05:32
Definitely. Speaking about access to care, the administration also made permanent some telehealth provisions that made care more accessible and changed regulations to allow people in jails and prisons receive addiction treatment, which was helpful. If you’re able to recover while incarcerated, when you come out, you’re less likely to obviously have an overdose death, and perhaps almost as critical, was decreasing supply. The US seized more illicit fentanyl at ports of entry in the last two years than in the previous five years combined. So, that’s a pretty impressive feat, and it’s good to see those who paid any attention to the opioid crisis know the dangers of fentanyl. We won’t get into the details of that, but stopping these at ports of entry has been a really big deal.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:11
Absolutely. And last on our list, we have the Inflation Reduction Act, the IRA. I’m pretty sure we’ve done some episodes on this. We won’t dive too deep, and while we know that there’s challenges with it, we also know that there’s a lot of great stuff for patients in the IRA as well.
Steven Newmark 06:27
Yeah, absolutely, this was to quote President Biden, “A big effing deal,” and it has some provisions that we might have quibbles with. But you know, it is a big deal on the health care system as well as in other areas too. Some of the positives to highlight, Biden fulfilled the campaign promise to cut prescription drug costs for seniors. Specifically, the IRA contains provisions to make it easier for older adults to afford medications. And the most notable is a cap on out of pocket spending for those enrolled in Medicare, Part D.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:57
Yeah so, previously the annual cap was $3500 and now it’s $2000. So, this means that people, in part D, will not be paying more than $2,000 a year for prescription drugs. This is like a huge benefit to patients. I mean, we talk about people’s chronic disease, you’re chronically paying, so to be able to have that reduced, to get access to your medications, and, you know, maintain your quality of life because you have these medications at, you know, a capped cost is really important to patients, and a lot of mental relief as well.
Steven Newmark 07:29
Totally, the average Medicare beneficiary takes many drugs. Folks on Medicare are either over the age of 65 or older or living with a disability. So, these are folks who are likely taking multiple drugs, and to have that, if they’re in the Part D program, to have those capped at $2,000 a year is quite a big deal.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:46
Absolutely.
Steven Newmark 07:47
In fact, I just want to say I personally spoke with a woman, who broke down in tears when she realized she would no longer, in her words, have to choose between taking medications and bankrupting her family. So, that’s just a real world example of what legislation can do for people? Definitely. And of course, there are other parts of the bill that we believe have good intentions, but may not necessarily in order to the benefit of patients. For example, beginning in 2026, Medicare will begin to negotiate the prices of some drugs with manufacturers, while this will save Medicare, in other words, the federal government money, this will also have the consequence of reducing incentives for manufacturers to develop new drugs, which could result in lost opportunities for millions of patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:01
Absolutely. Yeah, I mean, it’s terrifying to have to choose between pain and your daily quality of life versus your financial health, and no one should be in the position to do that. So, it’s really good to see that the Biden administration took steps to reduce that impact. And then another one also with, you know, capping the price of medication. So, the IRA included a provision for Medicare, Part D plans to charge no more than $35 per month for all covered insulin products, and it also limit cost sharing for insulin covered under Part B for $35 a month. And you know, this is a huge relief. We’ve seen how insulin prices have skyrocketed and become really unaffordable for people. Diabetes is really not an option to not take insulin, so it’s important to make this as affordable as we can. Exactly. You know, drug savings sounds good, but sometimes it just doesn’t trickle down to the patient like you’re saying. It’s not really clear how that impacts what the patient is paying, and if it also impacts drug development in the future, that could end up harming the patient. So, I think there’s another one of those examples where it’d be helpful to have more transparency on how these laws go down to the patient, because that’s what we’re always advocating for.
Steven Newmark 09:35
Absolutely, absolutely not to go too deep on the IRA. But look, we’re taxpayers, and I would love for the government to save money as a taxpayer, but I do have a personal stake as someone who badly seeks the development of new drugs, seeks, if anything, increased budgets for research and development, particularly for drugs that our community relies on, biologics as we you know, it’s not uncommon. In fact, it’s very common for folks to be on biologics for them to work, and then the need to switch to different medications. So, the more advances that can be made, the better it is for patients. And anything that curtails that is troubling to say the least, particularly when the benefit on the flip side is not going to be a direct patient impact. Absolutely. And you know, we have the inauguration coming up. So, we are expecting the health policy landscape to change with the new administration, but as always, we will stay on top of it and let our community know what impacts you and how to advocate. Yeah, just a reminder of what you can do in 2025: join the GHLF 50-state-network to lend your voice to key issues. Stay informed through our newsletters, webinars, and advocacy updates, and share your story to inspire change and highlight real patient experiences. You can email us at [email protected] to get involved. Well, Zoe, thanks as always, for another great discussion. As we look to 2025 and beyond, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 11:04
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 11:15
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 11:20
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Building Community Through Chronic Illness: Nitika Chopra’s Journey with Chronicon
In this season premiere of The Health Advocates, our hosts welcome Nitika Chopra, the Founder and CEO of Chronicon. Nitika shares her personal journey of living with psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis and how her experiences inspired her to create Chronicon, a platform and community aimed at empowering people living with chronic illnesses. Together, they discuss the importance of amplifying marginalized voices, making accessibility a priority, and building a supportive network for those with chronic conditions.
Tune in to hear Nitika’s inspiring story and her vision for fostering change and connection in 2025.

Building Community Through Chronic Illness: Nitika Chopra’s Journey with Chronicon
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:18
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:22
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:28
Yeah, and Happy New Year, listeners. Today, we decided to kick off the new year with our interview with Nitika Chopra, she’s a really strong advocate from the community, and I’m excited for you guys to have a listen.
Steven Newmark 00:40
Yeah, Happy New Year, Zoe. 2025, we made it, all right. So, as you said, it’s a great way to start the year is by talking to one of our friends. Nitika Chopra, is the pioneer in force behind Chronicon, a renowned media and events conglomerate dedicated to empowering individuals living with chronic illness. Nitika’s own health odyssey began at a tender age with a diagnosis of psoriasis at age 10 and psoriatic arthritis at age 19. These conditions became defining aspects of her life for over 17 years, inspiring her to transform her experiences into a catalyst for change. I can’t think of a better way to start the new year than, as I said, talking to a fierce advocate, such as Nitika.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:16
Awesome! So, let’s get started.
Steven Newmark 01:19
Welcome Nitika. Thank you so much for being here today. We’re really excited to introduce you to our listeners. So, why don’t we start there? Can you start by introducing yourself, and give a little bit of your background?
Nitika Chopra 01:30
Sure. Well, thank you guys so much for having me. I was so happy to be here and yeah, my name is Nitika Chopra, and I am the founder and CEO of Chronicon, and the president of the Chronicon Foundation. I started Chronicon in 2019, and have been living with chronic illnesses for over 30 years, and it’s a passion that I don’t think I’ll ever stop being passionate about. So, I’m excited to be here and talk to you.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:53
Awesome. Yeah, welcome to “The Health Advocate,” and maybe let’s start there with your personal health journey. What was that like for you, and how did it inspire you to become, like, a chronic illness advocate?
Nitika Chopra 02:03
Yeah, well, I got diagnosed with psoriasis at the age of 10, which is an autoimmune disease, a skin disease, and a decade later, ended up getting psoriatic arthritis. And I never thought I would be talking about my health in this way; I never thought that this would be a part of my work. I, you know, growing up, we didn’t have the internet for most of the time I was growing up, so it’s not like I was on Instagram at like, 10 years old, looking at “(The) Health Advocates.” I was just kind of dealing with it on my own, and I was the only person in my family, who had gone through this kind of thing with their health, in terms of with their skin and things like that. So, I felt really alone, and I felt like I was the only person in the whole world that had, kind of, condition. And it felt very real, like that was my truth for a really, really long time. And then I would say, when I was in my mid 20s, mid to late 20s, I had moved to New York, and I started to meet people, who were writing books, and writing blogs, and life coaching, and doing all this stuff that I had never heard of. I mean, writing books, of course, I had heard of but I never met a person, who wrote a book. Obviously a very hard thing to do, but anyone can decide that they want to write a book. And I didn’t even know that people could do that. So, I went through this whole journey of starting a company, writing a blog, going on TV, doing a lot of stuff in media. And then I would say in like, 2016, 2017/18, like, a lot changed in this country in particular, and it really just had me, like it pushed me to say, like, okay, I was talking about skin care and wellness at the time, and I liked it, but it wasn’t really getting to the depth of what I wanted to get to. And I was just kind of yearning to figure out what that was gonna be, and I thought of Chronicon throughout that process. So, yeah.
Steven Newmark 03:48
I have a very specific question, do you remember the first time you ever met another person with a chronic condition?
Nitika Chopra 03:53
Well, that’s a good question. So, my grandmother had myasthenia gravis, which I actually got diagnosed with but after getting really bad case of COVID, in 2021. And I’m in remission from that now, but she was the only person that I really knew that had a chronic illness. Myasthenia gravis is a rare neuromuscular disease; a lot of people think it’s MS at first, like, there’s a lot of similarities to how it shows up. And so, she had gone through tremendous difficulty with her health; she had a tracheotomy to speak out of through her throat; she had bypass surgeries; she was on a respirator. It was really intense, but it still felt very separate from what I was going through, because I was a kid in school, I was trying to date, I was also dealing with something that was so, it was visible in a very different way, because my whole body, like 98% of my body, was covered with psoriasis for about 17 years. So, it’s just like a very different social experience, because I was meeting people and trying to put myself out there for sort of the first time in my life, where she was already married and had her three kids. And it was like very different of course, also. Incredibly hard, but just in very different ways.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:02
I find it so relatable. What you said about just like you didn’t know, like, “Oh, these are real people that can write books.” Like, even meeting other people in the chronic illness community. You’re like, “Oh, wait. Like, it’s just a girl you like me,” and like, right before us we were chatting about our hair. It’s like, you think you’re so alone in this journey, and then you start connecting, which makes me want to ask you more about Chronicon and the events you’ve hosted. You talked about, you know, finding your voice and thinking about Chronicon and what that looks like. Can you, like, tell us a little bit more about what that looks like today?
Nitika Chopra 05:32
Yeah. So, Chronicon started as a large in person conference. We had hundreds of people at the first conference and 1000s of people online, and it was really, like a very surreal experience in so many ways, because I had this idea I had been doing events. I had never done a conference before, but I had been doing events for a long time, for about 10 years before I started Chronicon. And I had done these events called self-love celebrations, and I had done, like workshops and stuff, but they were, you know, just like hangouts, like parties, like, these are, like, really fun with hundreds of people still, but they weren’t, like this huge endeavor in the same way. And I was so nervous, I did not know if a single person was going to want to come to a conference about being chronically ill. I was kind of like, “Who would want to come to the? I want to go, but, like, I don’t know if anyone else is going to want to go.” And we sold out, and it was just remarkable, like we had people upset that they couldn’t get a ticket, and I was just like, “I didn’t know I needed to book a bigger venue. Okay, next time I will.” So, that’s how it started, and then a few months later, the pandemic started, and it was obviously a shock to all of us, and being immune compromised myself and being in the community with people, who are being compromised. It was another level of intensity, I think, for a lot of us, and I know for myself for sure, so I had to do a lot of soul searching and figuring out what this could look like. We built an app; we have a community online, and so, we gather there virtually, and we still do that every week; I host workshops in the app, and our community leaders host workshops every week as well in there, which is great. And then we did a live conference in 2023, is like our kind of comeback through the pandemic. And then this year, in 2024, we ended up doing a tour, which I actually really love. I think that’s what we’re gonna do in 2025 too. I’m gonna do two tours, and one in the spring, one in the fall, and I loved it because as someone with a chronic illness myself, who, I have two chronic illnesses, one in remission, and it’s a lot of output for me to put on a conference and, like, manage everything, and I really do most things pretty much by myself. So, I wanted to do something, where I was able to give a lot to the community and create that impact, make sure people could still get together and feel that support, but not burn myself out at the same time. And I feel like it’s also important to be that model for others, because a lot of times with chronic illness, you’re kind of told, well, that’s kind of it, like you can only do certain things. You can’t do it all. So, finding that way to do the work in a way that also serves me, has been really important.
Steven Newmark 08:03
Yeah, in creating Chronicon, was there any particular moment that you look as sort of like that “Aha moment,” or the most rewarding thing, like “This was great. It was a lot of work. But oh man, I feel it?”
Nitika Chopra 08:15
Yeah. I mean, I think just after the first conference, I was just in shock for, like, months, I think after, and sometimes I still am in shock of just like what happened in that first conference, and what continues to happen from then. But I just remember people from all over the world came to the first conference, and we just had people, who were so emotional and feeling like they had met their people, like they finally had friendships like they’ve never had before, just so many layers to how meaningful this had become for them. And again, it was just like something that I thought of because of something I went through. I didn’t think that it would have like that big of an impact. It was just like what I wanted to do and what I thought I needed. So yeah, that first conference, I think, was like, the biggest “Aha moment.” And then I think, honestly, just like creating the conference, like I had this whole moment when I decided to do Chronicon. I was walking around another conference called Curvycon, and my friend was modeling there, and I was like, “Okay, I’ll come with you. Like, check it out.” And I had this experience because I was in that mode of searching, of like, “What is this next thing I’m supposed to do? I don’t really know.” And I watched all of these brands like, celebrate the people in the conference, like the women and the individuals who were there with curvy bodies. No brand was like, “Oh, you can only come to our booth if you change. You need to be smaller or look different.” They were all like, “Come over here with all of your curves and all of your beauty and exactly how you are,” and it was just this way-I’m getting chills as I say it- because it was just this magnificent moment for me, because I thought, “Wow, if I at 10 years old, 15 years old, went to a conference that was like, ‘Come over here with your flaky skin, we couldn’t, like, show you how accentuate your eyes, even though you have psoriasis all over your face, or we’re gonna, like, show you how to, you know, feel confident in the clothes that you’re wearing, even though your skin is falling apart underneath them, whatever it is, my whole life would have been different.'” And I think I just had this moment, and I was walking around that conference, and I started, I’m a very spiritual person, so I started talking to God, and I was just like, “Okay, God, that could be something, but like, what would it be called?” And I just started kind of having this conversation, like a spiritual conversation in my mind. And then I thought of the name Chronicon, like, as I was walking around the conference. So that, to me, was like the chrysalis moment of like, “Oh, my God, there’s something here. It’s even bigger than I think I probably understand, and I hope I can do it justice, you know?” I hope I can honor it, is really how I feel.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:47
Well, yeah, I mean, thank you for leaning into that feeling, because what you’ve built is incredible. And I think, you know, like I have two chronic illnesses, and just speaking with others with chronic illness, it’s exactly what you’re saying; you just instantly feel a level of connection and support that you don’t necessarily have in other places. You know, my friends and family without chronic illnesses, they’re really supportive, but there’s just such a deep, immediate level of connection. So, for you to say it’s a whole community here that can feel that together and rely on each other for support, I think it’s just such a remarkable thing to do. So like, yeah, just thank you for leaning into that feeling and building it, because I know it’s not easy.
Nitika Chopra 11:27
Thanks, Zoe, that’s really sweet. Yeah, I think it’s just like what we need, and I hope that I can continue to grow it and again, do it justice. But yeah, it was kind of like one of those things where it’s like, you can’t not do it. It was just, like, so loud, so strong. I was like, “Okay, here we go. I have literally no idea what I’m doing, and we’re doing this anyway.” So, it was, it was definitely, it’s been a journey, but it’s been great.
Steven Newmark 11:51
Yeah, what changes have you seen in terms of being a patient advocate? You talked about starting it before COVID And then after COVID? So, what changes have you seen?
Nitika Chopra 11:59
I know this probably isn’t true, but I would say for me, I didn’t know any people talking about like living with a chronic illness before, like in 2018/2019, I felt like it was so much more rare. And now, I find that I’m seeing a lot more people, who don’t necessarily consider themselves like patient advocates, but they’re leaders in their own work that they’re doing, and they’re also coming out with the fact that they have chronic illnesses and how they’re managing it, or that they’re struggling with it. And I never saw that before, and I remember, like, one of my first posts about living with a chronic illness, where it was, like, really focused on the chronic illness aspect, whereas before that, I had kind of hidden my conditions, like on my “About Page,” or, like I would say it in the interview every once in a while, I wasn’t ashamed of it, but I didn’t want it to become my identity. So, that was a huge thing I had to grapple with for a while. But, yeah, I just really did I remember that post because I really felt like it was a big deal, because people weren’t really talking about it so much. Now, I feel like I go on Instagram or Tiktok, and I find so many people are talking about these things and in their own unique way, and like, there’s just a variety that I never saw before, which I think is great, because not everyone’s gonna resonate with the way that I talk about chronic illness, and not everyone’s gonna resonate with the way that you guys talk about it. And there’s hundreds of millions of people out there, who have a chronic illness, so it’s like there’s enough people to try to reach.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:25
And in thinking about that uniqueness and different voices, we know a lot of marginalized communities are disproportionately affected by chronic illness, but also aren’t necessarily the people being uplifted or presented with opportunities. Can you talk about any advice you have for, you know, uplifting those voices, or how you’ve done so through Chronicon?
Nitika Chopra 13:46
Yeah, that’s a beautiful question; thank you for asking that. As a woman of colour myself, I think just like having the courage to speak out when it’s not, first of all, it’s not culturally very accepted, as a South Asian woman, and I know a lot of people out there, who come from certain cultures, they really grapple with that. I have been a firecracker since I was like two years old; I’ve just kind of done what I need to do. And I’ve always been like, “It’s really not about me, it’s about something bigger than me. So like, You got to get out of my way, and I’m gonna do it anyway.” So, my Indian parents are pretty well-versed in, you know, my like ambition in that way, but I’ve talked to a lot of, specifically, South Asian women, but I think this runs across so many different cultures, who really grapple with that. So, I think, you know, that’s something I think about a lot, just having that courage, but also having that grace for yourself and that compassion for yourself as you try to use your voice. It’s not something that we’re taught to do in a lot of cultures and in a lot of marginalized communities. And I think it’s just important to have that awareness as you’re navigating it. I also think, I mean, I know, for me with Chronicon specifically, I am so passionate about every single panel at our conferences having a diverse group of people. It’s like the thing that honestly, like, keeps me up at night when I’m like, producing the conference, it’s like, I will not rest until every single panel has as many marginalized communities, like represented as possible. And it’s only a challenge sometimes, because, again, those people are not always encouraged to speak and use their voice, right? But it’s not impossible to do, and I feel like it takes a little bit more effort, but it makes a lot more of an impact. And so, I think more and more companies and communities need to be, like, fighting for that. It’s imperative. It’s kind of how people say, like, with accessibility, right? Like, accessibility shouldn’t be an afterthought. There shouldn’t be an afterthought that like, “Oh, you need to have an ASL interpreter. If there’s a stage, you need to have a ramp and things like that.” And that’s how we treat accessibility with Chronicon too. But I think in showing diverse voices, in showing diverse perspectives, like that’s been a huge part of what we do as well, and it should not be an afterthought. So, I hope more people really take that into consideration as they build out content and communities going forward.
Steven Newmark 16:04
Well, you actually answered my question, I was going to ask if there’s one takeaway for our listeners, but I think that that what you just said, really encapsulated what that might be. So, I’ll go to the next question. Where can we follow and get involved with Chronicon? Where can our listeners follow along?
Nitika Chopra 16:19
Yeah, check us out on social media, especially on Instagram is where we’re the most active @Chroniconofficial, and you’ll see our green and pink logo there, so you should be able to recognize us. We’re gonna be doing, you know, as I said, a spring and a fall tour, in 2025, so definitely just follow us, and we’ll be promoting that and sharing about that on our Instagram.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:41
Awesome! Well, thank you so much Nitika for joining us today. We look forward to, you know, seeing all that you do in 2025, and beyond. And I just, I guess, want to reiterate that thought that you said that accessibility and uplifting voices shouldn’t be an afterthought. It should just be ingrained from the start. I think that’s so powerful, and, you know, I’m hoping we can continue working together to make that happen.
Nitika Chopra 17:05
Yeah, you too. Thank you both so much. I love chatting with you.
Steven Newmark 17:08
Thank you so much, Nitika.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:09
That was a lot of fun, Steven. It’s always great talking to an advocate and just, you know, learning more about Nitika’s story and how she got to where she is today.
Steven Newmark 17:18
Totally! Great way to start the new year. I’m excited for 2025 definitely. Before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 17:30
Well, everyone. Thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button, wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 17:43
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 17:49
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Health Policy and Advocacy: 2024 Reflections and What’s Ahead in 2025
In this special season finale of The Health Advocates, our hosts look back on a year of legislative wins, advocacy milestones, and patient-driven successes in 2024. From step therapy reforms to copay accumulator bans, they highlight progress at both state and federal levels. Steven and Zoe also share priorities for 2025, including the Safe Step Act, Help Copays Act, and continued vaccine advocacy. Join us as we celebrate the power of patient stories, look ahead to a critical year in health policy, and thank the advocates who made this progress possible.

Health Policy and Advocacy: 2024 Reflections and What’s Ahead in 2025
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation (GHLF).
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And, I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:28
And today, for our last episode of the year, we’re gonna take a look back at 2024 and what’s ahead for 2025, when it comes to health policy and advocacy.
Steven Newmark 00:37
And we’ll start off by thanking our listeners. We’re so grateful to all of you for tuning in.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:41
Yes, thank you listeners. I really can’t believe we’ve arrived at our last episode for 2024.
Steven Newmark 00:48
Well, let’s start by talking about some of the legislative victories that we’ve had, in 2024, these are victories that are really for all patients. But we’ve been involved in these efforts, and we again, thank each and every one of you for all that you do on behalf of patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:02
Yeah. Thank you so much to our community. Shout out to our 50-State Network. You know, without you, this wouldn’t be possible. We talk all the time about like, how resonating a story is, and just hearing first-hand testimony from advocates really does make a difference. So, let’s go state-by-state, I guess, for our successes for the year.
Steven Newmark 01:20
Yeah, well, it’s not all 50-states, but we’ll go through some of the high level stuff. So, Oregon and Vermont became the 20th and 21st states, and as well as Puerto Rico, to pass laws banning co-pay accumulator adjusters from passing on financial burdens onto patients, while the federal “HELP Copays Act” continues to gain support in both the House and Senate.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:39
Yeah, it’s exciting to see the “HELP Copays Act” gain support. And of course, we always talk about, like, it’s almost a little backwards that the states are passing laws before federally, but it does help make a case when we go to federal legislators to say, “You know, states are passing these bills. This is what’s happening.” It helps us gain momentum. So, great to see Oregon, Vermont, and Puerto Rico doing this.
Steven Newmark 02:01
Absolutely and a special thanks to our GHLF members, who have been active in those states, working, and advocating to their elected officials to make this a reality.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:11
So, what’s new for step therapy this year?
Steven Newmark 02:13
Well, Illinois, Vermont, and Wyoming joined 25 other states in passing protections regarding exemptions and other step therapy protocols, which means that over half of the country now has these protections in place. On the federal side, the safe step act now has over half of the U.S., the current U.S. House of Representatives, signed on as a co-sponsor, meaning it is closer to passing than ever before.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:33
Yeah, it’s exciting to see that over half the states have stepped therapy protections. These issues also span across diseases, so it impacts a large portion of patients. I know we’ve been doing a really big push at the federal level for the safe step act, and like, feel really hopeful about it. It’s also think about that compared to “HELP Copays Act” that we just talked about. It’s like step therapy is a little bit ahead in the process. So, I think if we could see that pass, it would bring, like, a lot of hope too, for “HELP Copays Act.” Turning to another issue, non-medical switching; This is when an insurance plan as it exactly written, non medically switches a patient. So, in the middle of the plan year, they might say, “Hey, we’re not covering your drug. You have to take this one instead.” So, in Iowa, we saw a big win with the passage of non-medical switching. Iowa also, along with a few other states, like Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, and Pennsylvania, pass legislation mandating coverage for biomarker testing, which we hope that this reduced times it takes patients to find the right medication.
Steven Newmark 03:33
Absolutely. Yeah, absolutely. This year was also a major focus, for our advocacy team, was on state prescription drug advisory boards, or PDABs, as we’ve called them, and the upper payment limits, or UPLs. Gosh, so many acronyms.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:44
Yeah *laughter
Steven Newmark 03:45
Anyway, that these PDABs might set for commonly used medications in their states. At GHLF, we were a regular presence at meetings in Colorado, Oregon, and Maryland.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:54
Yeah, this was a great opportunity for patients to get involved in a new advocacy issue. We’re seeing them pop up around the state. So, it’ll definitely be a priority in 2025 and you know, we were also successful in opposing authorizations on PDABs with upper payment limit authority, in Rhode Island and Virginia this year. It’s kind of a mouthful, but, you know, we have an episode on PDABs, if anyone wants to go back and take a listen. But ultimately, you know, our goal is always just, like, how patients have access to care that is affordable.
Steven Newmark 04:27
Exactly! Very, very well said! With that, we couldn’t do this without our advocates. So, again, a big thank you. It’s as you said earlier, Zoe, it’s your stories and testimony that makes these legislative successes possible.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:39
And just to shout out our advocates a little bit more, I pulled some numbers from our advocacy over the year. So, we did over 750 calls to legislators and sent over a 1000 emails. Thank you, Advocates. At the state level, we had 75 meetings or testimony, and 35 at the federal level, and this is including with our coalition partners. So, just like, shout out to our coalition partners, like Obesity Action Coalition, the Digestive Disease National Coalition. We’ve had a lot of great times, you know, just connecting with the community to advocate this year.
Steven Newmark 05:14
Yeah, that’s what we do. But unfortunately, there’s no time to rest, I mean, let’s rest a little bit over the holidays, but 2025 is going to be a doozy, to say the least, in the world of patient advocacy. But because of you, we’ll be able to keep fighting the fight. So, let’s talk about what we’re looking ahead to 2025. Let’s start with the state level, Zoe.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:31
So yeah, at the state co-pay accumulators will continue to be, you know, major concern. We see that there might be potential movement in Nebraska, New Jersey, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, and Wisconsin. So, you know, listeners, if you live in those states, email us [email protected] and if you want to get involved in any of these issues that we’re talking about.
Steven Newmark 05:53
Absolutely. Another state is New York, where our primary focus will be the share the shavings initiative, which is aimed at reducing the financial burdens on patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:00
And vaccines are expected to be a critical focus at state and federal level. We actually just launched a vaccine advocacy training program. We’ll drop the link in the show notes, but we anticipate that to be a really big push next year, just to promote safe and effective vaccines and ensuring that all have access to them.
Steven Newmark 06:20
Yes, exactly, and that access is not compromised. We’ll also be another consistent voice again in 2025 at prescription drug affordability boards as even more states seek to address rising drug prices, and we want to make sure that the patient voice is heard as these boards convene.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:35
So, turning to the federal level, what’s on the agenda for 2025?
Steven Newmark 06:40
Oh, dear. Well, we have a new House, a new Senate, and a new administration, so we’ll talk a little bit about that in a moment, but let’s let you know, we’ll start with the legislation, the Safe Step Act. It’s so close, we mentioned it earlier. It’s at the point where more than half of the members of the House are literally co-sponsors of the legislation. So, it’s at that tipping point; It’s beyond the tipping point. So, we hope that 2025, will be the year that we bring successful conclusion on this legislation that we’ve been working for. I think it’s been six or seven years since its first introduction. Advocacy can be slow, but when you keep at it, you can make progress.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:15
And you know, just a note on the Keep at it, the safe step Act has, like co sponsors remain year over year, they sign back on to it, and we get more Right exactly. So that’s like also really encouraging to see that support from legislators continue each year.
Steven Newmark 07:31
It continues to grow Exactly. And earlier, we mentioned the help co pays Act, which is also gaining steam. It’s a few years behind the Save step act on the advocacy timeline, but obviously we’re going to push as hard as we can to make even more progress in 2025. And yeah, I’ll repeat what I just said, “Advocacy can be slow, but if we keep at it, we will get the reforms we are seeking.”
Zoe Rothblatt 07:51
And other important issues that we’ll be focused on are another acronym here, TROA: the Treat and Reduce Obesity Act, and also Improving Seniors Timely Access to Care Act. So, we’re looking forward to continuing to support this legislation, also knowing that there’s a new administration that may bring about some uncertainty.
Steven Newmark 08:12
Yeah, that’s to say the least. So, we’re going into the Trump-2 administration, starting January 20th. And the House policy landscape is expected to shift significantly. We anticipate these changes could lead to confusion for patients, providers, we’ve spoken in the past about R.F.K Jr., who has been tapped to head HHS. His confirmation is far from a certainty, but if he does go through, he will wield both enormous power, but also an enormous mouthpiece in which to promulgate some of his thoughts on public health, which don’t always align, shall we say, with actual folks, who are public health experts and have actually worked in the public health sphere for many decades. So, there are other staff changes coming as well, so let’s talk about some of the others before going back to R.F.K Jr.
08:55
Sure. So, President Trump has nominated Dr. Oz to run CMS, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.
Steven Newmark 09:02
Yeah, Dr. Oz, he’s a TV doctor, but he’s also a real life doctor, I suppose.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:06
Yeah, he’s a trained cardiologist, isn’t he?
Steven Newmark 09:09
Yes.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:09
Yeah. I remember watching him on Oprah back in the time.
Steven Newmark 09:13
Between him and Dr. Phil, she loves her doctors, I guess. He is a cardiologist, and I know he ran for Senate in Pennsylvania two years ago and lost.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:21
That’s right yeah.
Steven Newmark 09:22
I don’t know if he gave up his position at Columbia to do that, but regardless, he maintained his position even while he was on television. And I think he worked roughly one day a week at Columbia Medical University Hospital. His focus on wellness, he may advocate for policies promoting preventive care and more holistic approaches to chronic disease management. It’s uncertain what that might look like, at a place like CMS, CMS; Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, as the name implies, really oversees and runs Medicare and Medicaid, which are essentially our public insurance options. So, it’s unclear what kind of role or power he might have in influencing Medicare. Medicaid is, of course, is run by the states.
10:02
Well, speaking of that, he’s like previously advocated for the privatization of Medicare, getting rid of traditional Medicare, and moving everyone to under Medicare Advantage Plan. And I saw that Democratic senators are, you know, seeking clarity on how he’s thinking about that now, and wrote a letter to Dr. Oz. So, it’ll be interesting to see how that plays out.
Steven Newmark 10:23
To say the least, it’s interesting because the groundswell of public opinion, as we record this in December of 2024, if anything, seems to be moving, if ever so slightly, but at least ever so much, in the favor of more public health insurance versus private health insurance. So, I don’t know how popular that would be to actually try to expand medicare advantage to the detriment of Medicare proper.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:47
Yeah, I feel like we all know, like something needs to happen with our health insurance system, like it isn’t working so well the way it is, but it’s really hard to make these changes, and, like, a huge overhaul. And like we learned in all these, like, health policy classes, none of these changes are perfect. They all have risks and downsides. So, it’s like, do you stay with the devil you know, or try the devil you don’t know?
Steven Newmark 11:10
Yeah, no, absolutely, absolutely. It’s a funky system we have here in the United States. There’s a renewed focus, if you will. We didn’t talk about it, and I don’t think we need to take a deeper dive. But of course, the CEO of UnitedHealthcare was murdered recently, and they’ve actually captured his alleged assailant, and it is sort of shining a spotlight on the health insurance industry and some of the disturbing practices in which they engage. And I’m not going to, I don’t think we’re going to take a deep dive, other than to sort of bounce off what you just said, Zoe, health care is complicated, and ultimately, we have the system we have. It’s not so simple to just blow it up, you know. The comparison that I’ve heard, that I’m gonna copy from here, is, if you were to dig up the streets of major cities like New York, or even just dig up what’s going on underneath the ground, our infrastructure, our telecommunication system, it’s like duct taped together, basically, down there; It’s like a total mess. If you were to build an infrastructure from scratch, that’s not what you would do, you would start at the basic level and come up with something that’s much more useful. That’s kind of where we are with health care. But during World War II, there were wage controls in the United States, and health benefits were seen as a way of attracting talent to businesses. And in the 1950s labor unions grew in power, and part of what they sought for their members was voice greater health benefits, and the industry exploded, whereas other countries, most notably in the U.K., their citizens were actually being literally bombed. And during World War II, and as a result, without much opposition, they immediately said, “Well, if our people are gonna get bombed, we’re gonna take care of them.” And that’s when the U.K. moved to a nationalized system of health care, and it forms the basics of a lot of Western health care systems, but for us to go purely into that is difficult. Now, that being said, we’ve moved in that direction. We created Medicare and Medicaid, in the 1960s, so we’ve moved a little closer to a public health option. The Affordable Care Act got us a little closer in mandating health coverage for all U.S. citizens, and we moved in that direction. But the idea of blowing it all up and starting from scratch that’s, shall we say, unrealistic.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:13
Even take the ACA, for example, “Affordable Care Act,” like that had been trying to get past since what like Nixon, like, it had been a really long time and then…
Steven Newmark 13:23
Right, depending on how you want to date it, yeah, absolutely.
13:26
And then we got that through, through, like a back door passage. And it’s not perfect, but that was a big change.
Steven Newmark 13:33
Right, right, right? As I said, it moved us a little closer. And to repeat what we said in the earlier segment, “Advocacy takes time, and some things take longer than others.”
13:41
Okay, title for the episode, “Advocacy Takes Time.”
Steven Newmark 13:45
Yeah, it’s a slow slog, and often it’s not perfect, but yeah, that moved us in more of a socialized medicine. I mean, I see comments online, particularly in the wake of this horrific murder, things like, you know, the insurance industry things, I want, everyone should have free health care. It should be like the UK. And I just want to, like, say, on a one on one basis, it’s not quite that simple in the sense that health care is expensive. Like, first and foremost, it costs a lot of money to run and operate a hospital – Number 1. Number 2, the people in health care are very, very well trained for what they do. They get a ton of schooling from nurses to technicians and, of course, doctors, the amount of schooling they get is extensive, and they need to be compensated as a result, as for various therapies that individuals take and medical devices and drugs, those are the amount of research that needs to be done in order to develop a drug is extensive and, literally, costs billions and billions of dollars. And oftentimes, the path that scientists take is one of failure, even when it’s one of success in discovering how to use a medication to address a drug, you then have to go through clinical trials to ensure its safety as well as its efficacy, of course, and that is another cost that’s added on top. I wish everything was free, right? I wish cars were free, I wish my TV was free, I wish I didn’t have to pay rent, but health care, it’s hard to get it to be free without giving something up; Someone’s gonna have to pay at some point.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:06
But we can all agree, there’s, like, an unfair burden on patients, especially chronic disease patients, which is why we advocate for the policies that we do.
Steven Newmark 15:16
Definitely. So, I mean, and I would say, and I’ve said this on this program, I think the issue is, ultimately the way it works, is whether it’s private insurance or public insurance, those who are healthier should subsidize those who are less healthy. And what I mean by that is, if you have a chronic disease, let’s just take chronic illness. If you take chronic illness and have to take expensive medications, there are two ways to look at that: You could say, “Too bad. So sad. You got to take your Med. You ended up with that. I’m healthy. Why should I have to pay for that guy?” Or, another way to look at it, and the way I prefer to look at it is, “If I am lucky enough to have been born and go through the majority of my life without the need for expensive medications or surgeries, and I’m healthy, I would gladly pay a little bit more into the health care system, whether it’s public or private, so that other individuals, who already were born with a strike against them don’t get that additional strike of having to try and struggle to pay for products that could actually make their lives better.” I want to live in the society where we’re all living as healthy lives as possible.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:13
For sure.
Steven Newmark 16:14
And by the way, that’s very I know I understand that’s very socialistic to think like that. But anyway.
16:18
Yeah, but even if you’re like thinking selfishly, like, you may be healthy now, but this kind of dark you’re not always going to be healthy. Like, once upon a time, I didn’t have a diagnosis, and then I did, you know?
Steven Newmark 16:30
That’s true. I mean, look, I have car insurance, and I hope to never have to use it. I have flood or fire insurance, whatever. I hope to never have to use those things, but I get them out of a sense of selfishness in a way, right?
16:40
Yeah. Well, I guess to round out that discussion, we’ll do what we always do: educate patients, bring together community, and share patient stories to advocate for better policies.
Steven Newmark 16:53
Definitely, and I’ll just say, because I know we didn’t do a deep dive on like, the top of the food chain over there. No pun intended, or maybe a pun intended, I’m not sure. R.F.K, Jr., well, you know, in the coming weeks, this is our last show before the New Year. In the coming weeks, we’ll see how much traction he’s getting. If it looks like he’s going to pass muster, we’ll certainly start to talk about it a little bit more as to what we’re doing. Before we close, let’s talk about what you, our patients, can do in 2025.
17:16
Well, number one, join our 50-State Network. We’ll help you tell your story, figure out what issues you want to advocate on. We’ll put a link in the show notes, of course.
Steven Newmark 17:25
Definitely. You know, stay informed through our newsletters, webinars and, of course, our podcasts. And then, you know, share your story to inspire change and highlight real patient experiences. E-mail us at [email protected] to get involved.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:38
And as we head into 2025, Happy New Year, Everyone!
Steven Newmark 17:40
Happy New Year!
Zoe Rothblatt 17:43
I feel really optimistic about the impact that we can make together!
Steven Newmark 17:47
Well, Zoe, on a personal level, I just want to say it’s been phenomenal, fun time in 2024 doing this podcast with you, and I wish you and your family all the best as you head into the holiday season and a very, very happy new year.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:59
Thank you, you too. And yeah, I’m excited to see what’s to come for us in 2025, we got some pretty cool statistics from our Spotify wrapped and saw growth in listeners. So, even like, it’ll be great to continue doing this with you in the new year and see our community grow.
Steven Newmark 18:14
Absolutely! Before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
18:22
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and definitely hit that subscribe button. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 18:35
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 18:41
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Crohn’s and Colitis Awareness Week with Keyla Caba
This Crohn’s and Colitis Awareness Week we’re joined by Keyla Caba, who lives with Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis, and is the founder of the nonprofit Connecting Pieces. Keyla shares her patient journey, talks about the common misconceptions people have about inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), and why awareness and community is important.

Crohn’s and Colitis Awareness Week with Keyla Caba
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help you Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:26
And today, we’re joined by Keyla Caba, who lives with Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis. She is the CEO and founder of “Connecting Pieces,” a non profit with the mission to improve the lives of those impacted by gastrointestinal disorders, gastrointestinal cancers, and ostomies. Today, we talk about her IBD journey, the importance of awareness and advocacy, and why she started connecting pieces.
Steven Newmark 00:50
Great! I’m excited to have a listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:52
So, Keyla, welcome to “The Health Advocates.” Can you start by introducing yourself to our audience?
Keyla Caba 00:58
Hi! My name is Keyla, I am 39 years old, and I have Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis. I have had the conditions for about 12 years now, which has left me with a permanent ostomy bag. I live in Boston, Massachusetts. I am a caregiver to a child, with ulcerative colitis as well, I am a non profit founder and owner, and a uterine cancer survivor, and a patient advocate as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:26
And can you describe what those symptoms were like in the beginning?
Keyla Caba 01:30
See, this is kind of interesting as well, because in my story, I started to have symptoms when I was a child, but I was not officially diagnosed until I was 28 years old. So, my parents kind of came from the Dominican Republic; they didn’t speak the lick of English, when they came to this country, and so I had to serve as a translator for them. And I don’t know if it was, just like, me lost in translation, or what the problem was that there was a delay in my diagnosis, but when I was growing up, I thought that rectal bleeding, which is what I was having and passing out as well with bowel movements, was normal for everyone, and it wasn’t until I worked in the health care field, and I started, actually, working with children that have IBD, and I had passed out at work one day, and one of my co-workers said, “Hey, that’s not normal. You need to get that checked.” So, I was like, “Okay, I guess so.” I ended up going to the doctors, and even then, I didn’t get my official diagnosis; I had to go for a second opinion afterwards, and that’s when they told me that I had ulcerative colitis.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:35
Thinking about your journey to diagnosis and living with this disease, what’s one thing that you wish more people knew about inflammatory bowel disease?
Keyla Caba 02:44
I feel like it’s everything, everything because there’s not enough, not even myself as a patient, like I didn’t even know enough; it’s a lifelong condition; it’s an invisible illness. I know, like on the outside, right, I look okay, but on the inside, my body is like creating all this havoc that nobody can see and nobody knows that I’m experiencing. So, it’s a roller coaster ride that I did not sign up for, but I have learned to become friends with it. So many people, and everybody’s journey is so different, and you cannot compare, like, one person’s IBD story to another. So, those are definitely, I think, the main ones for me.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:24
It’s so true that everybody’s journey is so different, which kind of leads me into my next question, which is, why do you think it’s so important to raise awareness for Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis?
Keyla Caba 03:35
So, I think it’s important to raise awareness, because just in having this condition for 12 years, even then, I’ve seen science and so many things change already. In the beginning, I think there was only maybe five medications available for the condition, when I was first diagnosed. Now, I believe there’s like 10 or 12. So, that’s one thing. But definitely too, if we don’t raise awareness, like, how are other people gonna know that this exists? Nobody enjoys talking about poop, first of all. No one enjoys talking about bathroom experiences, what they go through, and so some of the symptoms that you have when you’re having Crohn’s is, some people have, rectal bleeding, is one of them, or diarrhea. And no one likes to talk about having rectal bleeding or diarrhea, and these are some signs of just, it could be, like many different things. And the second thing about raising awareness is kind of going back to, previously, my other answer is the invisible illness, the lack of awareness, the lack of resources that we have. I think the more that people know about it, the more access that we’ll have to better health care, to better treatment, just to a better lifestyle in general. So, also too, I feel like it’s helped me sort of heal in my journey as well. So, sharing my story has absolutely been sort of a pillar for me in this kind of roller coaster ride, as I said.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:57
Speaking of a roller coaster ride, there’s a lot to learn when diagnosed with a condition like this. So, how did you educate yourself as a newly diagnosed patient? Can you tell us a little bit about those early days of your journey?
Keyla Caba 05:09
So, when I started my journey, how did I get to where I am now? I guess sort of the resources I found was everything and everything – I just researched like a mad woman. I made it my priority to learn as much as I could about having an ostomy, what people were doing out there, what they were wearing, just to think, just everything. And then, similar to IBD as well, like, what are natural things people are doing, what’s working for them? And so through all this research, I kind of just started one-by-one, fracking, and then finding what worked for me. And that’s where I think journaling is, like, super important as well, because I’ve come to a point where I even know, like, what foods I can and can’t have, how long if I do decide to cheat, how long I can wait in between to, you know, like I’ve mastered it so well. So, I would say tracking, community support groups, and communication. Because if you don’t communicate to your doctors or anybody, then how you gonna get anywhere?
Zoe Rothblatt 06:12
So, what’s a common misconception about Crohn’s and ostomies, that you’d like to debunk?
Keyla Caba 06:17
So, let’s go with Crohn’s first. “You have to eat better,” or, “I’m sure if you exercise or if you rest, like, you’ll be fine and it’ll get better.” Wrong. “Take your medications and you’ll be cured.” There is no cure for Crohn’s right now. There are people, who can maintain the condition, without being on medications, which is amazing for them, but there’s no cure for this disease, and having an ostomy, we could be here all day talking about this. There’s like, “Do we smell?” Just personally, like I was like, “Am I gonna be sexy? Am I gonna be attractive? Am I gonna be able to do anything?” I wear, whatever I want, as well, as I said earlier, I’m a model as well; I’ve worn wedding gowns, I’ve worn bathing suits, I have modeled in anything and everything that you could possibly think of, and I’ve still been able to make it work or conceal it as well, whichever way you are. Not everybody likes to show their bag, and some people don’t care. I remember right out of the hospital, I was like, “Can I wear my seat belt? Like, should I not let it be against my abdomen? Swimming?” I like to shower without my bag sometimes. People, who have ostomy don’t even know that. So, there’s so many things, so many things that we can touch on, but we’d be real thing.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:32
Yeah, we would be here all day. So, speaking of day, what does a good day look like to you? And how does it differ from a bad day?
Keyla Caba 07:40
So, good days versus bad days, I feel, like, they’re all interesting days. This roller coaster ride that we, and it really is, I always call it a roller coaster because of this, because one day I might wake up and I’m in pain sort of every day, right. But it’s a matter of how much am I able to tolerate, first of all. That day, I just took my medication yesterday. So, today is actually a low frequency day for me, because I’m exhausted, but you see me here, I’m smiling, I’m energetic because I went to bed so early. I’ve had to learn what kind of works for my body, give myself grace, and just kind of go with the flow as well. So, a realistic good day, okay, not one where I’m sugar coating of how I feel, I would say, consists of maybe a pain scale of like five and under. I’m constantly in pain every day, whether it be joint pain, stomach pain, or some sort of symptom I’ll be having, like nausea, something with my Crohn’s will always kind of come out. I would say a good day would be making sure I get out of bed, making sure I am able to walk. There’s been times where I haven’t been able to walk or shower myself, or I would love to go for a walk, but I’m in a hospital bed. So, I count the little things, I guess, that some people would say would be little, as like, a good day right now, and if I end up achieving more than that, then even better. Bad days for me, I would say it could just be, like, I’m either really nauseous or I’m not able to eat a lot that day, or take in a lot of, like, liquids, or it be where I am, kind of in bed, or working from my bed.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:26
Diving in a bit deeper, to what you just said, how has your relationship with food changed since being diagnosed with Crohn’s?
Keyla Caba 09:33
Oh my gosh, like you’re the first person that’s ever asked me this question. Thank you for asking this, because it’s like, what, something I’m so passionate about, actually, as well. My organization provides a virtual cooking class for this exact reason. So first, I’m not gonna lie, it was a love-hate relationship, and you start to sort of, well, at least for myself, build this fear. Because you can eat a cracker today, and that same cracker tomorrow might make you so sick. And so, you start to get this sort of trauma, I guess, and fear, and anxiety with eating food. And you have to learn that, at least for myself, I had to teach myself it’s not me, like, it’s not what I’m doing. I am doing all of the things that I know my body needs. Just right now, it’s wreaking havoc, and it’s angry, and it’ll calm down, and that cracker will be your friend tomorrow. And then I say it after. And so, I try to, like, learn, you know, when these flares come, what are my flare foods that sort of don’t upset my stomach? And so for me, it’s like, plain rice, or like chicken; very plain, sort of diet and food. And then I’ve also had to learn to navigate things now that I have an ostomy. And so that just threw in like a whole other curve ball with eating as well. Because you have to sort of learn, if you want an apple, you got to take the peel off. Maybe it might work for me; might not work for you. You know, you might not be able to have an apple at all. And so, it’s like trial and error, but also thinking outside the box, like I would never have thought of like peeling a grape. Who peels grape? Nobody ever peels grape. So, I’m actually able to tolerate them, as long as I don’t have a peel. And like, I wouldn’t have thought something like that until I wouldn’t have spoken, like, I talked to a nutritionist, I talked in support groups, I did so much research. And our cooking class is there for this exact reason, for those people that are getting discouraged, and eliminating foods left and right, and, basically, leaving themselves with, like, not many options.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:36
Well, Keyla, you’ve been smiling and laughing throughout the interview, so my question is, how do you stay positive and manage your mental health when dealing with a flare up?
Keyla Caba 11:45
I mean, I consider myself now a veteran with Crohn’s. I still, every day I’m learning something new about the condition, about myself, and about this healing journey. I would absolutely say I had to learn to become friends with it, not see it as my enemy; learn to cohabitate with the condition. Learn that it is my lifelong friends, and how are we going to support each other, right? What’s my self-care look like, whether it be journaling, whether it be meditating, whether it be a bubble bath, whether it just be laying in my bed for a couple days, because I need that. Whatever that kind of self care sort of looks like in that time frame and in my journey, I try to listen to my body absolutely a lot more, because it will definitely let me know if I don’t listen to it. Sharing my journey, too, on social media. I’m too old to consider myself an influencer, but sharing my journey online as well, knowing that there’s someone out there that can relate, and that I’m not alone has absolutely been just really great in my journey. And I have been, you know, in those dark places before like, this journey is absolutely not easy, but I find that it’s a lot harder when you’re kind of at a low frequency, let’s say, or if you’re thinking negatively. And I’ve allowed myself a certain time frame for that, and then after that, it’s like, “Let’s just keep going, because this condition is going to be here, and it stuck with me forever. So, let’s just keep on trucking.”
Zoe Rothblatt 13:16
Now, you’re also a fierce advocate. Can you tell us what led you to, you know, start speaking up about your conditions, and advocate for yourself?
Keyla Caba 13:24
It was from my personal journey and barriers that I sort of ran into, anything from insurance denying medications that I needed to be on, that my doctor had suggested that that was the one I needed to be on, that, I have so many stories for days, but all the barriers sort of that I ran into, and I was like, this, my background in health care as well working in health care, and the knowledge that I knew. A combination of all of those. And then I was like, “This has to improve. This has to get better for us.” And so I found this other organization called ‘Patients Rising.’ They are a non-profit, and they pretty much provide support and resources, and advocacy on legislative levels, state and federal, to patients and caregivers. Anyone that’s interested in advocating, they have a free master class online. You go at your own pace, which I love, and I learned everything I know from them. They’re the ones, who taught me about speaking to your insurance companies, and to the state about making sure that medications stay covered on the insurance formulary every year. I know microbes medication is about $50,000, so I definitely want to make sure that states is a covered medication there. And so knowing that as well, how much does your medication cost? Knowledge is power, and I definitely got that from ‘Patients Rising.’
Zoe Rothblatt 14:42
And can you tell us a little bit more about your advocacy work?
Keyla Caba 14:46
I really think it’s fun. I love talking to legislators and telling them like, “Hey, this is what is really going down with these insurance companies and what they’re doing. And this is not okay.” I’m actually going to be advocating later today with legislators, here in Massachusetts. I’ll be testifying and sharing my story about the lack of ostomy supplies and coverage. So, like I said, I could be here all day talking about this, but I speak on the state level, federal level, I’ve gone to Washington. I go at least every year for different awareness days or weeks, and talk about different bills from improving disability, health care, it could be speaking to insurance companies about continuing coverage for our medication specifically. So, like I said, it could be like so many different, anything to improve the lives for our community.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:32
It really is so many different things. Would you mind telling us one example of a time you advocated with legislators that made you feel like you really made a difference?
Keyla Caba 15:42
I would say, getting the proclamation for Massachusetts for Ostomy Awareness Day, that was probably, for me, like the biggest thing, even though it’s just like an awareness day, and just the acknowledgement that they acknowledged it. And then I would say, the current project: me testifying later today, we’re about to meet with this committee, who have the power to say, either ‘yes’ or ‘no’ about covering ostomy supplies for people in our state. If this gets passed, then other states can start incorporating it as well. So, for me, I would say probably today, right now.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:16
And can you tell us why having a support network is important for people living with chronic illness?
Keyla Caba 16:22
Having a strong support network is going to be life, and it’s going to look different for everyone. So, for example, my family never understood this condition, and so, they were not as supportive as I would have liked for them to be. So, people are going to show up in whatever form they’re going to show up. It’s a matter of how do you want them to show up for you? And so, I feel like it’s definitely important for you to communicate that to whoever your circle is, whether it be a stranger, someone you met online, someone in the community, could be a relative, a friend, whoever it is that you’re choosing to keep in that circle, give them grace and give yourself grace, but communication is key, and allow them to learn into your journey and what’s going on with you as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:08
I think that leads us into my next question so well, with talking about support. Can you tell us more about your nonprofit, ‘Connecting Pieces?’
Keyla Caba 17:16
Yes! So, my nonprofit is ‘Connecting Pieces.’ We are a 501(c)(3), registered non-profit, out of Boston, Massachusetts. We provide support for patients with gastrointestinal disorders, cancers, and ostomies, adults and children, caregivers, and we provide free ostomy supplies for anyone in need, internationally and nationally as well. We’ve provided supplies to patients in the Caribbean, Europe, Middle East, UK, and we’ve been open for about a year. We also offer virtual art expression classes, and movement classes, and we also offer virtual cooking classes with these amazing chefs, and a dietitian that we have as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:57
Keyla, thank you for all you do – You’re such a powerful voice for the community, and, you know, sharing your story with us. And one last question before you go, if you had one message of ‘hope’ you wanted to share with others on living with Crohn’s, what’s your message?
Keyla Caba 18:11
You are not alone! You are not alone; there’s like a whole community of us out there. And reach out to people. You have an entire community of people out there, organizations out there that have many different levels of support, bilingual support, virtual support, in-person support, for children, for adults, for caregivers. Don’t be afraid to talk to people in the community, or anybody, and just know, like, give yourself grace, and you are not alone.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:40
Keyla, thank you so much for joining us on “The Health Advocates,” and for spreading awareness this Crohn’s and Colitis Awareness Week.
Steven Newmark 18:48
Wow, Zoe, that was a really great discussion! Well, before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 18:57
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help you Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 19:10
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 19:16
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Turkey Day Conversations: Advocating Against Weight Stigma
In this year’s Thanksgiving special of The Health Advocates, Steven and Zoe delve into an important topic — weight bias — and how it impacts the chronic illness community. They explore the misconceptions surrounding weight and health, share strategies for fostering compassionate care, and encourage listeners to use the holiday as an opportunity to educate and advocate with loved ones. Join them for an inspiring conversation filled with practical advice, personal reflections, and gratitude for the patient advocacy community.

Turkey Day Conversations: Advocating Against Weight Stigma
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: a Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today, we have our special episode, our annual ‘Turkey Day Talking Points.’ But first, Steven, I want to ask, what are you thankful for this year?
Steven Newmark 00:35
Well, I’m always thankful for our patient advocates here at GHLF. I’m so thankful for the 1000s of patients that we have, that continue to advocate for themselves, and patients around the country.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:47
It’s so true, especially coming off of the American College of Rheumatology Conference, seeing our colleagues there in the patient community really active, it just reminds you that, you know, we’re stronger together.
Steven Newmark 01:00
Absolutely, this holiday is also an important opportunity to share with loved ones, what it’s like to live with a chronic condition, and the vital advocacy you engage in, to ensure better access to treatments and care.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:11
And today, we wanted to highlight one key topic that you can bring up with your family, something that may be going around in the news, or you hear about online, and that’s weight bias. So, you know, let’s just talk about what it is, why it’s important to address it, and give some conversation tips.
Steven Newmark 01:27
Sure. So, weight bias refers to negative attitudes and beliefs about individuals based on their body weight. The bias can manifest itself in many areas of life, including health care, education, and employment, and it often leads to discrimination and stigma, which can significantly impact the person’s quality of life and health.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:42
And addressing it is really important because we want to reduce weight bias. It’s essential for building a more inclusive society, where everyone feels supported to get access to the care that they need, because weight bias can often lead to a lot of prejudice health beliefs amongst, even health care providers, but those around you, and it can make you hesitant to seek care, and we want to try to reduce that as much as possible, so people feel respected and compassion from the health care system and those around them.
Steven Newmark 02:13
So, what can we do, as advocates, to people in the community around this topic? Starting with conversations.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:20
Exactly, yeah, just like we are now. You know you could bring up these talking points, share your experiences, or stories, with loved ones about the importance of treating people who has chronic illness with respect and how chronic illness affects people’s lives.
Steven Newmark 02:35
Yeah, and you should also understand, and perhaps challenge myths, educating people about misconcessions that surround weight and health, emphasize that health is multi-dimensional and cannot be judged solely by one’s body size.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:47
And you could also take it a step further and advocate for policy change. There are bills, like, we talked about TROA [the Treat and Reduce Obesity Act] at the federal level that increases access to obesity care. You could join our 50 State Network of Advocates to learn more, and we could help you get involved there too.
Steven Newmark 03:04
Yeah, and I’ve heard people say that focusing on someone’s weight or weight bias can sometimes undermine the importance of maintaining a healthy lifestyle, or even continue to encourage unhealthy habits. But that’s not really the point. The point is that to explain that addressing weight bias doesn’t necessarily downplay one’s health. You could talk about health and weight in not, necessarily, in the same sentence, If that makes sense. You want to foster a supportive environment, that allows individuals to pursue health, without fear of stigma or discrimination is the key.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:31
Exactly. And research actually shows that compassionate, unbiased care leads to better health outcomes, which makes sense, you’re more likely to seek care when you feel comfortable and follow those recommendations from a provider that makes you feel safe, and like you’re in really good hands. So, it ultimately leads to better health outcomes to have these conversations and really, like, foster that support.
Steven Newmark 03:55
Excellent. Well so, this Thanksgiving, we encourage everyone to start meaningful conversations with your loved ones on this topic, or any topic of importance, of advocating for patients and what it’s like to live with a chronic condition.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:05
And you can share your story with us at [email protected] and we also encourage you to join our 50 State Network and get involved in advocacy with us. We’ll drop a link in the show notes to sign up.
Steven Newmark 04:17
And once again, we’re incredibly thankful for the hard work and dedication of our advocates, your passion and commitment drive change and help create a world where everyone has access to compassion and effective care.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:27
Absolutely, it is really the voice of patients that help affect change.
Steven Newmark 04:32
Before we go. Zoe, you know it is Thanksgiving. What are you looking forward to this Thanksgiving?
Zoe Rothblatt 04:37
Oh my gosh. I love the parade, the Macy’s Thanksgiving Parade, that’s here in New York.
Steven Newmark 04:42
Nice. Are you gonna go?
Zoe Rothblatt 04:43
No, I usually watch it from the comfort of my couch.
Steven Newmark 04:46
Yes, smart.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:47
With breakfast and a coffee in hand, just staying warm, cozy with the family, enjoying all of the floats. It’s really fun.
Steven Newmark 04:55
That’s a good one. That’s a good one. When I was a little kid, every year we’d watch the parade, and every year I would ask to go. And every year my parents would say, “Maybe next year, maybe next year.” I never got to go. I want to do it someday, someday.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:06
Do your kids ever ask about going?
Steven Newmark 05:08
No, I can’t even get them to watch it on TV…different generations.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:11
*laughter
Steven Newmark 05:11
Yeah, well, that’s great. I’m excited myself to just have a couple of days to relax, and watch a little football, and kind of let the brain rest a little bit.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:20
Yeah, that’s what that’s for, right? Good family time.
Steven Newmark 05:24
Definitely
Zoe Rothblatt 05:24
Also, like, to say you should be, like, thankful for yourself and like you’re saying, give yourself that time to rest and like, appreciate how far you’ve come in the last year.
Steven Newmark 05:33
Yeah. Well, Happy Thanksgiving listeners. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:42
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates, a Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it all.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 05:55
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 06:01
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Live from ACR Convergence: Key Takeaways from Rheumatologists, Researchers, and Patients
We’re reporting live from the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) Convergence 2024 in Washington, D.C., a yearly gathering for rheumatology experts worldwide. Join us as we talk to rheumatologists, researchers, and patients to discover how these advancements in research are shaping the future of health and advocacy.

Live from ACR Convergence: Key Takeaways from Rheumatologists, Researchers, and Patients
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: a Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it all.” I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF. And we’re here live reporting from ACR, the American College of Rheumatology Annual Convergence, where patients, providers and researchers all come together to learn about the latest updates in rheumatology. And today, we are interviewing providers and patients. So, let’s start with our first guest, Sharon Dowell. Sharon, welcome to “The Health Advocates.” Can you please introduce yourself to our audience?
Dr. Sharon Dowell 00:43
I am Sharon Dowell, and currently, I am the medical director of Rheumatology at NEA Baptist Hospital in Jonesboro, Arkansas, and that’s coming right after working for over 10 years at Harvard University in Washington, DC. And I have been a rheumatologist for, I guess, well, for 10 years, like time really flies.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:05
So, we’re at ACR. Which session are you most looking forward to this year?
Dr. Sharon Dowell 01:09
At ACR, the session, that I love the most from the time I was a fellow, is a thieves market, and that’s because you have those really interesting, puzzling presentations that challenge the mind, and it’s always a challenge to come to the right diagnosis. And it shows how diverse rheumatology is.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:27
And can you tell us a little bit about how attending an event, like ACR, helps you become a better health advocate?
Dr. Sharon Dowell 01:34
Attending an event, like ACR, it helps us in many different ways; It doesn’t only enrich us in terms of knowledge and updating ourselves on what is happening in the world of rheumatology, but it’s also an opportunity for networking, an opportunity to interact with your fellow rheumatologists around the globe, and to hear about different challenges that they themselves are facing. And I think that allows you to better advocate for your patients, because it gives you all these different nuances of care and the patient experience as well, some that you may not experience yourself, but it helps you to have that, sort of, really broad view of patient care.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:13
Well, thank you so much, Dr. Dowell. And now we have another clinician with us, Dr. Swami Venturapalli. Dr. Venturapalli, can you please introduce yourself to our audience?
Dr. Swami Venturapalli 02:24
Yeah, hi, my name is Dr. Swami Venturapalli. And I run a practice called Attuned Health in Los Angeles, California. I’ve been doing clinical trials for over 20 years, I have participated in over 150 clinical trials, several of them as a principal investigator, several of them in lupus, myositis, some in rheumatoid arthritis.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:42
And are there any lupus specific sessions, during ACR, that you’re looking forward to this year?
Dr. Swami Venturapalli 02:47
Yeah, the big lupus specific sessions that I’m really interested is in some of the newer therapies for lupus, particularly related to the advent of these drugs called CAR T-cells, which are really interesting. They’re the ‘New Kids on the Block,’ really, and I’m trying to learn more about them so that I can discuss them in from a knowledgeable perspective with my patients. So I think those are the sessions I’m really looking forward to. I think there’s some posters related to CAR T-cell therapies and lupus. I have a patient, currently, with lupus nephritis, and she’s tried multiple medications, and unfortunately, they’ve not been able to control the lupus, so I’m interested in learning more and taking back to her, when I get back to my practice, and letting her know what I’ve learned.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:28
Finally, why is ACR, and specifically the lupus research that comes out of it important for the patient community to learn about?
Dr. Swami Venturapalli 03:36
Well, ACR is the biggest show in rheumatology. It’s where rheumatology meets. It’s called “Convergence,” for a reason, it’s for people all over the world coming in, presenting their research. It’s the best scientific meeting for anything in rheumatology, lupus, included. Lupus is actually highlighted quite a bit in the programs throughout ACR, and it attracts a lot of lupus researchers, from all over the world, who want to present their data, their research, and what they’re doing, and what’s new and exciting. And it’s a great way for people, like me, to come in, interact with colleagues, and learn from their own experiences.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:09
Well, thank you so much for joining us on “The Health Advocates.” And listeners, we’re not done yet, we’ve also interviewed patient, dietitian, and CreakyJoints contributor, Cristina Montoya. Hi, Cristina. It’s so good to be with you. Can you start by introducing yourself to our audience?
Cristina Montoya 04:25
My name is Cristina Montoya. I’m a registered dietitian and a person living with Sjögren’s disease and rheumatoid arthritis for more than 20 years. I am excited to be here at ACR, for the very first time, and very first time that I had the opportunity to participate in a panel. I was with, Eileen Davidson, and other team members, we were discussing about the unrecognized symptoms of rheumatic diseases, so that it’s not just joint pain. So, I was very honored to share my experience as a patient, and also as a registered dietician – As every single rheumatologist gets a question about diet and arthritis.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:06
So, what has been your favorite thing at ACR, so far?
Cristina Montoya 05:10
My favorite thing at ACR. Okay, so the fact that I was a speaker. For the first time I attended ACR, being a speaker and sharing my expertise in front of over 200 people, that was pretty amazing. But there’s also something else that happened, and it happened last night. So, if you don’t know, I’ve been involved with the OMERACT Sjögren’s disease working group, that is an international group that are working on, basically, developing new domain outcomes set for clinical trials, so we can actually have more validated data in Sjögren’s disease. And I was so, so happy that my advocacy, about the gastrointestinal manifestation in Sjögren’s, are being taken into account. And I was, actually, very honored to be one of the patient partners, that have been contributing to the development of these tools. That was a highlight for me.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:11
Thank you so much, Cristina, for joining us and all the work you do for patient advocates. Finally, we have our very own, Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam, who is the Chief Patient Centered Research and Ethical Oversight Officer at GHLF, as well as Co-principal investigator of PatientSpot. Shilpa, you’ve been meeting with a lot of health care professionals for the past few days, here at ACR, and you’ve also been to many presentations. Can you, please, tell us how this year’s ACR has been? You know what you’ve learned? Any highlights you want to share with our audience?
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 06:11
Thank you, Zoe. So, attending the American College of Rheumatology Conference 2024 right here in DC, on a beautiful, sunny day was truly inspiring. For many of us, living with rheumatic conditions, like myself, this conference is more than just a meeting. It’s really a beacon of hope and progress, and this year, I was particularly moved by the numerous patient centered sessions that emphasize the importance of our voices as patients in shaping research and treatment strategies. Hearing first hand accounts, from fellow patients, and seeing our stories highlighted alongside cutting edge scientific advancements, reinforce the crucial partnership between patients and health care providers. The 2024 ACR Conference showcased some remarkable strides in rheumatology research, reflecting our shared commitment to improving patient outcomes. Breakthroughs in biologic therapies and novel treatment modalities were at the forefront: promising enhanced efficacy and reduced side effects for patients, like you and me, collaborative panels underscored the vital role of patient advocacy in guiding research priorities and ensuring that scientific developments must align with the real world needs of those affected, by these diseases. It was heartening to see such a strong synergy between researchers and the patient community driving forward innovations that hold the promise of a better quality of life for us all. The American College of Rheumatology 2024, has really reinforced our dedication to advancing rheumatology care through collaboration, innovation, and unwavering support for the patient community. We’re truly excited about the future and remain committed to bridging the gap between research and real life impact, ensuring that every breakthrough translates into meaningful improvements for those we serve. Wow, Shilpa. Thank you so much for that recap and being on the ground to, you know, break this down for patients like me, and I’m wondering, you know, how does research help patients advocate for themselves? Can you talk to us a little bit about that? So, the question really is, how does patient centered research help advocate for patients? And the main point of patient centered research is that it’s relevant research. And what we mean by relevant research is we translate the everyday lived experience of patients. So, you know, things like, how do patients living with these conditions, with chronic pain, do laundry, for example, very simple questions, what kind of hopes do they have when they think about attending their grandson’s wedding, or a graduation, and their family. And so, those are the pieces of the puzzle that you can’t see on blood work or imaging. And so, what we’re doing with patient centered research is combining those pieces of information with clinical research, data from EHR, and then building a bigger picture, a more fuller picture of the person, not just the patient. And so, when patients then come to their appointments, and talk to their doctors, they’re able to talk about how this disease affects them in everyday lives, and so that’s how they can advocate for themselves. And Shilpa, on the other end, how, as a researcher, do you advocate for patients? So, as a patient advocacy organization, that has a lot of emphasis on patient centered research, one of our commitments to the patient community and to the clinical community, and of course, to the research community, is to help advance our understanding in dramatic and musculoskeletal conditions. And one of the ways that we can do this is by bringing together different pieces of the puzzle, because this really is a jigsaw where we have to build and piece together different pieces of information, different kinds of data, anecdotal data, data that’s coming from the everyday, lived experience, and then, of course, clinical and EHR data. And when we combine them all together, we are really telling researchers and clinicians what matters to patients, to people who live with these diseases. Thanks, Shilpa, I love that metaphor about the puzzle. It really is so important to just bring together the lived experiences, and the data, to really get a full picture and help patients stay more informed on their health. You know, I also wanted to ask you, what’s one study that you’re presenting on that you think can help patients advocate for themselves, with their doctor, or with their loved ones? So, I’ll tell you that we use our patient registry, the PatientSpot platform, to collect information, to collect what we call patient reported outcome data. These are pieces of information that come directly from the patient, and then doctors, and clinicians, partner with us, so that they can share information that they’re seeing in lab works, and blood works, and imaging in their encounters with patients. Then, we combine all this information, and so, instead of just one study, think of the PatientSpot registry as the study here, that can be used for patients to advocate for themselves, to talk about how this condition really affects them, impacts them every day that they live with it, right? So, from walking your dog to getting enough sleep, to feeling fatigued, then going to work, and then coming back, meeting with your family, making sure there’s, you know, food on the plate, doing your social activities that helps you maintain your mental health. Those are the things that PatientSpot can help you advocate, because many of these diseases are invisible, and so one important thing that patients need to advocate for themselves is for us to make these diseases visible. And the way we make them visible is by collecting information from patients, directly from patients, combining it with EHR data, with clinical data, and then packaging it in a way that can then be shared with loved ones, so that the invisible becomes visible.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:52
Well, thank you, Shilpa, for joining us on “The Health Advocates,” for all your work you do on behalf of patients, you and the entire GHLF team. We’re really grateful for this research that’s, you know, being done, and that we’re able to share it with the patient community.
Dr. Shilpa Venkatachalam 13:06
Thank you, Zoe.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:09
And thank you to everyone, who joined us live from ACR, to talk about the research. You can really feel the spirit here, and we hope this helps improve patient outcomes. Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: a Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it all.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt, and thanks for tuning in to our special episode about ACR.
Narrator 13:40
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Advocating for Fair Health Care: Health Insurance Battles and Burnout with Ron Howrigon
In this episode, we’re joined by Ron Howrigon, President of Fulcrum Strategies, who specializes in guiding doctors through the complexities of insurance policies. Ron shares his unique journey from working on the insurance side to advocating for physicians and patients against unfair industry practices. We dive into the challenges of prior authorization, insurance denials, and their impact on physician burnout. Ron sheds light on the incentives driving insurance companies and the reasons behind coverage battles, while offering thoughtful solutions to improve the system for patients and health care providers alike.

Advocating for Fair Health Care: Health Insurance Battles and Burnout with Ron Howrigon
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help you Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:26
And today, we’re joined by Ron Howrigon, who is President and CEO of Fulcrum Strategies, with 18 years of experience in the managed care industry. As a negotiator and network manager, he has held senior management level positions with three of the largest managed care companies, in the country, and he’s also the host of “The Flatlining Podcast.”
Steven Newmark 00:45
Great. I’m excited to have a listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:48
Welcome to “The Health Advocates,” Ron. Why don’t you kick us off by introducing yourself?
Ron Howrigon 00:52
Great. Well, first of all, thanks for having me. My name is Ron Howrigon. I’m the president of a consulting firm, that I founded and owned, called Fulcrum Strategies. And we try to help doctors navigate, what is a very difficult insurance environment right now. And I really appreciate what you guys are doing, and glad to be here.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:07
Awesome. So, can you tell us a little bit more about that career path and what motivated you to start this consulting firm? And, you know, where you were previously with insurance companies?
Ron Howrigon 01:17
I tell people, I’m a recovering managed care executive. I feel like I need to do that. You know, I’ve been clean and sober for 20 years now. So, I started my career actually working for insurance companies. Worked for Blue Cross Plan, Kaiser, Permanente, Cigna, all over the country. And my job, simply put, was to try to purchase health care at the absolute lowest price possible. I negotiated rates and reimbursement policies against physicians and hospitals, and I started to get a little disillusioned with who I was working for, what I was doing, to the practice of medicine. And when my second child was born, I was working for Blue Cross Plan. We had reduced the reimbursement for the obstetricians across the state, about six weeks prior to that delivery, and had an emergency C section. I’m holding a beautiful baby boy, thanking everybody and everything in the room. I think I thank the surgical tray. And the doctors did what they do; They didn’t take a victory lap, they didn’t take a bow. They just sort of played it off and said, “Hey, you know, glad everything worked out.” And the obstetrician turned right before he left the OR and said, “You know, Ron, the next time you take money out of a doctor’s pocket, you remember tonight, because I’m the one who was here,” and I felt terrible. And later, I’ve heard somebody describe that feeling of being in a job that you’re not comfortable with, as friend of mine once described his job and said, “I feel like a prostitute sitting on the side of the bed, counting her money, hating what I had to do to get it.” And that really describes the feeling. So, that’s when I decided that I couldn’t do it anymore, and I started my company and switched sides and decided to devote the rest of my career to try to help physicians. That was 20 years ago now.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:20
*laughter Yeah, I mean, a little different, but I have my own patient journey; I live with arthritis and Crohn’s, and, like, that experience with the health care system definitely informed me wanting to go into public health and advocate for others. So, like, while I didn’t have that, like, I’ve been working on the other side, like, feeling that you did, I definitely understand that motivation once it hits you personally.
Ron Howrigon 03:04
Exactly. You know exactly what I’m talking about then.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:06
And then, you know, transitioning to today. So, you founded your consulting firm, and you help doctors fill in the blank for us.
Ron Howrigon 03:15
Well, the bulk of what we do is try to help doctors negotiate fair and equitable reimbursement and contractual terms with the payers. What we tell doctors is we try to help them with the business side of it, so they can focus on what they do well, which is being a doctor. Now, because all of our interactions are revolving their relationship with insurance companies, we get involved in a lot of other stuff: the frustrations over prior authorization, the frustration over denials, how can I communicate better with the insurance company explain what I’m doing, why are they doing this. So, I get a lot of interaction with physicians just dealing with their sense of burnout, their frustration, their really dim out view of the future, which is concerning for me as a potential future patient. It was a survey that came out the other day, and it was just disturbing to me that almost two thirds of all the physicians interviewed, or surveyed, said they would not recommend medicine as a profession for their children. That’s really telling when two thirds of the doctors, who are caring for our patients today, say don’t do this to their kids. And that’s something I think we need to address.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:12
And you attribute a lot of that to the burnout of battling with insurance companies?
Ron Howrigon 04:17
Yeah, it’s the financial pressures. Medicare doesn’t help that, as they keep cutting Doctor Reimbursement. But the bulk of it is the insurance companies. I had one doctor say to me, which was really telling, he said, “When I went into medicine, I thought the medicine was going to be the hard part.” And he was talking about sort of keeping up with clinical advancements, new technologies, etc. He thought that was going to be hard part. And the hard part for him was trying to figure out, ‘how can I care for my patients the way I think they need it, deserve it, and that I want to, with all these barriers and roadblocks that the insurance companies put in front of me?’ I think it’s very frustrating for them. So, to me, that’s the biggest factor to physician burnout.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:53
So aside, I mean, you mentioned prior authorization, that must come up a lot, that comes up a lot in our patient community. What are some of the other common issues that you encounter, when talking with physicians?
Ron Howrigon 05:04
So, the whole process of prior auth is big. The other part of it is the physician having the patient come back in after a retro denial. They got prior authorization, they provided a service, the service was rendered, and then, after the fact, the payer denies it and looks back and says, “Well, I don’t think it was medically necessary,” and now the physician has this awkward situation with their patient of do I as the physician, just eat that bill? What if it’s for an expensive drug or an infusion that I’ve already provided and paid for? I don’t want to bill the patient; they shouldn’t have to deal with this. And so that post payment denial stuff also gets very frustrating. A lot of physicians also get very frustrated with patients, who believe they have good insurance, and then realize that, you know, between deductibles and co insurance, etc, that they don’t have the financial resources to really pay 20% of what is a large bill, or pay the first $5,000 for the deductible. That’s very frustrating for physicians to go, “Look, I know what you need. Unfortunately, you can’t afford that. Now, how do we provide you what care you can afford?” Which is, in many cases, what they think is substandard care.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:04
Totally. I feel like I say this almost on every episode, but it’s like you’re chronically paying for chronic disease, like our community lives with, you know, different types of autoimmune diseases, and those don’t go away. You may go into a remission, but you’re still going to be taking that medication for life, which means you’re paying those co pays for life, and it’s extremely expensive.
Ron Howrigon 06:22
And those are the people who need health insurance most. The young, healthy, 25 year old that goes to the doctor once a year, it’s not that bad for them. Those chronically ill people are the ones who need the insurance the most, and they’re the ones who have the worst time of it, both through the prior off, and all of the different bills, and having a deductible reset every year. You start all over again after you paid it the last time. It can be crushing.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:42
Exactly. Okay, so you have these scenarios, where your insurance is getting in the way of the doctor patient relationship. What do you do? Like, how do you come in and help negotiate?
Ron Howrigon 06:52
So, sometimes we will help try to educate the physician about what the best avenue to try to advocate for their patient is. Sometimes it’s being a listening ear. When they say, “I’m frustrated with this,” and I say, “I understand. That’s the nature of the industry right now.” Explaining to them, how to educate their patients for their rights. Lot of patients don’t know that they have certain rights to appeal things, to complain to the Department of Insurance, to complain to their employer, and just trying to help them understand how to get that voice out there. I had a recent situation in North Carolina with rheumatology, where one of the payers, and it really wasn’t the payers fault, the reimbursement for one of the drugs they used was well below cost, and it had to do with, you know, the government hadn’t set the reimbursement correctly. And so, I helped the rheumatologist sort of draft letters to the payers to explain to them what was going on and how they could address it. They eventually did, which is great, but it’s just helping them understand how to navigate those waters.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:39
That’s great. Yeah, I think it’s like, until you do it once, you don’t really know how to draft these letters or who to send it to, and it can seem really like, big and confusing. And then it’s like, helpful to have a mentor, orsomeone like you, especially because I’m sure you know, like, some of the keywords that insurance is looking for based on your background to navigate that system, right?
Ron Howrigon 08:03
Exactly.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:03
I guess, like, on that note, is it ever like, of ‘I know exactly what they’re doing because I’ve been on the other side of this?’ Are you ever kind of smirking to yourself, like you have the answer?
Ron Howrigon 08:14
I know their motivation and I know why they’re doing things. I recently wrote an article for a sub stack area, and sort of the title was, “Don’t hate the player, hate the game.” And it sort of explained that, look, health insurance companies, especially the for profit companies, in some respects, they’re doing what they should do. They’re trying to maximize their shareholders investment. They’re trying to make as much profit as possible. When we invest in our retirement accounts, we want those things to happen. The problem is that that drive for profit, which every company does, is counter to what the patients need. So, I understand their motivations; I understand why they’re doing it; and I understand all of their tactics. It’s then trying to help those physicians, so they can help their patients counter those tactics, because there’s a real disconnect between what the payers want and what the patient needs.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:56
And do you think something like a universal health plan could help break down some of these incentives, that the insurance company has?
Ron Howrigon 09:03
It could, yeah, it depends on how it’s done. Whenever somebody talks to me, let’s say for about Medicare for all, or something like that, I say, “It’s a tool. If done well, it could do wonderful things. If done poorly, it can do horrible things.” It’s like, people talk about guns are just a tool in the hands of somebody trained to use them; can be a useful tool, but in the hands of a child, it can be very dangerous. Universal health care could get rid of the profit motivation of insurance companies, which is one of the things that creates real harm. It could create other problems depending on how it’s done, but you could absolutely get rid of that profit motivation.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:32
So, chronic disease is, I guess, becoming more popular for a multitude of reasons, and our community lives with chronic disease. So, I’m curious to ask you, like, how have you seen the health care landscape change over the years, when it comes to chronic disease and dealing with these insurance coverage issues?
Ron Howrigon 09:49
So, there’s a couple things that I think have really changed. One is, and this has been true for a long time, is the insurance companies understand that a very small part of their population consumes most of the cost. It’s a really bizzare kind of environment. 5% of the people in this country consume half of all the health care dollars, and the bulk of the people in that 5% are chronically ill. It’s MS, it’s RA, it’s Parkinson’s, it’s things that are chronically ill. It’s not the episodic, you know, I had an ACL repair. So, the insurance companies know that, and they don’t like those patients, because they’re never gonna make money on those patients, so they would like to attract the other 95% of the population and get rid of the 5% of chronically ill with backwards problem. The other is, and this has been a good and bad thing, some of the treatment availability for those chronically ill has been wonderful advancements. You know, when you talk about things like RA and MS, etc, some of the new therapies that we have have really helped people’s quality of life, but they’ve also increased the cost.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:43
Totally. Yeah, just to pause there and put things in perspective, I take a biologic for my diseases, and I always see the price. I think, I pay $5, between insurance and co pay assistance, but I always look at the price, and it’s about $6,000 per month. And like, who can afford that?
Ron Howrigon 11:01
And so that creates a heightened awareness to those chronically ill. And given the incentive that the insurance company doesn’t want those people, they don’t want to have to pay for that, it creates more. That’s why we’ve seen more of the step therapy, the prior auth, to try to get rid of that. Health insurance is a bizarre industry, because when you think about it, health insurance companies finance your health care, that’s why they don’t really provide health care any more than my bank built my house. They financed it, but they don’t want you to use the product. So, if youthink about it’d be similar, like if you went into a bank and said, “Hey, I want to buy a house; I need a loan.” Most time the bank is like, “That’s great. We’re happy,” because they make money when they write more in loans. When it is the insurance companies is the opposite, when you have to spend that $6,000 every month for your biologic, but the insurance company say,”We don’t want you to do that. We’d really not even like you as a customer. We’d be happy if you’d go to somebody else.” That’s where it creates that sort of perverse incentive. The bank wants to help you borrow money because that’s how they make money. The insurance company wants to keep you from using the product because that’s how they lose money. And it just creates a real problem.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:58
And I guess, talk to us about when these utilization management methods, like step therapy, started popping up.
Ron Howrigon 12:05
Well, they started popping up, and it’s been. sort of a. an increase in use over time. Okay, they’ve been around for a long time. They’re just getting heightened; they’re getting better and better, from the payer perspective. The use of computer algorithms and AI has improved that – their ability to sort of target these things. So, they’ve been going on for some time, and as the expense of some of these chronically ill goes up, you know, they just turn up the heat, because, from the payer’s perspective, there’s a massive amount of money to be made, by either reducing the care that gets received by the patients, reducing the cost of it, or frustrating you so much that you go to one of their competitors. You know, I mean, think about it: We buy computers Apple or at an Apple shop, etc, so, when I go to the Apple store with my corporate account, they’re happy – They want me to buy more computers. If Apple has a hard time with service with me and I threaten to go start buying PC, they’re going to want to keep me as a customer. I’ll take you as an example, because you’ve talked about your own biologics, etc. If you threaten your insurance company, say, “Look, if you don’t provide me better service. I’m going to leave your insurance and I’m going to go to one of your competitors.” They would thank you, because they don’t get enough premium to cover your expense. And so you’d be doing them a good thing – That’s such a bizarre thing. And so, that’s why these efforts have stepped up; It’s not just to reduce the cost; It’s to kind of frustrate. The other thing that happens, which is really weird, is you don’t want to be known as the insurance company that’s the easiest one to deal with to get these medications or biologics, because then in communities like yours, it would go, “Hey, you know, choose Cigna or choose Aetna. I can get everything I need. It’s easy. It’s all,” then people will gravitate to them, and they’ll get more of those people than they can afford. That’s called adverse selection. And so it’s this really bizarre thing, where they’re not trying to make their customers happy; They don’t want them to be happy – They actually want them to go somewhere else.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:45
Well, I guess it’s like, where do we go from here? Are we just stuck in this insurance loop of bad incentives?
Ron Howrigon 13:52
Well, I think there’s, like, a lot of problems. There’s another way to solve the problem. The first thing, it’s like anything else, it’s like admitting you have a problem. We’ve got to and you guys are doing a great job of shedding a light to here’s the problem, and at the end of this problem, there’s a real patient like yourself, who’s dealing with a lifelong condition, who’s trying to have as high a quality life as possible, whose physicians are dedicated to do that. And why should you have to fight these fights all the time? So, it’s shedding light on it, and then we can start to explore what are the best solutions. One solution is universal health care. Another solution, if that doesn’t seem to be a viable option, is to either curtail or get rid of or change the way payers can do this. One of the things I’ve advocated is, every time there is a prior auth, review, or a denial, or this isn’t medically necessary, I think that should be reviewed and signed off by a doctor. And, this is the important part, state and federal law should call that act: the act of practicing medicine. Once you do that, the game changes, because then what would happen is, if I’m a medical director for an insurance company, and I have to sign off on saying, “You can’t have that drug,” I’ve got to be practicing within my field of specialty. I can’t practice outside of my field; I have to be licensed in the state I’m working, I have to create a medical record that shows that I reviewed your personal clinical situation. And the big one is, and if I’m wrong and I’ve done damage to you, which your physician, if they prescribe the wrong medication, or whatever faces this, I should build responsible both for my license and for malpractice. Once you do that, it changes the game, because then they can’t do this just blanket denial, these blanket step therapies, or these blanket prior auth things. And so there’s a number of fixes; we got to realize we have a problem, and then start to pursue the solution.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:29
I think you nailed it right there. I hear from a lot of patients in our community that they’re just so frustrated that some, seemingly random, person in insurance gets to deny their medication and, like, they haven’t gone through med school, or seen them, or like their doctor has.
Ron Howrigon 15:44
Yeah. I mean, there was a story that ProPublica did about Cigna. These doctors were signing off on denials, and they were signing off on a denial every 1.2 seconds. Now, you would never accept that if your physician said, “Look, I’m gonna write you a prescription after reviewing your chart for a whole 1.2 seconds,” and your physician would ever do that. Then, why does a physician on the payer side get to do that? Basically, tell you can’t have something. Obviously, they’re not looking at your clinical situation or presentation. They’re just hitting a click button and somebody else is recommending it, usually a nurse, and usually that nurse hasn’t reviewed your situation very much. So, that’s frustrating for the patient – It should be. And that to me, in my opinion, just my opinion, should be illegal.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:21
My opinion too. It’s ridiculous. You know, so our advocacy network, advocates a lot for laws, you know, at the state and federal level that offers step therapy protections, or ban COVID accumulators, and non medical switching, things like that. What’s your opinion on these laws? Do you think they’re making a difference?
Ron Howrigon 16:39
I think they are. It’s one of those things where, and I see the successes in those laws, it’s not nearly fast enough or enough, but it’s helpful. We just need to speed it up and make it more universal or more sticking of, if you will. The problem is the payer lobby is enormous and powerful, and so anytime you start to pursue one of these advancements in the law at a state level or a federal level, you’re met with massive pushback by the payers. And what they say, they’ve got the spin really good is, well, if we do this, health care will become unaffordable. Well, that’s not really true, and sometimes their numbers are questionable at best, but we’ve got to play that game, we’ve got to continue to play at the efforts of your organization, and we just have to keep pushing until we get everywhere we need to be.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:20
Yeah, absolutely. And it can be frustrating at times, because policy change does take so long, right, especially at the federal level, and it’s like years and years of bringing patient groups and provider groups forward to say, exactly what you’re saying, like this is leading to a lot of burnout and suboptimal care for patients.
Ron Howrigon 17:38
That’s one of the reasons why I like this idea, of, because it’s fairly simple to explain, of, hey, if they’re going to sign off it, then make it be the reactive practice in medicine. That’s all I’m asking. Is for that doctor to have the same responsibility than the doctor, who wrote the prescription, or who offered the care. That’s fairly easy to understand and would be fundamental in the change. Now, the payers are going to hate it, because it’ll impact their profits. But the other thing we need to shine a light on is the payer profits have been enormous, just enormous. If you took $100,000 20 years ago and invested it, and I’ll just pick one, because I know the numbers on UnitedHealthcare. Today, do you know how much money you would have from that investment? $9,000,000. 20 years ago, UnitedHealthcare stock was trading at 20 some bucks a share, today, it’s about $450. And it’s split three times. So, anytime a payer talks about health care being unaffordable, if we do this or will this, I have a hard time with that message, because you guys have been making massive amounts of profit. Now, if you have that stock in your retirement account, good for you, you benefited, but that profit has come at the expense of physicians and patients, and that’s the problem I have with it.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:39
Exactly. So, maybe to leave us on a hopeful note, you can share some advice for patients and physicians, who are currently dealing with this process and feeling frustrated?
Ron Howrigon 18:49
Yeah, I guess a couple of things. First of all, I continue to be amazed at the passion and the commitment that physicians have, and I respect that immensely. We are so lucky to have these individuals in our system, and the resiliency of patients, and that’s fantastic. The hopeful note for them is there’s a lot of positive things: the advances in medicine, the science, the new medication, some of the things that are coming out. There’s new drugs coming out for Alzheimer’s that look like they may start to reverse the progression of these – that’s incredible. The advice is, “Don’t quit. Keep pushing,” both for your individual well-being, keeping the same for the doctor, as well as these policy changes, make sure you get active with your representatives. Make sure they understand. It’s much harder to say “No” to some of these advances, when you can put a face to a disease and a condition, you know, like yours, like all the people that are dealing with similar conditions. So, there’s a wonderful Winston Churchill quote that I love, that he said during the middle of the Battle of Britain, which he said, “When you’re going through hell, don’t stop.” And that’s what I told you, is, I know, I know it’s hard, but we’ve got to get to the goal line here, and so don’t stop.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:50
Thank you. I love that messaging. It was great having you on, Ron. Take care.
Ron Howrigon 19:54
Thank you, and keep up the great work.
Steven Newmark 19:57
Well, Zoe, that was a really great discussion with Ron. As Ron said there is such a huge burden on our health care providers, to submit appeals and battle with insurance companies, and it’s unfortunate that this impacts patient care.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:07
100%. It was really powerful to hear Ron’s story about what motivated him to change from working to insurance companies to, you know, helping doctors advocate against these practices.
Steven Newmark 20:18
Well, we hope that you learned something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 20:26
Well, everyone. Thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it all.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 20:40
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 20:46
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Post-Election Recap: What Trump’s Return Means for Health Care
In this special post-election episode of The Health Advocates, Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation, provides an update on the potential impacts of Donald Trump’s second non-consecutive presidential term on health care. With changes expected in the Senate and possible shifts in the House, Steven breaks down how Trump’s administration, along with controversial figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr., may influence public health agencies, Medicaid, Medicare, and the Affordable Care Act. Tune in for a quick, informative recap of the election’s health care implications.

Post-Election Recap: What Trump’s Return Means for Health Care
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:09
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help you Make Sense of it all.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. And welcome to a special post-election episode of “The Health Advocates.” Today, we’re coming to you, right after the election, to give a quick recap on what’s going on. It’s a special episode, and we’re gonna keep it short, sweet, and snappy. And I’ll be doing it solo today. Well, the polls said the election would be close, and overall, they were right; The election was close. It’s hard to be surprised at the results of the election, when the polls were so close, but it is surprising to have our only second-president to win a non-consecutive term, as well as the oldest elected ever. Donald Trump will be 78 years old, when he takes the oath of office, in January, and he will have support in Congress too, with the Senate flipping from Democrat to Republican. As we were recording, it’s too early to know the final Senate numbers and the final numbers in the house, but if Republicans take the house, Trump will have a lot to work with. So, how did Trump win? He built a strong coalition and increased his totals, almost universally across the board: in urban, suburban, and rural areas. He increased his vote share amongst Latino and Black voters too. It’s also the first of his three elections, that he won an outright majority of the votes: 51% at the latest count, as we’re recording. So, what does this mean for healthcare, health policy, and chronically ill Americans? Trump definitely cobbled together a team with, shall we say, interesting positions, when it comes to public health. His most notable ally, in the public health sphere, is Robert Kennedy, Jr., who, if I may say, espouses some dangerous views, to say the least. Trump has indicated that he would appoint Robert F. Kennedy, a noted vaccine skeptic, conspiracy theorist, and former independent presidential candidate, to a key role in his administration in the health sphere. Kennedy has already signaled he would seek to remove fluoride from water, work to remove vaccines in certain instances, though, his actual role and plans remain vague. Trump said last week that he would let Kennedy go, quote “Wild on health, in his administration,” but has not stated what role Kennedy would be appointed to. Kennedy’s stances on vaccine, fluoride, and other health issues have been slammed by health experts and organizations for having roots in conspiracy theories. He has, repeatedly, made false claims that vaccines cause autism, and he chaired the Children’s Health Defense, an organization that says it wants to end childhood health crises, but is a source of vaccine misinformation. He compared vaccine mandates to the Holocaust, in 2022, which he apologized for, and he was previously banned by YouTube and Instagram, for spreading misinformation about the COVID-19 vaccine. Just as a reminder, Kennedy does not have any scientific or medical credentials. Prior to his political career, he was an environmental lawyer. Kennedy put together a platform called ‘Make America Healthy Again.’ So, what’s in it? Well, first off, it is a catchy slogan, ‘Make America Healthy Again.’ And there’s not a doubt, that America could be healthier. We have short lives, avoidable deaths, and less than stellar access to care. However, the first step is to accurately identify what is causing us to be unhealthy, to fix that. And we won’t make substantial progress if we choose after falsehoods, of course. But the big, [MAHA], that’s ‘Make America Healthy Again,’ talking points: organic food, pesticides, alternative medicine, and going after drug companies, often lack specificity, are riddled with falsehoods, and widen the risk perception gap; focusing on relatively minor issues, while overlooking some significant threats, that shape our public health. One of the most dangerous aspects of the campaign is mixing reasonable statements with outright falsehoods. The combination makes it difficult for the general public to distinguish fact from fiction, and determine where we can get the most bang for our buck. Some examples from the MAHA platform include, Medicaid should pay for three organic meals a day for every American; access to nutritional food is a huge issue in the United States, that part is definitely true. However, there’s no strong evidence to date that organic food is nutritionally superior, necessarily. Organic food can also be unhealthy – Just because ice cream is organic, for example, doesn’t make it a healthy food. We should definitely prioritize increasing access to nutrient dense foods, and fruits and vegetables is, of course, important, but the misdirection in talking about organic versus nutrient dense, or healthy foods, could be misleading. A second platform is embracing alternative medicine. Many alternative medicines simply don’t work, and more dangerously, may discourage people from seeking actual tested therapies. A third is prohibiting members of U.S. Department of Agriculture Advisory Committee from making money from food or drug companies. While avoiding conflicts of interest is very important, this proposal creates a false dichotomy between expertise, and industry, and excludes valuable knowledge, and expertise. A more balanced approach would involve transparent disclosure and management of potential conflict, distinguishing between conflicts of interest that are handled appropriately versus genuine corruption. Public health. Trump’s team has called for, quote, “Cleaning up public health agencies.” This sounds a little, like, trimming the fire department, even though there are more houses catching on fire. While we agree that federal agencies need to be more nimble, flexible, and responsible to the needs on the ground, we cannot overlook the existing challenges in public health infrastructure. Trump has called for the weakening of the CDC through restructuring. The Centers for Disease Control, our National Public Health entity, holds the state public health ligaments together, if you will, through data and guidance. If the CDC is weakened, the whole system itself starts to break down, adding more institutions, like proposals to split up the CDC, for example, actually adds to bureaucracy. Institutions need to be cohesive, with sufficient, stable, and efficient funding, if we want them to be more nimble. So, what about Congress? What about laws that might be passed? Well, House Speaker, Mike Johnson, said just before that the election, that the Affordable Care Act repeal is on the table. Should Trump win, we will see what they will do, and right now, we’ll see how much fight the Democrats have, and in them, should the Republicans seek to actually pursue the repeal of the Affordable Care Act. As part of the 2021 Stimulus Package, Joe Biden and the Democratic Congress adopted expanded subsidies for the Affordable Care Act’s marketplaces. If you were an individual, a small business buying private insurance, the tax credits you received to offset premiums were larger. Subsidies were no longer cut off for people making over 400% of the poverty line, and subsidies for people subsidies for people below that were made far more generous. These provisions were later extended through the end of 2025, as part of the inflation Reduction Act. It’s hard to imagine a Republican Congress voting to extend these measures past next year. We’ll see what happens…I guess. Trump has promised not to cut Medicare, much as he did in 2016, when he first got elected, but his budgets did envision spending reductions, which were mostly minor, and came from cutting provider payments rather than limiting eligibility. The last time Trump had a Republican majority, he tried extensive cuts to Medicaid and also to food stamps, I should add, but ultimately could not get those cuts passed. Trump waffled on how clear he wanted to be in calling for Medicaid cuts during this election cycle, but when he was clear, last time he was President, the proposals had three steps. The first was to repeal the Affordable Care Act’s Medicaid coverage expansion, and replace it with a block grant for states to spanning. The second was to place a per capita cap on the rest of Medicaid, meaning states would only be granted a set amount per covered person by the federal government. And the third was to impose a work requirement, specifically to require able bodied working individuals to find employment, trained for work or volunteer, in order to receive Medicaid. Whether Trump can make these plans a reality, really depends strongly on what moderate Republicans feel about them. So, as for what’s in store, from a Trump two administration. Well, we’ll wait and see. But of course, we’re going to keep a close eye on things here at the Global Healthy Living Foundation and make sure everyone is kept up to date. And as always, we’ll make sure to insert the patient voice into any policy decisions that are being made. Well, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help you Make Sense of it All.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, and write a review on Apple podcast, and hit that subscribe button, wherever you listen – It’ll help more people like you, find us. I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 08:15
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Spooky Tales from the Health Care System: Lessons in Advocacy
In this special Halloween episode of The Health Advocates, we’re diving into some spine-chilling experiences in the health care system. Our guests open up about their scariest moments — from misdiagnoses and panic attacks in MRI machines to doctors dismissing their pain. But it’s not all fright! They share how these tough experiences helped them become stronger self-advocates, turning fear into resilience.

Spooky Tales from the Health Care System: Lessons in Advocacy
Steven Newmark 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network. Welcome, listeners, to a spooky edition of “The Health Advocates.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief Policy Officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:18
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF. And that’s right. Today, we are doing something a little bit different; We are diving into the eerie – the unsettling and sometimes downright scary side of health care.
Steven Newmark 00:31
That’s right, it’s time for some health care spooky stories, because what’s spookier than a haunted house? Getting stuck in a scary health care scenario.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:39
A 100%. But also, don’t worry, we’re not here to scare you. We’re here to just share real stories about what can go wrong in the health care world, and, more importantly, how patients like you have spoken up, and advocated for themselves, and turned these scary situations into empowering outcomes.
Steven Newmark 00:56
Exactly. We all know that navigating the health care system can be a real fright, sometimes, from misdiagnoses to medication mix-ups or even getting ghosted by your doctor. There are some truly hair raising experiences out there, but today’s stories aren’t just about things going wrong – They’re about how these patients found the courage to speak up and get the care they deserved.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:14
So, Steven, I spoke to three of our colleagues, who live with different chronic illnesses, about their spooky – turned advocacy health care stories. I’m excited for you all to have a listen and maybe learn a trick or two about advocating. First up, we have Shelley: So, imagine heading out for a nice dinner with your family, only to end the night in the emergency room. The care Shelley received was just confusing, chaotic, and awful; a true health care horror story. So, let’s dive into what happened, and how Shelley had to navigate the confusion to get the right care. Hi, Shelley.
Shelley Fritz 01:48
Hi, Zoe.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:50
Welcome to our spooky episode of “The Health Advocates.” We’re excited to have you here. And why don’t you start by introducing yourself?
Shelley Fritz 01:58
Hi, I’m Shelley Fritz. I have rheumatoid arthritis, and fibromyalgia, and osteoarthritis, and I am a patient advocate, and I’m happy to share my…Well, I’m not really happy to share my spooky story. I wish I didn’t have so many to choose from to share today. So, it was April, of 2017, it was actually Easter weekend. It was April 15th, and I remember this date, and I always will, because it was a bad day. So, in the months leading up to April, I had been feeling a little bit funky. I had been feeling like my breathing was just like, a little bit shallow. I was working as a teacher, and I was working with elementary kids, and always on the go.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:38
Yeah.
Shelley Fritz 02:39
And my mother had passed a few months prior, like had passed in the fall, so I was kind of attributing some of the breathing issues to panic and just not dealing with that well. And I wasn’t really sure, but I saw an ENT, and we were doing some tests to try to figure out what was wrong, and we really couldn’t pinpoint it. So, as we’re thinking about more tests we’re gonna do, he had wanted to set me up for those. Now we’re at Saturday, April 15th, and my family decided to go rent a boat and go fishing. So, they all went out, and I stayed home. I wasn’t feeling so well, so it’s just kind of lying around, reading, and just taking it easy. But it wasn’t getting worse, you know, just kind of laying on one side, and I felt uncomfortable moving around, but I didn’t really know what was wrong. I honestly thought maybe I have, like, indigestion (*laughter), and I laugh at that, but I do have that problem sometimes. And sometimes that’s a mistake people make: To think they have indigestion, and then they don’t deal with their problems. So, first lesson learned.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:29
Well, sometimes, also, you’re like, it must be, like, the most simplest, obvious reason, right? Like, I get why your head went to indigestion. Like, sometimes you’re like, oh, it’s the simple, obvious thing; nothing major going on here.
Shelley Fritz 03:42
Exactly. And it’s so complicated when you have chronic illnesses. Especially when you have more than one, and then you’re trying to attribute, what is the cause of this? Is it the medication, I just started? You know. Is it the medication I was last on? What is going on? So, you know, these things are running through my head. But anyway, started to feel better. So much better that that night, we decided to go out to dinner, so we went to the melting pot.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:02
Oh, I love the melting pot. Yeah.
Shelley Fritz 04:06
There’s no way I’m gonna miss this.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:07
*laughter
Shelley Fritz 04:08
So, we went, and it was 45 minutes or so, away from our house, but it’s worth the drive, right?
Zoe Rothblatt 04:14
It is!
Shelley Fritz 04:15
So it’s my husband, and my son, and I. So, we went to dinner, and we’re enjoying the meal. Everything’s going great. And then I’m not feeling well. I’m starting to get that ‘maybe it’s indigestion again,’ but now it’s starting to become more pain, and the pain is in my chest, and it’s, it’s on my left side, specifically, and it’s starting to, like, move into my shoulder blade. Now, I’m getting a little worried that maybe something else is going on. So, I hide my pain pretty well, but not this night, my husband said, “We need to leave, something’s not right.” So, I think we’re going home, right? I’m like, “Oh yeah, we should probably go home and rest.” So, we pack up from the melting pot a little bit early; We don’t even get to the chocolate. *laughter We leave.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:50
Oh no…
Shelley Fritz 04:51
I know. Bummer.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:52
I’m like, is that the spooky part of the story? We didn’t get dessert?
Shelley Fritz 04:56
Didn’t get dessert, and that’s it. *laughter So, we started driving. And you know, when you’re in extreme pain, you don’t always, I don’t, I’ll speak for myself, I don’t always make the best decisions, because I can’t think straight. And so, another thing, a lesson learned is have a plan of action with your family, and you know your Emergency Contacts, for when you have an emergency, that potential emergency that could happen one day that you’re not expecting. And so, you know, we had talked about, what hospitals do we go to. We’ve had some bad experiences at different ones, but we were very far away, and my thinking was really strange this day. I said, we have to get my son home so that he can, you know, he’s in high school, he has a lot of stuff to do, we got to get him home, he can’t be with us far away at a hospital; We need to go to that community hospital close to our house. Which, I’m just gonna say without naming it, was not the best choice. So, we pass the first exit to a great hospital, and my husband goes, “Okay, I’m turning off to this hospital.” And I say, “No, no, no, no, no, no, we’re going to this one.” And he disagrees, but I say, “No, I’m adamant.” I can barely speak, mind you. It took me forever to get me in the car, I could barely breathe now. Now, I’m like, crying and I’m panicking because I can barely breathe. I don’t want to breathe, because any type of breath was like, excruciating in my chest, and it was just shooting up into my shoulder blade, and I couldn’t move. So, I was like, stiff as a board, in the back seat, crying. And then I’m just like, I just want to get someplace, to stop the car. Just stop the car. I kept saying, “Just stop the car.” And he’s like, “Well, I can stop it at this hospital.” I said, “No, no, no, you gotta go to the one close to our house.” We’re on this really bumpy road with potholes, and I’m just feel like I’m gonna die.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:31
Oh my gosh.
Shelley Fritz 06:32
I think maybe I’m having a heart attack. I really thought it was a heart attack. And spoiler alert, it wasn’t a heart attack.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:38
Spoiler alert, Shelley is still here with us.
Shelley Fritz 06:41
Yeah, it was not, but it was something potentially fatal, but it was not a heart attack. So, we get to the hospital and go in the emergency room, and anyway, they start running some tests. And one of the first tests they did was they checked to make sure I wasn’t having a heart attack, and they assure me that that wasn’t probably what was going on, because my stats looked pretty good. So, they ran blood work. The blood work came back with a really high D-dimer level. And, if you don’t know, a D-dimer level, that’s high, can indicate the possibility of blood clots.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:09
Oh my gosh.
Shelley Fritz 07:10
So, then I might get blood clots. So, the nurse says, “We’re just gonna run some more tests your D-dimer level.” I have no idea what this is at the time.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:18
Yeah, I’m learning what that is now. I don’t think that’s something most people know until they’re encountering it, unfortunately.
Shelley Fritz 07:25
Right? It wasn’t a possibility in my head, because I just didn’t think that would happen to me, right? So, it comes back high. She says, “We’re gonna send you back for some X-rays.” And so they moved me to the X-ray table, which is excruciating, and but I did learn a great tip, that I’ll share from the X-ray technician. That’s where I learned that, if you’re in a lot of pain and you cross your arms in front of you and then they pull you up, it doesn’t pull on these muscles, right here. So…
Zoe Rothblatt 07:50
Oh…
Shelley Fritz 07:50
…crossing your arms and having your caregiver. or emergency technician. pull you up is a lot more helpful. So. we got the test done and came back, and then all of a sudden there were like five people from the hospital in our little area, in a little cubby area, and they say, “Don’t move. You can’t move her. She has bilateral pulmonary embolisms. You have blood clots in both lungs.” So, I just was, “What is going on?” And then I’m like, “Oh my god, I’m gonna die.” And I just started to panic. My husband was, like, asking a bunch of questions, you know, what does this mean? They started to act weird. They’re like, “We’re just gonna move her upstairs and just, you know, try to keep her still, and we don’t wanna move her too much.” And I’m like, “I can’t move? What is going on? This is horrifying.” So, they moved me upstairs and they gave me morphine to try to stop the pain. And this is where advocacy really came in, because I had a nurse, who hadn’t read my chart, or she didn’t read it thoroughly anyway. She didn’t know that I had the blood clots. She came in, and she immediately didn’t ask me about my pain level. She came in to take my stats, and she pulled me up from a lying down position to a sitting position.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:52
Oh my gosh.
Shelley Fritz 08:52
Just grabbed me from the back and just yanked me up, and it’s like, I think a scream came out, I don’t know, because I could barely even make noises, because I couldn’t breathe well and talk. And I was like, “No!” I just stopped her. I was like, “No, you can’t do that.” She’s like, “I have to take your stats.” And I looked at my husband, so it’s important to have somebody with you, whether it’s your neighbor, just somebody with you to advocate for you. Because I couldn’t speak, I couldn’t voice what I was trying to say, but he knew in my eyes, he’s like, “Look, you can’t move her right now. She’s in so much pain, and this morphine is not working for her.” I said, “Morphine doesn’t work for me. I know from a previous experience, I need something different.” And so she thought I just wanted more medication. And so her response to me was, “Look, lady, we can’t give you more morphine.” I said, “I don’t want any more morphine.” If you don’t want it…
Zoe Rothblatt 09:37
Yeah.
Shelley Fritz 09:37
I need something different. And so nurses changed shifts, and thank goodness. When another nurse came in, I said, “Look, I need another drug classification, then morphine. This doesn’t work for me.” And she listened to me, and she went back and talked to the doctor, and it was hours later, but I finally got another medication, Dilaudid, and that helped me to be able to breathe, and they got me on a blood thinner. And you know, long story short, I’m here today, and I’m doing well, and I don’t have any more issues with that, but I had to go on a treatment for it to help the blood clots dissipate. I made some bad decisions in the moment of crisis, and it’s important to first have a plan and then tell your family, no matter what I say, stick to my plan. But also when you know that there’s a medication that you’re being given, that, you know, doesn’t work for you well, it’s important to speak up and also to have somebody there with you, who can advocate for you.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:27
Yeah, wow. Thank you for sharing that story. Shelley, and that sounds so terrifying. And I think there’s so many elements of your story that just show strength, and like changing course of action when things were going wrong, and realizing that you needed help and relying on those around you, and I’m just so happy that you got the care you need. You’re okay, and hopefully something like that has not happened since…
Shelley Fritz 10:50
No. *laughter
Zoe Rothblatt 10:51
Good.
Shelley Fritz 10:52
It’s been really calm.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:54
Yeah, that is definitely a spooky story.
Shelley Fritz 10:57
Yeah, unfortunately it is.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:59
Yeah.
Shelley Fritz 11:00
Thanks for letting me share it, though.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:01
Yeah, thanks for coming on. And I’m excited for you to hear the rest of the stories, as part of this episode.
Shelley Fritz 11:07
I’m excited to hear them too.
Steven Newmark 11:09
That is definitely a spooky story. Lots of important lessons in Shelley’s story, especially about making a plan with your family for emergencies. I’ll add too, that when choosing hospitals, something to pay attention to is your insurance coverage, and what is in your work and with your plan.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:23
That’s a really good point. And next up, I spoke to Sarah. When Sarah went to her doctor looking for answers instead of getting help, she was told something shocking. Let’s have a listen to what happened. Hey Sarah, welcome to “The Health Advocates.”
Sarah Shaw 11:37
Thank you, Zoe. I’m really excited to be back for this spooky episode. Let’s get into it.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:42
Yeah, we’re excited to have you. I know you’ve been on before, but it’s been a minute. So, why don’t you introduce yourself to our listeners?
Sarah Shaw 11:50
Well, thank you. Thank you again. I’m Sarah Shaw. I am the Associate Director of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion at the Global Healthy Living Foundation, and I also happen to be a person living with migraine. I’ve been living with chronic migraine for almost eight years now.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:05
And you have a spooky story to tell us. I’m actually quite excited, because I don’t know what you’re gonna talk about, and we often chat on the side about all things spooky in our health care stories. So, I’m, like, locked in and ready to see which one you picked today.
Sarah Shaw 12:20
There’s so many to choose from and Zoe, it’s been fun and also validating to have on the side conversations about our chronic illness ‘Boo Boos’ through the years. My spooky story is with an old doctor of mine, and it really taught me about the strength of advocating for myself. So, I had been seeing a doctor to help treat my chronic migraine, for about, I think, four years, and it got to the point where my migraines had just been getting worse and worse, and the treatments that I was on weren’t exactly working, or I wasn’t responding to the medication the way that I should have been. And my doctor got to the point where, I think she was really frustrated at that, but she took it out on me and actually called me a problem patient. And that was a really sad and kind of horror in my chapter of dealing with chronic migraine, because not only was I in severe pain, but now my doctor had basically given up on me, and said that there was nothing else that she could do, but didn’t say those words exactly.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:19
Wait, so set the scene for us. Were you just sitting in the room at the doctor’s office on the table, and she just said that to you?
Sarah Shaw 13:27
Yeah, I had, think I had come in for a follow up appointment after trying a newer medication, and she was just going over how I’d been feeling, how I was doing, and I kind of gave her the, “Not good, not well, I’ve had X amount of migraine attacks, and the pain is at this level,” and you could just tell she was getting kind of flustered and frustrated, and just kind of exasperated out. Was just like, “Man, you’re such a problem patient.”
Zoe Rothblatt 13:51
Oh my gosh.
Sarah Shaw 13:51
That really took me, like, off guard, and I was like, it made me feel like I was doing something wrong as a patient, not responding to the medications, and I had used my knowledge as a migraine advocate, of knowing that there were other treatments out there that we could try. And I brought that up to her, even after that comment happened, and she was like, “Oh, well, we can’t try those. We’re just gonna get denied by insurance.” And at that point, I was like, “Okay, this doctor, you know, is not going to be advocating on my behalf. I’m my best advocate.” And so I went home. Well, I cried in the car first, after that happened.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:25
Sarah, we love a cry in the car. Like, I feel like we’re always messaging, ‘Yeah, just cried about my health care year; Just cried about my health care there.’
Sarah Shaw 14:33
Nothing like a good cry, to kind of set the scene and like, inspire, like, I feel like, after a good cry, I’m always more energized to like advocate on behalf of myself and like other patients. So, I went home after my cry, and I was just sitting there, and I was like, “You know what? I’m gonna go find a better doctor. I’m gonna find someone who is going to listen to my needs, who’s not going to give up on me.” And took me a while to not internalize that problem patient comment, that obviously sat with me for a while, and then I found a wonderful doctor, who listens to me. We deal with those same insurance issues that the old doctor was hesitant to work with because, you know, she was like, you’re just gonna get denied. And believe me, me and my doctor, I want to say, every four months, we’re dealing with some other step therapy or prior authorization issue with one of my migraine medications, but every step of the way, she has always reassured me that she’s going to do whatever she can, to make sure we find a treatment plan that works well for me. And you know, I recently just had another issue, and she jumped right on it. And I think, I don’t want to say the moral of the story, but really, I think back to what would have happened if I hadn’t, like spoken up, or if I hadn’t gone home and really thought about, “I deserve better care. I deserve a health care team that’s going to advocate on behalf of me and who I work well with,” and now to this day, unfortunately, the insurance denials are still coming, but I know I have a great teammate in my health care team to advocate with me.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:02
I’m so glad that you have an amazing doctor now. And yeah, I mean, I feel like I can relate to how scary it is in the moment to hear those words, especially with like, the power imbalance of a doctor and patient, you know, like they’re supposed to be the expert, and like one who’s knowledgeable, and like you’re in their hands for care. And while we know a lot as advocates, and because of the work we do, and just living with chronic illness, like you’re never gonna know as much as the doctor, right? So like, if a doctor is sitting there telling you you’re the problem, like part of you is gonna want to believe that, and, like, get really scared.
Sarah Shaw 16:33
Yeah, exactly, exactly. And I think the language that I picked up from my current doctor, which I everyone that I meet in the work that we do here at GHLF is she’s like, “You didn’t fail the medication, the treatment failed you.” And I think that’s a much better way to have a conversation with a patient when every body is literally different. Everyone reacts differently to different treatments, and sometimes it just doesn’t work out. But the onus should never be put on the patient as the problem; It should be, “You know what? It didn’t work out, but we’re gonna keep fighting, to make sure we can get you to feeling more baseline.”
Zoe Rothblatt 17:05
And just to bring it full circle, you know, when you saw your new doctor, who’s amazing. Now, what are the kind of things you said in that first appointment? To speak up and change what had happened in the past.
Sarah Shaw 17:17
Honestly, and I remember it was 2020, yeah, so everything went to telehealth, and I was sitting in the living room in front of my computer, like, sweating profusely, like, so nervous about that first appointment, because I told her exactly what happened. I said, “This is what my last doctor said. And it made me feel, like, really uncomfortable.” And I had that awkward conversation, which wasn’t really awkward, of saying, like, “I want to work with a doctor that’s going to be able to work with me, so I don’t ever fall into that situation again.” And I remember once I said that she was like, “Listen, I’m your cheerleader. We’re gonna be teammates. That situation will not happen.” I wish for every patient to be able to have that conversation and that situation that happens, if they do have bad situations happen, to find the correct providers in your health care team to advocate along with you.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:00
That’s so powerful and such good advice, because you don’t necessarily need to know the path forward of like, what’s next, but you can clearly articulate to your doctor, like, what you don’t want to happen and what happened in the past that was wrong for you. So, thanks, Sarah, for sharing your spooky story with us.
Sarah Shaw 18:17
Thanks, Zoe, for having me on this spooky episode.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:20
Yeah, Sarah, more than happy to have you on as always. Well. Steven, that was another unsettling story.
Steven Newmark 18:25
Yeah, unfortunately, this happens so often that patient pain gets dismissed, and it can lead to many years in between the onset of symptoms to diagnosis. That’s why the work we do here is so important, to help spread awareness and give people the tools to advocate for themselves, like Sarah did.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:38
It really does happen all too often, and actually, maybe it’s time for my spooky story. I can tell you about a time where things didn’t go as planned for me. I was debating what story to tell you, and Sarah’s story made me remember a time where I felt just like something wasn’t right seeing a doctor. So, are you ready to hear it?
Steven Newmark 18:57
Sure.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:58
You know, as you know, I live with arthritis and Crohn’s, and my specialist was like, “Okay, it’s time to see a dermatologist. It’s really important that you get a skin check every year, just given your diseases and the medications you’re on.” So, I was like, “Okay, that sounds easy enough.” I made the appointment, I saw the dermatologist, she was really late and coming in, and the appointment took a while, like, to actually get started, but, you know, it wasn’t the best experience, it wasn’t the worst, I just moved on. Everything was fine. I hadn’t gone back in a little bit, my rheumatologist was like, “You know, it’s really time to go back and get another skin check. You’re supposed to do these annually.” So, I just thought, “I’ll give that doctor another chance. I’ll go.” So, here’s where things took a turn. I got to the office, and I had waited around 40 minutes, and I went to the front desk and said, “Hey, I’ve been waiting here a while. Like, any idea when the doctor is gonna see me?” They were like, I could tell they were really frustrated; They were like, “Yeah, she does this all the time.” Like, “It’ll be soon.” Like, another 10 minutes go by and now I’m like, “Okay, it’s been basically an hour.” Like. I need to say something, you know…
Steven Newmark 18:58
Oh my gosh.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:02
Like my time is important too.
Steven Newmark 19:55
An hour, wow!
Zoe Rothblatt 19:57
I know. So, I go up and they’re like, “Okay, we’ll get you in a room.” And I don’t know, if you or our listeners, have ever done a skin check, but what happens is that you get completely undressed and you’re just in a gown, because they look at every inch of your body to see if there’s like, moles or, you know, spots of concern. So, they put me in a room, they get me in the gown. Another hour passes of me sitting there waiting for the doctor.
Steven Newmark 20:27
I would have stolen all the cotton balls, at least.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:47
So, the doctor comes in and is like, “Hey, what’s going on? Let’s do a skin test.” And I was like, “Really, you’re two hours late?” And she was like, “What? I am?” And I was like, “Yeah, you’re not gonna say anything?” And she was completely taken aback that I said that. And then, like, she just, like, mumbled a little sorry, like it wasn’t anything that was like meaningful. So, I was like, I’m just gonna sit here get the test done. And I can only guess what was going through her head, when she did what she did next, when trying to, like, change things around in the appointment, maybe. But so she looked at my chart, so I have these other two autoimmune diseases, and she asked me what treatments I’m on, and I take two injections, and she starts to say, “At your age, you shouldn’t be on those – There’s better treatments now.” And it’s like talking about like a newer class of medications, JAK inhibitors, which are great options for patients. But I was just so frustrated, because this isn’t the doctor that treats these conditions, she knows nothing about my plan. I’m like, sitting here…
Steven Newmark 20:55
Wow…
Zoe Rothblatt 20:55
I know. And you know, I was, like, feeling so vulnerable because I’m just, like, sitting in this little paper gown; I didn’t want to pop my head out to say, “What’s going on?” Because I’m like, I’m not dressed appropriately. So, I’m like, “What do I do? What do I do? I’ve already wasted two hours here. Like, I’m not gonna just leave.” …after two hours undressed, and she’s just telling me what treatments I should or should not be taking.
Steven Newmark 21:51
Oh, man… Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:52
Yeah. I mean, your reaction is like, how I felt in the moment, just like, “Oh man, I gotta get out of here. I feel so uncomfortable.” And you know, for the part where things turned around, there was like a bit of time where I didn’t see a dermatologist, and finally, I got the courage to go see one again. And I did a lot of research. And what went into that research was like looking at often on doctors pages, they’ll say, like, ‘What interests the doctor.’ So, you know, I was looking for someone that deals with patients with different chronic diseases. I was reading patient reviews to see if other people had similar situations to me. And I went to this dermatologist, I had a great experience. I even, similar to Sarah, when I got there, I said, “You know, I’ve had a bad experience in the past. This is what I’m here for.” And she was really thorough, and, you know, explained things every step of the way. And my learning from that was just like, 1. If things don’t feel right, trust your gut. I think after that first appointment with the dermatologist, I should have just, because nothing’s good or bad doesn’t mean you should keep going. 2. You know, just because one provider didn’t treat you right, doesn’t mean they all are.
Steven Newmark 22:50
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:50
And then also, you know, if you don’t feel comfortable speaking up, that’s a problem, and it’s really important to find a doctor that will give you the space to speak up.
Steven Newmark 22:59
Yeah, well, at least on a positive note, you learn some things…to say the least, and that’s a good thing going forward. You learn from your experiences, right? As others have also spoken up about too.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:11
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 23:12
Oh, man, it’s wild. I have a relative, who goes to a primary care doctor. Elderly loves the primary care doctor, and she tells me, she waits over an hour every time. And I’m like, “How could you go back?” She said, “I love him.”
Zoe Rothblatt 23:24
Oh my gosh.
Steven Newmark 23:25
“I love him. He’s the best. When you get taken in, he spends a lot of time with you, and that’s the deal. And you know that he does that with everybody else before you, and then when it’s your turn, you get your time too.” And I said, “Well, all right, if you know that going in, you’re willing to accept that, I guess that’s okay.” I would never do that because I don’t have that kind of patience. But everyone’s different. But man, oh, man, to have gone through that without any, I can’t believe there wasn’t, like, barely an apology or something, some mumbling, but wild somehow, cool.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:51
Yeah, exactly. And the whole appointment was, like, lasted five minutes. So, unlike your relative, it was like, I didn’t get the time back in any capacity.
Steven Newmark 23:59
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 24:00
To then be questioning, what my other doctor’s doing when she didn’t even ask for my opinion, like, I’m happy on my treatment.
Steven Newmark 24:07
Oh, man.
Zoe Rothblatt 24:08
That really got me.
Steven Newmark 24:09
I’ll tell you another really quick one. I know someone, who went to a doctor, had, it was for something a little more substantive, I don’t remember the full details, but it was like to inspect something with difficulties swallowing, and got to see a specialist. And you know how that can be, sometimes those super specialists, it’s hard to get an appointment, or it’s they have you waiting. And she was waiting almost two hours as well, including one hour in the room. And she got to the point where she started to leave, and she said, I would like my file. And right away they were like, “No, no, no, we’re so sorry. No, no, the doctors…” Then all of a sudden, the doctor came right in. She said, “No, I’m done. I don’t want to be here anymore. I don’t like the treatment. Been two hours, and nobody’s spoken to me, and I don’t like that. That leaves me with a bad taste in my mouth.” So, anyway, very, very scary.
Zoe Rothblatt 24:49
Yeah, I mean, just walking out, that’s so powerful to say, you know, like, my time is just as valuable. And like, with the power, I was talking about thiswith Sarah, you know, there’s such a power imbalance with, you feel, the doctor is this expert, and has all these credentials, and you should respect them, and feel like, no, you’re the patient and you’re there, like, you and your insurance are paying for this time, like you really should get out of it what you need.
Steven Newmark 25:13
Yeah, it’s a tough situation. I mean, part of it, hate to say it like this, part of it is like, you keep expectations low. Number one, I always bring reading materials with me, something like, okay…
Zoe Rothblatt 25:24
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 25:24
…I’m stuck here, at least I have a book, or work, or my laptop, or something. And also, I do try my best to find doctors that will not keep me waiting, that are notorious for being good about keeping appointments on time. I also, oh, gosh, I don’t want to give away this secret because, but whatever, I always choose the first appointment of the day, whenever I can.
Zoe Rothblatt 25:45
Oh yeah, that’s a good one. It’s kind of like flights too. Like usually, the ones in the morning take off on time, and as the day goes on, it’s delayed.
Steven Newmark 25:54
Totally. Even if the doctor’s stuck in traffic, you’re still the first one. So, how late can it be? The other one, by the way, is the first one after lunch.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:01
Oh, yeah, that’s a good one too.
Steven Newmark 26:02
Yeah, if you could figure that out, although I’ve had like, very like, dare I say nasty receptionist, who say the doctor doesn’t take lunch, she has no time for lunches. I’m like, “Yeah, I’m pretty sure she’s eating something somewhere, along the way. I can’t imagine she’s in here nine hours, but whatever.” And if that’s the case, then that’s really bad for the people coming late in the day.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:18
Well, you know, lastly, we are heading into the MRI machine, which is never a fun place to be. When JP’s scan didn’t and go as planned, she took charge, and fought for the approval she needed. Let’s hear how JP made it happen. Hey, JP, welcome to our special spooky edition of “The Health Advocates.”
JP Summers 26:37
Hi, Zoe, thank you for having me today!
Zoe Rothblatt 26:39
Well, I’m excited to hear your spooky health care story, but before we dive in, why don’t you introduce yourself to our listeners?
JP Summers 26:47
Sure! My name is JP Summers, I’m the senior patient advocate community outreach manager at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. I’m also someone, who has several chronic conditions, and I’m a caregiver to my mom and my son, who also have chronic conditions.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:00
So yeah, what I’m hearing is, you have a bunch of conditions, and you’re a caregiver. So, there must be a library of spooky stories you could have picked from.
JP Summers 27:09
Yes, definitely.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:11
Let’s hear the one you’re gonna share with us today.
JP Summers 27:13
So, you’re right, there are several stories, but the one out of all of the stories, that I feel is the scariest, and to this day, haunts me, and when I say haunts me, it still gives me a phobia, is when I went in for MRI. During the early stages of my chronic journey, which I didn’t know, I was going to get diagnosed with something, I was sent by the ENT specialist to get some scans. And I’ve had several MRIs before, so it was like, nothing new to me, I’m like, “Oh, that’s a piece of cake.” Well, at that point, I was having two months straight of head pain, nausea, dizziness; I just was not well. So, and I also wasn’t driving, so my mom had taken me to, again, just a regular MRI appointment. I went in the, radiologist just kind of familiarized myself with, okay, this is what we’re gonna do. And as I was laying down, and he was, you know, getting ready to proceed with putting my arms in position and making sure that I was comfortable, I just felt uneasy. And as the machine started up, I started to sweat, and then my heart started racy, which is very unusual, because, again, I’ve had these before. So, I was just kind of laying there, and as the machine was, the part where you lay on, was moving into the MRI machine, my whole body, like I started to shake. I started to just feel uneasy, like my skin was crawling. And I look back and I think, I don’t know if it’s because I was in pain or just simply because of the situation, again, I wasn’t getting any the answers. I was just in this mental state, that wasn’t well at all. And all of a sudden, I dug my hands, or my fingers into my hands so hard, that I left, like, fingernail marks. And I was like crying, and all of a sudden, the radiologist was like, “Are you okay?” And I was screaming, I’m like, “Get me out. Get me out!” Because I was halfway, I’m like, “Get me out of here. Get me out of here!” And so, he’s like, “It’s gonna take, like, a minute at least to pull you out,” and like, and I was hyperventilating, and I was sweating, crying; All these things. My body was just having this bad reaction. And so he got me out, and I couldn’t stop crying; I was shaking. He was trying to calm me down; Nothing was working. And he was like, “Is there anyone here with you?” And I’m like, “My mom, my mom, my mom.” So, he brought her in, and I just remembered laying there, just bawling. My heart was still racing. And she was like, kind of patting my head, like, you know, “It’s gonna be okay. It’s gonna be okay.” And I’m like, “I can’t do this. I can’t do this.” Like, I can’t go into that MRI machine. And so, after that, again, moment, he goes, “Do you have a history of panic attacks?” I’m like, “No, no, I’ve never had one before.” And he’s like, “Well, it’s safe to say, you’re having one.” And so, we were there for like, at least 30 minutes, before I could get off the table, because I was still, like, just crying and shaking. And so, my mom was, you know, there next to me, just trying to calm me down trying to, like, “It’s going to be okay.” So, in the process of that, the radiologist was like, “Give me a moment, I’m going to make some calls.” He came back to me about 10, it was like, 10 minutes later, and he’s like, “Well, I don’t know how you feel about trying an open MRI?” He’s like, “But there’s going to be a process, because your insurance company.” And I’m like, “Oh, great. Another insurance obstacle,” because already at that point, I was going through several hurdles, just trying to obtain care for myself. And so, he’s like, “Well, I’m gonna type up a report to send to the anti specialist and see if we can get one pre authorized.” And he’s like, “You may have to talk to someone with the insurance company as well.” And I’m like, “I don’t care. I just can’t do this. I can’t going through the MRI machine.” So, I did have to talk to someone. It was like, the next day, the anti specialist put in a request, and the nurse did call me. She’s like, “Okay, you know, we put in requests. We don’t know how long it’s gonna take. Chances are you’re not gonna get approved, because this is not something they tend to do often. You kind of have to, like, be you might have to speak with them.” And at that point, I hadn’t even started advocating yet as a patient. So, I said, “You know what? Whatever I need to do.” I said, “I cannot go through that MRI machine.” So, I did talk to the insurance company, and then with the note CNT specialist sent, I just said “I had a panic attack. I want to figure out what’s going on with my health. Like something’s not right; I can’t walk unassisted, I’ve gone too much through it with head pain, nausea, dizziness, all these symptoms,” and I’m like, you know, “I really do need to get this test up, because we need to figure out what’s going on with me.” It took almost three weeks. I had to make two additional phone calls, so three phone calls total, to the insurance company, just to vouch for myself, saying “I can’t do a normal MRI. So, it took three weeks to get approved for me to do an open MRI scan, which, I will say this, I did have a little bit of phobia going in, because I’ve never had an open MRI. It is a little bit different; It’s not as open as they say. Because I walked in there, I’m like, say, I looked at it, and I’m like, “I thought, open is like, open.” And it’s like, no, you still go underneath it. So, it’s like, the way it’s it looks, it looks like, it looked like a huge hamburger bun: It’s round, and they put you the middle of it. So, you still have something like this over your face, like it’s this ‘close.’ Like, if you sneeze, you’re gonna hit your head, ‘close.’
Zoe Rothblatt 32:07
Oh my gosh, yeah, that doesn’t sound open.
JP Summers 32:10
No, I had to convince myself, this is to get answers. This is to get answers. You got to do this to get answers. And I had to coach, like, myself through it, like through the process of getting that open MRI. But at the same time, I thought, I cannot believe that I had to be on the phone several times, just to get to this point. And that was something that early in my stages of getting diagnosis, I didn’t realize that this was going to be something I was going to continuously do throughout my journey. But going forward, if I was ever to need the MRI, at least, I now know the process, and that helps me to feel a little bit more comforted with knowing that, I can fight for an open MRI, if need be.
Zoe Rothblatt 32:53
Yeah, I think you’re talking about something so real, that happens a lot with chronic illness that, actually, I’m really glad you’re talking about, because I don’t see it talked about a lot, but a lot of the diagnostic tests are, like, really takes a toll on you. Like, for instance, I have Crohn’s, and I remember thinking how, like, doing the colonoscopy, you have to do a prep, or sometimes even a scan, like, what you’re talking about, there was some weird liquid to drink with it, and it was so uncomfortable, and people just made such light of it, like, “Oh, it’s easy. Just drink this and we’ll get an image.” And you’re sitting there, like, so confused. Like, “Do I just have to endure this? Is this normal?” Like, a lot of the stuff you were talking about, like, “I’m just trying to calm down, like, why can’t I do it?” And it’s like, such a real fear. And I’m really glad you’re talking about this, because, like, the more I think about the more, like, a lot of people just don’t talk about these, like diagnostic tests you have to go through that are really challenging.
JP Summers 33:43
I agree. And being someone that’s gone through several diagnostic testing, I will say that, yeah, there’s that little bit of anxiety already going in. Because, for one, you’re like thinking, “Okay, so now I’m gonna get this test done, but am I gonna be okay with getting the answers that they might have for me afterwards?” But also the prep…
Zoe Rothblatt 34:02
Yeah.
JP Summers 34:02
…the prep going into it. And that’s something, again, as someone. who’s dealt with several conditions getting diagnosed, the prep alone; it’s, it’s like, you know what’s gonna happen. But at the same time, you kind of dread it, because you’re just like, “Oh, you know, I’m gonna have to do this. I can’t eat; fasting.” That’s something, again, that some of us with certain conditions…
Zoe Rothblatt 34:24
Oh yeah. Yeah, and I think what you’re saying is so important, like, it’s okay if you’re having a harder time, and it’s okay to speak up, and ask for options. Because in your case, there was another option, but now you know that for the future. So, I’m really glad that you said, like, we need to stop something’s wrong.
JP Summers 34:25
…you can’t not eat for so long, because it could trigger a migraine attack. Or, you know, so the dehydration, you know, if you weren’t getting enough fluids the day before, and then you have to wait so much long. So, all these factors into, like, can play a role. And that’s another type of anxiety that you can get, because you’re just like thinking, “Oh my gosh, you know, I haven’t eaten in so many hours, and now I have to wait additional, this many hours, before I can even drink anything.” And so those are things, again, that play a factor in that anxiety that build up to again, getting these testing done, that people really don’t understand, or maybe they do understand, but some people just have a harder time because, again, of their conditions. I just, I’ve never had that experience before. I’ve never done that before and again, like you think that would factor into the approval, but it didn’t. So again, I was on the phone several times, and the fact that it took three weeks; three whole weeks, that’s three weeks that I had to wait that much longer to get an answer, to move forward with my, ‘What’s the next step to my treatment? What are we gonna do now?’ And that’s something as a person, not necessarily a patient, I felt was unjust, like I cannot believe that people have to go through this process. It just didn’t seem fair. But at the same time, I learned that I do have a voice, and sometimes you do have to fight for what you need. And now, I know that I’m not afraid to be on the phone, not that I want to be, but it gave me more power over my situation.
Zoe Rothblatt 36:02
Well, I think that’s a beautiful note to end this spooky story on. Thank you for sharing with us and being vulnerable, sharing this hard moment, but also the, how you became an advocate, and spoke up for yourself and others. So, thanks, JP!
JP Summers 36:17
Yes, thank you, Zoe.
Steven Newmark 36:18
Well, thank you to JP, Shelley, and Sarah, for those stories are spooky, scary, but also powerful, in that we’ve learned from them. We’ve learned to advocate; We did advocate, and some, in some of these folks did advocate in these stories. So, there’s the bright line, after October 31st comes November 1st, so.
Zoe Rothblatt 36:36
Exactly, yeah, it’s important, I think, to share these stories, because sometimes, like, when you’re in these situations, you feel so alone. You’re like, “Am I the problem?” Like, what happened to Sarah. “Am I the only one this stuff is happening to?” But unfortunately, when you live with chronic illness and you’re encountering providers, often, like, this stuff does happen. And we’re here to say, you know, you have a voice and you deserve the care that’s right for you. So, we hope you have the tools, through our 50-State Network, to be able to speak up.
Steven Newmark 37:04
Definitely, it’s sometimes about the confidence. And I just want to call out and thank all of our 50-State Network members, for having the courage to speak up, for taking the time and energy to speak up on behalf of themselves and other patients, because as you do that, you strengthen other, all patients, around the country and around the world, and we hope that you learn something about advocating for yourself; even when things don’t go as planned or they seem scary. Before we go, as always, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 37:37
Well, everyone. Thanks for listening to this spooky edition of “The Health Advocates: a Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help you Make Sense of it all.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, hit that subscribe button, and e-mail us in your spooky stories. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 37:53
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 38:02
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Get Vaccinated, Stay Protected: 2024-2025 COVID and Flu Shots
In this episode, we discuss the 2024-2025 fall vaccine lineup, covering everything you need to know to stay protected this season. We start with updates on the latest COVID and flu vaccines, and Zoe shares her personal experience getting these shots. We then dive into the recent approval of self-administered FluMist, exploring how it compares to the traditional injectable flu vaccine in terms of effectiveness and convenience. Plus, we provide a brief update on RSV.

Get Vaccinated, Stay Protected: 2024-2025 COVID and Flu Shots
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:06
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help you Make Sense of it all.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach, at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand, what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions, to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today, we’ll talk about, you know, flu, COVID, respiratory virus season; It’s coming upon us, and so are the fall vaccines. So, let’s get into it.
Steven Newmark 00:37
Let’s get into it. Well, our favorite vaccine, perhaps, the COVID vaccine, and the CDC is recommending everyone ages six months and older, receive an updated 2024/2025, COVID-19 vaccine.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:48
And I know we always have questions from our community, who’s immunocompromised, because of chronic illness, and the questions are usually, you know, “Do I get an extra dose?” Sometimes, you may not have as much immunity as, you know, the average healthy person. So, the CDC recommends talking to your doctor. They say, you can get an additional COVID vaccine, two or more months after taking the last one. But ultimately, that should be a decision with you and your doctor.
Steven Newmark 01:13
That’s a good number to remember, two months though, after from the last recommended vaccine. The updated vaccines are available for Moderna, Pfizer, and Novavax.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:21
Yeah, and you know, the updated vaccine is really to target the new strains, right? So, we know it continues to mutate, and similar to how we address the flu every year, the experts look at what’s circulating, and they plan a vaccine that’s going to, most likely, help against the newest strain.
Steven Newmark 01:38
Yeah, that’s why these new COVID vaccines are called updated vaccines, as opposed to boosters. They’re expected to be updated annually. Boosters, by comparison, are additional doses of the same or previous formula taken to boost immunity.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:50
Exactly! And if you think, you know, “I’ve gotten the shot, I don’t really need to get another one.” I mean, the news is that you have to. It does protect against severe illness, hospitalization, and death. It also enhances immunity that you have, like memory in your body.
Steven Newmark 02:06
Right!
Zoe Rothblatt 02:06
And although COVID infections have declined, and it’s not as intense as the pandemic was, in 2020 or like the few years after, there’s still periods of upticks in hospitalizations. And from what we know about CDC data is that most of the people who were hospitalized had not received the updated vaccine.
Steven Newmark 02:25
Yeah, that’s right. In fact, in 2023, more than 900,000 people were hospitalized in the U.S., due to COVID, and more than 75,000 people died from it; And most of these people had not received the updated shot.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:35
Yeah, and also, I know a big concern in our community is long COVID, and the vaccine also reduces your chance of getting long COVID, because it reduces the severity of the virus.
Steven Newmark 02:46
Yeah, absolutely, that’s a really good point! So, let’s talk about our other favorite seasonal vaccine, I don’t know if COVID is seasonal yet, but well, the flu vaccine certainly is. The CDC recommends that everyone six months of age and older receive an updated flu vaccine.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:00
Yeah, and this one for this year is a trivalent. It’s, ugh, this is so scientific, but if you’re interested: It protects against H1N1, H3N2, and a B/Victoria lineage virus.
Steven Newmark 03:12
Very cool. Wait, so let me just ask you, are you gonna get both at the same time?
Zoe Rothblatt 03:16
I actually did. So, I got it last week.
Steven Newmark 03:19
Whoa, boom!
Zoe Rothblatt 03:20
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 03:21
Wow!
Zoe Rothblatt 03:21
Yeah, I guess I can tell you a little bit about that.
Steven Newmark 03:24
One arm or two?
Zoe Rothblatt 03:25
I did one in each arm. I wasn’t brave enough to do it in the same arm.
Steven Newmark 03:29
Wow.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:30
It went totally fine. I talked to my rheumatologist first about, you know, adjusting my treatment plan, and actually one of my medications, I didn’t have to pause, which I’ve had to pause in the past. So, it’s just good to even if you think, you know, just ask your doctor again. Because I was really excited about that.
Steven Newmark 03:46
Huh.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:46
Okay, so I actually asked the pharmacist, you know, like, are people coming in? Are people getting both? What’s the deal.
Steven Newmark 03:53
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:53
Because I knew we were gonna talk about it, and she said, “Most people are getting both at the same time. Some older adults, their doctor suggested, you know, get COVID now, but come back in a few weeks for the flu.”
Steven Newmark 04:03
Ehh.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:04
And the pharmacist was kind of up in the air about if that’s totally necessary. If you’re gonna come back for the next appointment, sure, but if it’s gonna be a pain to book another appointment, then just get it done at the same time, she said.
Steven Newmark 04:16
Right, right. Interesting.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:17
Yeah. She also said Mondays and Fridays seem to be popular days. So, if you’re in New York City, you might want to book a different day.
Steven Newmark 04:24
Monday and Friday. Okay, yeah, because you do have to sort of plan ahead in that, particularly getting two, it can have the effect of wiping you out, making you tired and drowsy, and what not to mention, a little localized pain in your arm, where the shot is.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:37
And then, actually, there was a few things that were different this year for me. So, one, we’ve had the COVID vaccine card in the past, and even last year, I was still asked about it. But this year, I wasn’t asked about it at all, which was good, because I didn’t even think about finding it, but I realized once I was at the appointment. I also got, you know, when you pick up a prescription and you get those little like scripts with your pills, you know it’s like all information about it, I was handed those about the vaccine, which I’d never been handed before.
Steven Newmark 05:05
Interesting.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:06
So, I got to, like, read up on what I got. And then also, I didn’t have to wait the 10 minutes to see if I had a reaction. She said, just go ahead.
Steven Newmark 05:13
Just get out of here.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:13
Yeah, ha ha.
Steven Newmark 05:14
This is a premium in New York City, I guess. We don’t have time for a waiting area.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:18
Well, I think it’s just, you know now that the COVID vaccines been out a few years, like, we could confidently say, most people aren’t having a reaction at the time of vaccine, so they’ve eliminated that, I guess, protective preventative measure.
Steven Newmark 05:32
Wow! Well, that’s great, that’s exciting! I guess we could go behind the curtain, we’re recording this in late September, I’m planning to get both of my shots in mid-October, so I’ll be right behind you, so to speak, and good to hear that all went well for you, and I’m looking forward to it myself.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:46
Awesome, yeah!
Steven Newmark 05:46
But there are, folks, by the way, you can get vaccinated with the flu without getting a shot now.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:51
Ooh, do tell!
Steven Newmark 05:52
Well, in September, the FDA approved a FluMist, for self or caregiver administration, for prevention of the flu. FluMist, as the name implies, is a mist that is spread into the nose.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:02
Very cool. I was actually looking up on this because I was like, “Oh, is this an option for me?” But actually, it’s not recommended for people, who are immunocompromised right now.
Steven Newmark 06:11
Ehh.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:12
So, I guess this is more like informational for our community, rather than, like, ask your doctor about this.
Steven Newmark 06:18
Yeah, okay, that’s fair enough. I think I prefer the vaccine anyway, I know it’s getting in there. Whenever I use those mists, you know, my nose like, I never know how much I’m getting in and how much is blowing out anyway. I want the full stuff inside my body.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:30
That’s true, yeah.
Steven Newmark 06:31
So, I’ll stick to the injectable. I’ll let the professionals take care of that and get it in me. But still, in all seriousness, it’s good to have more folks out there, more options for the general public, is always a good thing.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:41
Yeah. Also, I saw that, you know, when you look at it compared to the injectable vaccine, there actually is not, like, a consistent answer on which is more protective. There’s obviously more data on the injectable vaccine, because that’s been around and widely used for a long time.
Steven Newmark 06:57
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:57
But there is some evidence, to say that, because the FluMist goes through your nose and the flu also comes in through your nose, that it can have, like, extra protections in like, how deep the respiratory virus goes.
Steven Newmark 07:10
Woah! Okay. Well, it’s good to see now, I guess it’s something we’ll keep our eye on, maybe in five years, we’ll all be taking the mist. And it’s like I said, it’s good to have more options out there for folks, particularly an option where you don’t have to make an appointment, make it more likely that people will follow up on that.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:24
Yeah, actually, it’s available on an online pharmacy, like through the manufacturer, there’s a screening process, and then the pharmacy will prescribe and ship the FluMist. So, it’s a little bit different. You can’t just walk into your regular pharmacy right now to get it, it seems like.
Steven Newmark 07:39
Excellent! Well, in terms of timing, basically, by the time you’re hearing this recording, you should be getting it, approximately, now. The CDC says September/October, the best times for most people to get both vaccines. Obviously, talk with your doctor to get more specifics on that. If you really want to nail down the exact date, that’s quite impossible to do. The exact date would be like two weeks before some cresting of the illness is coming, but it’s impossible to predict with particularity. So, my plan is, personally, to be vaccinated at a high rate before Thanksgiving, for example.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:09
Yeah, I was gonna say that like, you’ve said this in years past, if you’re not having much plans before the holidays, and then the holidays are coming up, it’s a good idea to time it like that. I kind of was of the like, I just want to get it done, so I don’t forget about it, especially because I do have to adjust my treatment a little bit, like I wanted to take that into consideration. When I didn’t have plans, it’s okay to feel a little worse. So yeah, I really feel like it’s just up to the person.
Steven Newmark 08:33
Right, totally! And depending on how you react to vaccines, I’m someone, at least with the COVID vaccine, with the mRNA shots, I am somebody that definitely feels it, and wants to make sure that the next day I’m prepared. That day later, afterwards, as well as into the next morning, at least, I don’t have anything major going on. So, that’s a factor, too.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:50
Yeah. Actually, I only felt a little bit tired; I was surprised at how good I felt. I kind of, actually, I feel like the chronic illness community would relate to this. I feel worse like after, like, the hangover from my regular injections, then I felt from the side effects of the vaccine. It’s almost like, “Yeah, I’m used to getting shots and feeling bad.” It was totally fine.
Steven Newmark 09:11
Right! It’s like, this is so non-scientific to say, but it’s like, sometimes you go out, and you have a drink of alcohol, and you feel just disgusting after, and sometimes you have, like, multiple drinks, and you’re totally fine. There are just factors, that I’m not wise enough to understand, and who knows, but still better to plan for the worst and get lucky.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:31
Also hydrate. Oh my gosh, I drink so much water, and I think that really, really helps.
Steven Newmark 09:35
Okay, there you go. I’ll be doing that. What about the RSV vaccine? How’s that looking?
Zoe Rothblatt 09:39
Yeah, so RSV vaccines, for older adults, were new last year, and they’re recommended for anyone 75 and older, or those 60 and older, who are at high risk. Otherwise, it’s really just available for pregnant women, so you can pass along antibodies to newborns, or babies under eight months. So, for the general population for RSV, there’s no vaccine right now, and we could just think about our other protections, like masking, and hand washing, and distancing.
Steven Newmark 10:09
Yeah, and also, very important: Rapid tests! There’s another round of free rapid tests, that are available, from the federal government. So, you should definitely get your hands on those. Because it’s good to know, when you or someone in your household, is coming down with COVID, to protect yourselves.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:24
Totally! Also, you know, like, especially around the holidays, if you find yourself kind of not feeling well, maybe you can’t get an appointment to test, or things are backed up, not open, it’s good to just like, have the rapid tests, feel confident you could do it, like, get an answer within 15 minutes, and then you can go about your plans or not.
Steven Newmark 10:42
Yeah yeah yeah, my tests have been expiring because I had so many.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:45
Mine too. I just did this round of orders, so I’ll let you know when we get it.
Steven Newmark 10:50
That’s good. Yeah, I found myself like using, I had so many, and I found myself using them, even with like a sniffle, just to make sure. Because I knew that these things were not really useful anymore, or the usefulness was expiring, as well. So, it’s good to resupply.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:04
Well, yeah, just a quick plug also, before we wrap up, our “Informed Immunity” podcast is back, hosted by our colleague, Susan Jara, who’s the Director of Patient Education here. And it’s a podcast that’s just gonna explore the role of community and equity immunization, debunking vaccine myths, navigating the health care system, and latest on vaccine research. So, definitely check it out. We’ll drop a link in the episode description.
Steven Newmark 11:28
Excellent, wow! Well, you know what? I’m gonna go with that as my learning: I’m learning that I didn’t realize that we had a new season of “Informed Immunity” coming out. So, I’m looking forward to that; Looking forward to learning more on the world of vaccines.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:40
Definitely! And for me, I learned a lot about the FluMist vaccine, in preparation for this podcast, and excited to see, just like, advancements in this space.
Steven Newmark 11:50
Well, we hope that you learned something too. Before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts, such as “Informed Immunity,” and more, at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 12:00
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help you Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 12:13
I’m Steven Newmark, and we’ll see you next time!
Narrator 12:19
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
See the Future: Eye Health, World Sight Day, and Thyroid Eye Disease
In this special World Sight Day episode, Steven and Zoe are joined by Caroline Casey, President of the International Agency for the Prevention of Blindness (IAPB), and Seth Ginsberg, President of the Global Healthy Living Foundation (GHLF). Together, they explore the critical importance of eye health, especially for those living with chronic diseases like thyroid eye disease and diabetes. Caroline and Seth discuss global initiatives, innovative campaigns like “Love Your Eyes,” and how advocating for better eye health can transform lives.
Tune in as we raise awareness for blindness prevention, highlight the need for regular eye checkups, and share valuable insights on how chronic conditions can impact vision.

See the Future: Eye Health, World Sight Day, and Thyroid Eye Disease
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:16
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:20
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. And today, October 10th, is World Sight Day, and happens to be a special episode of the Health Advocates, as we shine a spotlight on this important global awareness day. World Sight Day aims to bring global attention to blindness, eye health, and vision impairment. Eye health is not just a critical aspect of overall health, but especially crucial for those living with chronic conditions, many of which we work on here at GHLF, including newer work in Australia on thyroid eye disease. We’re joined today by two special guests: First, our very own Seth Ginsberg, President of the Global Healthy Living Foundation, and Caroline Casey, President of the International Agency for the Prevention of Blindness. Together, we’ll dive into the significance of World Sight Day, the innovative work being done around the world by these two organizations, and what you can do to protect your vision and advocate for better eye health. So, let’s get started.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:09
Great, I’m excited to have a listen!
Steven Newmark 01:12
Well, thank you both for joining us. Before we dive into the questions, Caroline, can you tell us a little bit about yourself?
Caroline Casey 01:17
Well, that’s a real invitation to an Irish over speaker. I am an Irish woman, I have ocular albinism, I’m registered blind, and I’m a troublemaker of positive kind, I hope. I’m a founder of the world’s biggest business partnership, of 500 CEOs and brands, to end disability exclusion through business, but I am also the very proud President of the International Agency for the Prevention of Blindness.
Steven Newmark 01:42
Excellent! And Seth, and I think most of our listeners know you very well, but to those who don’t, why don’t you tell us a little bit about yourself and the founding of GHLF?
Seth Ginsberg 01:50
Hi, sure! I’m Seth Ginsberg, I’m a co-founder of the Global Healthy Living Foundation. This October 28th will be 25 years, since we began, originally, as an online patient community, one of the first in the world for people with musculoskeletal conditions. And we realized, very early on, that chronic conditions never come alone, and it was best to look at the whole person and have a mission to improve access to care, for people with all forms of chronic illnesses. So, really glad to be doing this, and so lovely to be chatting with Caroline today.
Caroline Casey 02:22
Yeah, two, you’ve got two founders, that’s going to be trouble for you. Two founding troublemakers!
Steven Newmark 02:27
Yeah, well, thanks for that, Seth and Caroline. And great to have you both. Caroline, let’s dive right in. Would you tell us what World Sight Day is all about, and why it’s such a vital day on the Global Health calendar?
Caroline Casey 02:36
Well, World Sight Day is today, so it is the 10th of October, and it’s a great month; it’s my birthday in October, so I love it. But what’s so good about this day, is it’s one day and a moment, to really get the attention of the entire world and focus the attention on our sight, and the issue of sight, and sight loss, and eye health, and eye care, and avoidable sight loss, so everything to do with eyes, and make every person on the planet aware of their sight, and the issue of sight as a socio economic issue, as well as the health issue, as an issue about potential and education. So, we and the International Agency for the Prevention of Blindness (IAPB), so we have over 250 members, who are all working in this sector, and it’s a moment for us to galvanize, to create as much conversation, attention, so that we can deliver impact for the rest of the 364 days of the year.
Steven Newmark 03:28
Excellent! Thanks, Caroline. It sounds like World Sight Day’s mission is really aligned with a lot of the work that we do here at GHLF; to raise awareness and provide educational resources, to people living with chronic disease. Seth, can you share with our listeners why eye health is a significant concern for the chronic disease community.
03:44
Yeah, sure. You’re right, Steven. World Sight Day’s mission is aligned with the work we do here at GHLF, because it’s really about awareness and engagement in our own health and well being. At GHLF, we make sure we’re working for and with people, living with chronic conditions, and a key goal for us is to make sure that they’re more informed, and crucially, more involved in their health, in order to help them put themselves at the center of their own care. So, patient advocacy can be a scary phrase for some folks, but at the end of the day, it really means just that: putting yourself at the center of your own care and speaking up for what can help make a difference for you and, in turn, for others like you. So, eye health is a really vital aspect of overall well being, for people living with chronic diseases. So, you know, many chronic conditions, like diabetes, and rheumatoid arthritis, and thyroid disorders, and even some inflammatory diseases can have a real direct or an indirect impact on eye health, potentially leading to vision impairment or blindness. So, for instance, conditions, like thyroid eye disease and diabetic retinopathy, are common complications that can arise from underlying chronic conditions, and can have consequences related to eye health. In that regard, it’s important for organizations, like GHLF and IAPB to work together, so we can raise awareness about the connections between chronic illness and eye health, so patients can proactively manage their care. Educating the chronic disease community about the importance of regular eye checkups, understanding early symptoms, and advocating for access to innovative treatments, can help empower patients to take charge of their overall health and prevent avoidable vision loss. Addressing eye health is integral to improving overall quality of life, and ensuring that patients have the tools and the knowledge to protect their vision, while also managing and protecting their health with their chronic conditions.
Steven Newmark 05:34
Thanks, Seth. Caroline, I know that you share a lot of these sentiments, especially because you’re doing such incredible work, in promoting eye health worldwide. Can you give us an overview of some of your organization’s current initiatives and the impact that they’re having?
Caroline Casey 05:46
Well, I was just listening to Seth, and I, it’s, I love that we’re having a conversation about how so much of our work overlaps with each other, and finding these intersections or connections, whether it’s between chronic diseases, or chronic health issues and eye health, or in our case, disability, and multiple disabilities, and chronic illness. Nothing in the world is so singular. So, first of all, it’s really important, and I think one of the things, within the International Agency for the Prevention of Blindness. So, of our members, we have members from so many different areas of eye health, and eye care. And so when we’re trying to really mobilize this global connection to the topic, is we have to have very overarching initiatives. So, what we did, which we have loved, is on World Sight Day, we had this campaign, called Love Your Eyes. Now, it sounds really strange because you’re thinking, “Love Your Eyes,” but you’ve heard Seth say it, as humans, we take our sight for granted so much, and particularly if you have a chronic health condition, you’re often dealing with that issue first, right? And you’re not seeing all the other secondary issues that can happen. And so the idea is to take responsibility, or to be aware about looking after your sight. So, when we talk about “Love Your Eyes,” the whole idea is, last year, it was at “Love Your Eyes at Work,” which is trying to get our employers to get screening at your place of employment, so that we can look at the health of our eyes, to catch any diseases, or to understand where our sight is: Do we need glasses? Do we need corrective lenses? This year, it’s “Love Your Eyes for Kids,” right? Which I think is so exciting, because we do know, and for me as a child, right, and so I was diagnosed very, very young. My parents never told me about my sight loss, which is another very interesting story, but I’m very lucky, I’m Irish, I’m middle class, I’m white, I had all of the access to eye house, and you think about what my life is now, if I didn’t have access to that. So, how can we get to kids and diagnose, or get our children tested in schools, early, so we can provide solutions for them. So, that’s what’s very exciting about this year. And it’s not that we’re stopping the work around the employers, but it’s really about getting parents, teachers at school, people who are testing sight, is to get our young kids in getting their eyes tested, because the sooner we can look at diagnosing needs and correcting that need, the better chance a child has at school. And you’ve got to remember, there are 540 million children who have eye issues, that can be corrected. So, why would we have children going needlessly with sight problems, when that does not need to happen? So, there’s the tumor to the biggest, but the biggest point is, if everybody today, please make a pledge, to go and get an eye test, because we’re trying to get as many in the world. Go onto the IAPB website and get involved. And the big one, in which we love this year, is getting young kids to design glasses for the future. So, these are kids under the age of 12 to say, “Can you imagine, in 10-20 years, what glasses look like?” So, to make it fun and make it engaging. So, that’s kind of two of the key areas we’re at.
Steven Newmark 08:37
Well, I’m just curious, what are some of the examples of what our future glasses going to look like?
Caroline Casey 08:41
Have you heard of smart glasses? So, this is so important. You know, when we’re starting to see glasses, where they’ve got cameras in them, and now they have a sense to their own hearing. We have no idea what technology is going to do, but the biggest access issue is really about that we care enough to ask, to ensure that we can advocate for ourselves, to get those eye tests, so that we can get the solutions. And the big thing with the IAPB is to get affordable and accessible eye health to everyone in the world. Because believe it, or believe it or not, there are a billion people on this planet, who are needlessly blind. A billion people. Don’t we have enough issues in the world? We have a solution for this, right? And so this is why our partnership with you is so important, because we can continue to talk to each other, and see that overlap, and how we can speak to patients and humans, and so they can look after their health and be self-advocating.
08:48
Wow. Well, that’s great, Caroline. I know here at GHLF, we recently started addressing eye health head on, through our work on thyroid eye disease, starting down under, as you say, in Australia. Seth, you touched on this a little bit earlier. Could you tell us a little bit more about what thyroid eye disease is and the work that we’re doing around this disease, and how it aimed to support patients in managing their condition?
09:51
I’m really excited to have the opportunity to share a little bit more about this program, but first, to take a step back, for those listening out there, who might not know what it is. Thyroid eye disease is an autoimmune inflammatory disorder, that occurs when your immune system mistakenly attacks the tissue behind your eyes: It causes swelling, redness, and scar tissue, and then that, in turn, can lead to eye bulging, misaligned eyes, and double vision, among other changes, including blindness in rare cases. So, this is why World Sight Day is a great chance to talk about this misunderstood, frankly, condition. And so to start, GHLF introduced a dedicated online resource hub for our Australian thyroid eye disease patients; It’s full of educational insights about the condition and symptoms, how to live with TED, as it’s referred to thyroid eye disease, and resources, importantly, about getting involved as patients and the information that folks need to understand how their voices can be heard, in general, as patients with things, like governmental approval processes for new treatments that are now on the horizon for TED. So, our goal with this hub, is really for thyroid eye disease patients to advocate for themselves effectively, having now been informed and armed with more information about their options related to their conditions. So, we’re going to be working with patients directly, including walking them through the different shared decision making, tips and tricks, as well as a walk around patient advocacy, in Australia, and how treatments get approved. Because, as we know, every health care system is, like, completely different, and Australia has its own unique ins and outs, and we’re quite experienced at this point in those, so we hope to support our Australian community, through this program. But the conversation with you today, Caroline, really, truly highlights the importance of integrating chronic disease management with eye health, especially regarding vision impairment, and blindness prevention. Our TED resource hub is really an essential part of this global effort for us, but we hope it’ll provide the beginnings of support for patients navigating TED’s complex impact on vision, and overall eye health. And just finally, to come back, for a moment, to one other point Caroline was making in the “Love Your Eyes” campaign, and you know, in the youth, especially, which is an incredible way to literally help determine a person’s trajectory in life, not just by health, but in all manners of speaking. Prioritizing eye health, especially in kids, is super important, I say this as a father of young kids, a father who is most known around our house for saying, “Please move that iPad away from your face, at least to the distance of your arm.” I think if I had $1 for every time I said that…
Steven Newmark 11:11
Does that work?
Seth Ginsberg 11:12
…I could fund the whole global campaign. But yes, I think that most importantly, and very seriously, it’s so commendable and GHLF is really excited to be able to work together on raising awareness for this.
Caroline Casey 12:44
But the issue, just to your point about hold that iPad away from you, can I just say, I grew up in a family where I was told to sit away from the television; even the fact that I only have about a half a foot vision. But this issue, that we have so many devices, we, it does make our eyes more vulnerable, and therefore we absolutely need to take responsibility and to ensure that this is not something. Because traditionally, eye health is not seen as something that’s life threatening, so it has not got the priority and the importance of connecting to other issues. So, when in July, of 2021, we were able to get the UN resolution passed by all member states, to have eye health as part of primary health care in every country. Okay, so everybody agrees it needs to happen, but how are we going to make it happen now? And this conversation in itself, the fact that these are two big organizations speaking to each other, it’s about radical collaboration; It’s not about competing with each other. Of what points can we both benefit from this visibility, to ensure that a human being has seen its entirety of all the things as we go from cradle to grave in our life, about our health. So, I think this is why, it’s exciting that we’re seeing so much more collaboration and intersectionality across what our work is. And that’s where I get excited.
Caroline Casey 13:59
Yeah. Caroline, could you elaborate on some of the connections between chronic diseases and vision impairment, and what steps individuals can take to protect their eyesight?
Caroline Casey 14:08
I think, like, when you listen to Seth talking, do you know what the biggest issue for me is? So, I think diabetes, when you hear about diabetes, okay, a lot of people know that if you have diabetes too, your eyes are seriously at risk. The most important thing that we need to do is to have the confidence. This is, I know this sounds crazy, but the confidence to ask questions, to trust your own body when you know something is not right, because I think a lot of us can feel slightly gaslit. Do you know about our health, and is it okay to ask? And what do we need to do? And so this is why your work is so important, because the more information people have access to, in a way that’s understandable and not too convoluted, that means you ask questions. And the thing that I would say, as a person, who is now just coming up to 53years old, and as you get older, there’s lots of other bits and bobs that with you, that you notice aren’t right, it’s having the confidence to ask, so sometimes it’s finding those groups of people, that you know, that you can trust, that you can ask for, or why or reading into an area, for example, menopause. I know this might sound crazy, but when I first got menopause, there were so many things that were going on in my body, and I thought I, there was something wrong with me, until I started to go and talk to different groups, and starting to read up, and taking responsibility for it. But what I will say is there are so many intersections now in our health conditions, and I think that is why organizations, like you and ourselves, are working as a model, that we would love to see happen in many different organizations. But the one that has been most recently obvious is around diabetes and sight loss. Diabetes is one of the most significant reasons for the loss of sight, particularly in the Global South.
Seth Ginsberg 15:40
Totally preventable.
Caroline Casey 15:41
And totally preventable, right?
Seth Ginsberg 15:42
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 15:42
Yeah, that really makes sense. I think you make some important points that speak to how crucial it is for patients to be involved in their health care, as much as possible. Seth, we know that this is the core of what we do at GHLF, which is helping patients put themselves at the center of their care. In that regard, Seth, how do you advocate? How do you help patients advocate for themselves, in playing a role in improving outcomes, when they have chronic conditions, and how that might affect their eye health?
16:06
The big question here. Like I mentioned earlier, at GHLF, our focus is on empowering patients to become active participants in their health care journey. And advocacy is just like a key, key, key component of that empowerment. When patients advocate for themselves, especially in areas like eye health, like we’ve been talking about here, it strengthens that patient provider relationship, and it ensures that these patients unique needs are taken into account. You got to speak up. If you don’t speak up, they’re not going to know. And so, advocacy encourages patients to speak up about their symptoms, ask for best treatment options, and be involved in decisions regarding their care. This is particularly important for chronic conditions that affect eye health, where early intervention, like we’ve been talking about, can literally prevent much more severe outcomes. And speaking up can occur, in so many different venues, and environments, not just with your doctor or the nurse or the health care professional, but at home, in your family, or in your community, or circle, or at your workplace, in the right way, in the right fashion, or with government, because many of us have the opportunity to speak up to government, and raise our voice in productive ways, where we can share our experience, so that the decision makers, the people in government that regulate things, that make laws, all that, take into account what we’re going through and what it’s all about. So, by providing these tools, and educational resources, like this thyroid eye disease hub, just to give it one more plug, in Australia, we’re able to help patients understand the complexities of their conditions and how to navigate the health care system. So, moving forward, we’re committed to expanding these advocacy efforts by fostering stronger patient networks, creating more educational programs, and ensuring patients had the resources to advocate, not just for themselves, but for better system, access to innovative treatments, and to access to care, in general. So, our focus is going to be on that, especially on how patients can get involved through these different shared decision making tools, and talking with government, and things like that. So, we could ultimately help improve people’s quality life with TED, but with so many other conditions that do as a result of under treating or mismanaging, lead to serious eye vision health and impairment.
Steven Newmark 18:18
Thanks, Seth. Yeah, I think that’s very important for patients to hear, whoever is running your advocacy team over there at GHLF, doing a phenomenal job, I would say. Thankfully, there are organizations, like IAPB and GHLF, that patients can turn to for support, and advocacy, and getting involved. Before we go, I have just one final question for each of you.Caroline, looking forward, what are some of the key challenges and opportunities, you and IAPBC? In the field of blindness prevention and eye health promotion, particulary, in the context of chronic disease management.
Caroline Casey 18:47
I think the challenge is also the opportunity. Honestly, it’s like I mentioned earlier on, is that because people don’t recognize, or see eye health as more than the issue of eyes, but because it’s not life threatening, it has never got the importance, really, in the field of health, and yet it’s a socioeconomic issue. This is how we have our eyes can determine the way we live. And Seth said that, and that’s why early intervention and diagnosis is so important. And constantly managing our eyes all the way through our life, it’s really big. So, what I think the biggest opportunity we have right now is to build on what we achieved, with the resolution in the UN. Okay, so we’ve got these member states saying, “Yeah, we’ve got to ensure that eye health care is part of our primary systems.” And Seth was talking about the governments, yes, governments! We do need to make sure primary eye health is part of our primary health care. So, how do we do that? And I think one of the biggest things, that we can do over the next few years, is to have as many partners, where eye health touches across around the world, to help support our government making that possible. So, what are the policy changes they’re going to need to make? What are the interventions they’re going to need to make? How do we release the finance that is going to be able to allow that? But honestly, most importantly is that the world needs to say, “We need to see the future.” Like this is the world’s biggest blind spot, and it intersects so many issues, this is why we’re having this call today. So, for me, it’s the greatest challenge to get people to say “We have to do this.” But on the other side, it’s the greatest opportunity, because this is more than just about these two eyes that we have in our heads, right? This is really about the potential of our citizens, on this planet, to live their very best life. And if we only see eyes separated from the rest of the body, and the rest of the experience, we are making our lives more difficult. We have so many issues right now in the world, so the more that we can work together to see the human experience and the body as a whole, and to support each other, then I do believe we have some chance not to accept, that we continuously avoid dealing with these issues. And I just want to say, I really admire the work that you guys are doing, in GHLF, because as a patient, for lots of different things, and in a family, giving me the courage to ask for help, and giving me the information, and seeing other people do that. Because what we don’t speak about does not get resolved, and what your work is doing is giving people that confidence and the resources to do it, so that we can start having these cross cutting conversations. And I just, never underestimate the importance of giving people the confidence and the courage to stand up for themselves. So, yeah, I just want to say thank you for the work that you guys do. It’s really important.
Steven Newmark 21:25
Yeah, absolutely. Thank you, Caroline. And Seth, any final thoughts, any final words of wisdom, that you would give our listeners today?
21:32
I would first say, I agree, we have this amazing advocacy team at GHLF, and thank you, Caroline, those are kind and thoughtful words, that fill our cups, at GHLF. As we wake up every day, trying to find ways to help, in innovative and impactful ways, and World Sight Day presents an opportunity for us to double down our efforts, and prioritize sight, and understand its seriousness. We take it for granted so easily. I hear that message loud and clear. And you know, when you live with autoimmune diseases, and when you live with various chronic conditions, you know the notion of good days and bad days, and you can get through a bad day, knowing there’s a good day in the future, but if you don’t show up for your health, and if you aren’t empowered, and if you don’t make at least some of the right decisions, there won’t be good days, or certainly not as many as you deserve. So, we want to just say thank you for what you’re doing, and allowing GHLF to join this global effort. We are, humbly, a global organization, who definitely operate on that World Wide Web, in ways that we hope is productive and helpful to support people going through various stages of their situation. And we all have our own situation, as you pointed out. But I think my parting words here for today’s discussion is, “Take care of your sight, check your vision, talk to your doctors and others, about your sight and vision, and recognize that it’s the portal into the rest of your health, potentially, and something that we have to take very seriously today, World Sight Day, but every day.” So, I just appreciate this opportunity, and thank you for allowing us to be involved in it, and raising awareness on key topics, like youth vision, as well as things like thyroid eye disease, and other autoimmune conditions.
Caroline Casey 23:29
And also, get your eyes checked, everyone.
Seth Ginsberg 23:30
Do it.
Caroline Casey 23:31
Get your eyes checked and pledge. Put it onto the website, today, because we’re going to have to get as many commitments to make sure this is one of the biggest World Sight Days ever.
Steven Newmark 23:38
Well, thank you, Seth and Caroline, for joining us today and sharing such valuable insights. I know I’ve learned a lot, but one thing that stuck out is that eye health is deeply connected to overall health, especially for those living with chronic conditions, and it’s important for organizations, like ours and IAPB to work together to bring even more awareness to days like World Sight Day, and important issues like blindness, and visual impairment prevention, and eye health. So, thank you.
Caroline Casey 24:00
Thank you, both, so much. It was an absolute pleasure and Happy World Sight Day.
Steven Newmark 24:04
Thanks again, Steven and Zoe. Appreciate it.
Steven Newmark 24:08
Thank you, Seth and Caroline, for joining us today and sharing such valuable insight.
Zoe Rothblatt 24:11
Yeah, Steven, that was a really great listen, especially, just on the importance of something, like World Sight Day, as an opportunity to bring awareness. I really didn’t know a lot about TED; thyroid eye disease, eye health, before this. So, I’m excited to have heard from Seth and Caroline, and continue spreading awareness on this.
Steven Newmark 24:28
Yeah, same here. Eye health is so important, I know, kind of give me a kick in the pants, because my rheumatologist is always telling me to go see the ophthalmologist, and I’m always like, “yeah, yeah, yeah…yeah, yeah…” but don’t actually, so I need to start doing that more. I do know how important it is, so you know, let’s get on that for all of us, right?
Zoe Rothblatt 24:45
Absolutely. Yeah.
Steven Newmark 24:46
Well, we hope that you learned something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 24:53
Well, everyone. Thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help you Make Sense of it All.”
Zoe Rothblatt 25:00
If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button, wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 25:06
I’m Steven Newmark, and we’ll see you next time.
Narrator 25:12
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Celebrating Hispanic Heritage Month: Advocacy and Awareness in the Lupus Community
In this episode, we are joined by Estela Mata, President and CEO of Looms for Lupus, a non-profit dedicated to raising awareness and providing support for those living with lupus, and other chronic conditions. Estela shares her personal and family journey with lupus and the profound impact of advocacy. She highlights the importance of community, the need for increased awareness, and the power of sharing personal stories, especially within the Hispanic community. Estela’s message of hope and resilience is a reminder of the strength found in community and the critical role of advocacy in chronic illness management.

Celebrating Hispanic Heritage Month: Advocacy and Awareness in the Lupus Community
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world, to help you make informed decisions, to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:26
And today, we’re joined by Estela Mata, the President and CEO of Looms for Lupus (Looms4Lupus), which is a nonprofit organization that provides lupus, fibromyalgia, mental health awareness, advocacy, and support to those living with these conditions, their loved ones, and caregivers. I really learned a lot from Estela and her family’s story, how they started Looms for Lupus and the importance of advocacy. We also had a really powerful conversation on finding hope, the impact of community, and raising awareness this Hispanic Heritage Month.
Steven Newmark 00:56
Yeah, I think Estela is fantastic. I’ve been to Washington, DC, been to Capitol Hill, with her. She’s great, and I’m excited to have a listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:04
Hi, Estela. Welcome to “The Health Advocates.”
Estela Mata 01:07
Hi, how are you?
Zoe Rothblatt 01:08
I’m good. How are you? Why don’t you start off by introducing yourself to our listeners?
Estela Mata 01:13
Hi, I’m Estela Mata. I am a Co-founder and President of Looms for Lupus, a nonprofit organization that provides advocacy, awareness, education and support to those living with lupus and overlapping conditions, like fibromyalgia and mental health. We support those living with these conditions, their loved ones, and caregivers. So, I’m excited to be here today.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:31
Yeah, we’re so excited to talk to you, learn more about your story, your family’s story, and the work that you do as part of Looms for Lupus. I guess maybe going back, can you talk to us about your connection to lupus, and how you started sharing your and your family’s story?
Estela Mata 01:45
So, it all started in 2009, when my sister, Juana, almost lost her life to lupus. She was not diagnosed until she was very chronically and critically ill. She was diagnosed in the emergency room, which very rarely happens. She had so many symptoms that she had been going through, dating back to 2004, where she got diagnosed with an autoimmune condition: hypothyroidism and then rheumatoid arthritis. And so when she went into the urgent care that day, in 2009, her platelets were very, very low. So, something was literally attacking her body, and now we know that it was lupus that was attacking her platelets. She was originally sent home because they told her, you know, just we’re gonna get routine labs come back tomorrow, typical kind of, like, urgent care visit. But she insisted and persisted, and she was able to have the provider listen to her and get tests done that day, and because of that, she is alive today.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:45
Yeah, it’s remarkable how much advocating, like that, is part of the chronic illness story. I live with two chronic diseases, and I remember being in a similar position of, like, really having to speak up and fight for the care that I need. I’m wondering if you can talk about how you’ve advocated alongside your sister, how you’ve seen her advocate, just like what that’s been like for you.
Estela Mata 03:09
You know, like you said, Zoe, it is very difficult to sometimes get a diagnosis. And I think learning about your symptoms, tracking your symptoms, and, most importantly, using your voice is very important. You know, gaslighting is completely real. So, I could attest to that, because my sister went through that. But about why we advocate: Lupus is a complex autoimmune disease; It could attack literally anything in your body, it could attack your kidneys, your heart, your lungs, your brain, but it also can impact your daily life, right? It could impact your mental health, your physical health, and for me, being able to learn and share our story with my sister. You know, we advocate here at the local level, at the federal level, at the state level, we want to share her story, and we want to empower others to do the same. And that’s why we started advocating, because we wanted to help others.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:57
And what’s it been like connecting with others in the community, through advocacy?
Estela Mata 04:01
Oh, my goodness, it’s been amazing. We’re all like family, and this is one of the things, that I always say, when we connect with the community, you feel heard, you feel seen, and that goes both ways. You know, for us, we want people to see us and hear us, and hear our stories, and learn from them, and then we also get to do the same. We get to listen to their stories, we get to support them, and then we get to, even though we don’t always have the answer, we don’t always have every single resource, we can at least guide them to get the resources or the support that they need.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:32
I totally agree with that! So much of the journey is just about feeling less alone and feeling in it together, and you’re doing that within your family, with your sister, but also in the wider community, with Looms for Lupus, I have so much respect for all that you do. Maybe you could tell us about how you started Looms for Lupus?
Estela Mata 04:50
With Looms for Lupus, we literally just started, exactly the way I told you. My sister was diagnosed with lupus, and it was very difficult to see the challenges that she was facing, and we knew that it wasn’t just going to impact her, right? It was impacting the whole family. And we wanted to be there for those people that were going through the same, more similar situations, like us. So, it was actually two of my sisters and I, so we co-founded the organization; it was Araceli, my younger sister, who is a detective, and Juana, who lives with lupus, and myself. And so, our parents taught us from a young age to always give back, to help others. So, that’s really what we wanted to do. It was an opportunity for us to kind of turn this condition into something positive, right? We can’t change a lot of things, but the one thing that we can change is what we do moving forward, and that was going to be supporting others, learning with others, and engaging with the community, so they can get a better understanding about what lupus is, and get an earlier diagnosis. Especially with lupus, because it does impact everyone differently, and it does impact our Hispanic, Latino community.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:56
And what kinds of things have you learned over the years from the community about, you know, like maybe some common challenges that people with lupus face? You talked about time to diagnosis, so that’s one, maybe. What are some others?
Estela Mata 06:08
So, people that live with lupus, and, you know, face so many challenges, both physical and mental. And at Looms for Lupus, we offer support groups, we offer educational symposiums. Within those symposiums, we talk about disease management, tracking your symptoms, knowing your numbers, knowing what your normal is and when to detect those flare ups. Because with lupus, you know, a lot of stress can trigger flares. We also educate and empower them on how to utilize Stress Management Techniques. So, basically everything from beginning to end, from navigating their health care, to learning about how to advocate for themselves, and learning about potential treatment options.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:47
That’s amazing! And I know Estela, we got introduced because you’re working with some of my colleagues on ‘Awareness of Clinical Trials,’ and I was hoping that we can talk a little bit more about that. Specifically, your and your family’s experience with clinical trials and your advice with kind of navigating something, that can seem so intimidating.
Estela Mata 07:07
As a patient myself and a caregiver to someone that lives with an autoimmune disease, like lupus, it is important for us to not only learn about our conditions, how to help ourselves, but also to learn about current treatments and possible treatment options. And for us, possible treatment options are clinical trials, being able to participate and being able to get that opportunity to try a potential new treatment for a disease, like lupus, to us, is something like, kind of like a instilling hope in someone and saying, “You know, there is an opportunity for you, to not only participate in something that can help you, but something that can help other and future generations.”
Zoe Rothblatt 07:46
I love that message about hope, especially because, like you mentioned, lupus impacts the whole body. So, it really is like tremendous, I guess, like hope and relief to finally find something that works. How have you felt hope in watching your sister’s journey?
Estela Mata 08:01
Actually, my mom’s name is Hope; in Spanish, Esperanza. So, we’ve been living with hope all of our lives, right? We say that.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:08
I love that.
Estela Mata 08:08
One of the things that I saw from the beginning is, my sister never lost hope. Even though lupus was impacting her, like I said, physically, but it was also impacting her emotionally. She started loom knitting. So, it’s a form of knitting, and she was using it as a coping mechanism, to kind of feel a little bit better. Getting diagnosed with lupus, a chronic autoimmune disease that was impacting her daily life, was gonna be a struggle that she was gonna face. We knew there were no FDA approved treatments back then. Now there are, but it still can impact everyone, you know, completely different. So, for me, seeing her that she had hope, even though she was dealing with all of this, gave me hope and inspiration to continue to learn about the condition, to figure out ways on how I can help her, and just be there for her.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:52
Yeah, you guys are lucky to have each other, and it’s so funny you mentioned about the looming, because actually, when I was in the hospital, getting diagnosed with Crohn’s disease, I remember like feeling so antsy and scared and just needing to do something. And I started crocheting a lot. And it’s funny how that, I guess, like doing something with your hands, something tangible that you can have control of. It’s like such a part of the journey, like, when so much is out of your control, doing something like simple and focused, like, helps bring about that hope.
Estela Mata 09:21
Yes! Oh, my goodness! I’m glad that you shared about you crocheting, because when you’re feeling so helpless, you’re feeling so overwhelmed; being focused in that little, small accomplishments, right, even if you get just one loop at a time, right? Like that’s a huge accomplishment, and you’re already focusing on something other than what you are going through and what you’re struggling with. So, you know, for us, when she started loom knitting, it was something that just kind of came in together, because my mom crochets. In Mexico, that’s something very traditional – My mom would crochet, my sister would loom knit, I cannot do either, but I tried. But, you know, just being together and being there for one another, I think has helped us tremendously. And we do have a saying, and we say that, “We’re continuing to knit a community of hope.” We never want to change the name Looms for Lupus, because that’s how we started. Even though, now we have expanded to other conditions, and advocating, and raising more awareness, just an overall, you know, equitable health care access, we still want to do it one loop at a time.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:22
Yeah, I was about to say, even if you may not physically be knitting, you totally are, through the community aspect and providing support through every step of the journey, like you mentioned. And then actually, you just mentioned about other chronic conditions, maybe you could talk to us a little bit about that, like why it’s important to support lupus along with other chronic conditions, and how you came to do that.
Estela Mata 10:44
Raising awareness, not just for lupus, but just, overall, any chronic condition, is very important. Because it impacts us all very differently. We need to be able to learn about these conditions, learn how to prevent them, learn how to navigate them, learn how to navigate, you know, health care access, learn about treatment, treatment options. So, I think that’s with any chronic condition. You know, we need to always be aware and continue to learn.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:13
And you know, you touched on this lightly before, and I’d like to go into it more now, especially because it’s Hispanic Heritage Month. But there’s, of course, an added layer of health disparity, when it comes to lupus in the Hispanic community. Can you, I guess, like talk about what messages you have for the Hispanic Latinx community about the importance of raising awareness?
Estela Mata 11:35
So, raising awareness about health conditions, that are impacting our Latino Hispanic community, is crucial. It is crucial because, you know, the more we learn, the more that we will reduce these health disparities. We will be able to, hopefully, get improved access to care, early diagnosis and just, basically, just empowering individuals to get the support, to get the knowledge that they need.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:59
Absolutely! Early diagnosis is so important. For one, like, you’re obviously uncomfortable and need answers, but two, especially with a condition, like lupus, you can have some, like, pretty permanent damage in different areas of your body, right?
Estela Mata 12:16
Yes, definitely. With lupus, lupus affects, basically, it could impact your whole body, like I said, physically and emotionally. It could impact your brain, it could impact your lungs, it could impact your kidneys, and a lot of the times, it causes irreversible damage. And in many cases, my sister has been really lucky, to be able to get preventative care, and take action with her care team, and preventing that irreversible damage. When lupus was attacking her kidneys, it could have caused her to lose her kidney function, to be in dialysis, and even potentially need an organ. So, for us, prevention has been the key, and her proactive care has been really essential, and her advocating for herself, and her being/taking charge of our health, really.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:01
And what role do you think that advocacy and raising awareness plays in addressing the needs of chronic illness? Especially, in the Hispanic community.
Estela Mata 13:10
Advocacy helps address the needs of the Hispanic communities by ensuring that we receive equitable health care. Everyone deserves to get equitable health care access. To getting culturally competent services, information in our languages; my mom only speaks Spanish, so the information that needs to get provided to her has to be in Spanish. It is also necessary for us to support everyone on how to manage their chronic conditions effectively, right? So, raising awareness, reducing stigma, all of this will empower individuals to not only advocating for themselves, but advocating for their loved ones and the community as a whole.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:47
And what’s your advice for people who, like, want to get started in advocacy and sharing their story, or just get more involved?
Estela Mata 13:54
One of the things that I always say is, “We all have a voice. We have a voice, so let’s use it. Let’s amplify our voices, let’s advocate for ourselves when we go to the provider’s office, when we go to the physicians. Let’s advocate for our communities, let’s advocate for better research, let’s advocate for better health care. Let’s use our voice.” And I think the more we utilize our voices together, the better it is amplified. And change comes with that. So, if we need something, if we want change, we need to be able to speak on it and advocate.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:25
Yeah, absolutely. There’s like nothing more powerful than just sharing a story as a patient. You know, I’ve spent some time advocating with elected officials, and their teams are really smart and can share with them the data all day long. But there’s nothing like getting a personal story to really just say we’re real people, living with chronic illness, and this is how the system, the laws, impact us. So, I would just say, like to amplify what you said, that everyone has a story. You don’t need to be an expert in health care to get started.
Estela Mata 14:55
My sister says this, and it’s so interesting that you said ‘expert.’ My sister says, that she’s an expert in her body.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:02
Yeah.
Estela Mata 15:02
And I think we all are experts. So, they may be the experts in policy making, and running and help run the country. They work for us. So, we’re the experts of our bodies, and we know what we need. What better way to do this, but then by sharing our stories, sharing our needs, and helping solve and create solutions for equitable health care access for everyone, right? So, you’re right. When we meet with the legislators, we can make an impact by sharing our personal journeys, because they’re people like us; they have families, they may be living with chronic conditions themselves, or supporting someone that is. So, you never know how impactful your story can be and how many lives it can touch.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:40
It’s true. Yeah, you never know, like, how closely people are connected. And I also think, you know, there’s something so special about when you share your story; It inspires others to do so, like, just think about how you and your two sisters sitting down, one time, deciding to start Looms for Lupus, and how much it’s grown to inspire others to share as well. It’s, like, really remarkable.
Estela Mata 16:00
Yes! And you know, one of the things for me, too, has always been about having people see us and see themselves in us. Because if there’s a little Hispanic, Latino, little girl, that looks at me and sees that I look like her, or that she looks up to me and says, “You know what, I can do, that.” Maybe they could be doing much better in the future, and they will get inspired, and that’s why we do it. We just want to make sure that everyone’s represented, that our communities are represented, and that we are heard. It’s just one thing that we were raised to do. So, we want to continue to, kind of, add that little layer of support for the community.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:37
And I think that representation and advocacy, that you’re talking about, is also such an important piece of the clinical trial discussion. To have that representation, we know there’s been such a lack of diversity in clinical trials, and for you to be speaking on it, I’m sure encourages others from your community to feel a little bit more confident in making health decisions.
Estela Mata 16:59
I think it’s scary. I mean, just even our family members, they could be hesitant about trying new things. You know, participating in clinical trials, being known as like you’re a guinea pig, or they’re just gonna use you. It’s not about that. I think, you know, education is key when it comes to, you know, participating in clinical trials; we need to learn and understand, what does it entail? The fact that it is optional, the fact that we are giving ourselves the opportunity to get a potential treatment, that we may be the first ones to get, and it could be life changing, and if it doesn’t work for us, it could help others that are dealing with the conditions that we are. So, to me, I just see it more like, it’s hopeful, but we do need more awareness, we need more education, we need to feel empowered, and the way we’re gonna do that is by getting as much information as we can.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:48
Yeah, I think you make a really good point about the intersection of hope and information. Like, we really need to be equipped with good resources, filled with information coming from experts in the field, in order to feel that hope.
Estela Mata 18:02
Yes, definitely. Through experts, and also through patients; through others, living with these conditions or going through it, right? A patient experience is so valuable, and I think it’s so much needed, because thinking about participating in a clinical trial, but I’ve never done it, it could be a little scary. It could be overwhelming to say, “Okay, I’m being committed to participating in a trial for X amount of time. I have to be going X amount of time, or whatever the clinical trial requires me to do.” It could be scary and overwhelming, but if I talk to someone that has gone through that same journey, or is going through the similar journey, they can empower me and give me hope that I can do this, that I can participate and that I can make a difference. So, yes, hope is definitely, I guess, the beacon of light that we need, right? To guide us through these dark tunnels, that we go through and that boost, that we need.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:52
Yeah, I love that! Well, I guess, I know you’ve given us so much words of hope, but maybe for the last question, just any final, just like, thoughts of hope you want to share with the community, for any listeners, struggling right now, looking for a piece of that light?
Estela Mata 19:06
One of the things, my younger sister, Araceli, created for us was a little slogan. And I guess they do this, you know, maybe when they’re in academy or something like that. But she created a slogan that says, “Never give in, never give up, never let go. Just keep fighting.” So, that’s what I want to leave everyone with, that message. So, not giving up, don’t give up. If you are diagnosed with a chronic or autoimmune condition, it does not define who you are; it is just simply a part of your life. And just keep fighting, keep fighting for better treatments, keep fighting for, just for, everything, just keep fighting for yourself. And that’s really how I want to leave it. Just “Never give in, never give up, never let go. Just keep fighting.”
Zoe Rothblatt 19:48
That’s beautiful! And yeah, I guess just know that, like, we’re also here, there’s a community here, fighting with you.
Estela Mata 19:55
Yes! You are not alone; you are not alone in this life. Dealing with a chronic condition can be difficult, but we can do this together.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:03
Absolutely! Well, Estela, thank you so much for joining us today!
Estela Mata 20:07
Thank you, Zoe!
Steven Newmark 20:10
Wow, Zoe, that was a really great discussion, with Estela. I normally ask, “What you learned?,” but I’m gonna start off by saying, that I really learned a lot about clinical trials, and it was great to hear a deeper dive on the discussion of clinical trials and how it impacts patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:24
Yeah! And also, on that note, just really quickly for our listeners, we’re launching a lot of resources about clinical trials, especially for lupus patients. So, if you want to sign up for the newsletter, we’ll leave a link in the show notes. And also from Estela, you know, I just love the message of hope she left us with. It’s so important to community build, and really appreciate all the work she does with Looms for Lupus.
Steven Newmark 20:46
Absolutely! Well, we hope that you learned something too, and before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 20:55
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: a Podcast That Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button, wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 21:08
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 21:14
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Spreading Awareness This Asthma Peak Week
In this episode, we’re joined by Jessica Buckley, President and CEO of the Lung Health Foundation (LHF), and Dr. Dawn Bowdish, scientist and the Executive Director of the Firestone Institute for Respiratory Health and member of the Board of Directors of the LHF. We talk about how asthma, despite being common, can be complicated to diagnose and that many are living with uncontrolled asthma. Jessica and Dawn also share recent survey results of asthma patients’ experience, and how patients can set health goals with an asthma action plan and advocate for better air quality.

Spreading Awareness This Asthma Peak Week
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach, at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:26
And today, we’re really lucky. We have two special guests to talk about asthma and their work with the Lung Health Foundation: Jessica Buckley and Dawn Bowdish. So, a little bit about the two of them, before we dive in. Jessica is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Lung Health Foundation, and she’s focused on building lasting relationships across Canada with other similar organizations, governments, health care providers, researchers, and patients. So, similar what we do, to fill the Lung Health Foundation’s missions of improving lung health for all Canadians. And we’re also joined by Dr. Dawn Bowdish, who’s the Executive Director of the Firestone Institute for Respiratory Health at St. Joseph’s Healthcare Hamilton. And she’s an academic researcher; she brings more than 10 years of research into immunology and aging to discussion; and she also serves as the scientific advisor and board member for the Lung Health Foundation.
Steven Newmark 01:20
Wow! This should be exciting! Can’t wait to have a listen.
Steven Newmark 01:23
And just in time for Asthma Peak Week.
01:26
Hi Jessica and Dawn! Welcome to “the Health Advocates.”
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 01:29
Hello!
Jessica Buckley 01:30
Hi, Zoe. Thank you very much!
Zoe Rothblatt 01:32
Why don’t you both start off by introducing yourselves? Let’s start off with Dawn and then Jessica.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 01:37
Hi, I’m Dr. Dawn Bowdish. I’m the Executive Director of the Firestone Institute for respiratory health. I’m a scientist, and I’m also a member of the Board of Directors of the Lung Health Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:47
And Jessica.
Jessica Buckley 01:48
I am Jessica Buckley, I am the President and CEO of the Lung Health Foundation in Canada.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:54
And Jessica, can you tell us a little bit more about the Lung Health Foundation?
Jessica Buckley 01:58
Yes! So, the Lung Health Foundation is a national charity, dedicated to the lung health of all Canadians. We invest in research, we do federal and provincial advocacy, we do awareness campaigns, develop clinical tools for health care professionals, and we also provide programs for people with lived experience and their caregivers.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:19
Thank you so much for the work that you do to help patients. And I know we’re going to talk a lot about asthma today, but first, I just wanted to start off, I guess, learning about each of your personal journeys and what kind of drew you each to lung health advocacy.
Jessica Buckley 02:33
Well, I’ll start. Zoe, thank you. I was very moved by the work of the Lung Health foundation, after learning about them, and realizing and connecting the dots that lung health has sprinkled throughout my family many, many times through the years. Having family that have suffered from asthma, others living with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, also known as COPD, and having lost a few family members to lung cancer, also knowing that one in five Canadians are affected by lung disease, there’s just a huge amount of need.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 03:06
My journey was through my research path. So, I did my Ph.D. and my postdoctoral training in respiratory infections, and when I started my own research lab at McMaster University, one of the first grants I got was for the lung health foundation trying to understand respiratory infections in older adults. And I was invited to a gala dinner to celebrate this research grant, and sat beside two people who were suffering from lung disease – young mom of three who had lung cancer, and a young woman who had lung fibrosis and had just received a lung transplant. I was so moved by their stories, and their graciousness and generosity in congratulating me for my award, even though my research was from sort of the late end of life, and they had this really immediate need.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 03:53
And I was also really touched by stories of how having lung cancer was a really fundamentally different experience than having breast cancer, because there was so much blame attack. People are always asking about whether you smoked and this and that, and so that really was such an inspiring night for me. I bowed at that point, that I would help the Lung Health foundation raise the $50,000 that I got as a research grant. But then I couldn’t stop, because it became apparent to me that as a researcher, so underfunded compared to other conditions and diseases, despite the huge impact it has on people. And so that really ignited my passion to work with the Lung Health Foundation, to do advocacy, to increase research funding, to increase awareness. And I can’t perceive stopping doing that anytime soon, because I don’t perceive it becoming a more equal world for lung health anytime soon.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:42
That’s amazing, and I so appreciate how each of you pointed to a specific patient story: Jessica, with your family, and Dawn meeting that family at the event. Something that we always say here is like, “No active advocacy is too small, and sharing your story is just so powerful, because every patient has a unique story.” And you know, when you’re meeting with, let’s say, like legislators or trying to just like, make changes, it can be really intimidating to try and get all the facts. And we remind patients, like, “You’re the expert, your story is what’s powerful.” And I think that’s like really becoming clear in what both of you are saying, how it led you to do this work. So, you know, just thank you for highlighting the patient voice. So, let’s go back to maybe some basics. Dawn, I’ll throw this one to you: Can you tell us, like the basics of asthma, how one gets it, how to treat it, how it changes over time, stuff like that?
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 05:34
Sure! So, asthma is defined as variable airway obstruction, which basically variable means it’s not constant, so it comes and goes, and it can be triggered, and I’ll talk about that in a second, and airway obstruction, meaning that the airways can’t do their job breathing properly. We know that asthma is extremely common. As many as 10% of children may have asthma, but it’s also very unfair. So, in Canada, we know some of our indigenous communities, as an example, can be up to 30% of children can have asthma. And then in adults in Canada, it can be between six and 10%, but again, higher in some communities, as opposed to others.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 06:08
To understand why there’s so much range in who gets asthma and who doesn’t we have to understand how it starts. So, believe it or not, predisposition to asthma starts before you’re born. So, when a woman is pregnant, if she has exposure to air pollution, tobacco smoke – then those babies might be more at risk of having asthma. We also know there’s a genetic link, so if you have a family history, you’re more likely to develop asthma, and then once you’re born, we know that asthma can be triggered by many different factors. So, one of the features of asthma is that the lungs are a little bit fundamentally different, but exposures to things like allergens, or in this world, climate change and wildfire smoke, sometimes exercise, sometimes cold, dry air can trigger, what many patients call, an asthma attack, or we often call an asthma exacerbation. And so that’s a really acute event that can lead to the airways spasming. It can lead to production of mucus and phlegm and lead to that horrible breathless feeling and that feeling of cough.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 07:06
So, diagnosis you would think for such a common condition would be really simple, but it actually can be quite complicated. For really young children, it’s almost impossible to get them to do a breathing test. So, basically, doctors have to get a really detailed history of what that child’s asthma attacks feel like. They have to listen to hear, if they can hear wheeziness, and then they can try a treatment, and if the child gets better, it’s assumed that asthma was the cause. On the other end of life, in late life, asthma can be difficult to diagnose and treat as well, because there may be other lung conditions that are also happening at the same time. So, COPD and asthma often travel together. And so, surprisingly, like I said, it can require a really detailed investigation to get to the bottom of that. And then within asthma, there are different sort of levels; if someone whose asthma can be controlled pretty easily and they don’t really have their daily life effective, would be considered a mild asthma case. But then some people have very, very severe asthma, and they need to go a really detailed investigation from a respirologist to get the proper diagnosis and then the proper treatments that they need.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:08
Thank you for that overview, that’s really helpful. And I’m curious from both of you, and maybe we’ll start with Jessica. When you talk to people living with asthma, are there like common topics or themes that arise that you’re seeing among these like patient populations?
Jessica Buckley 08:22
Yes. So, one of the common themes that arises is really what is a lack of an asthma action plan, and that’s when people living with asthma are feeling great and they’re not taking their regular medication and inhalers, and they might be quite reliant on what we would consider our reliever inhaler and not using the maintenance program. So, the importance of having your asthma under control is something that we speak to people about a lot, and have tools on our website to help speak to your health care professional about putting an asthma action plan in place.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:57
Yeah, and can you tell us a little bit more about the action plan and like, what typically goes into that.
Jessica Buckley 09:03
So, it’s the truth is that we want all children and people living with asthma to be able to live their full lives. And often, children with asthma may be told to sit on the sidelines during gym class, or not exert themselves, or not participate in sports. And we just know that if they have an action plan in place, where they are taking the medication on a regular basis, as is prescribed by their health care professional. Any triggers that come into play, and Professor Bowdish was speaking about some of the triggers, like allergens from pets or wildfire smoke or anything that may trigger their asthma, they would have their asthma more under control and not experience those triggers in the same way. And we have a great example, currently, who is our Brand Ambassador for the Lung Health Foundation, Maggie McNeil is a world champion swimmer and competing at that high, high level, with asthma. And just incredibly inspiring to what is possible, when you have a very effective asthma action plan.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:05
Absolutely! Well, not to kind of jump ahead, but that leads me into my next question. So, I know you all had a survey done, that was of more than 2,000 Canadians, and one of the findings showed that only 24% of respondents were confident that you can have an active life if you have a lung condition. And what you just said about Maggie McNeil is like proof that you can have an active life. And I’m just wondering, Dawn like, what’s your reaction to this statistic that only 24% are confident in that?
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 10:36
Well, I think it depends on the lung issue in question, but certainly with asthma, the goal is, if your asthma is under control and you’re getting the appropriate medications, the goal is you should be able to be an athlete and have an absolutely active life. In fact, we have sort of a checklist that’s used. And if you’re up at night, because of your asthma, more than one night a week; if you have more than two days a week, you have to take your rescue medication; if you are not able to do the exercise that you would like to do, then that is definitely time to talk to your practitioner, and hopefully a respirologist.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 11:10
Gets the appropriate medications, because asthma should be something that you can live with, but live well with. And I think a lot of the misconceptions are outdated, frankly, but they’re a real challenge, and one can’t help but to be sympathetic for people who are living with these lung conditions, because that feeling of breathlessness is terrifying, and you want to avoid it at all costs, because it is such a scary and horrible feeling. And certainly, people who’ve had such a severe asthma attack, that they’ve gone to the hospital, are really cautious about never wanting to have that experience again. So, I would say that if you’re struggling and not meeting those criteria, it’s time to have an appointment with respirologist or a pulmonologist and really make sure you’re getting the appropriate treatments and medication to live a completely full life.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:55
Absolutely! Yeah, what I’m hearing from you is that, 100% of asthma patients should feel confident that they can have some sort of active life, and if you don’t, then it’s time to talk to your doctor and reconsider the ways you’ve been treating your asthma and think about what more there is to do.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 12:11
That’s right! And I would also add to that there is room for bigger advocacy as well. We’re moving to a point in time where wildfire smoke is going to be more common; climate change is obviously something that’s affecting that; air pollution is a problem too. Those triggers are a lot harder to avoid than things like allergens, you know you’re allergic to. And so I think there’s a lot of room for patients living with lung disease to help do the political advocacy to get those bigger problems under control rather.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:40
Yeah. Can you talk to us a little bit more about, like, navigating these changes? And you mentioned the wildfires, this episode will come out during Asthma Peak Week, like a time when there’s an increase in asthma symptoms, and I guess, like, how patients can be better equipped to navigate these changes.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 12:58
Patients living with asthma really need to think about air quality. So, many weather reports, and weather stations, and weather apps now also include an air quality measure. And for all of us, with or without asthma, we need to think about changing our behaviors when that air quality is poor, and unfortunately, because of wildfires and climate change, we’re going to have more of those days. So, when air quality is really poor, we need to think about staying indoors, if we’re able. We need to think about exercising less outdoors. And people with asthma might have to take that to the extreme.
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 13:29
We also have to think about improving indoor air quality during those difficult times. So, air filters, if one can afford them. But again, there’s sort of a personal, but there’s also a bigger picture question here too, because, of course, people who have jobs that are outside, people who can’t afford air conditioning and air filters and those sorts of things, renters, as opposed to owners, are less empowered to make those changes to their buildings they live in. So, we have to think about ourselves, but we also have to think about our society adapting to those changes as well. Some of the easier things to avoid, if you have asthma or known triggers, for example, if you have a specific allergen you know you’re susceptible to, then you might have to make some decisions about not being exposed to that allergen, even if it means getting rid of a cherished pet or, you know, making some other lifestyle decisions. And those are changes that can be made that can really help reduce the frequency of asthma attacks.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:20
It seems like there’s a lot to learn about asthma and that it’s really unique to each person. And I wanted to highlight another one of the survey findings revealed that, “94% of respondents agreed that there needs to be more education done, to get people informed about lung health.” And Jessica, I wanted to ask you how Lung Health Foundation, you know, helps provide education to people and some of the health policies that you advocate for?
Jessica Buckley 14:48
Yes! So, I think that most definitely, lung health has been overlooked by all of us. And the truth behind that is that, historically, there has been a stigma associated with specific lung diseases. And because of that, it has been an overlooked and underfunded area of health, but so incredibly important. I mean, just being able to think about the fact that we take around 22,000 breaths per day as humans, and how important our breath is to everything that we do. So, we do a lot of national advocacy and provincial advocacy in Canada, some of the policies that we advocate for picking up on the comments from Professor Bowdish around air quality. I mean, it’s such a massive cross border, world concern, on outdoor air quality, and is going to take all levels of government worldwide to be able to improve outdoor air quality.
Jessica Buckley 15:45
We do advocate for that, of course, but we’re focused on indoor air quality and helping people be able to afford HEPA filters with certain lung conditions, etc, and advocating for patients that way. Some of the other policies we’re focused on are one of the biggest way that youth in Canada are affecting their lung health right now, is we are amongst the highest in the world on youth vaping rates. And smoking rates have declined in that population, which is fantastic to see, all the great work that’s been done to decrease smoking in that category of people, but the vaping rates are skyrocketing, unfortunately. So, the future effects of vaping on their lung health are yet to be known, but early indicators are that it’s not a good outlook, and these are some of the other policies that we’re advocating for around youth vaping rates, and decreasing access, and something called a smoke free generation, which would make it illegal for children born after a certain year to ever purchase tobacco, or nicotine, or vaping products.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:49
Yeah, I mean, thank you so much for the advocacy you do. It’s so important, especially for a youth population, which is just so vulnerable to like trends and not particularly understanding the depths of what they’re doing at such a young age. I think it’s like so important to have people like you spreading awareness and advocating at the local and national level, like you mentioned. And on that awareness, Lung Health Foundation recently launched the ‘Our Lungs Make Our Lives’ Campaign. Can you tell us about this and what you hope people will take away from it?
Jessica Buckley 17:21
Yes, we are very excited about our new brand campaign, that really just to make people think about their lungs, and the power of our lungs, and the moments that happen in your everyday life, that are powered because of your breath. And thinking about them in a way where you appreciate what they bring to your life and want to protect them. And I think messaging around lung health, in the past, has maybe been more focused on the disease, versus just thinking about your lungs and protecting them. And we really wanted to change the narrative and get people thinking about that, that our lungs make our lives.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:58
Awesome! I love that so much. I mean, it’s something so simple that you just take for granted, that you’re able to breathe nicely. And I know everyone’s had that experience when you get over a cold and you can have a clear nose and throat, and you’re like, “I’m never gonna take that for granted again.” Like new lease on life, like whatever phrase you want to say, and slowly you forget, and it just becomes something you take for granted, and it’s important to cherish, like, our health while, like, we have it. I think what you’re saying of like, just getting people to notice their health and, like, even healthy people, like, take notice of your lungs and the good that it’s doing for you. I love that messaging.
Jessica Buckley 18:35
That’s it! And people, typically, don’t think about their lungs. And to your point, until you have a short respiratory illness, and then suddenly you’re thinking about it; or someone in your family is diagnosed with respiratory disease, and then you’re focused on it. But it’s appreciating, how we need to protect them every day and at all costs, and getting that message through to our governments and others to be able to improve the world around us as it relates to our lung health.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:04
On that note, I wanted to conclude. First, I’ll ask Dawn, and then throw it to you, Jessica. What is your advice or message of hope for people living with asthma?
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 19:14
One of the things I’m really excited about is there are a slew of new treatments being developed and that are being used. So, once upon a time, people with severe asthma had very few options to help treat them, and as a consequence, they really did have the quality of their life really significantly impacted. But in the past five, seven years, suddenly there’s been a number of new treatments that target the immune parts that go wrong, and these have to be used really precisely. They have to be used just for the right patient. But when they, they work, they work beautifully. And so I’m really excited that those people who, 15 years ago would have really had their lives contracted by having asthma, now have fuller and more complete lives. And the research is ongoing, and I suspect we’ll see a number of new treatments hit the market in the next five years, as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:05
That’s really exciting. And I guess my add on to that is just like, ask your doctor about new treatment options, because you might not know about great options that you haven’t considered yet. And Jessica, what’s your message of hope or advice?
Jessica Buckley 20:17
So, I think there is a lot of hope. And regardless of living with asthma, our lung health can be improved. So, managing with a very effective asthma action plan and speaking with your doctor and your health care professional, being diligent about avoiding triggers, etc., there is a lot of hope. And our website is lunghealth.ca which includes the asthma action plan, there is a back to school plan, for children, specifically, as children return to school, this in the coming weeks. And there’s often a spike of asthma symptoms amongst children when they do return to school. So, getting on top of that now, as you prepare for back to school, we do have a very effective tool on our website to help.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:01
Awesome, thank you. Yeah, that was the last thing I was gonna ask you, is where everyone can find you and keep up with you. But you just mentioned the website, so, perfect. And unless Dawn, do you have another resource to add?
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 21:11
I think that website is great. I mean, patients use it all the time, and people go to it all the time because it’s clear, easy to understand, really easy to use. And I would just echo Jessica and that everyone should have an asthma action plan, because it’s been shown that if you have one, you’re less likely to have exacerbations that could end you up in the hospital or having severe outcomes. So, an action plan is essential.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:32
Awesome. Thank you both so much for joining us on “The Health Advocates.”
Jessica Buckley 21:36
Thank you very much, Zoe. Greatly appreciate it!
Dr. Dawn Bowdish 21:39
Thank you so much. It’s been a pleasure!
Steven Newmark 21:42
Well, Zoe, that was a really great discussion with Dawn and Jessica, particularly around the work the Lung Health Foundation is doing to support people with asthma and bring more public awareness to our breath.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:50
And for me, it was interesting to hear about the common themes that arise when people talk about asthma, especially the concerns around exercise and living an active life.
Steven Newmark 22:00
Yeah, absolutely! Well, we have a gold medalist, who has dealt with asthma, so you can live an active life for sure. Well, we hope that you learn something too. And before we go, we definitely want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 22:13
Well, everyone. Thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates: A Podcast that Breaks Down Major Health News of the Week, to Help You Make Sense of it All.” If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 22:26
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 22:32
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
“A Politician’s Job is to Listen” with Yvan Baker, MP
Yvan Baker, member of the House of Commons of Canada, joins us to talk about Canadians’ health care issues and needs. Mr. Baker discusses the benefits of Canada’s universal health care system for essential services and needs, but highlights gaps in the system like doctor shortages, delays in services, and how until recently dental care was not part of the system. He shares how he’s helped advocate for the expansion of dental care, for the government to consider patient outcomes, and his work with the older adult community.

"A Politician’s Job is to Listen" with Yvan Baker, MP
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. And today, we’re joined by Yvan Baker, member of the House of Commons of Canada. Yvan and I are going to talk a little bit about some of the issues that Canadians are dealing with in terms of healthcare, and what some of what Member Baker is doing to address Canadians’ healthcare needs.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:42
Great. Well, I’m excited to have a listen.
Steven Newmark 00:45
Well, welcome Mr. Baker. We really appreciate your being here. It’s an exciting bio that you have. You’re so young. Before we get into a discussion a little bit about Canadian healthcare and what you’re doing to improveimprove the lives of Canadian citizens vis a vis healthcare, could you just tell us a little bit about yourself, a little bit about your background and why you decided to pursue public service.
Yvan Baker 01:04
Yeah, you bet. Well, Steven, first of all, thank you very, very much for having me. It’s real honor to be on the podcast. I am the member of parliament for Etobicoke center. Etobicoke is a suburban community in the western side of the city of Toronto, and so I represent a community of about 120,000 people in Canada’s parliament. I’m with the governing Liberal Party. I’m a member of the Standing Committee on Finance, and I chair something called the Canada Ukraine Parliamentary Friendship Group. And in the last few years, that particular group of MPs and senators in Canada has played an important role in trying to support the Ukrainian people in their fight against Russia’s invasion. So I’ve taken a lead on that. Prior to this, I was a member of Provincial Parliament for the same community in Etobicoke. And prior to that, I was a management consultant. I worked for the Boston Consulting Group. I spent some of my time with BCG in Toronto, a little bit in New York as well. And I also had the chance to teach as part of the MBA program at the Schulich School of Business at York University here in Toronto.
Steven Newmark 01:56
That’s interesting, just to get into healthcare, what is your currentinterest in healthcare. And if I may ask a follow up, what led you to an interest in healthcare?
Yvan Baker 02:05
You know, I ran for office because when I was a management consultant, when I was in business, when I was in doing my university studies, I would often, as many people do, volunteer for various charities or nonprofits that try to make a difference for folks on a range of issues. And one of the things that I realized pretty quickly as a volunteer is that on so many of the issues that I cared about, it was really government that had the ability to make the greatest impact in solving those problems. And so that’s really what led me to volunteer into politics, get involved a little bit, take an interest, and then eventually run for public office, first as a provincial representative and now as a federal representative. So in terms of your question about about healthcare, first of all, my family has a philosophy that health is – there are a few things in life that are more important than health, that without health, there’s really no happiness. And in Canada, we have a universal healthcare system. So government plays a particularly important role in the quality of healthcare and therefore the quality of life that people have. And when I started running for office, when I was elected to office, I interacted with hundreds, 1000s of people in my community, and what I would hear from them consistently were concerns, views, suggestions, advocacy on the issue of healthcare, what we could do better, how we could improve the quality of healthcare in this country. So those are really the key reasons that I took an interest in healthcare. It’s something that’s really important to folks, and it’s something that the government of Canada can really impact significantly because of our universal healthcare system and that’s really why I spent a lot of my time on that issue.
Steven Newmark 03:29
There’s something you said, I’m going to butcher it, so apologies, but it’s something that we talk about a lot, something to the effect of, there’s no entity that can impact as many people’s lives as government. When government decides to put its full weight behind something, whether it’s in the field of healthcare, the environment, sanitation, whatever the case may be, there’s really no substitute for what a government can do with the right resources. And it’s so true what you said, and we talk about that all the time on our show, on our podcast, which is why it’s so important for patients to advocate to their governments for improved healthcare, to improve their lives.
Yvan Baker 03:59
Yeah, absolutely. I think that’s true in most countries around the world, and I think it’s especially true in places like Canada, where, like I said, we have a healthcare system that is universal. There are gaps in that system, but, but it is, broadly speaking, a universal healthcare system. Canadians have come to rely on the healthcare system that is provided through the single payer system that we have. And so the beauty of a universal healthcare system is that there is universal access for most essential healthcare services and needs. But the flip side of that is, is that when a patient is dissatisfied with that care, whether it’s the quality of care, the accessibility of that care, the speed of accessing that care, then the solution very rarely can they simply pay out of pocket and resolve that problem, as you might in different healthcare systems around the world. The onus is on government to address that, whether it’s a doctor shortage or a specialist shortage or the quality of care, and we can talk about that more if you’d like. So to your point, government plays an important role, but it’s a particularly important role in the context of healthcare in our country.
Steven Newmark 04:53
Yeah, you talked about the gaps. Not all basic needs, like eye care or dental care are covered completely under most universal healthcare systems. Can you talk about efforts being made to fill some of the gaps in Canada?
Yvan Baker 05:04
Yeah, absolutely. So you nailed it right? Our universal healthcare system has gaps in it, and that’s common to, I think most universal healthcare systems aroundthe world. What I would say, for the benefit of your listeners, is, I would say that in Canada, the way I think about it is essential care is covered things like hospital care, emergency care, family doctor, essential tests and screens and procedures and those sorts of things, an elective, non-essential care is not covered. But there are gaps that in some of those areas of what I would consider essential care. So there are services that aren’t covered. You talked about it, dental care, eye care, until recently have not been part of the universal system. There are also procedures that are considered important, but perhaps not as critical, not as urgent, and are sometimes depending on risk factors and other factors, cost factors may not be covered for some folks, and sometimes people face delays in getting services that are essential. So that essential service may be covered, but you may have to wait months or even years, in some cases, to receive that care if it’s not urgent. So there’s some of the gaps, I think, going back to your question in terms of what’s being done to address I mean, first and foremost, what we’re trying to do is make sure that those services, where there are those wait times, that those get shortened. In Canada, the healthcare system is actually the jurisdiction of the provinces, and the federal government provides a lot of the funding for healthcare, so it is something that the provinces own and execute, have jurisdiction over, but the federal government plays a big role in. And what our federal government has done over the last few years is, said, we want to plug more of those gaps in the healthcare system. One of them is dental care, and so that’s one of the areas that you know, I’d love to talk to you about more if you’re interested, but we’re doing a bunch of things to try to make sure that we’re also improving the quality of care. One of the things I’m proudest of as an MP is, you know, as an MP, you’re an advocate. You’re trying to get the government to do things better, and I’m not the one who makes the decisions, but I certainly try to advocate for those decisions to be made. And one of the things I’m proud of is that I was one of the MPs who fought very hard, successfully, to convince the government to tie funding that we provide to the provincial governments, that the federal government provides to the provinces to results. So instead of sort of just cutting a check every few years for healthcare and giving to the provinces and saying, off you go spend it as you see fit. Let’s tie that to certain outcomes for patients, whether it’s access doctors or certain care providers and those sorts of things. But obviously, the biggest thing that we’re doing in terms of plugging gaps is the creation of the new Canada dental care program. It’s the biggest expansion of healthcare, of the universal healthcare system in Canada since the inception of universal healthcare in this country.
Steven Newmark 07:14
Can you describe what that entails, what the current plan provides, and what you’re hoping to achieve?
Yvan Baker 07:19
Currently if we take a step back in terms of dental care, I mean, we know dental care is so important to people’s broader health, it’s not just about their oral health. But you spend a lot of time on your podcast talking about chronic illnesses, and you know, and I have to say that, you know, dental care, if I think about your listeners, who are experts, who are patients, others concerned about chronic illnesses, I’ve got to believe that for them, you know, dental care is something that they value, or can see value in as a preventative measure to prevent some of those chronic illnesses. But the plan for the Dental Care program is basically that people who have a family income under $90,000 and don’t currently have private dental insurance will qualify for the program, and virtually all essential, let’s just say, essential dental services oral care will be covered. So preventative services, like scaling, polishing, diagnostic services, restorative services, prosthodontic services, removal of dentures, deep scaling, oral surgery, the list goes on. So we’re really covering a pretty comprehensive set of services, and it’s specifically targeted at those who have family incomes under $90,000 and don’t currently have private insurance. The reason this is, is because the goal here is to prioritize those folks who currently aren’t accessing dental care because of the cost of dental care.
Steven Newmark 08:28
You said it beautifully, dental care is healthcare. What goes on in your mouth really affects your entire body. So it is important not to neglect dental care, and it really should be part of more comprehensive healthcare around the world, not just in Canada, so that’s fantastic. You’re also doing a lot of work to strengthen support for seniors. Can you share why it’s important for you to devote so much time and energy to senior citizens?
Yvan Baker 08:49
There’s a number of reasons. I mean, one is because I think that seniors play an important role in my community, play important role in our country, in communities that your listeners are in, but I also think that they have contributed a lot, and we owe it to them to provide them with the best possible quality of life that we can. And healthcare is an important part of that. I work a lot with seniors because I also appreciate the wisdom and perspective that they offer on whether it’s issues of healthcare or things that touch them or things that touch people of all ages and backgrounds. In my community, we have one of the largest percentages of proportions of seniors in Canada. So I have a lot more seniors than most of my colleagues who are members of parliament. And so seniors issues are of particular importance to me, because that’s what’s important to my constituents. But also, going back to our earlier conversation, Steven, you know, we were talking about the role of government. And again, when we think about what I hear from seniors, a lot about is issues like healthcare, like housing, like transportation, and those are things where government can really move the dial in terms of the quality of life that seniors enjoy. Pensions is another one. So these are some of the reasons why I spend a lot of time working with seniors. I hold a monthly seniors advisory group meeting where the purpose of these is really to hear from seniors about what’s important to them, answer questions, take advice on how we could improve. And you know, we were talking about dental care a moment ago, I’ve been elected for almost 10 years in public office, and you know, dental care was one of the first things I started to hear from seniors about, not just for the medical benefits that we talked about, but just from an affordability perspective. I know a lot of folks around the world, a lot of your listeners in different countries around the world are struggling with inflation, cost of living. My constituents are whether it’s housing or daily cost of living, and one of the expenses that touches seniors the most is those dental care expenses, especially when there’s unexpected need for dental care. Some have insurance through their pensions programs or through private means, but very often, the most expensive services have to be paid for by seniors out of pocket. So in all those ways, this is why I work with seniors. They deserve the support we need to support we need to support them. They’re a large percent of the population, but also, government can really impact their quality of life.
Steven Newmark 10:45
Well, first of all, it’s fantastic all the work that you’re doing on behalf of Canadians and particularly your constituents. And with that, I just want to wrap up by asking, let me just say, a lot of what we do here on the podcast at GHLF is to encourage patients to share their stories with elected officials. Can you talk to us as an elected official about what it’s like meeting with constituents and why patient voices matter?
Yvan Baker 11:05
When I first got elected, Steven, my predecessor as the representative for the community, as the member Provincial Parliament, gave me a piece of advice. She said to me, you know, a lot of people see their elected officials speaking at a speech, at an event, maybe on a podcast, and we kind of get accustomed to having to thinking that politicians are there, kind of to talk, to communicate in some form, and that’s certainly part of the job. But she said to me, the most important part of a politician’s job is to listen, because when you listen, you understand what people’s priorities are, what their concerns are, but you also hear the ideas that you need to solve these problems. No member of parliament, no congressman, no representative, has the solutions to all of the problems that people are facing. And so to your question around why it’s so important to hear patient voices, it’s kind of for those reasons, right? Like whether you live in a country with a universal healthcare system, or you pay privately, or a combination of both, the reality is, is that whoever’s responsible for that healthcare system is only going to improve that system if they know what those problems are, and if they’re motivated and held accountable to solve it. In the case of a universal healthcare system like the one we have in Canada, it’s the elected officials at the provincial and federal level who are accountable for the quality and the services that are provided, even if you’re not in that situation. I think it’s important that patients are communicating what’s working what’s not working for them, and pushing the healthcare providers to be responsible, to make sure that we improve that system, because there is no happiness without healthcare.
Steven Newmark 12:17
Wow. I want to tattoo that somewhere, not on my body. Though there is no happiness of healthcare, I love it. I love it. Well, with that, thank you so much, Mr. Baker, we’re so appreciative for all that you’re doing, and thank you for taking your time to come on the show.
Yvan Baker 12:30
Steven, thanks for having me. It’s been an honor.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:34
Well, Steven, that was a really great discussion with Yvan. It’s interesting to hear about, you know what issues crosses the borders and just a reminder that it’s always important to hear from constituents.
Steven Newmark 12:45
Yeah, absolutely, like you said, for me, it’s always instructive to talk directly with elected officials and to hear from them, and it’s fantastic when they tell us how important it is to hear directly from their constituent patients. So with that, we hope that you learned something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:05
well, everyone. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt
Steven Newmark 13:18
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time,
Narrator 13:24
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Voices from Capitol Hill: Advocating Together for Autoimmune Patients
We’re joined by Amanda Krzepicki, Policy Director at the Autoimmune Association. We talk about the long process of getting legislation passed, top issues the Autoimmune Association is advocating for, and how patient groups can come together to make a difference. Amanda also offers advice for if you’re feeling nervous on connecting with stakeholders.

Voices from Capitol Hill: Advocating Together for Autoimmune Patients
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation,
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we are joined by Amanda Krzepicki, Policy Director of the Autoimmune Association. Amanda is based in Washington, and spends much of her time on Capitol Hill, advocating for patients. The Autoimmune Association helps autoimmune patients by sponsoring research, advocating for access to healthcare, and fostering collaboration to identify and explore the common threads that link autoimmune diseases. Like the Global Healthy Living Foundation, the Autoimmune Association works around the world, not just here in the US, to help patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:53
Great. I’m excited to have a listen, Steven.
Steven Newmark 00:55
All right, well, let’s get into it. Welcome Amanda, thanks for coming.
Amanda Krzepicki 00:59
Thank you so much for having me, Steven. It’s great to be here.
Steven Newmark 01:01
Yeah, why don’t you start by telling our audience a little bit about yourself, how you got into patient advocacy, and we’ll go from there.
Amanda Krzepicki 01:07
Yeah, absolutely. So to give you a little bit of background about myself, I started my career working in a federally qualified health center where I worked with patients who are directly impacted by burdensome utilization management practices. I actually managed a mobile dental clinic, which went around to local elementary schools, and I saw children without their parents.
Steven Newmark 01:27
Where was this?
Amanda Krzepicki 01:28
Alexandria City in Virginia.
Steven Newmark 01:30
Excellent.
Amanda Krzepicki 01:31
So, I saw all these students without their parents on a mobile dental clinic. You can only imagine the level of screaming I had to deal with on a day to day basis.
Steven Newmark 01:31
Oh my gosh.
Amanda Krzepicki 01:32
So, working on the bus, I teamed up with the school nurses and providers to make calls on behalf of patients, to try to argue prior authorizations, and I truly felt the frustrations of the system from the ground up. It was a really eye opening experience to see children experience these inequities, and I was doing this job while concurrently getting my Master’s of Public Health degree. So this really kind of pushed me to do that in the policy space. So I had another internship where I did Medicaid insurance policy for a while, and then I got my feet wet with my first job in the private sector where I represented a few patient groups as well as nonprofits, before coming in house at Autoimmune.
Steven Newmark 02:21
Wow. So tell us a little bit about the Autoimmune Association. Many of our patients, as I’m sure you’re aware, and by extension, many of our listeners, live with an autoimmune condition. So tell us about the Autoimmune Association.
Amanda Krzepicki 02:31
Yeah, absolutely. The Autoimmune Association is the world’s leading nonprofit organization dedicated to autoimmune awareness, advocacy, education, and research. We represent over 50 million Americans, and you know, more research needs to be done to get a worldwide estimate with over 100 diseases, many of which are rare. So we’ve had a lot of resources on our website to help patients. We actually just developed a new question prompt list to help patients have more effective meetings with their doctors, and I’m currently in the process of revamping our policy page and our legislative action center to get our patients more involved in changing the healthcare system so it works better for them their families.
Steven Newmark 03:08
Wow. Well, that’s, uh, fantastic, and thank you for doing all that you do. So you’re based in Washington. Can you provide our patients some information on the basics of how legislation works, how patients can help influence legislators to come up with more patient, friendly outcomes?
Amanda Krzepicki 03:24
Yeah, absolutely. So unfortunately, I have to tell everyone, first and foremost, you have to throw away everything you learned in civics class and from School House Rock.
Steven Newmark 03:31
What? How a bill becomes a law? I can’t watch the video.
Amanda Krzepicki 03:34
Right, no. I truly wish it was as simple as that song makes it out to be. But you know, with recently, the house has kind of thrown away normal order, and it takes years for things to kind of change in the healthcare system. So initially you need an individual, more likely, an organization, group of organizations, to come up with legislation. In this case, a bill that is an idea that improves the healthcare system. That’s what we hope for that it would improve the healthcare system. So you have to take this bill to Congress and have meetings with various legislators to see if this bill aligns with their priorities. So sometimes you have to do research on what they’ve worked on in the past. It helps if you’re working with committees of jurisdiction like Health, Senate, Finance, Ways and Means in the house and Energy and Commerce to see if there are members there who care about the same issue that you care about. Once you find a member, ideally, one on each side of the aisle and one in both the House and Senate, or two. I guess in both the House and Senate, you have them introduce the bill. That is the hardest step, and can take years in itself. But after you have a bill introduced, then you need to put an effort shopping around additional sponsors or co sponsors, so more members that are engaged in this bill and wanted to move once you kind of have a majority of members or a couple committees who think it’s really important, they might take the bill up for a markup where every member on that committee has an opportunity to kind of change the text of the bill to have it as they see fit. Once you have the markup, then you have the hearing, then you have the final vote with each side, so the House and the Senate, and per chance, if those markups maybe didn’t go your way, and you’ve got two different bills on each side, then they need to conference those changes. And as you can imagine, all of this takes years, so it’s the coming up with the idea then having the members of Congress work on the issue, getting it up to a vote, getting it out of the House and Senate, and eventually getting it to the President’s desk. So, you know, it is a huge accomplishment for bills to get passed.
Steven Newmark 05:33
Yeah. First of all, that was a really good overview. I have to say, how bill becomes a law, 101, it does remind me of the cartoon. It also reminds me of Mr. Smith Goes to Washington. I hope I’m not dating myself too much, but yeah, that really is how it’s done. Obviously, there’s more to it than that.
Amanda Krzepicki 05:47
A little Yeah? I mean, we left out all the midnight conferences and the sneaky changing up the text right before the other party can see it. But you know, those are just the fun little tidbits you get working in DC, right?
Steven Newmark 05:58
Those don’t make it into the cartoon.
Amanda Krzepicki 05:59
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 05:59
But no, no, no. That’s right. That’s the basics of it. And like you said, it takes years. That’s something that we always stress. It’s you don’t just go to Washington and tell your story and expect a piece of legislation to become law a few weeks later. It takes a long time, and sometimes it’s just a matter of introducing yourself to your local legislators and continuing on over the course of many years. Do you have any good examples from your career of a great victory worth noting, worth talking about?
Amanda Krzepicki 06:25
Yeah, actually, very recently. So there’s the Medicaid drug rebate program, which recently had a proposed policy change come out. And this policy change would kind of affect how patients get their medication, because it’s a very complicated process to very quickly explain, but I like to very quickly refer to it as a shower thought. So I feel like somebody woke up one morning, had this idea where they were in the shower, thought it was a great quick fix to a problem, and then forgot to kind of think the idea all the way through, think about the unintended consequences. So there’s this specific policy in the mdrp where they wanted to stack all of the rebates that pharmaceutical manufacturers have across the system and make that the best price for Medicaid, which would bring, frankly, the price to zero. Which sounds like a really fabulous idea, you know, when you say it quickly.
Amanda Krzepicki 07:14
But what the unintended consequences would likely be like, all of these rebates that patients are getting to make their drugs affordable for them across the system would then be eliminated, so patients would no longer have access to that benefit that they like and are using to afford their medications. And it’s just a little bit scary to make that change so quickly without talking to people. So we had a letter. The Autoimmune Association has a coalition, the National Coalition of Autoimmune Patient Groups, and we had that coalition run this letter open to all patient group, all 501(c)(3) patient groups, and we got 31 other patient groups to say that they also would like HHS to take another look at this letter. We then also worked with members of Congress, because they were going to have a hearing with Secretary Becerra. And we asked them if they would ask Secretary Becerra to review this policy and make sure that those unintended consequences were not going to harm patient access to their drugs. So we had representative Robin Kelly ask during a hearing if he could follow up with her on this policy. And he said yes. So we have now on record that he has to get back to her office. And since that has occurred, and we have other support from other members of Congress as well. HHS has pulled back on this policy for this year, so we’re really excited that they’re going to be taking another look at it, working with manufacturers to kind of see the bigger scope of the rebate system in itself, and how they can work to get more affordable drugs for patients as they intend, which we are supportive of, obviously. We want patients, especially who are Medicaid dependent to have better, cheaper access to drugs, we’re always for that, but this is just like, a huge win and a huge group effort.
Steven Newmark 07:14
Right?
Steven Newmark 08:47
Yeah, no, absolutely. First of all, I should mention that the Global Healthy Living Foundation was active in that as well. And of course, we’re happy about the outcome, but it’s an interesting example, because it’s not from the legislative side, it’s on the executive side, going to the Department of Health and Human Services, which is interesting and can be even more arcane when trying to advocate.
Amanda Krzepicki 09:06
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 09:06
But we won’t get into that. That’s a little more difficult. But it is interesting that even when it’s not just the legislative side that we advocate, probably in all three branches, actually. So that’s an interesting example.
Amanda Krzepicki 09:15
Yeah, judicial advocacy is becoming a huge priority with all these different course cases that are buzzing around. It is complicated. As a patient organization, have to work with lawyers, because if you’re not a lawyer, writing amicus brief is a little bit a couple steps above, so you gotta get some support there. But yeah, it’s important to gage all three branches for sure.
Steven Newmark 09:33
Right, for sure. Do you have any funny stories about any interactions with staff members or anything of that nature?
Amanda Krzepicki 09:38
You know, it’s so funny from my grad school program, it was located in DC. I have a lot of friends that actually work on the hill, so while they were so happily meet with me, I always joke when I was either bringing in former clients in or like going with myself, that they love to tell me no. So it’s always like you think your friends are going to be the ones that are really going to be the easiest to work with. But no, that’s really not the case.
Steven Newmark 10:00
Because they could tell you no, because they’re your friends,
Amanda Krzepicki 10:01
Yeah.
Amanda Krzepicki 10:02
I know totally I guess that’s true.
Amanda Krzepicki 10:04
And when I first got started in this space, this is probably more of a funny story about me, but I was so nervous. I was, like, fresh out of grad school, just getting out there, and I was very intimidated by Hill staff, so I used to get really, like, stress going into these meetings where I was going to talk to them about the policy issues I cared about. So I frankly would look them up on social media, because once you’ve seen someone in their Halloween costume, they become significantly less intimidating.
Steven Newmark 10:28
Totally.
Amanda Krzepicki 10:28
So is something I recommend, like, if you’re going to be trying to get your feet wet out there with staff, just to kind of you know, and that maybe if your staff make your social media private, because it was alot.
Steven Newmark 10:38
Oh geez.
Amanda Krzepicki 10:39
But just seeing someone in their Halloween costume makes things like, really down to earth. They are just people at the end of the day. We all go through the same experiences, so just having genuine conversations with them kind of always turns out the best in the end.
Steven Newmark 10:52
That’s true. That’s really good advice. If there’s any like, even just seeing on their social media feed, if there’s a certain hook, like, you know you’re in Washington, if they’re a Washington Nationals fan or something, something you could bring up while you get inside.
Amanda Krzepicki 11:01
Yeah? If they’re from the district, and you’re from the district, and you have those ties, and you can talk about, maybe you both went to the same high school, or maybe you both, like, the same coffee shop, it’s always like, great to have that personal interaction. Yeah,
Steven Newmark 11:12
No, totally. That is really good advice. So what are some of the top issues that you’re working on Capitol Hill these days? Summer of 2024, what are we up to?
Amanda Krzepicki 11:20
We’re in the kind of final sprint for elections.
Steven Newmark 11:22
Yes.
Steven Newmark 11:22
Right.
Amanda Krzepicki 11:22
Right before we get into lame duck session. So one of our top priorities as an organization, and I think many patient groups feel the same way, is the Safe Step Act. So that policy makes it easier to get exemptions from step therapy policies, which is utilization management and hinders patients from getting their preferred form of treatment. So one of the main sponsors of that bill, Representative Wenstrup, is retiring this year. We are so close to 218 co sponsors in the house, which, as I mentioned before, you really want to get the majority of members on that bill. So we are constantly reaching out to different offices trying to get members in, because we really want to pass that before he retires. So that’s a huge thing. Also the help copay bill, which works with copay accumulators and maximizers, which is where, in theory, you should be getting rebates from pharmaceutical manufacturers and co pay assistance. And instead, the PBM companies will then take that money and not use it towards your out of pocket costs, which is unfortunate. But there was recently a policy change within the Department of Labor. So here the two branches of government kind of working in tandem, where they released, like a FAQ that you in theory would bring the cost of this bill. So this bill was, I think, originally scored at something like ten million it was not going to be easy to pass, costing the federal government so much money.
Amanda Krzepicki 12:36
And they, I think, have brought that cost estimate down to zero by fixing something essential health benefits like loophole with that FAQ. So we’re kind of looking to Congress now to kind of assess their FAQ and pull that into the cost there, and hopefully get that passed now that it costs significantly less money. A new bill that just came out that we’re really excited about is called the 340B Access Act, so that helps create more transparency within the 340B system. I used to work for a federally qualified health center, so 340B is really close to my heart. I know those patients benefited from that program so much, and it’s really unfortunate to kind of see hospitals taking the drugs that they’re buying for pennies on the dollar and then up charging low income patients for them. We want to see those cost savings passed on. So this bill really increases transparency and ideally access for patients. So we’re really excited about that. It’s very new, so obviously it’s not going to pass this year. I can expect that we’re going to take this on for many years to come. So excited to get other groups involved on that bill and work together to make that a priority for years to come.
Steven Newmark 13:39
Yeah, those are some great examples. Those are all bills that we’re active with, too, in some of these coalitions that you were describing. And they’re all at different phases, if you will, in terms of where they are in terms of passage, The Safe Step Act, correct me if I’m wrong, this is the third Congress or the fourth congress that’s been introduced. So the point being, it takes many, many years. I think it’s the sixth year. So I think 2018 was when it was first, if I have that right, give or take, to get it over the line, and it may not make it. We’re going to push very hard, as you said, with Congressman Wenstrup retiring, hopefully this is the year, but it takes many years, and we’ve slowly but surely been building towards that 218 majority in the House. And if we can get to that tipping point, that would be fantastic. Well, let me just ask, just to tie it all together. Final question, how important is it for all of these patient groups and patients with different backgrounds to work together to achieve these outcomes?
Amanda Krzepicki 14:28
I think it’s critical. I was just at a coalition meeting this morning, and I run a coalition of 65 autoimmune patient groups. I think it creates like an echo chamber for all of our voices. I think going to the Hill with coalitions is really impactful, because then you’re meeting with all these members, and you’re showing that whatever issue you’re advocating for has a wide breadth of patient groups behind it, that people support it, and members want to hear that there are patients in their district that care about the issue that you’re pushing for. So bringing those people in is a lot easier with coalition work, having numerous groups behind it. So that way, if there are any opponents of the bill, they can be like, you know, this one opponent, but there are 65 groups that support it. It makes their jobs easier to help us, help them. So I think it is critical to work together, and that’s why, you know, we’re on this podcast today, kind of working together. So, yeah, I just think all the the patient community is so strong, especially like those of us in DC, we see each other all the time, so we’re constantly bouncing ideas off of each other and thinking of new, creative ways to get these bills passed.
Steven Newmark 15:27
Yeah, no, I totally agree. We achieve more together as patients than we do separately, and that’s why it’s so important for us to all gather and inform elected officials and others policymakers as a team, if you will. So this has been great. Thank you again, so much for your time, and thank you for all that you do on behalf of autoimmune patients. This has been wonderful.
Amanda Krzepicki 15:46
Thanks so much for taking the time to sit down today. I really look forward to hearing this go live, and look forward to continue to working together.
Steven Newmark 15:53
Absolutely. Thank you, Amanda.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:57
Steven, that was a great interview. It was so great hearing from Amanda about the work that she does, and just reminds me of the importance of groups like us working together.
Steven Newmark 16:06
Yeah, absolutely, it’s always good to chat with other patient groups and hear what other groups are up to. Well, we hope that you learned something from today’s conversation, too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:19
Well everyone, thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense at all. If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review on Apple podcast, and definitely hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 16:34
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 16:40
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation, Podcast Network.
Special Episode: The Power of Patient Stories
Welcome to our special episode of The Health Advocates hosted by our 50-State Network and the Obesity Action Coalition (OAC). This episode features advocates Jody Quinn, Judy Nagy, Yolanda Clay, and Alecia Smith, who share their personal journeys — how they began sharing their stories, the invaluable support of community, the challenges they faced, and their successes along the way. You’ll also hear their advice for others looking to make a difference.

Special Episode: The Power of Patient Stories
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:08
Welcome to “the Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week, to help you make sense of it all. I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF, and we have a special episode for you today, and I’m passing the mic to my colleague Erik Stone, who’ll be hosting this episode. Hey, Erik.
Erik Stone 00:25
Thanks, Zoe! Welcome to the first episode of our Advocacy Training Series, where we explore how you can get started on your own journey with patient advocacy and learn from the stories of other experienced patient advocates. My name is Erik Stone, and I am the Global Healthy Living Foundation’s Associate Director of Learning Experience Design. I’m so excited to be co-hosting this webinar today with Kendall Griffey from the Obesity Action Coalition.
Kendall 00:45
Hi! Thank you for the introduction, Erik. I’m Kendall, Communications Manager with the Obesity Action Coalition (OAC). OAC is a national non profit organization dedicated to improving the lives of individuals, affected by the disease of obesity through education, advocacy, and support.
Erik Stone 01:02
Thanks, Kendall. Today we are joined by Jody, Alicia, Yolanda and Judy, four patient advocates from around the country, who will be sharing their stories with us today. Maybe we could start out by learning a little bit more about them. Could you please introduce yourself: where you’re from, and share a few sentences about how you got into advocacy work.
Judy 01:18
My name is Judy Nagy, and I live in Sandusky, Ohio, which is on the shores of Lake Erie, halfway between Cleveland and Toledo. And I was diagnosed with rheumatoid arthritis at the age of 25 and that was about 44 years ago. So, I started my advocacy work, about 14 years ago, with the Global Healthy Living Foundation, and I’m also a platinum ambassador with the Arthritis Foundation. I have been to Washington and to Columbus, Ohio, participating in support for legislation to help all people with chronic illnesses and many medical needs. So, I love it, and I wouldn’t trade it for the world. I’ve met a lot of nice people, and it’s really wonderful.
Erik Stone 02:12
Thanks, Judy! Jody, do you want to go next?
Jody 02:14
My name is Jody Quinn. I live in Plymouth, Massachusetts – Lifelong Massachusetts residents, originally from Cambridge. I have psoriatic disease, psoriasis, and psoriatic arthritis. Diagnosed about 20 years ago, after 15 years of misdiagnosis. About eight or ten years ago, as my disease progressed, I started looking for a community – I didn’t know anybody else who had psoriatic arthritis. So, I, you know, through online searches, found the National Psoriasis Foundation and got involved with them as a volunteer for events and fundraisers. And then one day, they said to me, “how would you like to go to Capitol Hill and speak to all the legislators and then go to the FDA for hearings?” And I said, “You are crazy. I can’t do any of that.” So, I went, and I never stopped. I’ve just been going since then, and so I’ve been advocating with them for about eight years, along with AI arthritis, and patients rising, and other organizations. Because if one is good, ten is better, and I absolutely love it.
Erik Stone 03:13
Alicia, do you want to go next?
Alicia 03:14
My name is Alicia Smith, and I’m from Lakewood, Ohio. I’m a suburb just west of Cleveland. I am a nurse, and I became a patient advocate, almost by accident. I started on a health journey as a patient with obesity, and I started researching on social media for a community, just for support and education, and came across the Obesity Action Coalition, and really resonated with me what they were doing and how they were trying to get things moving forward with health advocacy, and I just happened to reach out by email to share my story with them, not necessarily meaning to be an advocate, but they reached out to me with an advocacy opportunity, and I realized that it was a really great opportunity, and decided to take a chance, and it’s kind of snowballed from there with different chances and opportunities, and I realized it was something that I really loved and wanted to do and really grateful for.
Yolanda 04:10
I’m Yolanda, I’m from the Pacific Northwest. I was a fledgling supporter of issues, such as weight bias, campaigns, and issues concerning healthcare access to people who are experiencing the disease of chronic obesity. I jumped into the arena, because I myself experienced the disease of chronic obesity. I was afraid to jump in, because I listened to the false narrative of what I was and was not capable of achieving, and I let that keep me back, but then I did finally emerge as a patient advocate with a story to share and my voice amplified. And the reason I was able to do that, because I was able to get involved with an organization called Obesity Action Coalition. And they were the ones to help me learn how to use my voice and to share my story, in order to assist people who are experiencing the same thing that I was, the disease of chronic obesity. And with sharing my story and using my voice, I hope to change the outcome for people who are experiencing that, and advocate for them and for myself, at the same time by doing that.
Erik Stone 05:22
Thank you, Yolanda! I will pass it over to Kendall to introduce our first discussion topic today.
Kendall 05:29
Thank you, Erik. So, let’s dive right into getting started with advocacy. What first steps should someone interested in doing patient advocacy work, take to get started? Let’s start with Judy.
Judy 05:40
I believe that you reach a point in your journey with your disease, where you feel comfortable sharing stories about yourself, and meeting fellow people that are dealing with the same issue you are. When you have already been through all the tests and the medicines and those surgeries, you really have an understanding, that a lot of people don’t know about. The first step is to find an organization, that is connected to the issue that you’re dealing with, and nearly all of them are involved in the legislation issues. I have worked with two organizations, and both times, when I went to Washington and when I went to Columbus, Ohio, we were joined by 59 other organizations, who were all in support of the same issue that we were. So, it takes a village to get things done, and when we work together, we can make life easier and a little bit better. I mean, we can’t take away the pain and we can’t take away the mental stress of living with a chronic illness, but working together, we can make great things happen.
Kendall 06:57
Thank you, Judy! Now, let’s pass it to Jody.
Jody 07:00
I agree with Judy. Finding a nonprofit or a patient group – they’re out there for whether it be arthritis or obesity or Crohn’s or diabetes, MS, pretty much any medical condition. They have a nonprofit or a group, and they all have advocacy groups within them that will provide training and access. Another option is even if you ask at your doctor’s office and you say, “gee, I’d like to get involved.” But sometimes they have good suggestions. And one day, just when I was up at the State House, in Boston, waiting to speak to the member, I was talking to the staff there, and I said, “what do other people do?” And they came out with some great suggestions of things for me to do, that I never would have thought of, and even have heard of, with these other groups. So, that’s another option. Or hospitals have advocacy groups too, that you can join. There’s a lot of avenues out there for people, whether they want to jump in full time or maybe just write an article here and there. So, there’s a lot out there, that people can try.
Kendall 07:54
Thanks, Jody! Those are some great tips. Alicia, what are your thoughts?
Alicia 07:57
I have a couple suggestions: I would say the first step is just having a passion for it. I think a big part of it is just being very, just, genuine and passionate about the topic. I think people will really see and connect to that, and then using that passion. And I think social media can really be a good tool to kind of find your community and find organizations, that may be out there, that inspire you and that you connect with, that you kind of share in their mission that you’d like to join. And then you can look on their website, and usually, that organization has a advocacy page. Advocates are really needed, so usually they have an advocacy page on there with contact information, and if they don’t, you can use like, their contact form or an email on a contact page and just email. At the time, I didn’t know what an advocacy page was, so I just use an email – so really, any way, and someone will most likely get connected to you.
Kendall 08:56
Thank you, Alicia. Now, I’ll pass it to Yolanda.
Yolanda 08:59
I agree with Alicia, having a passion, and I’m a purpose driven, behind your advocacy is very important, at least it was for me, and is for me, because it carries me through when things get difficult or when the process seems daunting. So, yes, having that purpose driven by my advocacy work. Volunteering in the area where my interest lies, that’s very important. Seeking out other people, who are in that area, surrounding myself in that space, that’s important. Just seeking out those people in that area, that’s important. Researching information about what I’m interested in, that’s important too. Yeah, just finding all the information that I can about what subject that I’m interested in advocating for. Self education, like they said, go to websites. And there’s so much information out there that you can find for yourself. So, that’s what I would suggest doing.
Kendall 09:54
Yeah, thank you. Those are some really amazing tips that each of you shared. Now, how did you overcome the fear of not knowing enough, to do advocacy work. Judy, we’ll start with you.
Judy 10:04
I don’t think I ever really had any fear. Working with the Global Health Living Foundation was very easy; they provided all the materials that we needed, to prepare ourselves, for being a patient advocate, and when I joined the 50 State Network, they reached out to me and we connected in Columbus, Ohio, the first time. They actually had another person there, that was helping us to put our story together, so that we could make a presentation to the legislators. I testified before the State Senate, in Ohio, for biosimilars when I first started. They gave me the courage, because they were so supportive, and that’s why it’s important to be part of an organization, that provides you the materials you need, and the camaraderie is amazing, especially with the Global Healthy Living Foundation. They have it all together. These people are really good at what they do, and they help you prepare. They have staff that reach out to you, when you have any fear. But really, I believe you need encouragement from your fellow patients as well, and your family and friends, because we’re not alone, and I’ve come across so many people that they’re afraid to make a change, they’re afraid to take the next step, and I encourage them, and I give them suggestions, and I’ve had a lot of people that were just so appreciative. It’s just taking that first step, reaching out, talking to other people, and knowing that your courage is going to make life better for you and for everybody. Because my motto is, ‘we’re all in this together, and together, we are stronger.’
Kendall 11:59
Wow, Judy! That’s incredible, thank you for sharing. It was very beautifully said! Now, I’ll pass it to Jody. How did you overcome the fear of not knowing enough to do advocacy work?
Jody 12:09
I was definitely afraid. For me, I was actually brought in kicking and screaming, dragged in to my first advocacy event saying “there’s no way, I can’t do this. I can’t talk to these senators, and I don’t want to go.” And they’re like, “you’re going.” So, I went. It was great, you know, all this fear – Got to meet with my senator, and I think she could see I was scared, and she just put her hand on my arm and said, “you’ll be fine.” And I just told my story, you know, I realized it isn’t how much you know, it’s you, it’s your story, that’s what you have to tell! Your story is the most important thing in advocacy. And even if 20 people have the same thing as you in the room, there’s still 20 different stories to be told. So, the encouragement I received that first day, and then every meeting I go to since then, you know, before you go, everybody is like, “you got this!” to each other. You know, there’s a lot of support along the way. So, after that first meeting, I’m not going to say each time you get a little anxious, you know, before you go in, but the fear just sort of melted away. When I saw, you know, it’s not us against Goliath; it’s us for ourselves, and everything we say is important. Your story is never right around you. So, that’s how I overcame my fear.
Kendall 13:16
That’s amazing, thank you for sharing! Alicia, I’ll pass it to you.
Alicia 13:20
I definitely, initially, had a bit of a fear as well, and then I quickly realized when people were telling me that, really it’s the advocates that are making the impact in the meetings. It’s the personalization, it’s not really the facts and figures, so much. When you’re trying to make a difference, but it’s that personalization, that’s really connecting to people: when someone can really relate, and put those facts and figures, seeing how it works into an everyday life, really makes a difference, and seeing how it plays out in the every modern day situation, and how it’s affecting people’s lives, really started to make me feel comfortable and know that when I’m speaking, I’m probably actually really being heard. It’s not just someone twiddling their thumb at a PowerPoint presentation. So, that really helped make me feel comfortable, and made me feel like I was actually making a difference.
Kendall 14:12
Definitely, thank you! Yolanda, what about you?
Yolanda 14:15
I came from a place, when I first started, of imposter syndrome. I believed that my story didn’t matter, how could I make a difference, to being surrounded by advocates? My experience with advocates is that they’re the best hype people ever. They lifted me up, they supported me, they helped me, like I said, find my voice and help me, instill in me, that I mattered, my story mattered, my story could help change, and change in make a difference. So, yeah, it’s who you surround yourself with, and you’ll find your inner story is important and that you can, too, make a difference. So, that’s how I dealt with my imposter syndrome and my feelings that I didn’t matter or my story didn’t matter. So, it was a rough start, but I increased my belief in myself and things I’m doing now, or being on this panel wouldn’t be possible, if without starting my advocacy work. So, it’s a good path start and just take the baby steps. The possibilities are endless – You don’t know where you’re gonna end up, but it will be a good start and a good place, I promise.
Erik Stone 15:17
Thank you so much, everyone, for sharing your answers to that. Throughout all of the stories you’ve shared so far, I’ve noticed the common theme of community. I’m curious, if you had to describe the patient advocacy community in one word, what would it be? And let’s start with Jody.
Jody 15:32
‘Supportive.’ I think there’s a million words to describe them, but that’s what I get out of the community. I get support in every possible way that I could even eat.
Erik Stone 15:40
That’s wonderful. Yolanda, what about you?
Yolanda 15:42
I would say ‘lightworkers,’ that’s my word.
Erik Stone 15:45
I love that. Judy…
Judy 15:46
I would say, the best part about it is the ‘fellowship’ and being comfortable talking to somebody, that has experienced another chronic illness, no matter what kind of chronic illness it is, because I haven’t come across anybody that isn’t dealing with something and fellowship, makes a big difference in that. The support, the camaraderie, the sharing of stories, and it’s just so rewarding to know that you can help each other through a lot of problems, in your journey, because most of these problems that we’re living with are lifelong. You make so many good friends when you’re a patient advocate. It’s fulfilling, it’s heartwarming, and yeah, at Global Healthy Living Foundation, we call it ‘the beacons of health.’ That’s what we have.
Erik Stone 16:36
That’s fantastic! What a beautiful answer, Judy, thank you. Alicia, what about you?
Alicia 16:41
I would say, I describe it as ‘hopeful.’ Just, it’s positive, hopeful, and just how they’re working for change, just gives me a lot of hope. So, ‘hopeful,’ would be my word.
Erik Stone 16:51
These are all great words. I’m feeling very warm and fuzzy, just hearing all these words like friendship and lightworkers passed around here. I think these are all, such great words to describe the advocacy community. I’m curious, if maybe we could elaborate a little bit more on how important things like fellowship and mentorship and friendship are to being a patient advocate, especially in those first few steps of getting started. Yolanda, do you want to start us off?
Yolanda 17:15
For me, mentorship is very important. Mentors offer insight into things that I’m going through, that I need help with. And their experience is invaluable, because this is still new to me, still, and they can, like I said, offer their insight and help me through the tough situations and make the road a little less bumpy for me. And not walking the road alone is comforting, and it makes it not so lonely, and there’s power in community. Just as you saying, “there’s power in that,” I get strength in that, and it’s very important. So, I’m grateful for that. I have a little community of my advocacy, and at the OAC, there’s people that I can call and connect with, if I have questions. And I’m grateful for that. I had questions; I was offered to sit on two local boards, a Medicare and a Medicaid board. I wasn’t sure if I was able to do that. A little bit of imposter syndrome was coming in, but this was an opportunity for me to do advocacy work, at the local level, and make change for people, who are experiencing the chronic disease of obesity, and I just needed that little wisdom from a mentor, whether or not if I’m ready for this, and I was able to speak with Crystal from OAC, and she says “Every bit helps, and everyone needs a place at the table.” So, that was the little push that I needed, and I accepted the positions, and I’m glad I did. I feel like I’m making a real change. And yeah, mentorship is important, and I’m glad I have mentors, and one day, I hope to be that to someone else, so you pass it along, and it’s a chain, it’s giving, it’s natural order, I think. In this community, that’s what it’s supposed to be. So, mentorship is very important, and I hope to do it for someone else one day.
Erik Stone 18:57
Thank you for sharing, Yolanda! Judy, why don’t you go next?
Judy 19:00
So, I considered myself very fortunate, because I had a lot of mentors from the very beginning. They led me on the path to being confident, that I was going to be able to live with this disease. You have to trust your doctor. If you don’t trust your doctor, then you’re going to have a lot of trouble dealing with your illness. So, the nursing staff, everybody involved with your journey, makes a big difference, and you have to be self confident that you can do everything that they ask you to do, and be able to speak up, if you’re not comfortable with what it’s doing for you, because they’re trained to help us, and that’s your first line of defense. From there, that mentorship helped me immensely, and I went full speed at that. And I did the research, I’m signing up before my patient portals at all of my healthcare facilities, and I read all my reports before I even see the doctor for a follow up. So, you have to be prepared. That is a relationship that, that is probably even greater than a marriage. It’s, hopefully, it’s a good marriage when you’re with a good doctor.
Erik Stone 20:19
Jody, I’ll pass it to you next. How important is mentorship to your experiences with patient advocacy?
Jody 20:25
Mentorship is what kept me in advocacy. Like I said that first time I went, I was a little scared, but after that, a lot of the agencies that you work with, they do provide you training before you go into any type of a session, but it’s what happens after – you strike up this friendship, and I’m the new person, and your eyes are aglow because you’re like, “Oh, look at this person. They’re talking with such ease, and they understand,” you know, and everybody’s listening to them, and they’ve been doing it for maybe 10 years, 15 years. So, after the meeting, I would strike up friendships with these people and do it, just a wealth of information. They tell you, “You can do it!” You need their assistance, they’re the people you can call. We have this issue in Massachusetts, and I just can’t figure out how to write this letter. Well, they’ll help. They’ll read the letter for you and say, maybe you should word it this way or that way. And it’s almost like a professor or student relationship. I think it’s vital. You can never learn enough, so, no matter how many people, and even now I’m doing it, probably eight years solid of advocacy, now, I’m at the point, where if I go to a meeting, they’ll send a new person in with me. But there’s nothing greater than when I post something online, one of these people that I thought were my mentors will say, “Great job, Jody!” And I’m like, it’s like a pat on the back from the professor, you know. So, I think it’s very important to have a mentor, and it doesn’t even have to be somebody within your own part of the arthritis, psoriasis society. But when you go to this advocacy events, you’re not just with that group. You’re meeting advocates from around country, around the world, all different groups, and you learn from all of them. So, mentorship is vital to any successful advocacy program.
Erik Stone 21:58
Thanks, Jody, those are really powerful words. Alicia, I’ll turn it to you now.
Alicia 22:02
Sure, thank you. I do believe that mentorship is very important, just kind of bouncing ideas off of each other and kind of a guide, just because you know when you’re new to it, you’re not really sure, really what you’re doing. So, I’ve had several and been inspired by people, kind of learning what it’s all about, and even just someone, to be honest with you, and even if maybe you’re doing something a little wrong, or maybe not necessarily wrong, but something that could be better than just kind of showing you the ropes there too, because you’re in it to grow also. So, you know, I’m fully open to learning a new way of doing something, I’ve learned better ways of doing things too: learning better word choices for things, maybe even seeing some of my own biases and things, and learning and growing too. So, that’s been really nice, and someone who has been living that topic, in that area, for a lot longer, with more experience is the perfect person to kind of show someone the ropes, and I think the mentor is a perfect person for that. So, I’m really grateful, and I think it’s a really important part of advocacy.
Erik Stone 23:08
Wonderful! I will pass it to Kendall, for our next topic.
Kendall 23:12
Thanks, Erik. Yeah, we’ve talked a lot about that warm, fuzzy feeling, that Erik mentioned, that you get with advocacy. It’s fulfilling, it’s inspiring, but sometimes it can be a little bit challenging. So, I’m curious, how did you overcome the frustration of how slow advocacy work can be sometimes? Let’s start with Yolanda.
Yolanda 23:34
I haven’t actually overcome that yet. That’s something I work on every day, and try to enrich and improve my processes around that, but I found that again, that community, advocacy community, is the foundation of everything, and being able to refer back to people who have been doing this and how I’ve done it, and know the process, and that is so valuable and important. So, I refer back to my advocacy community, they helped me get through those times, when I think, “what is the point? Or am I really making any progress? Am I really helping?” So, sticking with that community, referring back to that, is important for me to continue this work.
Kendall 24:11
Thanks, Yolanda. That was very beautifully put. And I love the idea of reframing, rather than overcoming, you know, as a means to an end. So, let’s pass it to Alicia. Alicia, how do you overcome any frustrations that might come with advocacy work?
Alicia 24:27
I just try to focus on the positive and just look at the silver lining, and just remind myself of what went well and not get frustrated with what didn’t. And just make adjustments and shifts and just keep going. But yeah, I’m just, definitely, stay motivated, positive, and know that good things take time and patience.
Kendall 24:52
Thank you for that. Jody, what about you?
Jody 24:54
When I first started advocacy, maybe the first year or so, I was naive enough to think I was going to go in, ask for something, they’re going to say yes, and that was it, and the bill was going to be paid, and we’re done. And it started to get frustrated. And then in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, they have this program called Citizens Legislative Seminar. And my senator, said to me, “I think you should go to this.” You have to be referred by a state senator. It’s a two day program at the State House, run by all the senators, and they explain to you what the Senate’s about, how bills are passed, and all this stuff. So, one of them was a real hearing, and we had one bill that they were working on. It had 160 amendments. And I remember to this day, I’m like, “How can you do anything else?” They’re like, “We can’t. It’s going to take us three days, just to get through this one bill.” So, from that day forward, I always had that in the back of my mind, that everything takes a long time, because it’s a process – It’s not just a one step job. And now I consider every single step along the way important. Maybe I’ll go in for a hearing, one day a meeting, and they won’t pass it, but they heard my story. The next time I go in, they remember who I am, they remember my story. So, I consider every single step along the way important. And then, of course, the end result is the best. But it may take a two years. May take one of the things, Massachusetts, six years. But along the way, we informed a lot of people, educated a lot of people, so I don’t really get upset about the length of time. As long as people are listening to us and hearing our stories, I think it’s important!
Kendall 26:17
Absolutely, thank you so much, Jody. What about you, Judy?
Judy 26:20
Once you become enveloped in the advocacy world, I do believe that you learn patience as you go. There are times when you feel frustrated and you just have to move on to the next challenge. It’s really up to the patient themselves to make a change, if you’re dealing one on one with patients. Legislations, as we all know, that takes forever, and I can tell you that when I went with the Global Healthy Living Foundation, to support the bill for biosimilars in Ohio, that was about 12 years ago, and to this day, biosimilars are still not available, in Ohio. What they had told us was, “The bill passed and it was signed by the governor,” but then months later, we heard that it was held up because the State Medical Board had to put everything together, the parameters for coding and billing and pricing. And we thought, “Okay, that’ll take a while.” So, months go by, and the next reason they had was that, “Now we have drug companies that are challenging each other over who’s going to have distribution rights in the state,” and I wanted to be one of the first to get the biosimilars, when they were available. They’re still not available. So, years and years and years can go by before something good happens. And like grandma always said, “Patience is a virtue,” yeah, and sometimes you just have to wait it out. But the rewards are so awesome!
Kendall 28:03
Absolutely! Thank you so much, Judy.
Erik Stone 28:05
To wrap up our episode today, I’d love to know to those who are listening right now, who are considering starting their own patient advocacy journeys. What’s one piece of advice that you would give them? And let’s start with Judy.
Judy 28:17
Find the organization, that is connected to your chronic illness, participate in their advocacy programs that they have available, reach out to other people, who may already be involved with organizations, and once you make that first step, you will never go back. It’s so rewarding!
Erik Stone 28:38
Perfect! Yolanda, what about you?
Yolanda 28:41
I would give the advice: you don’t need to rewrite the whole playbook. There’s people out there who’ve been doing this, who know how it works, in the best ways to approach it, not that what you’re bringing to the table is not important, because your innovations are important as well. You could bring a new spark to the whole cause, but you just don’t have to start from scratch. There are things that are being done, that have been done previously, so you don’t feel that overwhelming need to figure everything out, because there’s things in place already. So, that gives you time to focus on how you can best use your gifts and talents, to further the cause that you’re interested in advocating for.
Erik Stone 29:16
Very inspiring, Yolanda, thank you! Alicia, what about you?
Alicia 29:19
My advice would be that, if this sounds just even remotely interesting to you, I would just try it. Advocacy is really needed. It’s a really powerful tool to bring change, and I think you would most likely surprise yourself and be really happy that you did try it. I know, I was really surprised by how much confidence it gave me and how much joy it brought to my life. So, I really would encourage you to give it a try.
Jody 29:46
Just the fact that you, may be thinking about advocacy, means you already have that little spark inside of you. But don’t be afraid to start small; you don’t have to start out your first year of being on two boards and going to cabinet for four times a year, and being on steering committees. You can start out with simply joining an advocacy group and signing on to send letters to your legislators, or going to a local event that there might be, and just speaking to other patients. You can start small, and patient groups are definitely the easiest gateway to it. But as Yolanda said, you get so much out of it, that you never expected. You almost feel selfish. And you know, I was doing this for everybody else, but it just makes me feel so good inside, to do this. And I have never heard of anybody who started advocacy and said “I got nothing out of it. I’m never going back.” You always get something out of it. But don’t be afraid to start small. If that’s what’s holding you back, there’s something out there for everybody, so just give it a try. You won’t be dissapointed!
Erik Stone 30:42
That’s wonderful, Jody!
Erik Stone 30:45
Thank you all for joining us today. This has been such an inspiring discussion, and I want to thank you each individually, for sharing your stories with us today. I think we had some really great stuff.
Judy 30:56
It was nice meeting all of you. We’re all in this together and together, we are stronger.
Jody 31:02
Thank you, for this opportunity today to talk about advocacy, because I never want to stop talking about advocacy. And today’s a perfect example of the community I didn’t know these other three advocates before today and now is three more advocates, that we’re all friends. Thank you.
Alicia 31:16
Thank you, everybody. It’s really nice meeting all of you. And thank you Crystal again for inviting me to be a part of something again. I very much appreciate it. And thank you to Erik, Ben, and Kendall for helping out today. Appreciate that.
Erik Stone 31:31
And thank you to my co-host, Kendall Griffey from the Obesity Action Coalition, it’s been wonderful facilitating this discussion with you today.
Kendall 31:38
Yes, Erik, it absolutely has. And thank you to each of these advocates. It was incredible, hearing your stories and sharing your insights. So, appreciate it so much.
Erik Stone 31:48
We hope you enjoyed this special episode of “the Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down the major health news of the week, to help you make sense of it all. And before you go, click on the link in the description to join our 50 State Network, so you can make a difference and join our amazing team of advocates. If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button, wherever you listen. You can listen to all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen. Once again, I’m Erik Stone, and join us for our next episode of our Advocacy Training Series.
Narrator 32:17
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Addressing Obesity: Kevin’s Story of Change and Advocacy
We’re joined by Kevin Stephens, a weight loss surgery patient, and an active advocate with the Obesity Action Coalition (OAC). In this episode, we learn about Kevin’s struggle with his weight since childhood and the many health issues that come along with obesity. We talk a lot about the importance of health insurance coverage and reducing barriers to accessing treatment.

Addressing Obesity: Kevin’s Story of Change and Advocacy
Zoe Rothblatt 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “The Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week, to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
and I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world, to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today, we’re joined by Kevin Stephens. I’m really excited for you all to hear from Kevin. He’s a weight loss surgery patient and an active member with the Obesity Action Coalition. He advocates for people living with obesity, and he struggled with his weight since childhood, and he’ll share today with us his journey and a lot about the importance of health insurance coverage and access to treatments.
Steven Newmark 00:50
Great. Well, I’m excited to have a listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:53
Hi Kevin. Welcome to “The Health Advocates!”
Kevin Stephens 00:55
Hi. Thanks for having me.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:57
Awesome. We’re so excited for you to be here. I got introduced to you through Obesity Action Coalition. But why don’t you start off by introducing yourself to our listeners.
Kevin Stephens 01:05
Hi everyone. My name is Kevin Stevens. I live and I work in Riverside County. I’m a weight loss patient and an advocate for the OAC. I manage a Human Services Office. I oversee the Medi-Cal and the CalFresh programs. CalFresh is also known as a snap in some states, it’s a food stamp program, and Medi-Cal is an insurance for low income and disabled individuals.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:28
Yeah, that’s awesome, that you do so much related to health and also have your own personal journey. So, maybe just diving into that a little bit more. How did you get involved with the OAC?
Kevin Stephens 01:38
Well, I got involved with the OAC; I go to a lot of weight loss conferences, like Obesity Health and things like that. And I discovered the OAC online, and I saw they were very like, policy driven, advocacy driven. In my tenure at Riverside County, I worked in policy for several, several years, and I used to go up to Sacramento, and we would review the bills and things like that, that was related to Medi-Cal and how it affected County. And I’ve always been curious on why we do the things we do. And I really, I saw the website of the OAC, and I really liked how it was presented, and they cover the treatment of obesity, rather than just, oh, this is a weight loss surgery conference, or this is for people who’ve had that gastric bypass and things like that. It was a different type of conference, and I, it was in Washington, D.C.. So, I took a little vacation. Whenever I go on these conferences, I turned them into like little mini vacations. And I went up to the conference for the OCA in Washington, D.C., and it was very enlightening. So, I trained and became an advocate as well, and that led me to have the great opportunity of going to Washington, D.C. again, to talk to the lawmakers about my story.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:44
I’m wondering what it was like. You know, you mentioned, you did policy in your work life, and then you also had this experience with policy. Like, what was that like? I guess, like tying in, like the personal and professional little bit and like, did you see differences in the work you do with Medi-Cal and snap versus the work you’re doing in D.C. with TROA.
Kevin Stephens 03:03
I started with Forsyth County about, it’ll be 26 years this year, and I’ve always been in Medi-Cal. I was a Medi-Cal eligibility they call it eligibility worker or technician, and we review customers cases, we approve them, and we try to get them put on Medi-Cal. So, I’ve always done Medi-Cal, and it overlaps, because sometimes you have to work with the customers. Sometimes certain customers, you have to kind of advocate for them when they’re having difficulties getting their benefits or what have you, and you have to teach them and things like that. But in the policy part of it, when I became, I was a program specialist for several years, and that job involved going up to Sacramento, once a month, for meetings, representing Riverside, and we talked about various bills, how it’s going to affect our county. So, that’s the part I was really interested in. So, when I became part of the OAC, and I was talking to some of the members, and I was telling them my background, they said you probably would really want to consider becoming an advocate, because, you know, we go not only to D.C., but we advocate locally, probably represent California and things like that.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:04
And you answering my question, I realized I, like, skipped such an important part of this. But like, what is your patient journey? When did it start? Like, how did you get to where you are today? We talked about, I guess, your advocacy journey, but what’s your patient journey been like?
Kevin Stephens 04:19
My patient journey – It started off early, I’ve always had a struggled with my weight. I’m always going to live with obesity, and I always struggled with my weight, and I started recognizing it at a very young age. I noticed every year in my school pictures, I was always getting a little bit heavier or a little bit chunkier or what have you. We don’t like to use the word that…I started noticing it. People would tell me every year, at the end of the school year, “Oh, Kevin,” oh, after the summer, you know, you lose a little you know, you’ll be a little smaller, you lose a little weight, things like that. And it really was brought to my attention when my mother took me to Weight Watchers when I was in the fourth grade. In the fourth grade, I went to Weight Watchers, and when I got there, one of my classmates was there, and we both, like, looked at each other, and we were both, like, mortified. So, I think I went back to one or two more sessions, and I never saw her there again. We never talked about it.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:06
It’s like the silent pact of, “we’re not talking about this.”
Kevin Stephens 05:10
Yes, that’s exactly what it was. I didn’t really get teased too much during school, elementary. I mean, it was some teasing here and there, and, you know, they call it bullying and stuff now. I never thought it was that extreme. I was able to physically do a lot of things for the longest time, and I didn’t really let the weight bother me until I got into my late 30s and late early 40s, I started developing a lot of health problems. I had sleep apnea; I was falling asleep in the middle of the day at work. Real close friend of mine, a co-worker, she would just, on the other side of the cubicle, she would go, “Kevin!” and I “What?” And she goes, “Oh, nothing.” I said, “Oh, okay, thanks.” And that was like our little signal, Kevin, you’re like, snoring. And I said, you know what’s going on, why am I falling asleep all the time? And then, um, I was just having, my blood pressure started going up, I was pre diabetic, and I was actually, technically, I look back at my numbers, I was diabetic for a short period of time. It just things like that. Then I was not able to do certain things that I wanted to do. I had to, for example, like for work, I would have to to go back and forth to Sacramento. I would have to fly, obviously. And after that, one day or two day trips, and I said, “Well, I don’t mind going. I would love to go, but you might have to buy another seat for me on the plane.” And my supervisor and my manager, they were awesome. They said “that’s no problem, it’s part of your job. We’ll do it.”
Zoe Rothblatt 06:22
Wow, that’s amazing. I imagine, like, that was like, a hard conversation to go into. So, to get that response, probably meant a lot.
Kevin Stephens 06:30
It meant a lot to me, and I’m close to these individuals to this day, and I think maybe a few opportunities slip by me, or I was bypassed because of my weight, a few. Because I’ve been very successful in my career, so I don’t really want to use that as a crutch or anything like that. I have no regrets, in regards to my career, and I guess I’ll fast forward to when I had my gastric bypass surgery. They basically go in and they reroute your intestines so you want to Sorb the food as fast and like the fat and all that stuff. And they also make your stomach almost the size of a little egg. Goes from being a little bit, not as big as a football, but down to a size of an egg. And obviously, you know, you’re gonna loose weight. And I did. My heaviest, I was at 417 pounds, and I got down to about, my lowest was about 198, so I lost about 220 pounds, roughly, or a little bit over that. That was in 2011 and my life really, really changed. I didn’t have to get the extra seat on the plane, my sleep apnea went away; I didn’t have to do the CPAP anymore, which I hardly ever use. Because if you’re familiar with the CPAP, that’s that machine they put on your face, and you have, like, this oxygen thing. It’s not really oxygen, it’s just air. You’re getting constant air throughout the night; It’s loud, it’s cumbersome. I hardly ever used it. But the biggest thing that changed, like, I had a situation before the surgery, where I was at a restaurant with a friend, and we were in some, it’s like a little fast food restaurant outside, and I broke the chair. I ended up falling on the ground, breaking the chair; that was very embarrassing. Yeah, so I had the surgery, and it was successful. Then later on, in about six, six years now, I had some skin removal surgery around my abdomen and my chest, because after when you lose weight that fast, I’m older, I had a lot of excess skin that was left over, so they took care of that for me. So, my life really changed. But the biggest part of it all is that when I joined OAC and started getting educated on a lot of things, I found out I was educated, and I learned that Obesity is a disease. Is a chronic disease. It can be treated, you just have to find the right treatment program, which I did. But the biggest thing that I took from it, it wasn’t my fault.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:27
Yes! Louder, for the people in the back, “Obesity is a disease, and it is not your fault.”
Kevin Stephens 08:33
It is not your fault, it’s not your fault. And it clicked, because all my life it was always, why can’t I lose this weight? Why can’t I keep it off? I try to various diets, like I said, started with Weight Watchers and all kind of thing, the Atkins, this and that, another. And Pritikin, you probably don’t even remember that, or…
Zoe Rothblatt 08:50
I have heard of it, yeah.
Kevin Stephens 08:52
Okay, I’m 55 years old, so some of the stuff you probably not don’t even know.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:56
I’m younger. But unfortunately, a lot of the toxic diet culture has just prevailed…
Kevin Stephens 09:02
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:02
…and passed down, yeah.
Kevin Stephens 09:04
Yes. I almost tried what Oprah Winfrey tried, back early in her career. And I don’t remember when she had that episode where she came out and she was in this all black and the jeans, and she lost all this weight, and she carried out a thing of fat, and she basically, it’s a all you drink is shakes for like, six or seven weeks. And obviously, you know, when you’re not eating, you’re gonna lose weight.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:22
But, like, I can imagine how much of your life deteriorates by just drinking shakes. How can you participate in your every day?
Kevin Stephens 09:30
Yes, and she even admitted she goes, you know, the next day after I started eating again, she started, she gained like, 10 pounds almost instantly. But when I realized that obesity, because the American Medical Association says that, you know, it is a disease, and when it started to fall and it was like a big burden was lifted off me, I said, “wow,” you know, because growing up and what have you, and even up till 40, I, the doctors never did address my weight. They said “he would grow out of it, he’ll get taller, he’s gonna play sports.” Well, I didn’t get much taller, and I didn’t play sports. And it’s been a journey. You asked me about the journey – it’s been a big journey. It’s been a challenging, but it’s been exciting, and I’ve learned a lot through it.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:07
Yeah, I’m amazed by the way that you’re able to look back at your journey with such clarity, like even saying, you know, you were successful at work, but there was still challenges. And just like defining things and calling it for what it was, probably is a huge part of, like, the healing journey. And then I wanted to highlight something that you said, like, in addition to obesity being a disease, you listed so many comorbidities, like the sleep apnea, the diabetes, like, I think people underestimate, like, how many health complications come along with obesity, and it’s often dismissed, but it’s making you feel bad in everyday life.
Kevin Stephens 10:46
Yes, and I don’t think I mentioned the turning point in regards to my health. I was diagnosed, my legs kept on swelling real bad, as I got to my heaviest weight. And I was going to all these doctors, and they were all saying, “Oh, it’s because of your weight. You need to lose weight. You need to lose weight. It’s probably something with your veins, you’re carrying extra water. We’ll give you some water pills,” and all this stuff. Then finally, I found a great doctor, and he goes, “You know what, Kevin, you have what we call lymphedema.” I said, “What’s that exactly?” He said, well your lymph nodes and your legs are damaged, and once they’re damaged, they it’s permanent. It’s you can’t replace them. You can’t they won’t come back.” I said, “Wow.” So, the first thing is, in my mind, am I gonna lose my legs?
Zoe Rothblatt 11:21
No, that’s terrifying.
Kevin Stephens 11:24
Terrified thoughts, yes, I was gonna have to get my legs amputated. He said, “No, no, no, you’re not gonna lose your legs.” I said, “Well, did this? What did my weight cause this?” He said, “I’m not gonna say it did or didn’t, because I don’t know. No one will ever really know. I just know that you obviously have been to a third world country, so you didn’t catch any parasite or anything like that, and you don’t have you’re not a cancer patient, so you didn’t get it from chemo or anything like that, or from cancer treatment, obviously. So, your weight probably did contribute to it, but it’s not like you’re gonna lose your legs and you’re gonna be able to walk, but you can treat this and you can losing weight will probably not reverse it all the way,” because mine isn’t too bad. It’s really, people don’t even really notice until I, like, point out. It’s mainly, primarily, in my left leg. And he said, “losing weight will be, I do recommend you lose some weight, because it’ll help,” and that’s why I went forward with the gastric bypass, because, like I said, I tried everything and it just couldn’t. But yeah, like you said, it’s a lot of issues with your health because of obesity.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:16
And in thinking about, like, the decision to have the surgery and that turning point, and then also, you know, tying that into what we were talking about before with Troa and access and the importance of that. How, like, easy or difficult was it for you to access the needed treatments, like, once you decided, in that turning point that you were going to, you know, tackle this head on?
Kevin Stephens 12:37
Well, in 2004, I had my gallbladder removed. And the doctor, the surgeon, said, “You know what, while we’re in there, we can have you ever heard a gastric bypass?” And I said, “Yeah.” And he goes, “would you want to consider that? Because, you know you need to lose this weight.” And I said, “No.” I said, “I can’t do that.” And I talked to one of my close friends at work, and she goes, “why didn’t you do it back then?” I said, “No.” I said, “I’m not doing that.” I go, I can’t imagine my life without being able to eat a ribeye steak. That’s how, I want to say, stupid I was, but that’s the first thing that popped out of my mind was, “I won’t be able to eat I’m not gonna do this to myself.”
Zoe Rothblatt 13:11
I think it’s like important to go through all those thoughts before you make a decision, you know, like, what are the risks, benefits? How does it impact my daily living? Totally, I’m with you.
Kevin Stephens 13:22
And what I learned, I wasn’t ready to have it in 2004. So, fast forward to 2011, when I found out about the lymphedema, break the chair. Oh, it was a situation where I fell on the floor and I couldn’t get back up. My surgery, I was lucky, it was covered by my insurance. We’ll probably talk about, a little bit more about, that later. But yeah, I was covered by my insurance, so I didn’t have any issues getting surgery. I had to go through like, a three month class, and they teach you about nutrition. You have to have a psych, a behavioral therapist who will come and give and, basically, they give you five questions: they ask you, “oh, are you good spirits? Are you this? Are you that? Why are you losing the weight?” So, you’re not gonna say, “I’m losing weight because I’m gonna be in a wedding next week.” You know not to say that; a smart person knows not to say something like that. You say, “I want to lose weight because I want to be healthier and ….” So, you’re out there in five minutes, and I go, “What is this?” They could do have just done this probably over the phone. But anyways, I got approved for the weight loss surgery. So, fast forward to just last year, actually. And you know, all the GLP-1 drugs, all the new treatment programs they have for weight loss, and I’ve been to a lot of conferences, and we talk about regain because, you know, I told you, I lost 120 pounds, but throughout the last three years, and I don’t want to blame it on Covid, because I started gaining it right a little bit before Covid. I gained about 35-40 pounds. And I said, I’m having this regain, the weights not coming off as fast as it did back then, obviously. And I’m exercising. I’ve been watching what I eat, but I’m still having issues. So, then all this talk about these drugs came out. So, I went to my physician – one is prescribed when you have diabetes. So, I was basically, because of my weight gain, my A1C, that determines if you’re diabetic or not, was gradually increasing, but not, I wasn’t diabetic, they said pre diabetic. So, I said, “Well, I’m pre diabetic.” “Well, I only give it to my diabetic patients.” I said, “Well, what about the other one?” That’s the same thing, but it’s for weight loss. It’s branded for weight loss. He goes, “Well, you need to talk to your weight loss specialist about that.” And I said, “Okay,” it was very dismissive, and I was very, I don’t know, I just the minute I, the conversation turned to those drugs, it was like he started acting weird. And I really mean, it’s just like he was, wasn’t like the same doctor I’ve known all these years.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:20
Yeah, especially because he knows your history and like the struggle and how far you’ve come, and you know how much, like, regain, could impact your journey, physically, mentally, yeah, I’m so surprised. Like, yeah, you want an advocate alongside you!
Kevin Stephens 15:34
Correct. So, then he finds this something that really just, oh my goodness, I every time I tell this story, it just really has an impact on the people in the room, but we go through it a lot in the weight loss community, he told me, “Well, you already took the easy way out years ago.”
Zoe Rothblatt 15:49
Oh my gosh!
Kevin Stephens 15:49
You just need to stop eating as much and exercise a little bit more. I was so, like, devastated and disappointed in him. I didn’t even, like call him on it, which I should have, I know as an advocate, I should have called on it right then and there. But when it happens to you, people told me, Kevin, “when it happens to you, it’s easy to know what we’re gonna do, when we’re gonna do it, how we’re taught to do things, but when it happens to you, you never know how you’re gonna take it.”
Zoe Rothblatt 16:09
For sure, it’s shocking! Also, since when is a major surgery, easy? Like…
Kevin Stephens 16:14
Yes!
Zoe Rothblatt 16:15
What!?
Kevin Stephens 16:16
So, I said, “Okay.” So, I was so, like, angry, and man, I said, you know what it was like late September/October, and I said, “I’m just gonna do an open enrollment in November. I’m just gonna switch providers and get a new doctor to start all over again,” which I did. And then I got my new doctor, he’s great. He immediately prescribed it for me, the diabetic one. And then I found out the hurdles that I’ve been reading about and hearing about – It’s an insurance company. The insurance company denied it. I’m looking on my phone. My pharmacy is attached to my phone. I get the thing, oh, it’s been denied. I called it, “Oh, yeah, we deny it. You’re not diabetic, you’re pre diabetic, but you’re not diabetic. So, it’s been denied. And it’s in our, if you read our…” I forgot what they call it.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:54
“The explanation of benefits.” Maybe?
Kevin Stephens 16:57
Thank you! That’s what it is. I said, “Okay, well, I can’t really, probably do nothing about that. It says this in writing. I can’t do it, and I understand, you know, policy.” So, I said, “Okay.” So, I went back to the doctor, two weeks later, I said, “they denied it.” “They denied it?” I go, “Yeah, yeah,” “We’ll try the other one then.” Two days later, denied. And it’s for weight loss, “Yeah, we do cover it, but you have to take a nutrition class and …. for six months, and then we’ll…
Zoe Rothblatt 17:20
Wow!
Kevin Stephens 17:20
…reevaluate. I said, “Well, no, I’m still considered obese through the BMI,” which, that’s a whole another story.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:25
Yeah.
Kevin Stephens 17:25
You know, you lose all this weight, and they tell you you’re still obese, but um. And I said, “Okay, wow.” I changed insurance companies, and I’m still going through this, like, struggle, but I see the struggle is real. I always heard about it happening to others, but now it’s happening to me. And I would talk to co workers and other friends, and they said “I was able to get it,” like, I go, “Are you diabetic?, “No, I’m not diabetic. My doctor got it. My insurance company paid for it.” So, I realized that insurance has a lot to do with it.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:47
And were you able to get it in the end?
Kevin Stephens 17:49
No, I haven’t got it yet. I still, I’m in my, in August, I’ll be done with my six month program. I joined this online program, which they said I could join. It was sponsored through my insurance, and I, they put me on some type of eating plan. It’s a diet, but basically it’s similar to a Keto, almost diet. It’s low carb, high protein, and all the stuff that, I, they’re trying to teach me, I’ve been through all that before.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:11
Right. I’m thinking like, that’s so frustrating after your entire journey, you named all the diets you’ve tried, you’ve had the surgery, like, you clearly know what options work or don’t work, or what’s worth considering, and they’re making you step through…
Kevin Stephens 18:25
Yes
Zoe Rothblatt 18:25
…this program for six months, in order to try an option that you and your doctor both agreed would be beneficial for you.
Kevin Stephens 18:32
Yes, and I’m going to, like I said, in August, it will be the six months, and I might, I’m still considering, it’s just I haven’t had the time to really sit down, I have to draft it up. I might just go in and try to appeal the first denial, the denial I got a few months ago, and tell them all that I’ve been through all this. I had weight loss surgery, and then I’m suffering from regain, it’s proven that the weight loss drugs. And I just want to try it, I might not be able to stay on it. So, not everybody, like they talk about these drugs, but not everybody, they some people get severely ill, some people have a lot of, what you call it, side effects from it, but I want to have the option. That’s where I learned that the physicians, the doctors, they need to give patients options and let them decide if they want to go through that option or not, and then if that doesn’t work, try something else. But when you’re just blocked all together, it’s very difficult.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:16
Totally! All the time, I’m like, to the insurance company, let’s see, like, your medical degree, like, come on. You know, it’s like me and my doctor decided this, that’s what the specialist is saying. And you think you could come in here and just slap a denial after never, like, having met me or my doctor or gone to medical school.
Kevin Stephens 19:35
Yeah, but it’s a coverage. I, they send me a copy of it, and it says, we do cover it. However, you have to do this: your BMI has to be that, which is me, I’m fine. I meet all the criteria. You have to have some kind of illness, I have high blood pressure, still, I take medication for it, so it’s fine. So, I meet that criteria. But then all of a sudden, when you keep reading, oh, you have to join a nutrition program for six months and meet the criteria…. Because I haven’t done that yet, they wouldn’t prescribe it. But even after I do all this, it’s no guarantee they can come up with something else that I hear…
Zoe Rothblatt 20:04
Right, right.
Kevin Stephens 20:05
Ongoing – it’s like a circle forever, forever. And I guess some people are successful. They follow an appeal, and some people get it, some people don’t, and that’s where all this talk about bias comes into play. Because why are some people getting it? Some people aren’t getting it? So frustrating.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:18
Think it’s also so frustrating because, like, you’re an advocate in this space and you’re having trouble, and it just makes me think, like, so much about the people that, like, don’t even really understand what’s happening when they get these letters from their insurance, right? Like, it takes so much like, health literacy to just like, understand this.
Kevin Stephens 20:35
Yes, and that’s how I tied it to my job. People apply for, it’s Medi-Cal in California, which is Medicaid. It’s Medicaid, but it’s Medi-Cal in California. California always have to have a special name for everything, although there’s Medicaid, but we have to be Medi-Cal. But they apply for Medi-Cal, they get denied. And some people, they’ll file an appeal. “Why am I denied? Explain it to me.” Some people won’t do all that. They just like, “Oh, whatever.” And they just give up. And like you said, that’s how it is with this. Like some people, they just the insurance company won’t approve them. They’re not going to fight for. They don’t really know how to, they don’t even know where to start, and it’s sad that and they get away with not covering another person.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:08
So, what is your advice for other patients, like, either just for advocating for themselves in everyday life, or, I guess, larger scale advocacy like you do with OAC. How can people just like, I don’t know, feel like motivated to share their story like you do?
Kevin Stephens 21:22
You might want to start off by going to, if you’re a weight loss surgery patient, or you’re thinking about having the surgery, you might want to start off with, like, a local or online support group, and you start speaking there, like for me, for example, my advocacy really started, right after I had the surgery. It was like six months out when I lost a lot of weight at that time, at the very beginning, my physician that ran the support group, which also was the person who did our health maintenance classes, to prepare for the surgery, she called me, she asked me, she said, “How are you doing? It sounds like you’re doing real well.” This is another, “Would you mind coming and talk to the class?” So, I said, “Sure, I’ll come talk to the class.” You can bring bring a prop or something, like a old pair of pants or whatever. Just make it your own, make it personal. So, I brought my pants, because I used to wear a size 56 and then I was down to, like, a 34 or something at the time. And so I showed them, you know, the I could step in one of the pants legs. That’s how big I was. That makes you feel comfortable talking about your story. It makes you, I recommend that to start out small, like that. But if you really just want to jump into advocacy, go to the OAC website. They have a whole web page dedicated to advocacy and what you can do on the local level. It doesn’t mean you have to go out to Washington, D.C. and go up to Capitol Hill and talk to lawmakers. You don’t have to do all that. You can help with letters to your congressmen, things like that. And you can do things locally if you want to, for people to get involved with the advocacy.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:41
Yeah, I think it’s like, no active advocacy is too small. I love your suggestion. Just start off locally with what’s comfortable. On that note, Kevin, thank you so much for joining us today and sharing your story. I learned so much from you, and I really just want to reiterate the main point that you said that, “Obesity is a disease and it’s not your fault.” I think so many people need to hear that, and have heard opposite their whole lives, and I’m hoping a podcast like this can help reduce some of that stigma.
Kevin Stephens 23:10
I hope so too. Thanks for having me again.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:12
Yeah, and going off of that, it was a good reminder from Kevin that no act of advocacy is too small. I really appreciate that he encouraged people to just get involved locally and share their story however they can.
Steven Newmark 23:12
Well, Zoe, that was a really great discussion with Kevin. It was a reminder of how much work there is to do to reduce barriers and treatments, and advocate for a better insurance coverage, especially for the Medicaid population.
Steven Newmark 23:35
Yeah, and we hope that you learned something too. Before we go, we definitely want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 23:43
Well, everyone. Thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button, wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 23:56
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 24:02
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Immunocompromised and Informed: Navigating Current Viral Risks and Heat
In this episode, we’re breaking down the current viral landscape, focusing on COVID-19, mpox, norovirus, bird flu, and pertussis. We will discuss the unique challenges these viruses pose to immunocompromised individuals and offer practical advice on how to stay protected from viruses during this hot summer. We also recap the recommendations from the recent ACIP meeting, the advisory committee to the CDC on vaccines.

Immunocompromised and Informed: Navigating Current Viral Risks and Heat
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:06
Welcome to “The Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And Steven, it’s been a while since we’ve done a check in on the latest and greatest with viruses roaming our nation.
Steven Newmark 00:34
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:34
So, we thought this would be a good time for a midsummer check in to see where we’re at.
Steven Newmark 00:39
Yeah, excellent. We’ll also discuss the latest vaccine news and how you can keep safe for the rest of the summer and into fall. So, let’s get into it.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:47
Yeah, so I guess just to level set, before we dive into the specifics, it’s always helpful to say that things are better now, in Summer 2024, then each of the previous summers, especially better than Summer 2020. So, I’m grateful for that.
Steven Newmark 01:01
Absolutely. So, I feel like that’s a caveat to the entire production here today. All the negativity we were about to put into the ether. It’s better than it was.
Steven Newmark 01:10
Let’s say you’re supposed to like sandwich like bad news or feedback with two bits of good news. So, that was that was me sandwiching. Well…
Steven Newmark 01:18
There you go!
Zoe Rothblatt 01:18
the bottom half of the sandwich. Yeah.
Steven Newmark 01:20
Yeah, let’s see it!
Zoe Rothblatt 01:21
So, COVID…
Steven Newmark 01:22
COVID. All right. Well, on the downer, COVID cases are once again rising across the country. Of course, they’re rising in relation to the low levels, that we’re becoming accustomed to. Positive tests, emergency department visits, hospitalization; the mean markers that the CDC uses to gauge virus activity are all rising, especially in seniors, and especially in Western states.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:42
This is a pattern though, that we’ve seen, traditionally, in the summer in the U.S. every year, especially around July 4th travel. So, it’s not too surprising. And like you mentioned, it’s like, while case rates are rising, it’s still a low level, because it’s in relation to the low level that we’ve been seeing. So, it’s not like at a scary point.
Steven Newmark 02:01
Yeah, I just want to note that Hawaii, in particular, is showing high levels of COVID-19. So, to our friends on the islands, we ask that you stay safe.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:08
Yeah. Shout out Hawaii, stay safe out there!
Steven Newmark 02:11
And there are some new sub variants. We’ve all become mini virology experts, at this point. We know that viruses mutate, and Omicron has continued to do so itself.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:20
Yeah, well, it’s like hard to keep track of all these names, I guess, like the biggest point to make about this sub variant is just that experts are closely monitoring it so that we can tailor the vaccine to be, like, most effective towards the newest variants.
Steven Newmark 02:34
Right! You mentioned July 4th travel, that the spread is possibly also caused by the heat, it’s kind of like the reverse of what we deal with in the winter. “Ahh it’s been so Gosh, darn hot out this summer,” that many folks are hanging out inside for the air conditioning. So, of course, viruses spread more easily indoors, which is why we often see a spike in infections, as I mentioned in the winters, when folks had indoors to avoid the cold. So, they’re doing a lot of that now to avoid the heat.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:57
Right! Who wants to do a picnic outside in 92 degrees with humidity, when you can sit in the nice AC.
Steven Newmark 03:03
Totally! Who wants to go out and get the mail even? Sheesh.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:06
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 03:06
It is absurt out there.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:08
But unfortunately, that makes it hard for social distancing, or extra…
Steven Newmark 03:12
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:13
…precautions that you’re afforded outside versus inside.
Steven Newmark 03:16
Totally. I mentioned Hawaii earlier; Hawaii had a small COVID wave this past winter, which likely means less immunity for its residents. And that could be a factor in why COVID has just been spreading more easily over there. Will this continue to grow? Who knows?
Zoe Rothblatt 03:28
And I’m not sure if you know this, but also is it like more challenging to get a vaccine over there just by the nature of, like, travel from some of the islands to health care places?
Steven Newmark 03:39
That’s a great question that I do not know the answer to. Let’s put a pin in that and get an answer before we get to the end of our show. Maybe if not, we’ll get an answer for our next show. I don’t know the answer to that. I mean, obviously, you know, it goes without saying that anywhere in the world, anywhere in the United States, the more remote location you’re in, the less access you have, generally, to healthcare and then healthcare facilities. So yes, that stands to reason that if you’re in certain parts, certain islands, you’re going to have less access, generally.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:05
Yeah. Which could contribute then to the less immunity. Like you said there was a smaller wave in the past winter, and then also just by nature of access to vaccines.
Steven Newmark 04:16
Yeah, absolutely. And just as a reminder, as you mentioned, I think the FDA is recommending an updated formula to target these newer mutations. And we’ll find out what’s coming, vis-à-vis, new vaccines for the fall in the coming weeks, and we’ll be sure to keep everyone updated. Hopefully, a formula targeting the current mutations will be made available soon.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:33
Yeah, that’s exciting. And I think we mentioned in a previous episode that they’re working on a combined shot flu and COVID. It won’t be available for this season. But I feel like that’s still on my mind, as like, as we hear about more vaccine news to keep learning more about that too, because that would be fun.
Steven Newmark 04:49
Yeah, that will be great. All right, well, M-pox, it’s still around. Monkeypox cases in New York City, for example, are four times higher than they were last year. However, that’s still lower than it was in 2022.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:01
And I guess the good news is that the U.S. has a less severe strain that’s dominant. So, I guess it’s just like not such an active threat, per my professional opinion as an advocate.
Steven Newmark 05:13
Yeah, exactly. Moving on, Norovirus. Cases are increasing and Norovirus, very important, can be stopped with handwashing. So, make sure you’re doing that.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:22
Yeah, this is an ugly stomach bug that can really take a toll on you and it is not fun. So, definitely, handwashing is greater than spending your night or few days in the bathroom.
Steven Newmark 05:34
Definitely! Pertussis, or whooping cough, is increasing in pockets of the country, like Kentucky and Delaware. Over in England, cases reached a record breaking level, recently of whooping cough. This is preventable with a Tdap vaccine. So, be sure to get that Tdap vaccine, every 10 years.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:49
Yeah, that’s a good public health call out reminder, like check your vaccine records. I was due for it recently and just like kind of came across that by accident, but good to stay on top of!
Steven Newmark 05:59
Yeah, you don’t want to get whooping cough. This isn’t 1800s.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:02
No, especially when you’re immunocompromised. I feel like I would feel quite lousy.
Steven Newmark 06:07
Totally. Measles has been detected in New York City. Vaccinations against measles offer a high degree of protection. Two doses of the combined measles mumps and rubella, the MMR vaccine, are 97% effective. So, just like we said, with the Tdap for whooping cough, make sure you’re up to date on your MMR vaccines as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:24
Yeah, I guess the bottom line with all of these is, like, there are viruses circulating like to some extent they’re circulating to a normal level, like norovirus comes I think like it has a peak season every year. Measles, like vaccines are so effective, like it shouldn’t really be spreading and we’ve seen it quiet for a long time, but it does pop up in communities. But just as a really good idea to be like talking to your doctor about what’s going around and make sure that you’re up to date on all of your vaccinations.
Steven Newmark 06:50
Absolutely! One illness that does not have a vaccination is bird flu. It doesn’t have one publicly available, is bird flu, few more poultry workers in Colorado have tested positive; all the cases are mild. Health officials continue to characterize this threat to the general public has a low and the virus, as far as, is known has not spread from person to person. It’s only spread from animal to human, not human to human.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:13
So yeah, that’s good news. And then I guess, not necessarily like a virus, but just thinking about the heat. Like what you mentioned before where I think most of the country is experiencing a heatwave, it’s really important to think about health in a time like this, because some of your medications can lead you to be more dehydrated, can cause higher sensitivity to sun; you get sunburned much easier than you would have otherwise, or just make it harder for you to stay cool, or contribute to you feeling lightheaded. So, just double check with your doctor on what medications you’re taking and how to, you know, just like stay hydrated, and cool, and healthy during this heat.
Steven Newmark 07:49
Yeah, here’s my language, “It totally sucks, this heat.” You know, in June, we’re getting emails or I was getting notifications on my phone, like “unprecedented heat. It’s June! It’s June!” I’m like, June is now part of the summer. Unfortunately, the summer is like forever now. This week, this particular week that we’re recording, this is like the fifth week in a row and I’m getting alerts on my phone, “Oh, the heat wave is going to be extended another day! The heat waves gonna be extended another two days! The heat waves gonna be…” I’m like, it’s not a heat wave, that’s the temperature! That’s the weather! It’s the summer!
Zoe Rothblatt 08:15
It’s true, yeah.
Steven Newmark 08:16
Unfortunately, we just have to deal with it. There’s no other way around it.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:19
Yeah, it’s like it’s not a wave. Speaking of all the viruses, like, makes me reminiscent of flatten the curve in two weeks, like, okay…
Steven Newmark 08:27
Oh, right!
Zoe Rothblatt 08:27
just another day. And it’s like, “Guys, this is happening. Like we have to just admit it.”
Steven Newmark 08:32
Right. First of all, it’s not just July and August. It’s June, July, August, September, for now. Someday, it’ll probably extend into May and October as well. But yeah, and it’s everywhere. I don’t know, maybe we should move to Greenland or something. But, until then we’re gonna have to stay hydrated. As you said, stay cool, stay hydrated as best you can. And definitely understand that it does cause lightheadedness, and it’s not fun to get heatstroke, it’s not fun to even just be out in the heat for extended periods of time.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:56
Yeah, I think it’s also it’s one of those that like, seems so obvious, like, “Oh, you’ve experienced a summer every year you’ve been alive. Of course, you know how to handle the heat.” But, it can really sneak up on you
Steven Newmark 09:05
Totally!
Zoe Rothblatt 09:06
Especially when you live with underlying illness.
Steven Newmark 09:08
Yeah, absolutely. It affects your decision making too. I read a study about how it affects your decision making. I’ve read another study how it actually reduces your IQ points, by being out in the heat for prolonged periods of time. So, you’re not playing with your 100% self when you’re out there for too long.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:23
Well, turning to our final bit of news, there was a recent ASIP meeting, that’s the committee for the CDC that reviews the vaccine data and makes recommendations. And like you mentioned at the top of the episode, they’re still determinations for the COVID vaccine. We don’t have the new formula yet, but they agreed that everyone six months and up should get the COVID and flu vaccines this year and that, for COVID, they should target the new variants of this JN 1 lineage.
Steven Newmark 09:53
Yeah, they also simplified recommendations for RSV, respiratory syncler…Ahh I can’t pronounce. Can you pronounce it, Zoe? Come on. Syncytial virus, well whatever, RSV!
Zoe Rothblatt 10:03
Yeah,
Steven Newmark 10:03
the RSV vaccine, they now recommend all adults, 75 years of age and older, to receive a single dose. Adults 60 to 74 should get a single dose of RSV vaccine, if they’re at increased risk of severe disease. And adults 60 to 74 are at higher risk, if they have certain chronic medical conditions, such as lung or heart disease or if they live in a nursing home or long term care facility.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:23
And the last bit of vaccine news from this meeting was that there’s a new pneumococcal vaccine recommended. So, this is a new 21 valent pneumococcal conjugate vaccine. So, the abbreviation is PCV 21. And it’s now an option for adults aged 19 and older. And basically, what that just means is that it includes some newer strains that are not contained in the current vaccine. And that it also, no longer contains certain sub variants that are like no longer circulating. So, really just an update.
Steven Newmark 10:54
Excellent. Well, so the bottom line is there are things out there that could keep you up at night, if you want. But of course, there are steps we can all take to live our best lives. Get vaccinated, wash your hands, take extra precautions as necessary when local cases spike. And stay cool and hydrated to prevent heat related illnesses.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:09
Great job packaging the positivity!
Steven Newmark 11:11
Yeah, there you go! Boom!
Zoe Rothblatt 11:12
There we go. Lots of public health measures to stay positive.
Steven Newmark 11:15
Absolutely!
Zoe Rothblatt 11:18
Well, I think you know, my next question, what did you learn today?
Steven Newmark 11:20
There’s a lot out there, but nothing that really should keep you up at night, is what I would say. That’s the learning.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:25
Yeah. And I learned from you a little bit more about what’s going on in Hawaii.
Steven Newmark 11:28
Well, we hope that you learned something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 11:36
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to “The Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 11:49
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 11:55
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Dr. Omole: Combating Racial Disparities in Health Care
In this episode, breast surgical oncologist and president of the Black Physicians’ Association of Ontario, Dr. Mojola Omole, joins us to talk about her advocacy work. She shares how she aims to increase the percentage of Black physicians in Ontario, reduce systemic barriers and racism in medicine, and support Black mental health. We also discuss the need for more robust data that accounts for racial differences to inform screening recommendations.

Dr. Omole: Combating Racial Disparities in Health Care
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “the Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:20
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:26
And today we’re joined by Dr. Mojola Omole, who is a Breast Surgical Oncologist and General Surgeon with the Scarborough Health Network in Toronto. She is president of the Black Physicians’ Association of Ontario (BPAO), a consultant for Anti Black Racism and Anti Black Oppression Training, Chair of Specialist Issue in the CMAJ on Anti Black Racism and Medicine and Chief Medical Officer. She also hosts a biweekly podcast with the Canadian Medical Association Journal and her podcast explores the intersection of scientific advancements and social health issues and find voices of patients, clinicians, and advocates.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:02
Welcome to the Health Advocates, Dr. Omole!
Dr. Omole 01:04
Thank you so much for having me.
Steven Newmark 01:06
Can you start by introducing yourself to our listeners, your background, and what it is that you practice beyond what we have gone over already in your bio.
Dr. Omole 01:12
So, I’m a general surgeon and a breast surgical oncologist. So, as a breast surgical oncologist, my main focus is breast cancer. I do do other cancers. But my background training and specialty is breast surgical oncologist. So, it’s involved in the care and management diagnosis of breast cancer. I also do work as a DIA consultant for medical boards and different organizations in terms of Anti Oppression and Anti Black Racism Training. And I’m also the President of the Black Physicians’ Association of Ontario (BPAO).
Zoe Rothblatt 01:13
Awesome! Well, we’re excited to have you and dive into some of your work. But before we do, I want to ask how did you choose breast cancer?
Zoe Rothblatt 01:50
That’s great!
Dr. Omole 01:50
That’s a really good question, I can’t remember. There were a lot of things I didn’t enjoy in the OR. I was like, “I don’t love lung cases,” “I don’t love this.” And so quite a few of the things that I do is because I’m like, Oh I do, but then I really enjoyed breast cancer. For me, it’s like I really like the connection of being able to do advocacy work, being able to do community outreach. And unlike other cancer domains, that’s a much longer longitudinal care that’s associated with breast cancer typically, and I really loved the multidisciplinary aspect of it. So, that was part of the reasons I chose breast.
Steven Newmark 02:23
Interesting in terms of your advocacy and work on Anti Black Racism and Anti Oppression Training, you’re a strong advocate, obviously for patients and clinicians. Well, what are your main goals, what you’re trying to achieve?
Dr. Omole 02:33
So, I would say that, especially like with my work with Black Physicians’ Association of Ontario, also, there’s like two prongs to it. One is for advocating for increase of Black physicians in Ontario, currently, we are Black Ontarians make up about 4% of the population and Black physicians only make about 2% of it. We know when there is racial and ethnic concordance, there is an increase in better care that patients receive, there’s been studies shown for maternal health. And to be frank, all of our data that we use in Canada is from the U.S. and the U.K., because in Canada, we don’t collect race based data. But we know when there’s racial concordance, pregnant people and their babies do better, we know that there’s just differing treatment. And so, part of what we advocate at the Black Physicians’ Association of Ontario is to increase the amount of Black physicians in medicine, once we have that, we also have to maintain well-being and part of that is there quite a lot of like systemic racism that people are just not aware of, and being able to advocate, to help people to understand what that looks like. I always say when I give workshops, that we are all capable of Anti Black Racism, even Black people are capable of Anti Black Racism, and part of it is being able to understand what our positionality is, and that way we can better combat Anti Black Racism. And finally, it’s just community outreach to increase health awareness around different diseases. I’m very passionate about oncology, and so breast, prostate and also maternal care. That’s another thing that we do quite a lot of advocacy work around in terms of outreach to the community, and also Black mental health. So, in terms of just having the community understand how to access resources, how to advocate for themselves, because it is quite challenging when you’re someone, whether it’s racialized, or you are of a different gender, different sexuality. There’s barriers when you try to advocate for yourself.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:49
And can you talk to us a little bit more about some of the maybe underlying reasons of why there’s such a small percentage of Black health workers in, I guess, in the workforce and some of the steps you’re taking to improve that.
Dr. Omole 04:32
I would say that one of them is that if you look at most medical training, people are legacy students. I also am a legacy student. My father was general surgeon. I have like a very different upbringing. I also grew up in like rural Ontario, but I have a very different upbringing when it comes to being able to be savvy in terms of navigating the system. That is a huge barrier. Plus we will have dreams to become doctors, but not a lot of people have the: 1. The financial means to do it, because it requires you to take your summers off to be doing unpaid work on paid research. For some people, that’s just not possible for like many people in the racialized communities to do. And also just understanding how to navigate the system to increase your G.P.A., the extracurricular that’s needed, and how to do your application properly. All of those things are barriers that when you have someone who is in medicine in your family, or even like your neighbor is a doctor, so you can go to them to ask for help, that really changes things. And for a lot of our Black, indigenous and racialized folks, and low income folks, that’s just not something that they have accessible to them. So, that’s part of the work we try to do at BPAO. I always say that I was lucky that my dad was my first mentor. So, I want to be the first mentor for other people, too.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:42
Yeah, that’s amazing that you’re doing that. And it’s so interesting, because it really mirrors the conversations that we have in the patient community of like that peer to peer support and navigating the system. And I just hadn’t thought about it so much from the provider perspective of how much you have to navigate early on.
Steven Newmark 05:58
I was going to ask, you are chairing a special issue in the Canadian Medical Association Journal on Anti Black Racism in medicine. What is this special issue going to do? And what key problems does it expose?
Dr. Omole 06:08
So, that was released last year, the special issue that we did, and that really was to bring to the forefront what Anti Black Racism and what systemic barriers look like in medicine. And so we had topics that was looking at mentorship and medicine for Black medical learners, we had topics around prostate cancer, and for example, there is in Canada, P.S.A. (Prostate-Specific Antigen) is not routinely done. But there’s an argument that measuring the prostate specific antigen in Black folks, because Black people have a higher rate of prostate cancer and more aggressive prostate cancer, that that should be included in the screening. So oftentimes, what we’re doing is that like, we don’t want race corrections for different tests, however, we need to understand that whether it’s breast, prostate, or other diseases, we just have a different biology. And that not one size fits all is what works. And so part of that was to advocate for and to talk about the differences in managing different disease processes, and also just navigating the system that Black medical learners face.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:10
And, I actually have a question on that. Can you talk to me a little bit about how you navigate the idea of maybe over screening, but also accounting for the differences among populations, like you’re mentioning?
Dr. Omole 07:22
I think that it’s important to understand and I do my work around this and breast mainly, I know just a little bit of a prostate from doing the special issue, is that I think that we miss use the word over screening, and not necessarily understand that there’s different biologies to different types of cancer, and that there is a difference in the oncological outcomes for different groups. There’s a breast surgeon named Lisa Newman, in New York, that’s all I remember, now, she’s coined this term anthropological oncology and it is that different people have different subsets of biology. And so this is looking at people from the West African region, I use the word people, not women, because just to also be inclusive of our trans and non-binary folks, because they also still get breast cancer. And that when you look at the tumor biology of breast cancer in West Africa, and it’s very similar to the biology of Black Americans and the Caribbean, because of the transatlantic slave trade, like that is the same gene pool that’s traveling, when you look at East Africans, they have a completely different human biology. And it actually mirrors what you would see in the Middle East, because East Africans that were part of the slave trade went to the Middle East and not to the colonies in the U.S. and in the Caribbean. And so that our D.N.A. is just, I’m West African, I’m Nigerian. So, our tumor biology is just different, like we present differently, and we do differently with the same medications. And so therefore, we should screen differently. So, for example, in breast cancer, the median age of presentation is 63 years of age. But when you actually look at Black people, the median age of presentation is 45. So, you have to screen those populations differently; It’s not a one size fits all. When I talk to patients, I always say every breast is different. So, if that holds true for management and treatment, that should also hold true for screening.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:06
Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. And is this something that’s taught in medical schools? Or is that part of your work now, to get people more aware of these differences?
Dr. Omole 09:14
It is not taught in medical school. Medical school is wholly lacking in having an understanding of how different populations present with diseases. Part of some of the work that the CanMED, which is kind of our, for Canada, the governing principles for medical learners, is trying to revise is that we need to put this in there. We need to be advocating that different populations present differently. For example, things that I know are mainly from doing the CMAJ podcast, like the treatment for Gout in Asian population actually can cause severe illness and death because they don’t have a gene that allows them to metabolize it. That’s not taught in medical school, that’s not even taught in residency, but these are the kinds of things that we need to start incorporating is that we need to teach students “okay, this is the things that you need to know, but in certain populations these things can be different.” But, we also have not researched them. So, like this wave of researching of making sure that we’re including ethnic variations is very new.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:10
Yeah, my background is in Public Health and I’ve just learned a lot about the lack of research on these topics. And
Dr. Omole 10:16
For sure.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:16
like how necessary it is to start teaching early on about this, we talk a lot about here in our organization about how Psoriasis and different skin conditions are often taught in medical school using images of white skin. And there’s such a lack of diagnosis, because just something as simple as images are not inclusive.
Dr. Omole 10:36
Yeah, and there’s some people in Canada who have been doing work around. There’s a dermatologist out at Memorial, his name is Boluwaji Ogunyemi. He’s been doing quite a bit of work in terms of trying to update text to include variations of skin conditions in darker skin tones.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:52
It’s amazing and such necessary work. I mean, we know the time to diagnosis is a huge challenge. And I guess I’m thinking about that you’ve done a lot of work around breast cancer screening, and I was hoping you could describe the issues around that and what you think the recommendation should be. I think there was a recommendation by the Canadian Taskforce on Preventative Healthcare. Can you talk to us about this?
Dr. Omole 11:16
So, the recommendations, they say it’s a draft recommendation, but I’m like, “you publicized it, so, not much of a draft,” but it’s open for consultation for like two weeks for people to have input into it. Their recommendation is to start screening at 50. And to do it every two to three years. This is against every other Taskforce, whether it’s the U.K. or the U.S. task force that recommends screening starting at the age of 40. And to do it yearly. In addition, the Canadian Radiologists’ Association has also said screening should start at 40 and it should be yearly. So, they’re in direct opposition to other Task Forces. I would say that probably one of the driving forces, that’s not clear there, is that this is a cost analysis and this is not necessarily of a lives being saved. So, as I said, the median age for Black women is 45. So, you want to start screening 10 years before that. So, technically, you should actually start screening at 35. And there are some U.S. groups that advocate for screening much earlier in Black women. So, Black women, Asian women, and Hispanic women all get breast cancer at least 20 years earlier than what is noted in Caucasian women. And this is documented in the data. And so they say that there’s no randomised trials in Canada. But we can’t do that, because we don’t even collect race based data. But if you look at the U.S. data, it’s quite robust and it shows that there’s a difference in there. And we know that if you actually, like “you get the most bang for your buck,” both in life saved in young women with breast cancer. So, that’s like the 40 to 50 age. But we actually like the data shows that screening at that stage saves lives, the majority of Black women do not get diagnosed by screening mammogram for breast cancer, they come in with a physical symptom. By the time you can feel a lump in your breast that is a cancer, it’s usually around two centimeters. So, that completely takes you from stage zero, stage one, to probably stage two breast cancer. So, there’s more aggressive treatment versus doing like when you have a screening mammogram when you find something at stage zero, stage one, much less intervention that’s done at that stage.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:12
And why do you think there is such a difference from what this task force recommended to you know what you’re saying, like Canada’s neighbors are doing?
Dr. Omole 13:20
I think it’s money. I think it’s about cost savings, because they even said to stop screening at 74. To me, that’s just ageism, my mom is 80. And I mean, she’s just on like two medications. And so why shouldn’t she? She’s not going to die anytime soon, God willing. So, why should she not continue to get breast screening? And they put it in there, the caveat that well, like, if people want to get screening at 40, it could be a shared decision with their family physician. The problem with that is there’s a lot of people who don’t have family physicians and the self-referral to breast screening differs across Canada, B.C. is 40. So, if you’re 40, you can go yourself at 40 and do that. But until the fall, that’s not available in Ontario, and it’s not available in Quebec and in the Eastern Provinces. So, there’s quite a variation. And so we’re allowing more people to be diagnosed at later stage breast cancer and have more treatment than having earlier stage. And so to me, it just seems like it’s a cost analysis and not so much about lives being saved.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:16
And I imagine, yeah, that makes such a difference for insurance coverage. If the recommendation is later and to cut off at a certain point, even if like you’re saying you can go to your family physician and say I want this I bet there’s a barrier then when you try to get coverage for that screening test.
Dr. Omole 14:32
For us because we’re like universal pay, there’s no issue with coverage.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:35
Oh okay.
Dr. Omole 14:36
so like you’re gonna get it free, but we don’t like there’s a lack of Family Physicians in Canada, like people don’t have primary healthcare, I think can remember the data I think up to like 20% do not have a primary healthcare physician. So, they’re using like episodic care and walk in and that’s not the right way to beginning routine screening, whether it’s your mammogram, whether it’s being sent for a colonoscopy or whether it’s like a pap smear like people just won’t go.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:00
Oh my gosh, what I’m hearing from you is we need more family physicians, we need more Black providers, and we need better guidance around screening. There’s a lot to do.
Dr. Omole 15:09
We do. Yeah.
Steven Newmark 15:10
well, it’s we have a lot of work to do, I guess, both in Canada and South of the Border as well. As we wrap up, I just want to ask what advice you might have for other providers on how they can advocate for their patients?
Dr. Omole 15:19
I would say that the main thing is to ensure that you’re up to date, that you just don’t go with what the Task Force says, but that you get to know your patient and understand their risk factors and that there might be ethnic variations with each patient and trying to learn more. I mean, part of our role as providers is lifelong learning. And this is part of it. So, staying up to date so you can inform yourself. It is very challenging, because family providers have so much that they have to deal with that it’s hard to stay on top of it. And that’s why we need better guidance from our governing bodies and from Task Forces. So, it is easier to get the information, but the onus is put back on us as physicians to be doing that right now.
Steven Newmark 15:57
Great! Well, thank you so much for your time today and for all that you’re doing on behalf of patients and the entire medical community. This has been a real learning experience for us. And we look forward to talking more about it.
Dr. Omole 16:09
Thank you so much for having me.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:10
Thank you so much for joining us. And hopefully next time we chat with you, we will have increased that 2% number.
Dr. Omole 16:16
Yeah, let’s go!
Zoe Rothblatt 16:19
Well, Steven, that was a really great conversation with Dr. Omole, what did you learn today?
Steven Newmark 16:23
Yeah, for sure. I guess a very specific learning is that I learned that 4% of the population of Ontario is Black, I did not know that. And 2% of the Doctors in Ontario are Black. So, that’s just doing my basic back of the envelope calculation. That’s half of what it probably should be to be representative of the population itself.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:41
And for me, it was really interesting our conversation about the lack of research on a lot of these disparities in Healthcare, and it’s not taught in medical school, and there also needs to be more efforts to research and learn about these differences.
Steven Newmark 16:56
Absolutely! Well, we hope that you learned something, too. And before we go, we want everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 17:04
Well, everyone thanks for listening to “the Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 17:18
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time!
Narrator 17:23
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Inclusive Care: Addressing LGBTQ+ Needs in IBD
In this episode, The Health Advocates are joined by their colleagues Kelly Gavigan, Chief Data and Analytics Officer, and Adam Kegley, Associate Director of Global Partnerships at GHLF. Together they delve into the unique challenges faced by the LGBTQ+ community in managing Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD). Based on the analysis of the results from a survey GHLF recently conducted, they explore how identity impacts health care experiences and treatment outcomes. This episode shines a light on the critical need for inclusive health care practices and offers valuable insights on improving patient-provider relationships. Join us as we uncover the lessons learned and steps forward for LGBTQ+ individuals living with IBD.

Inclusive Care: Addressing LGBTQ+ Needs in IBD
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to “the Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today, we’re joined by our colleagues, Adam Kegley, and Kelly Gavigan, to talk about a recent survey we did on the experiences of the LGBTQ+ community and caring for their inflammatory bowel disease. In this talk, we’ll dive into the findings, what surprised us, what was confirmed to us, and also, you know, what’s next, now that we have this data, how to educate our community?
Steven Newmark 00:48
Excellent. Well, let’s dive in.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:51
So, Adam, Kelly, welcome to “the Health Advocates.” Why don’t you start by introducing yourselves? Adam, let’s start with you.
Adam Kegley 00:58
Sure. Hi, everyone. And Hi, Zoe, my name is Adam Kegley. And I’m the Associate Director of Global Partnerships at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. So, I helped lead a lot of our global facing work and partnerships with other patient organizations around the world and also helped lead this project which is near and dear to my heart on the experiences of LGBTQ+ people living with inflammatory bowel disease. So, it’s great to be here and to speak about it. Thanks for having me.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:25
Yeah. Thanks so much for coming on. And Kelly..
Kelly Gavigan 01:27
Hello, Zoe, and everyone. I’m Kelly Gavigan. I’m the Chief Data and Analytics officer at the Global Healthy Living Foundation. And I worked with others on the development of the survey that we’ll be talking about today and analyzing the data that was captured from this survey participants, many of whom are from our community. And many were also new to us and found us through the survey.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:52
Great, yeah, I’m excited to dive in. And like you guys mentioned, we’re going to talk about the experience of inflammatory bowel disease patients specifically for the LGBTQ+ community. And before we get started, I figured it’d be a good idea to just do a quick review of IBD, the shorthand, inflammatory bowel disease. I actually live with Crohn’s disease, which is one of the two main types so, I feel like I’m probably qualified to give this overview, I’ll give you guys a talking break before you dive in. So yeah, basically, inflammatory bowel disease is a chronic autoimmune disease of your digestive tract. The two main types are Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis. And the difference between those two is that Crohn’s can be anywhere from your mouth to your anus, ulcerative colitis is kept to the large intestine, and the common symptoms of it are diarrhea, loose and bloody stool, loss of appetite, fatigue, fevers, the list can go on, and I’m sure we’ll learn more about the symptoms today. But there’s a lot of great treatments out there to treat IBD like biologics, so you know, I’m in remission. There’s a lot of hope for people with IBD. And yeah, I’ll turn it over to you guys. Specifically, Adam. Let’s start with what challenges does the LGBTQ+ community face generally in healthcare and also with IBD? You know, like, what did we know before going into the survey?
Adam Kegley 03:14
Sure. Thanks for that. I think I would say first that LGBTQ+ people, and just to define that really quickly, for anybody who’s listening, it’s Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer and Questioning, and others community. That’s what we mean when we say the quote unquote, “alphabet soup acronym of LGBTQ+.” So, I’d say that LGBTQ+ people’s experience in healthcare really can depend on whether they have an accepting and understanding healthcare professional or healthcare team who is informed on health care related to various non heterosexual and non cisgender sexualities and gender identities in their lives. That can really save a patient crucial time at their appointment, that can save them from having to educate their own provider about their own needs being an LGBTQ+ person or a non cisgender person about very specific health care matters that might pertain to them. It also, of course, reduces most obviously discrimination in the health care setting, either about their sexuality, gender identity, or both, which is probably I would say the main challenge LGBTQ+ people might face in healthcare settings, or they possibly can face that includes either actual or perceived or anticipated discrimination. I wanted to stress that too, because anticipated discrimination can also hinder an LGBTQ+ person from even going to see the doctor because they’re nervous that they might be discriminated against. And that’s a very real thing that does happen sometimes. It can also impact trusting your health care professionals or actually providing you with the best care or even opening up about issues that might specifically concern you as an LGBTQ+ person, maybe living with a chronic condition like IBD as well. Studies from the Health Services Research have shown that at least 16% of LGBTQ+ people face discrimination actively in healthcare settings. Even things like Intake Forms being non inclusive of LGBTQ+ identities, like sexualities and gender identities could make an LGBTQ+ person feel apprehensive about their appointment and could lead to less personalized treatment or maybe even poor outcomes for them. Our survey actually found that one in three LGBTQ+ people living with IBD did not find their doctor’s office Intake Forms inclusive. And I would say with IBD, specifically, all those things can come into play those challenges that I mentioned, like actual or perceived discrimination, and those things can obviously lead to worse and health outcomes like experiencing greater frequency of flare ups and the symptoms associated with them. And it can also more deeply impact mental health and sexual health and a lot more.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:48
Thank you for that. Yeah, it’s hard enough being a chronic illness patient. And it’s important to remember like how much your identity and just lived experience plays into that. So Kelly, turning to you, you mentioned you helped in building the survey. Can you talk to us about what the aim of the survey was?
Kelly Gavigan 06:05
Yeah, absolutely. So, we wanted to shed light on the unique challenges that the LGBTQ+ individuals with IBD face, as Adam mentioned, and the specific needs that they have. So, we really wanted to better understand certain challenges that arise along the patient journey for LGBTQ+ people with IBD, and dive into the emotional and social impacts of living with IBD as a person who is LGBTQ+.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:36
Alright, so let’s go in what were some of the main findings.
Kelly Gavigan 06:40
So, we had about 250 people complete the survey, all of the participants identified as being LGBTQ+, and nearly 70% were actually between the ages of 18 and 34, which is amazing to have such high engagement among young people. On top of that, about 44% of participants identified as a gender other than cisgender women or cisgender man. So again, we were really thrilled with the variety of representation among the survey participants. And nearly 80% of participants reported using medications as a method for managing their IBD, which is great, but that does mean that more than 20% were not on medication for their IBD. And what’s more, most participants reported seeing a gastroenterologist for the care of their IBD. Again, which is great and to be expected, but a surprising quarter of participants reported primarily seeing a primary care provider to treat their IBD. And so you know, that may not seem like a huge deal. But, we actually found that the participants who were only seeing a primary care provider were 10 times more likely to not be on medication compared to participants who are seeing a gastroenterologist and that is a big deal. And unsurprisingly, a quarter of participants reported that their IBD is not very well managed. And then half of the participants reported that their doctor was aware of their sexuality or gender. And among those participants, two thirds reported that sharing this with their doctor did not affect the care they received, and a quarter reported that it positively affected their care. Notably, two thirds of respondents reported that there are not enough resources, specifically, for LGBTQ+ people living with IBD. And we asked, you know, in order to feel more supported in managing their IBD, what did they need: main participants said that they wanted more research on LGBTQ+ IBD populations, more websites with resources, and open communication between LGBTQ+ IBD patients and their health care providers.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:59
Adam, I see you nodding a lot. And I want to turn to you and ask what surprised you in what Kelly just talked about?
Adam Kegley 09:07
Yeah, I was nodding quite a bit because Kelly and I have worked really closely on this. And it’s all been so interesting to us. I think sometimes the very similar thing surprised us and probably things that we were expecting, they were also confirmed for us, both of us and all the others on the team too. I think one of the most surprising things to me in which Kelly mentioned and that was a very positive surprise was the amount of respondents who identified as a gender other than cisgender man or woman, it was almost 45% of respondents, as Kelly said, and that’s really impressive considering that this particular population can be hard to reach and engage in surveys like this or any kind of health care related studies. And that’s in particular due to some of the challenges that I mentioned earlier and a lack of trust and an apprehension or perceived discrimination or anticipated discrimination. So, I was really pleasantly surprised by that when we discovered it, because I think it gives a real nice depth and breadth to the diversity of respondents actually talking about their experiences and relating those to us.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:11
For me, I guess I was like, positively surprised by that number. Kelly, you mentioned, I think it was 14%. That said, when they shared their gender identity or sexual preferences, that their care was like, positively impacted. I feel like so often we’re hearing negative statistics. And it was just amazing to hear that, you know, being open and honest with your doctor can lead to more positive experiences for patients.
Kelly Gavigan 10:36
Yeah, absolutely. And actually, I can even expand on that. For me, I was surprised to know that, you know, among the participants who had not disclosed their sexuality, or gender to their provider, half of them had to the other half, you know, had not. Three fourths of them did not think it would affect the care that they received. But at the same time, nearly 20% of the people who had not disclosed this thought that disclosing this information would negatively affect their care. And that’s, you know, much more than the percentage of people who reported having a negative experience after disclosing this information to their doctor. And I think that this really speaks to, what Adam was saying earlier, about the perceived, you know, effects that it might have on one’s care, and likely explains why at least that portion of people, you know, chose not to disclose this information to their doctor. And I think, like I said, there were three fourths of people who did not think it would have an effect on their care. And that is the kind of a surprising number, I think. And I think that also explains why they didn’t think it was necessary to disclose their sexuality or gender to their provider, because they didn’t view it as something that would affect their care either way.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:50
I was just gonna say, it makes me think about, you know, when it comes to advocating for yourself, it’s so helpful to hear from other advocates and patient experiences. And what you just said is a perfect demonstration on how this survey tells us, like if we share more patient stories about how it positively impacted care, it can hopefully reduce some of that perceived discrimination that we’re talking about. And people could feel more comfortable, like even taking that first step to advocate for themselves.
Adam Kegley 12:18
I couldn’t agree more. And I think to just to add on to that really quickly, is that with the people who may not have thought that disclosing their sexuality or gender identity would affect the care that they receive, and those that possibly thought that it would negatively affect the care that they receive. There’s lots of factors that go into that. But, the I think the biggest thing is that if you find a provider who’s accepting, understanding, and informed, studies have shown that definitely it can improve the care that you receive as an LGBTQ+ person, because it’s that much more personalized. So, I just wanted to throw that out there too.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:54
So, building on that a little bit, Adam, what advice do you have for patients who are nervous about being open with their doctor?
Adam Kegley 13:01
It’s such a great question. And it’s also a tricky one, because it kind of asks like, how do you tell someone to come out in a healthcare setting when they’re unsure, it’s safe to do so. And for me, and for I think many of us, including us on this recording, of course, more familiar with the intersections of health outcomes and revealing your gender and sexual identities. And it can be a really crucial conversation to have with your healthcare team, but with the right health care team. And so that’s the number one thing that I would say is most important is that it’s really important that those conversations take place with someone who makes you feel comfortable, accepted, and understood as an LGBTQ+ person. Trust, or at least the potential for trust is incredibly important in this particular case. And that’s really because all of this isn’t just about your IBD, or another chronic condition that you might live with, it’s really about your IBD within the context of the rest of your life. And I say that with really pertaining to any chronic condition, it’s about that chronic condition within the context of the rest of your life and that includes your sexual orientation and your gender identity. Your sexual practices, maybe you’re on hormone replacement therapy, and there could be potential interactions between that and some medications for IBD, for example, and there’s a lot more. So really, the most important thing is to find that right health care professional and if you live in a less populated area or areas with less options, I’d encourage exploring reviews online options for telehealth or virtual visits with someone who might better suit you. There are of course resources out there that can help you find LGBTQ+ friendly providers locally and that includes the Gay and Lesbian Medical Association’s provider directory. The National Center for Transgender Equality also has great medical and health related resources on their site. You could of course also ask your LGBTQ+ friends about their doctors and specialists, are they happy with the care that they receive? Would they recommend them? I know I personally see a doctor who’s part of the LGBTQ+ community. And while that’s not necessarily needed for everyone, it does make me feel more open and willing to speak about my health and ask questions because I do feel a bit safer and more comfortable, just a bit more at ease with a provider with whom I can identify in some very specific ways. And I say this regularly nowadays, but I’ll say it here again, is that some of your healthcare needs as an LGBTQ+ and/or non cisgender person with IBD are different from those of heterosexual and cisgender persons. And that is perfectly okay and normal. And there should be room for everyone to get the tailored personalized care that they need.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:40
Thank you for that. Thanks for sharing those tangible tips that I think will be really helpful. Especially I know, like you mentioned, if you live in an area with not so many providers, I hear that a lot from our community. So, I so appreciate you zeroing in on options for that. So, looking ahead, now that we’ve learned all this, what’s next? I’ll let Kelly go first.
Kelly Gavigan 16:01
Sure. Yeah, thanks Zoe! I think that I really would like to build off of what Adam just said, honestly, because I think that a lot of what this survey confirmed is that, you know, people want more information specific to being LGBTQ+ and having IBD. And there are multiple aspects of living with IBD lobbying a person who is LGBTQ+ that are just not being discussed. And we’re doing our part to offer resources for people who are LGBTQ+ and have IBD. But of course, I think that we want people to be able to access resources that come from their doctor, if that’s what they want. And so I think that, that requires a lot of building knowledge. And it requires building research and building trust. So, I would say those three things are what would come next.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:53
And Adam, turning to you. Yeah,
Adam Kegley 16:55
I couldn’t agree more with what Kelly said. And that’s exactly what I would say, too, is that there’s a very clear need from what we had anticipated from our research before doing the survey was that there was definitely a massive lack of not only research, but resources on this particular community in living with IBD. And I would say that was confirmed for sure by the survey as well, but what respondents said, and we’ve developed some and that we’ll continue to work on developing more based on the findings of the survey. And I think overall, just adding on to what Kelly said, because she really summed it up perfectly is that I’m just really hopeful that people will see these resources as they come out and know that we didn’t just do a survey just to do a survey, but we’re actually taking action with the results and producing the resources that are tailored specifically for this community, because there’s really a great need and a great desire for them. We heard anecdotally in the open response section, time and time again, very similar responses to what we heard in the actual survey questions themselves, kind of the multiple choice survey question themselves, why we can’t cover everything for every single person individually, I just hope that, that will be a really great start in the right direction to really start to change the conversation or even rather, to help start them in some circumstances.
Adam Kegley 17:19
Well, thank you guys both so much for coming on the show and sharing the findings. I think such an important part of doing work like this is also like the dissemination aspect and sharing the results with our community. So, I really appreciate both of your time. Thank you.
Adam Kegley 18:20
Thanks so much, Zoe, and thanks for giving us the opportunity to come out here and talk about all the findings. It’s really exciting and very important.
Kelly Gavigan 18:43
Absolutely. Thanks so much, Zoe, for having us on.
Steven Newmark 18:47
Wow, Zoe, that was a great interview. It’s always great hearing from our colleagues.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:51
Absolutely. I was just reminded how important it is to go to the source patients and ask them about their experiences. And it was interesting to learn, like what was confirmed for us what surprised us and something that surprised me was just how in a good way with and I mentioned this in episode was just how positively patients had of an experience when they were open and honest with their doctor about their gender identity and sexual preferences. How about you, what did you learn?
Steven Newmark 19:19
Yeah, no, I totally agree. That was really eye opening for me as well. I think it goes to the broader point of always being open and honest with your medical professionals, and how much that can help. But my big learning from today really is just how the resources that we have at GHLF, speaking of folks like Adam and Kelly who can provide information and put out surveys and learn things of importance and spread out into the ether how valuable that is. But clearly our number one resources are our patients and the ability that we have to go to our patients and learn from our patients is really a special thing and it was great.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:51
Absolutely.
Steven Newmark 19:52
Well, we hope that you learned something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our [email protected]/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:00
Well everyone, thanks for listening to “the Health Advocates,” a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating and write a review and definitely hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 20:15
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 20:20
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Public Health in Action: Tackling Bird Flu and New COVID Strains
In this episode, join The Health Advocates as they dive into the latest health news with a focus on the emerging H5N1 bird flu and its implications. They discuss the virus’s potential to affect humans, current states with detected cases, and public health strategies to mitigate its spread. The hosts also touch on recent COVID-19 variants and the development of combined COVID and flu vaccines, reflecting on public health lessons learned from past pandemics and how these insights are shaping responses to new threats.
Tune in as our hosts discuss ongoing infectious disease challenges and the proactive measures in place to protect public health.

Public Health in Action: Tackling Bird Flu and New COVID Strains
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to the Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And Steven, it’s been a minute since it’s been just us too. But we’re original recipe today.
Steven Newmark 00:32
Yeah, there it is. So, let’s dive in. It’s probably a lot of news to cover, right. Let’s see what’s happening out there.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:39
We have some news on infectious disease updates, vaccines, and more. So, why don’t you kick us off?
Steven Newmark 00:45
Sure. Well, speaking of infectious disease, the number one, perhaps new issue of the day is bird flu. That’s the H5N1 bird flu is sickening dairy cattle throughout the United States and state and federal authorities have detected the flu in 12 states, in cattle.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:01
And there have been a few human infections confirmed that are connected to the farms. But, researchers do agree that there’s probably an undercount given the limited testing on this flu.
Steven Newmark 01:12
Yeah, just as a total side note, going off the beautiful outline here. I actually just read an article this morning, how the count is very high in Michigan. But that is in part because Michigan has a very robust counting mechanism with their public health infrastructure up there. So, it appears as though there are perhaps more cases in certain parts of the country, but it’s also likely due to better, if dare I say better, or more robust public health outreach and counting. Anyway, H5N1 is not a new virus and, knock wood, does not seem to be a big threat right now to humans. The virus is not very good at infecting humans, passing onto someone else. But as we’ve seen with COVID, we know how quickly this can change and the opportunity to spread, if we don’t contain it. It could lead to mutations and make things really worse.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:52
Well, I guess the good news is that the U.S. does have vaccines against H5 viruses and its stockpile and last month, government officials said almost five million doses are being filled and finished so they could be ready for use, though right now, there’s no plan to give them to anyone yet, because the CDC maintains its assessment that its risk to the general public is pretty low.
Steven Newmark 02:15
Yeah. And I would just say that the best thing in public health when dealing with infectious disease is that it gets so tamped down so early on that the majority of the public never even hears about the disease or never thinks about the disease which backfires of course, when a disease like COVID starts to rage. And folks do need to pay better attention in order to respond to it because it almost get this false sense of security that things are contained almost on their own when that’s not necessarily the case. But in my career, which spans a few decades now. I’ve seen the swine flu, I’ve seen the avian flu, that came from Asia several times, I’ve seen Ebola, Zika virus, and in those instances, they were able to be tamped down so early on that it never became a pandemic the way COVID did. COVID unfortunately, it was not tamped down. It started, as we know, in China, China through various let’s say anti public health measures did not properly tamp down the virus, and it was highly contagious and it became what it became. So, hopefully this falls into the earlier category and in particular, we hope that happens because in a post COVID world, I don’t know how the general public could respond to another large scale infectious disease.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:24
Right, I was gonna ask, do you think there’s like more eyes on this or like a more fear around this because of our experience that we just had with COVID?
Steven Newmark 03:33
Perhaps a little bit, but I also think the seeing the bird flu actually jumped to human form is a pretty big deal. And also what is likely an undercount, I think is alarming to say the least. I think public health officials know that there’s not a lot of appetite to listen to public health officials in the United States at the moment. So, the best way to get this under control is to do it before we have to turn to something like our viruses or rapid tests, which the government is also working on for humans. The best way to tamp it down, as I said, is to make sure it just doesn’t happen.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:04
And I guess the best way to tamp it down right now would be to monitor the areas that are infected and for people who work with infected animals should wear protective clothing and take the precautions to avoid getting sick and spreading it.
Steven Newmark 04:18
Exactly.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:19
So, I guess, you know, for just us general folk like not much to do right now, but wait and see.
Steven Newmark 04:26
Wait and see. Exactly, exactly. Fingers crossed and hope that the public health professionals are doing what they can to monitor it and keep it under control. And we’ll go from there.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:35
Well, I mean, in other infectious news, no surprise, we have another COVID variant.
Steven Newmark 04:41
Yep.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:41
Right now, KP.3 is dominant, it’s part of the JN.1 lineage. It’s the same old, deaths and hospitalizations have declined, but emergency room visits are on the rise. It doesn’t seem more dangerous than anything in the past. So, just like
Steven Newmark 04:58
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:58
kind of the state of COVID remains the same.
Steven Newmark 05:01
Yeah, the state of COVID is that there’s COVID. It’s like saying the state of the flu is that there’s the flu, their state of the common cold is that there’s a common cold. And that’s just the way it’s going to be forever.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:11
Yeah. Well, I guess that just does lead us into our next bit of news, though, is learning about the current strains, I guess, influences our vaccine strategy. So, recently, the FDA panel recommended that the new COVID fall vaccines are designed for this JN.1 lineage.
Steven Newmark 05:30
Yeah, well that’s good. We’re staying on top of it, we will have the proper vaccine. Hopefully, for the fall, the CDC still needs to vote on the recommendations. But the evidence was presented during meetings showing that the JN.1 vaccines offer greater protection against the dominant variants than then currently available vaccine. So hopefully, we’ll be getting newer and better improved vaccines to fight the newer and the worse, if you will, variants that are out there.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:53
And also the FDA decision to do this is in line with what’s being recommended across the world. So in April, both the World Health Organization and European Medicines Agency recommended that their countries formulate their new vaccines to target this variant as well.
Steven Newmark 06:09
Yeah, in cooler news, if you will, vaccine news, there’s a COVID and flu shot that could be in our future. Moderna announced positive late stage trial results for it’s COVID Flu combined vaccine called mRNA 1083.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:21
Yeah, so this won’t be ready for this year’s flu season. But what really caught my eye about this one is that the results showed it improved immune response compared to those who got standalone shots. And these results were also true for people who are 65 and older. And I know many in our community have questions about how many doses will they need, because we don’t always allow immune response. And the same is true for a 65 plus age group, they may not mount as strong of an immune response as the standard young and healthy person. So, it’s pretty cool that the early results from this are showing, I guess not early results. They’re called late stage trial results are showing that it does mount a stronger response.
Steven Newmark 07:01
Yeah, that’s very good news. Good news for our arms, getting less injections, less pain. So, we’ll look forward to that in the future.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:08
Totally. Yeah, just think about it from like a public health standpoint, the idea that you could get two shots in one and reduce having to go back to
Steven Newmark 07:16
Yeah!
Zoe Rothblatt 07:16
the pharmacy, it just probably increases the amount of people that will be protected.
Steven Newmark 07:21
Totally. Which is great for everyone, right? Which is great for all of us.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:24
Yeah. Because not everyone can take off from work, get an appointment, or like the kids are in school. Like who knows what barrier you’re experiencing, to getting all of the shots and just making it as simple as possible is better for our community health.
Steven Newmark 07:38
Definitely! Simple is good. Other vaccine news, the FDA has expanded RSV vaccine approval to high risk adults, ages 50 to 59. So, this is for people who are at increased risk of getting severely sick.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:50
This shot was first approved in May, 2023. For people 60 and older, and we’re just excited to see it go to a different age group that could help protect people.
Steven Newmark 08:00
Yeah, absolutely. So, yeah, like you said, it was originally approved for folks, 60 and over now, it’d be 50 and over. So, that’ll be good and be helpful for those who need it.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:08
And like we mentioned above CDC is still to come in and vote on the recommendation. So, it’s not available just yet, but we could expect it to be soon.
Steven Newmark 08:17
Yeah, that’ll be interesting to see. In other news, earlier in June, there was a congressional subcommittee held hearings regarding I guess extensively regarding the origins of COVID-19 and included top officials from the National Institutes of Health along with Dr. Anthony Fauci. There was some acknowledgement some key parts of the public health guidance that their agencies promoted during the first year of the COVID-19 pandemic, were not necessarily backed up by solid science. Let’s be honest, it was a fast moving time and people had to react, but hauled before Congress, things got a little tricky to say the least.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:48
Yeah, so let’s break it down. Like what exactly were the parts that they said were not backed up by science?
Steven Newmark 08:54
So first and foremost, this subcommittee blamed Fauci for the six foot policy and Fauci responded saying that he was unaware of study supporting the six foot social distancing guidelines. He then clarified that it wasn’t based on randomized control trials. So, just a few things to say about that. First and foremost, the six foot guideline was not decided by Fauci, it was a decision by the CDC. The second thing is, this was not a policy that was decided out of thin air. This was a policy that was developed during the George W. Bush administration. It was part of their pandemic playbook in 2007. It was based on knowledge of the flu at the time dealing with the droplets and finding that six feet was appropriate for a pandemic that would involve transmission of droplets rather than aerosols, which is what COVID-19 was. So, given that COVID-19 was a novel virus, pulling from an old pandemic playbook probably was the simplest and easiest thing to do in that particular moment. In retrospect, six feet was not the perfect distance. Again, when you’re in the middle of an emergency, you’re not going to get everything right. That’s just how it is. But and in terms of a randomized control trial, you can’t get that in the middle of an emergency. We were literally losing 1000s of people per day, I think at its heights, I don’t want to get this wrong, I think it was 3500 people were dying, you got to move quickly. And you don’t always have the optimal information at your fingertips when that’s happening. That’s why you prepare in advance as much as possible to pull out the playbook. But you can only prepare for what you can prepare for, if that makes sense. And COVID-19 was novel.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:20
Totally. And just to highlight exactly what you’re saying there, like the main goal at the time was also just keeping people out of the hospital because the hospitals were so overwhelmed. And I feel like when we think about public health, a line that stands out in my head is like the greatest good for the greatest number of people. And like at that time, that’s what we thought like the six feet pulling from the playbook would be the greatest good for the greatest number of people. And it’s important to be critical and look back at what we did, but also understanding that we did what we did with the information that we had.
Steven Newmark 10:51
Absolutely, it is 100% reasonable to look back on decisions made during critical times. Everyone does that. Right. The military does that. What did we do during wartime that we could learn from so we can prepare for the next battle? Surgeons do that after our surgery, what goes well, and what doesn’t go well? What can we do to learn from that from next time? I’m an attorney, we used to do it all the time after a trial. What did we learn from this trial that we can do better next time. And that’s that is the right way to learn and move forward. So, it is totally reasonable to ask why certain decisions were made, what conversations were had, and what was the thinking at the time. If I could just take a moment and say that vilifying, attacking, and ripping apart public servants really is unhelpful in propelling people forward. It undermines trust in the system. It attacks people who work hard to make our lives healthier and better. And many public health leaders stepped up during the time of great uncertainty to try and protect people’s lives. And they had to make incredibly difficult decisions with often incomplete information. Mistakes were made, which is always going to be the case in any emergency, but the service was there. And it was there with the right intention. And you can live with those two truths that the public service, the public health goal was there and mistakes were made at the same time, and if we don’t acknowledge that we do risk losing even future public health leaders that will be there when we need them.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:07
Yeah. Also, I was just thinking about how, I don’t know, we could look back, but it’s probably been two years since we did that episode on Public Health Trust Eroding. And it just seems like, I don’t know, we’ve either been the same or gotten worse. And I’m just thinking about, like, what could we do to bolster that, especially when the news is coming out things like this, and it’s hard for the average person to just be critical and understand, like, what you’re saying about the six feet and pulling from old stuff, you know, maybe the average person isn’t going in and doing the research on that? And like, how could we help support that and build up trust?
Steven Newmark 12:41
That’s a great question and I don’t have an answer. There’s a precedent for such an approach would be the 911 commission. As an example, you look back and you say, what mistakes were made? What could be done differently? And what did we learn moving forward? It acknowledges your mistakes, which is important for public trust, but it also acknowledges who the experts are. However, as each month passes, the likelihood of something like that coming to fruition, is dissipating quickly, to say the least. So, beyond that, I don’t know the answer other than to just maybe time is really what it is. Hope beyond hope that we don’t have another pandemic anytime in the near future, and that we’re able to sort of use that intervening period of time to rebuild the trust over the years.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:22
And I guess there’s also this element of, you know, it’s easy to forget. And there’s still a lot of advocates in the community talking about this. But I guess like in March 2020, a lot of people in our community who live with autoimmune underlying conditions, including myself, were scared, like, if you walk outside, you’re gonna die.
Steven Newmark 13:39
Totally.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:39
And I don’t know, looking back, it’s like, I don’t think any of us in our community would have been upset that we were overly cautious because we all were acting overly cautious because we were so scared and didn’t know. And there’s like a difference between trusting and public health when you already have a health condition versus just being like a regular person that isn’t really focused on their well being so much.
Steven Newmark 14:01
Yeah, there’s a sense of certainly revisionism. I don’t think it was just folks with autoimmune conditions, I mean, a lot of people were scared in March of 2020, April of 2020, May of 2020. We didn’t know what this was. We didn’t have we had no treatments. We had no vaccine. We had no guidance.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:14
And no faith that if you needed care, you are going to get it, right.
Steven Newmark 14:17
Yup.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:17
Because the systems were so overwhelmed.
Steven Newmark 14:20
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:20
Like, even seeking out care was scary.
Steven Newmark 14:23
It was a scary time. We were alone, we were told to stay inside. So, our brains weren’t a little bit fried. It was a really difficult time. I think that there’s some forgetfulness on the parts of folks of what we were dealing with. We haven’t had proper reckoning with that four years later of what it is that we dealt with. And to be fair, we’re going on about this subcommittee hearing and its effect on U.S. public health officials. The committee also spent a lot of time focused on the origin of COVID which is important to know as well and that is something we should try to find out because there is some question as to whether this came from a lab or whether it came from the Wuhan market and came from livestock. And if it came from the lab, that is a different scenario and certainly a different way of trying to prepare moving forward and in terms of safety. So, there is validity in learning about the origins and what we could do differently moving forward.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:10
For sure. And I guess like to wrap this up nicely in a bow to bring it to the top of our episode with the bird flu. Yeah, like, let’s learn about what we did and what response was effective versus not. And all apply that in today’s scenario and hope that this bird flu doesn’t spread.
Steven Newmark 15:26
Absolutely. I know, I hate to say like, our best bet is to keep our fingers crossed.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:30
Ha ha…toes too.
Steven Newmark 15:32
Yes. And like I said, just to buy ourselves, if nothing else, buy ourselves time to help build back up the credibility of the public health sector as we move forward. And, you know, go from there. And but we know we don’t have that issue with our listeners. And we’re grateful for that.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:45
Yes, thanks, listeners. On that note, that brings us to the close of our show. Steven, what did you learn today?
Steven Newmark 15:51
I guess about the combined COVID and flu shot. That’s exciting. I’m looking forward to that. I’ll see how my left arm deals with that.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:57
And actually, you know, it’s pretty good to put in your dominant arm because you’re going to move that more and it helps reduce the effects. And that’s me assuming you’re righty.
Steven Newmark 16:05
There it is.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:06
But also, I learned just from you about where we got the six feet from and pulling from old responses to new ones.
Steven Newmark 16:14
Well, we hope that you learned something, too. And before we go, we want everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:21
Well, everyone thanks for listening to the Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 16:35
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 16:40
Be inspired, supported, and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Four Transplants, One Powerful Voice: Liz Schumacher’s Advocacy Journey
After being diagnosed with a type of kidney disease called acute glomerulonephritis at the age of 10, Liz Schumacher learned how to find her voice and become her own best advocate for her treatment. Now through her work in health advocacy and health sustainability, Liz uses the lessons of resilience she learned through her diagnosis journey to inspire other patients to be their own advocates too.
Join Liz as she describes her health care journey, gives tips on strength and resilience, and shares how she advocates for other persevering patients like her.

Four Transplants, One Powerful Voice: Liz Schumacher's Advocacy Journey
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to the health advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Stephen Newmark, Chief of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today we’re joined by Liz Schumacher. Liz is a four time kidney transplant recipient and healthcare entrepreneur with over 30 years of professional health care experience in a wide range of fields including academic medicine, large healthcare system, community health, health insurance, pharma, health startups, law, clinical research, and medical specialty associations. Liz is also the founder and CEO of affinity strategies. And we had a great conversation about advocating for yourself navigating the healthcare system, and how she combines the personal patient experience with the professionals. So I’m excited to have a listen with you, Stephen.
Steven Newmark 01:04
Well, I can’t wait. Let’s get into it.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:06
Hi, Liz. Welcome to the Health Advocates.
Liz Schumacher 01:09
Thank you. I’m really happy to be here today.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:11
Awesome. Well, why don’t you start off by introducing yourself to our listeners?
01:15
Sure. Hi, there. My name is Liz Schumacher, and I am a four time kidney transplant recipient. I’ve been a patient living with chronic illness since I was 10 years old. So forty-two years, I’ve been a patient advocate.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:29
Well, I’m excited to talk to you today about your journey, and also I guess how you’ve grown, you know, part of that health journey into a business. But maybe let’s start from the beginning. Can you talk to us about the beginning of your journey and finding out you have a chronic illness and what that was like for you?
Liz Schumacher 01:47
I was diagnosed with Acute glomerulonephritis. I was quite young and wasn’t able to play my typical sports like I normally did. I just didn’t feel well. So my parents took me to the doctor. And after lots of tests, they ultimately realized or came to the conclusion, I should say, that I had acute glomerulonephritis. So my kidneys were basically failing, and nobody could determine what caused it. It was just something idiopathic. Within a few months, I was one of the youngest patients, the University of Wisconsin Hospital that had ever had with kidney disease that appeared like mine. So I quickly got referred to an academic hospital, University of Wisconsin saw a pediatric nephrologist, they tried lots of different treatments to try to make me healthy again. And unfortunately, none of the treatments worked. There was lots of experimental therapies and a variety of things, until we eventually decided that a kidney transplant was the best avenue for me during that time. I did plasmapheresis, kidney dialysis, all kinds of different IV treatments and such. And that was kind of the genesis of how it all started my patient journey.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:53
And what were you thinking during that time, when you were trying all of this stuff, what was going through your head?
Liz Schumacher 02:58
I really hoped that I was going to get healthy from all of it. I think that I really trusted my physicians and that my care team and I knew that they were really doing the very best for me, and I did everything I was supposed to do and that they recommended. I guess what I was thinking was sometimes it was scary. But I feel like when you’re in a position where you really have no choice, but to do what the smartest people around you think could potentially help save your life. I really felt I had no choice but to do what they suggested that they were going to make me healthy again.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:30
that’s really interesting to think about it as like you having no choice because I know you’re strong advocate for yourself and others. So like how did you start advocating despite feeling like there wasn’t a lot of choice in your health?
Liz Schumacher 03:43
I always felt I was part of my medical care team. I was. I shouldn’t say I felt I was. I was always included in all the decisions. So I was very fortunate in that while I was young, my medical team was very honest and forthright with what was going on what the symptoms were, what my options were. And they would say what do you want to do, Liz? How do you want to proceed? So even though I was a child, they really treated me as an equal partner to what was going to happen with me. They didn’t look up to my parents and say, What do you want to do? They would look to me and say, here’s what we think here’s the options. Here’s what we think you could potentially consider, what do you want to do? And I would ask a lot of questions. And they would always answer very honestly. They would educate me about what the illness issues were what was happening to me at any time and what the risks were and what they recommended that I would do. And then I would usually go along with what they said. And I’d ask questions. I give critical feedback. It really was kind of a team decision. And I felt like my voice was as important as anyone elses.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:44
I admire so much that you were able to do that from such a young age. Like I feel like it took me so long to figure out how to ask the right questions and be an active participant in care. It’s certainly not easy and it’s amazing that you had the team that was giving you the space to do that.
Liz Schumacher 05:01
Absolutely. I had a physician who was my primary nephrologist as a kid who would always be really honest with me and presented it in a very skillful way to not make me afraid, but make sure that I always understood what was happening. I never felt like there weren’t choices. And I never felt like anybody was going to do something to me without me agreeing to it first and understanding what it was before anything happened.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:27
And when we had talked before this podcast, you had told me about how you felt like some of your care was disjointed. Can you talk to us a little bit about that now? Like, what are some of the other providers you saw, and how did it become disjointed?
Liz Schumacher 05:42
I think that as I got older, I’ve been a, you know, a patient for over 40 years. So I’ve been able to watch how the healthcare system has changed as a patient. A lot of my friends will say we’re all patients when we talk about patient experience, but I think I just happen to be a really experienced patient who’s been around a long time. So I’m able to give a bit of a historical viewpoint on what I’ve noticed has changed from my perspective, as somebody who’s been really kind of a lifetime consumer of health care. And I think that what I’ve noticed is healthcare has become more and more sub specialized, and healthcare systems have changed. There’s so many experts to manage so many different aspects of your care at different times. And in some ways, I think that’s excellent, because you’re getting somebody who just has expertise in dealing with kidney disease, when your kidney level hits a certain point, you’re seeing this kind of person, when your kidney is working at a different level, you’re seeing a different person, when your transplants not working, you see one person when you transplant is working, you see another person. And then there’s all of the different team members, nurse who works with you, shortly before you have your transplant nurse who works with you, after your transplant to help manage you. So there’s a lot of different people who are highly specialized with different sort of time points in your medical journey. While I think a lot of that is really excellent, and as a business owner, myself, I see the scalability of that. So you’re really building expertise in certain places and points. I also think it can sometimes leave the patient wondering like, Okay, who do I go to, for what? Because as your medical situation is changing, when do you move from one caregiver to another caregiver who has certain expertise, and that is where I think being a really strong patient advocate and educated, informed patient, it really matters so that you can be paying attention to that, and you can be raising your hand and say, “Wait a minute, what about this? I think we’re missing this.” Just those natural things that fall through the cracks. Some of that feels a little disjointed to me as an adult. And I think it’s just a reflection of medicine changing, but that continuity of care throughout the whole process, from my vantage point, I am the only person who’s really managing that continuity and knows the details intimately.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:55
And did you ever get just like tired, like, I don’t know, like being a sick kid and advocating and trying to put together all this disjointed care?
Liz Schumacher 08:05
I think as a kid, it wasn’t, it didn’t feel as disjointed, quite frankly, as it does now as an adult. Because I think as a kid, there were fewer people taking care of me. So maybe a trip back in the day when I was younger, my transplant surgeon would have more of a say in the transplant medications, I’m taking post transplant, I would still see him in clinic, things like that. As an adult now, my transplant surgeon is seeing me right before transplant, giving me the transplant or doing the surgery. After, he’s following me for a while but pretty quickly, I’m then handed off to a transplant nephrologist. So all these different people managing certain aspects of where my healthcare is, I’m certain improves my long term outcomes. But the transitions and care from one point to the next is where I think you really have to pay close attention as a patient because I feel what I have experienced as an adult is there are nuances and things that just get missed as you have more people seeing you and taking care of you that you know. Or sometimes everyone might be so focused on your numbers and where you’re at and holding steady. But you have to really advocate for yourself on your symptoms and your side effects like, “Hey, I might be on dialysis right now. And my numbers are steady and my blood pressure steady and all these things that we want to keep steady medically, but I feel terrible and I’m nauseous and the nausea medications are not working. What else can we try?” Standing up for yourself to make sure that you’re maintaining your overall health as your health continues to change in the aspects that are outside of the things that your physician or nurses might do?
Zoe Rothblatt 09:36
Yeah, I think that’s excellent advice. It’s so interesting because like typically in the chronic illness journey, I guess outside of transplant, like most people have this one specialist or maybe two specialists if they have multiple chronic diseases. But like for each specialist they see it’s like really that one and once you liked them you kind of want to stick with them for life and hang on to them tight but for you it sounds like you don’t really get the opportunity to do that, to have that like one person that you know, is really looking over your case. And it just sounds like it’s challenging enough navigating your disease with that one person. And I can’t even imagine how challenging it is, like you’re saying, to just keep getting passed around and feel like just like so lost in the system of at all.
Liz Schumacher 10:19
I’m at a point now where I’m pretty stable. So I’m at one place now in my health care where I have one transplant nephrologist who really manages me and I have that continuity. But I would say I’m also, you know, in my 50s now, so there are other medical things, menopause, general healthcare issues, there are different complexities as you get older, that you keep layering on to your disease. So managing all of those things becomes, I think, more complex, and it becomes something you as a patient have to be paying attention to, and that you need to find the right people to help you with. So you don’t just become identified as somebody who just has a kidney transplant to be managed. You also have all these other things, maybe you have blood pressure issues, maybe you have gynecological issues. And I think some of that’s the really exciting thing about medicine is people are living longer and longer with chronic illnesses, but we’re still just normal people who need our normal health care to be treated. And that sometimes is something I think you really have to stand up for. So that you weren’t sacrificing, feeling great on a normal basis, like most people would be, you’re not just about your transplant or your disease, you’re also about all the other things, the side effects of the medicines, you take the other medical complexities that happen with age, those sorts of things, I think we’re in a different place now than we used to be with that as medicine advances.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:34
And we had talked a little bit about this in our previous conversation, especially through the lens of COVID, and just being so mindful. Of course, March, 2020 hit and everyone was mindful but there was an extra layer for people with chronic illness, and you were talking about as a transplant patient, how COVID really, really changed your life. Can you talk to us about that?
Liz Schumacher 11:55
For sure. You know, when COVID started, I own my own company, and we closed the office immediately. I think some of my employees didn’t totally want to do that before people really realized how serious it was that we closed our office pretty quickly. And I was isolated pretty much until September, October of this year, I would get out in the world and do some things I want to go to Costco I was going to go to certain time of day with my n95 mask I was certainly wasn’t going to get on an airplane, I gave up a lot of holidays with my family because not only was I immunocompromised as a fourth time transplant patient, I also my third kidney transplant was also rejecting so I was very sick. So I really had no choice but to really isolate and have my small bubble. And that was a really hard time as I know, it was for a lot of other people with really vulnerable health issues.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:44
And what do you think that like people could do to just be more understanding of a situation like that, like when you have a friend and you explain to them like, “hey, I need to isolate a bit more.” And let’s say they have a little bit of like a, “well why it’s not a problem anymore?” Like how I know so many in our community are struggling with having that conversation, like do you have any tips for helping people to understand?
Liz Schumacher 13:08
I would say the kind of tips that I would have, you just kind of have to rip off the band aid, I think. And I remember when COVID started, I talked to a few of my physicians and people I trusted and pretty quickly I looked at my husband and I said, “I feel like I’m gonna be the boy in the bubble,” like the 1980s, 70s movie with John Travolta. And that’s really what it was. And I remember saying to my husband like this is going to be survival of the fittest. I’m going to be at the bottom of the food chain on this, like, I’m gonna have to be so careful. It was very hard. And I feel like it changed a lot of my friendships and relationships. There are people who just kind of disappeared during that time to come back into my life now. And I try to be gracious with people and understand where they’re coming from their experience is very different than mine. But certainly, it was heartbreaking for me because I feel like there were some people who truly just didn’t get it. And those are the moments you have to say, “how can they get it, they’ve never had somebody in their life for themselves who are going through what I’m going through.” So in those cases, I just, you know, kind of step back a little bit. And I really put my energy and efforts into those who did understand and were really my support people and the people who got it, but it was very hard, I think.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:16
Yeah, well, you also said something that stuck with me about how there were some positives that came out of it like learning not to spread yourself too thin just because you are doing less and realizing that that’s giving you more energy.
Liz Schumacher 14:29
Absolutely. I would say that I really had no choice during COVID probably much like a lot of the folks listening to this podcast about what I couldn’t could do. It was very black and white. Sort of similar to when I was a kid like, “okay, it’s black and white, I’m sick, I have no choice and say no, I don’t want this disease” Like well, I have it so I have to navigate the best I can. I feel I did that as well with COVID and just saying alright, this is my reality. I have to accept this and really rely and lean into the resilience that I’ve developed throughout my life being a patient. And realize there’s going to be an other side to all of this. So my life motto is make lemonade out of lemons. So I thought, “Okay, make lemonade out of lemons like, this is my situation.” I’m going to become a better Baker. I’m gonna become a better cook. I’m going to do other things. I’m going to talk to my dad on video every single day, who is also isolated. I’m gonna put my energy and efforts into the relationships and the things that make me happy that are within my control.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:27
It’s so true. It’s almost like you had been training your whole life for that, right? Like learning to adapt with, like the body and health that you have, and figuring out how to still enjoy life while dealing with these challenging health situations.
Liz Schumacher 15:42
Yep, 100%. Being an entrepreneur, I grew up in a family of entrepreneurs, and owning my own business during COVID was actually such a blessing because I had the ability to control my schedule and where I worked, and I had a wonderful team supported me and I supported them. That really made a difference. And I think the resilience I’ve developed from being a patient, and frankly, being an entrepreneur and starting my own business, when I had my moments where I was feeling kind of sorry for myself, I’d say I can do this, like, I could do this, I’ve been through worst. So you know, one of the things I always rely on when I have to do something I don’t want to do is remembering what it was like to have a fistula in my arm when I was younger for dialysis. You know, three times a week having somebody put two big needles in your arm to dialyze I would go through a little mental exercise whenever I started dialysis. 123 Okay, the needle goes in. I would just kind of remind myself during the hard times, okay, you could do this. 123 Now do it. 123 make the phone call. 123 go out and walk. Like do what you have to do to get through.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:41
Wait, that’s so funny. Whenever I give myself my injections, I have like myself or a friend count down from five. Its just like the 54321 do the injection. There’s something about like counting yourself in. It’s like a little moment of hype and like, you have no choice you’re doing it because it’s gonna help you get better.
Liz Schumacher 17:00
100%. You have no choice. It’s like I sometimes think about, not to be grim, but okay, at some point, it’s like when you know, you’re going to die. That’s going to happen to all this at some point. And if you know what’s going to be happening, there’s nothing you can do to control this. So at a certain point, you’ll learn how to accept and be resilient about it and find peace. And it’s the same as being diagnosed with a serious disease, accept it, make the best of it. Or anything hard in life.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:27
Yeah, finding your piece is such an important piece of the patient journey. But going back to what you said, you mentioned, you’re an entrepreneur. Can you tell us about the business that you started?
Liz Schumacher 17:37
I started a company called affinity strategies 10 years ago, and we manage a medical specialty associations and patient communities. Really medical and patient communities, who need organizational management, structure, fundraising, organization, engagement, all of that sort of thing. And I started the business because I had worked for multiple medical associations professionally. I was former legal counsel at the American Medical Association. I had been a healthcare lobbyist for many years and felt that having worked at associations for so long, I felt that I could bring a different perspective and way of doing things, so I started my own company. And it’s been very successful. And it’s a pleasure because I get to work with academic physicians and academic medical people every day, who are the people I really kind of grew up with. So they’re my people.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:25
Well, congratulations on your business. And I think you said 10 years, that’s pretty awesome to look back at a decade. How do you bring your patient experience into what you do?
Liz Schumacher 18:35
I would say that when I’m pitching clients, I don’t hide it, I talk about it. In fact, I’ve recently rebranded my business to say the patient is our purpose. We have a new website coming out that’s going to reflect a lot of that because really, the reason medical associations exist or patient coalition’s are most healthcare, any kind of health care community really, is to improve patient outcomes and patient care. At the end of the day, it’s really quite simple in my mind. So I’ve really narrowed in on what that focus is. And when I’m meeting with new potential new clients, I embrace it, and I talk about it because I think it shows that we authentically, really care about what we’re doing. And we aren’t just there to be doing a job. We’re also there to be helping the people that we work with advance medicine and advance research. So I embrace it, I talk about it. And I think it inspires some of my clients. I think it also makes them understand that I understand the world they’re coming from, and the difficult kind of things that they have to see and deal with every day, having been a patient who’s been on the other side of what they do every day in their jobs. So it builds an immediate connection, I think.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:40
Yeah, I was about to ask like, what the response is like when you start sharing. Do you find people are surprised, or it’s mostly just like you’re saying like, “Oh, it’s so nice to have someone who gets it?”
Liz Schumacher 19:51
I think that a lot of people really appreciate it. I think a lot of the academic medicine physicians I work with who are doing research and spending so much their lives trying to find cures for all different kinds of diseases. Often they’re really blown away like, “whoa, you’ve had four transplants? Oh my god, really?” Like they’re kind of sometimes in shock. I think there’s some clients who are like, “wow, that’s great, I know something else about her, but can she really execute on delivering what we need for our organization?” I’ve never been greeted with anything negative. I don’t think it’s ever really been used against me in any bad way. When I was sick, my clients were amazing. They would send me texts, notes, they were on my contact list when my husband would let people know how things were going. So they were really pretty incredible.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:36
That’s amazing to hear. Like, I’m just smiling, listening to you. Like, I feel like the patient community, and just like health community can be so welcoming and supportive. And while it can be scary to start sharing your story, I’ve noticed that like, once you do, first of all, like it gets easier every time. And people typically know someone or themselves have some sort of condition that they’re like, ready to listen and be there with you.
Liz Schumacher 21:02
100%. And I think having a medical condition, I mean, you understand, I understand. We probably subconsciously overperformed because we are so resilient. So to us things that might really get in the way of some people wanting to continue, we just keep like moving ahead. So when sometimes I think it’s a little sad, but it works in my favor that when the going gets tough, like that’s when I know how to manage crisis. I know how to manage difficult situations. I just move ahead and like, get it done. And I think that skill and coping mechanism I learned when I was young has proven to be an incredibly helpful life skill for me, that not everybody quite frankly has. And it’s just innate, when you’ve had to do it your whole life.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:43
Yeah, it’s true. It’s like you have to keep your head up and keep going. Because sometimes, like if you just slip into it and think about it all, like you’ll just slip deep down. And it’s like, we’re talking about this before, like coaching yourself through it. Like having others coach you through and like keeping your head up and keep going forward.
Liz Schumacher 22:02
100%.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:03
Well, Liz, this has been a really great discussion. And the last thing I want to ask you is what advice do you have for other patients?
Liz Schumacher 22:09
I do want to talk a little bit about healthcare sustainability. It’s one of the things that I’m really interested in at this point in my life, as I continue to pay attention to what’s going on in the world. And I would say I think all patients need to be paying attention to sustainability and what’s going on with Earth. I think some people might think that’s kind of crazy. But I think that we really do need to. If COVID didn’t teach us that crazy things can happen out of the blue, we need to start learning that. And you know, there are increasing numbers of infectious, rare infectious diseases that are popping up, all you need to do is like do a Google search, and you’ll see it every day and all different kinds of news sources. So I think patients need to be paying attention to not just their own medical condition, but also what’s happening on the horizon and how some of these new types of infectious diseases and things that are happening could potentially affect our health down the road. So I really want to make a plug for people to be thinking about sustainability and how they’re living and how they’re using and what they’re doing. So that we can also protect the Earth the best that we can just like we protect our own health. Because, if the Earth isn’t healthy, we’re going to have more diseases, we’re going to have more things that are going to be happening that affect us as vulnerable patients. So I’m really putting more time and energy into the next phase of my career on sustainable health care as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:28
And yeah, can you tell me a little bit more about that? Like how you specifically will be focusing on a health sustainability?
Liz Schumacher 23:35
I’m working with a team of others, physician, attorney, design thinking experts, to form a nonprofit called Greenwell, where we will be working together to improve healthcare sustainability. The nonprofit will be very focused on patients and health care providers and in improving our experiences. And there will be more information coming as we continue to grow the nonprofit, but I’m very excited about it. Because my hope is that people like us don’t have a life ahead of us of more COVIDs, and scary things that come out of the blue. I want to be as prepared, and I want patients to be as prepared and ready to advocate for themselves in their health. And regarding any advice for patients, I have so much advice for patients. I think it’s just delving into learning about your disease. I think it’s not being afraid to speak up, you know, the whole imposter syndrome thing people talk about. Your voice is the most important at any table where you’re discussing yourself. So doing research, asking questions, but making sure that you have a healthcare team who you really, really trust and are really, really smart, and listen to you and treat you as an equal so that it really is a discussion about your treatment options in your future together. And if you have any weird gut feeling like your voice is not being included, then you need to speak up or maybe you need to find another team but I think that most often it’s just speaking up and asking questions and being taken seriously and engaging because I think I’m here 40 Some years later with four kidney transplants and thriving and doing well because I have spoken up and I have demanded certain things for my medical care. And I’ve asked questions, and I’ve been comfortable taking risks. So I think just speak up, ask questions, learn, understand. Also, if you’re having symptoms or things from different conditions and treatments you’re getting, ask for help. If you have chronic headaches from a medication or GI issues, say, “Hey, I know that my health is improved my diseases improved from these medicines, but what can we do about the side effects?” Like, demand and ask for the best so that you can live as, quote, “normal life” that you can that is sufficient for you.
Zoe Rothblatt 25:35
Amen to that. It’s your body, so ask the questions, because you’re the one that’s going to be living with the symptoms or symptom free, right?
25:45
Absolutely. 100% you have to. And don’t be afraid. And if you get some kickback from somebody, just keep pushing it. That’s the time to be resilient and think in your mind, “What’s the worst thing I’ve been through medically?” Okay. Like I think about a dials to dialysis needles going in my arm. Okay. 123 Just say it, just do it. Force yourself to do it and say it.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:05
Well, thank you so much, Liz, for joining us sharing your story and about the work that you’re doing.
Liz Schumacher 26:10
Thank you for having me. I hope I didn’t say too much. But it’s a topic I’m so excited about. And I’m putting more energy and effort into this third act of my career. Helping patients is really what I think I’m meant to do. So I thank you for letting me join you today.
Steven Newmark 26:25
Wow Zoe, that was a really great interview.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:26
Yeah, it was great to talk to Liz. I just appreciate learning from her about how she blends her patient experience with her professional life and how she’s just starting to share her story more broadly. And it’s going to help so many people.
Steven Newmark 26:39
Yeah, totally. I’m gonna cut you off by just diving right into my learning. Just to hear from someone like Liz, who dealt with so much at such a young age, and how she was able to take these experiences and really turn them into to be a force for positive good is really just inspiring. Absolutely. Well, we hope that you learned something, too, and before we go, we definitely want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:04
Well, everyone thanks for listening to the health advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, please give us a rating, write a review, and definitely hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 27:18
I’m Stephen Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 27:24
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Fighting for Improved Access to Care for IBD Patients with Dr. Brad Pasternak
In this episode, we’re joined by gastroenterologist Dr. Brad Pasternak who talks about how his personal experience with ulcerative colitis inspired him to become a pediatric gastroenterologist. Dr. Pasternak realized he needed to advocate for policies that increase access to care after seeing his patients face denied treatments by insurance. He shares the tremendous effect that harmful policies have on the medical community, in delaying treatment for patients and getting in the way of shared decision-making. Finally, he leaves us with hope, discussing the advancements in treatment for inflammatory bowel disease.

Fighting for Improved Access to Care for IBD Patients with Dr. Brad Pasternak
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to the health advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, head of policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. So today, in anticipation of world IBD day, which is happening on Sunday, May 19, we’ll be interviewing a gastroenterologist in Arizona who devotes unfortunately far too much of his time to helping his patients navigate the system and make sure that they get on the proper therapies. Dr. Brad Pasternak will talk to us a little bit about some of the advocacy that he does on behalf of his patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:51
Great. I’m excited to listen.
Steven Newmark 00:52
Let’s get into it. All right, Dr. Pasternak, thank you so much for taking your time. It’s very much appreciated. We love all advocates here on the health advocates, but there’s something extra special that doctors are willing to take time from their busy schedules to travel to Washington DC, travel to their state houses, to help make lives better for their patients. And it’s not just travel, I know, it’s hours and hours of educating yourself on the complexities of step therapy, non medical switching, and how laws and policies can help patients. So thank you for being with us today, Dr. Pasternak.
Dr. Pasternak 01:23
Thank you for inviting me. It’s always nice to have a platform to try to reach more people about what we’re doing.
Steven Newmark 01:29
Yeah, excellent. So, let’s just start like, tell us a little bit about yourself. How did you get into gastroenterology as a specialty? How did your journey take you to Phoenix, Arizona?
Dr. Pasternak 01:37
Yeah, that’s always a great question. I’ve always known that I wanted to be a physician ever since I was young. And I’ve always loved working with kids just as a camp counselor, as a lifeguard. Just growing up my whole life, I’ve just interacted with children really well. And I got personally diagnosed with ulcerative colitis when I was in college. And so I immediately became fascinated with just autoimmune conditions, inflammatory bowel disease. More immunology and science behind it, and the fact that with all the research going on, we still don’t know what causes it, there’s no cure for it. So like I knew I wanted to do GI just based on my own personal experience. And then you know, when you think about that, it’s either dealing with no offence, old people and poop problems, or kids and poop problems. And I think there’s a big difference when you’re dealing with that.
Steven Newmark 02:31
Just to be clear, so I’m the old man with the gastro problems, right?
Dr. Pasternak 02:36
Yeah, or anyone else listening, or anyone else listening? So I clearly was heading towards the pediatric GI realm. Phoenix was completely unexpected. I did my fellowship training at Cincinnati Children’s and was at that time more geared toward research career, translational research, I was working in a really high power lab, and doing completely protected research time. It was just was one of those mornings that you wake up and question like, what am I doing? I think it was 7am. And I was literally giving a mouse an enema to give it colitis. And I just sat there saying, This is not why I went into medicine. I mean, it’s not that it’s unimportant, just from my personal interest. I love working with people and just sort of had a reevaluation at that time. And I met with my Division Chief Bill Balistreri, who’s a very well known name in the pediatric GI world. And he told me about this group that really fit my personality, and they were building a brand new large hospital and I came here in a February to visit to interview and left just snow icicles, gray skies, to 65 degrees and perfect weather, and I’ve been here ever since. You know, and they’ve given me the opportunity to build a robust IBD program and have given me a lot of support. And so yeah, really, it was just sort of very lucky and managed to find a group that was able to help mentor me and support. So here I am, 15 years.
Steven Newmark 04:08
Wow, that’s, that’s fantastic. Well, what led you to advocacy specifically?
Dr. Pasternak 04:12
That actually has been quite recent, I think more within the past five years. You know, when I think back to when I started practicing, the medical world was not the way it is today. It’s completely changed. And it’s been essentially taken over by dealing with payers and policies and prior auth and appeals, and it’s a completely different animal. And really, it’s come from wanting to do the best for my patients and fight for them. I was fortunate enough to have a patient who worked in health care policy for a large company and yeah, then I would call on her whenever there were issues or things that I just felt were wrong. I would call on her ask what her understanding was and ask for some, some help with certain situations and often gripe to her. She ultimately started to involve me in some of her projects. She involved me and I’ve written some stuff about step therapy reform here in Arizona. And we had a patient once, I remember, who I had written it was a teenager who was not growing, who was diagnosed with Crohn’s, moderate Crohn’s. Then I wrote for a biologic, which is the standard of care for that particular scenario. And they denied it stating that the patient had to fail three months of steroids before approving a biologic, which in actuality is malpractice. I mean, you’re not going to give a child corticosteroids stop their growth further and make them fail for three months. I mean, that’s just setting them up for a world of adverse effects. So she actually connected me with the CMO of that particular health plan. And then we set up a meeting and the meeting was 20 minutes, the CMO completely agreed with my concerns and not only overturned the denial, but then incorporated me in their new approval process, a new protocol for approving that particular drug. And we haven’t had an issue since. So that was my first experience of like, really making a difference, locally.
Steven Newmark 06:05
Wow!
Dr. Pasternak 06:05
And then, the stories go on and on. I’ve got multiple stories of scenarios of denials, that I just got more and more involved in advocacy, getting involved with NASPGHAN, which is our pediatric GI foundation. I’ve been working really closely with Camille Bonta, who’s our Washington advocate, and other KOLs in this space, because we’re all going through it. You know, I’ve been to Capitol Hill a couple of times. And I also started utilizing social media, which believe it or not, is quite a powerful tool in the advocacy realm, so.
Steven Newmark 06:41
Yeah, I’ve heard. Wait, I just want to take a pause for our listeners. The term KOL stands for key opinion leader, and it’s often used to, you know, correct me if I have this sort of on the right path, Dr. Pasternak. KOL sort of refers to doctors who are yeah, I guess key opinion leaders right. In this sentence, people who help influence opinions in the field?
Dr. Pasternak 07:01
Yeah, I would say they’re the experts in the field where, when you go to conferences, or you read papers, like they’re the ones that you sort of follow and listen to as far as how they approach different diseases.
Steven Newmark 07:13
Right. So, I’m very curious, can you tell us what it’s like when you’re traveling to, let’s use Washington. What is it like when you’re meeting with elected officials, or staff and policymakers in Washington or even at the local level as a doctor?
Dr. Pasternak 07:26
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 07:26
Because we talk a lot about what it’s like as patients to meet with elected officials, but what is it like as a doctor?
Dr. Pasternak 07:31
It’s interesting. So, like I said, I’ve been there twice to Capitol Hill. The first time I actually went representing an organization called the infusion access foundation.
Steven Newmark 07:42
Okay, yeah, we work with them.
Dr. Pasternak 07:44
Yeah. So Alicia Baron, who’s one of their people, used to work for the Crohn’s and Colitis Foundation, and I met her through a couple mutual contacts. I joined a group of advocates that consisted of patients, providers, infusion center administrators, and then we met with our local representative. And at that time, we were talking about prior authorization reform. What was interesting, it’s almost like how medicine is structured, where, you end up meeting with staffers, mostly.
Steven Newmark 08:13
Right, right, right, of course.
Dr. Pasternak 08:14
So, you know, I’m meeting these like, immediate post college graduates or law school graduates and, you know, very young, and they would relay the messages to the policymaker. And they, they would discuss various points of contention or support with them. And it’s a little bit, I’m not sure the right word, but you’d like ultimately, as a physician, and a person who’s, you know, I’m a professor, I’m a physician, I run a program, it’d be nice if I had a seat at the table with the policymaker, but, because I’m taking time out of my day, in my practice to come down there.
Steven Newmark 08:47
Sure.
Dr. Pasternak 08:48
I think the bottom line is, it’s a hard road.
Steven Newmark 08:51
Yeah.
Dr. Pasternak 08:51
And, especially on a federal level, once things are going through, and there’s legislation and you go and speak, it takes a lot to get through to them to convince them that you have a point. But the process also, the process takes a really long time to move the needle, which is frustrating.
Steven Newmark 09:03
Yeah, I’m really glad you said that only because it’s something that I say all the time when I’m with patients, particularly in Washington. It takes a long time.f The example I always give is the Civil Rights Act, is, did not start in 1964. When it was initially passed, it takes years, there was actually a civil rights act in 1957. And, of course, much pressure, that took a long, long time. And actually, in the realm of history, that probably was considered lightning speed on such an important topic, when it comes to the world of step therapy. And what we’re talking about, it’s much harder. The other thing, just to bounce off what you were saying, is, you meet with these staffers, or sometimes you’re lucky enough to meet with the actual elected official. And legislating policy, it’s not like, you can’t fit what you want onto a bumper sticker, it’s so easy to say lower drug prices. Boom. Like let’s do that, save, pro-patients. And then you create a legislation, and it has all these unintended consequences that weren’t thought about and people who are actually in the field like you, like patients, like me, that are just not thought about when the legislation is being drafted because it’s sometimes about, hey, it fit on a bumper sticker. It sounds great. Lower prices, whatever. Let me just, just to change tracks for a second. I know we talk all the time on the health advocates about the effects of various policies on patients. Particularly, you know, some insurance policies, and you were describing some of the steps that are put in the way and forcing a patient to be on a particular medication for three months. It’s absurd. But can you talk about the effects that these policies have on doctors? I mean, how do you even have time to deal with all this kind of stuff?
Dr. Pasternak 10:37
Yeah, I think that’s a great point. People don’t think about necessarily what it does to not even just doctors. I would lump the medical profession as a whole. As I mentioned, over the past, like 15 years, there’s been a total shift in this field. And it went from a lot more autonomy and shared decision making to literally any drug I write for my patients, with the exception of very few, requires a prior off. Which immediately leads to delay, no matter what. The second that process starts, there’s delay. And it’s, it’s nonsensical. It’s not based on evidence. So for me, you know, once that process starts, it’s the prior off, the denial, the appeal, then the repeat denial, then there’s a peer to peer. And for physicians, for instance, I have peer to peers almost on a daily basis where…
Steven Newmark 11:29
Hold on, Hold on, Hold on. Can you just explain to our audience what, what a peer to peer is?
Dr. Pasternak 11:32
It’s funny that they call it a peer to peer. That’s the biggest misnomer. I mean, peer to me implies friend, but no. So a peer to peer is a way, so if a medication is denied and there’s an appeal, it’s a way for the physician or nurse practitioner or to have a conversation with one of the medical directors of the insurance company to essentially state their case and argue why it should be approved. And it takes time. And peer to peer does not mean that if I’m writing for a Remicade for my IBD patient, that the person on the other end is a pediatric gastroenterologist, I could be talking to a geriatric gynecologist, I mean, honestly, he could be the furthest thing from my field. Where, we have this conversation so many times they say, “Well, you know, explain why you think this is worthwhile. And then your reasoning and well, you know, the literature better than I do. And I’m going to, yeah, that makes sense. I’ll approve it.” It’s a complete time suck that at the end of the day, you could look at the literature, I mean, almost 80% plus of prior auth that go through this process get overturned. If you’re someone who knows the literature and you know, that steps, you know, evidence based medicine, I mean, I never, I don’t want to say never, but I would say I’m probably batting greater than 95% in terms of my peer to peers getting things approved. So the peer to peers are scheduled. They’ll say, Oh, they’ll call you between one and three on Wednesday, with no regard to your schedule, right? And so I have patients there where I have to leave they say oh, excuse me I’ve been waiting for this call from a medical director I have to leave the room excused myself take the five second call to ultimately tell them, like they have that information, tell them what what I believe is get the the appeal overturned and then go back to my patients. Sometimes they don’t call, they’re always calling from some unknown number. And these days, our phones are getting attacked by possible spam. So you never want to answer these calls. And then, beyond that, they require, often, before even getting a peer to peer, you have to send something called a letter of medical necessity. So you have to put in writing exactly why you want to get this medication or get this study, get this test for your patient. That takes a lot of time. And then, lastly, staffing. I mean, we have staff now hired that is just dedicated to this process. They’re the ones that call, find out, you know, what’s on formulary, deal with the prior off, set up the peer to peers. We have to hire people directly to handle this backlog, to try to remove some of it from the physician. I recently did a survey nationally to ask about just medical providers and the effect that it’s having on them as far as time to approval administration time. I mean, it’s significant how much it affects everyone, and I’m sure is one of the causes of burnout, I mean, without a doubt.
Steven Newmark 14:30
Yeah. Oh my gosh, I mean, I can imagine. I mean, as a patient, I’ve dealt with insurance companies, and I’ve had my battles, and I’ve had to put things in writing. And I find it to be exhausting to do it for myself. To try and be a doctor, or I’m actually meeting, I have other, let’s just say other things going on, I can’t even imagine. So I’ll say it again, just thank you for all that you do. I know how time consuming, how tough it must be. Let me ask you something more positive. Can you tell us you know, you’ve been practicing for two decades-ish, in the two decades range, I think it’s fair to say. Can you tell us some of the differences in in patient outcomes today, versus when you first started practicing?
Dr. Pasternak 15:05
Yeah, absolutely. I mean, it’s it’s night and day, even from when I was diagnosed with ulcerative colitis, probably when you were diagnosed with Crohn’s. At that time, for me, it was steroids, anti inflammatories, and that was there for a while. Then some of these newer immune modifying drugs came out with unfortunately, lots of side effects. But now there is just this surge of newer therapies that are more effective, that are safer, and they changed the game. I mean, in the past, it was the goal was always make the child, make the patient feel better, right, let’s improve their symptoms, let’s improve their labs. But now we’ve gotten to a point where we want to actually heal the colon. I mean, we want to be able to go in and show that everything is completely normal, which we didn’t have the opportunity to do with the older drugs. And obviously, our goal is to avoid surgery. Avoid surgery and avoid steroids, I mean, that’s our ultimate goal. I look at there was a an algorithm for patients with acute severe colitis, for instance. They typically will, these kids will come into the hospital, they’ll have terrible disease, and the algorithm was published in like 2017, so not very long ago, and it called for steroids, a trial of Remicade, maybe a second trial, Remicade. And then colon comes out. I mean, it’s just sort of that’s the pathway. Where now, we’ve got newer drugs, we’ve got medications that work very quickly, and ultimately, we need to already relook at that pathway to say, I mean, I think we’ve outgrown it. And I think we have the possibility of using newer medications to prevent colectomy. So yeah, patient outcomes today are significantly better with safer medication.
Steven Newmark 16:48
Yeah, it’s a better world. One thing I always say to patients is, excuse my language, it’s sucks to be a patient. It sucks having this condition. But if there’s any time on earth to have contracted it, this is where you want to be, things are getting better each day, and newer and newer therapies are coming out, so be positive. So let me ask you, what is one takeaway that you would like to impart on other medical providers on patients and on caregivers.
Dr. Pasternak 17:09
I would say that, as we mentioned it takes a long time for things to change, and there’s no quick fix. Things are not changing tomorrow. The more people get involved, the higher the likelihood that change will happen quicker. And that, I guess from a physician perspective, the goal of a lot of these payers and these processes is to almost wear us out and give up and not necessarily put in the effort put a patient on a cheaper, less effective medication to not have to deal with going through the process. That is not the answer. I would say just I always say what if it was your child, treat every patient as if it’s your child and fight as hard as you would for your own child as you would your patient and don’t give up. From a patient perspective, I mean, I applaud you for writing letters and being involved. A lot of patients don’t know what to do, and don’t really have the guidance. As far as the approach, I always tell patients like this is going to be a two pronged attack. I will fight them on my side, you fight them on your side, and let’s see if we can get them to change their decision. So having patients really just take initiative and fight for themselves. Contacting their HR department, if it’s, you know, a plan through their employer, that’s always helpful. Contacting the state insurance commissioner, that always helps. There are people here to help us and try to disallow some of these practices. Social media, I think is great. You definitely need to be careful. Because obviously, you know, especially if you represent a company, an employer, or an institution, you know, your name gets tied to whoever you work for. And so be careful in regards to that. But at the end of the day, I would say, just keep fighting it. Even if you’re not sure, the next step, there are groups like yours, there are advocacy groups that exist all over, and they’re always looking for people to help.
Steven Newmark 19:04
Yeah, that’s fantastic. I’m just going to add one more from what you said earlier, I liked the idea that you said, that you got involved because of a patient of yours, who happen to work in health advocacy, but everyone listening to this podcast, works in health advocacy, whether they know it or not. So you’re an advocate. And that includes talking to your doctors about what you’re going through. And you could bring in more folks like Dr. Pasternak to help our causes. And that’s fantastic.
Dr. Pasternak 19:27
And just briefly, because I didn’t mention anything of what I’ve done locally, that actually moves a lot quicker than federally.
Steven Newmark 19:33
Good point.
Dr. Pasternak 19:33
So I ended up getting contacted by the Arizona Medical Association, they’ve got an advocacy division. And he reached out to me, because of, he heard about my work in all of this, step therapy, non medical switching, et cetera, and asked if I wanted to testify on a local Bill involved with something called non medical switching, which is a payer dictating a switch of a medication to a cheaper medication or a biosimilar, despite the patient doing extremely well on their current therapy. And so I actually, I got to testify at the local house. And they actually were very grateful, not only the Medical Association, but the legislators were grateful to hear my perspective. And so, I don’t think they get a lot of physicians that actually testify. I know we, we’re busy, but it can make a big difference.
Steven Newmark 20:23
Yeah, no, that’s a really great point. Let me end our discussion here by asking, can we make a promise that we can meet up someday in Washington, or perhaps even at the State House in Phoenix, work together to advocate.
Dr. Pasternak 20:33
Absolutely. I think before the podcast, we were just catching up, and my comment was that we’ve got so many people working on the same thing for whether it’s rheumatoid arthritis, or psoriasis, or I mean, whatever, all, lupus, I mean, all these chronic disease states have their own advocacy groups. And really, I think we all need to work together, because the concept, the fundamental issues are the same. And it’s preventing delay, preventing prior authorization, or having some reform there, not preventing it, but having some reform, depth therapy, it’s all the same fundamental concepts, it just in each disease state. And it’s something where a group like yours that work in multiple disease states.
Steven Newmark 21:17
Yeah!
Dr. Pasternak 21:17
That’s where this needs to go.
Steven Newmark 21:19
Yeah, no, absolutely. Well, this has been fantastic. You know, again, we’re so grateful for your time. Thank you, Dr. Pasternak. And we look forward to continuing this dialogue, as I said, perhaps in Washington or in Phoenix, we’ll link arms together.
Dr. Pasternak 21:31
Absolutely. Thank you for having me.
Steven Newmark 21:35
Thank you.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:35
Wow, Steven, that was a really great interview. And it just reminds me of like the power that doctors have to advocate for patients and really be a partner in care.
Steven Newmark 21:44
Yeah, no, absolutely. It is so unfortunate that doctors have to spend so much of their time doing advocacy and fighting for their patients and dealing with this prior authorization, all the other stuff that Dr. Pasternak was talking about. I mean, doctors really should be you know, practicing medicine, but such is the world we live in, right, Zoe?
Zoe Rothblatt 22:01
Exactly, and we’re grateful for doctors like Dr. Pasternak who work hard to fight against these egregious policies.
Steven Newmark 22:08
Absolutely. Well, I’m gonna cut you off and say that was my learning, the difficulties that are faced by doctors on their end when fighting for us and how grateful I am to have great doctors out there like Dr. Pasternak.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:17
Ditto.
Steven Newmark 22:18
Alright, well, we hope that you’ve learned something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen
Zoe Rothblatt 22:26
Well, everyone thanks for listening to the health advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review on Apple podcasts, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 22:41
I’m Steven Newmark. I’ll see you next time.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:43
And Happy World Diabetes Day.
Narrator 22:49
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Celebrating Lupus Awareness Month with New York City Council Member Shahana Hanif
In honor of Lupus Awareness Month and Lupus Day of Action in New York City, we’re joined by New York City Council Member Shahana Hanif. Council Member Hanif shares about her life as a lupus patient and how her condition informs her work as a member of the city council. She underscores the importance of accessibility within New York City and the idea of creating infrastructure to help patients with chronic conditions live and age in peace.

Celebrating Lupus Awareness Month with New York City Council Member Shahana Hanif
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Head of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:20
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. Today, we’re going to talk to a special guest New York City Council Member Shahana Hanif about her life as a lupus patient and how her condition informs her work as a member of the city council. But first we’ll talk about some news. And actually, I want to start by acknowledging Earth Day which took place this week. So we’re a few days late, but I had an interesting learning this week from my favorite epidemiologist, Katelyn Jetelina, and from her I learned that roughly nine percent of all plant life on Earth has been used in traditional medicine to treat and prevent disease. So, go Earth! Plants have gifted us with important medications for the treatment of cancer, pain, aspirin and morphine, for example, infection, diabetes, heart disease, and more. Thank you, Earth.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:06
That’s really cool. Thank you, Earth. We know that going outside, and like walking outside, spending time with fresh air and sun is your health. But I had no idea that so much of Earth plants were helping us in forming medications.
Steven Newmark 01:20
Yes, thank you Earth for all you do. And specifically, we’re gonna say thank you for your medicine. Okay, let’s get into it. What’s going on?
Zoe Rothblatt 01:26
So biologic therapies have a potential use in COVID-19 treatments.
Steven Newmark 01:32
I’m not surprised. They’re great medicines. So the traditionally used to biologic therapies, of course, focuses on managing autoimmune diseases. There’s ongoing research into the potential role in treating complications arising from COVID-19.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:44
And the rationale behind this is basically similar, the overactive immune response similar to what you have in an autoimmune disease that COVID in severe cases can trigger a hyper-inflammatory response. So the body’s immune system not only attacks the virus, but also healthy tissues causing like a cascade of inflammation.
Steven Newmark 02:04
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:05
And that biologics can specifically target this inflammation.
Steven Newmark 02:08
Totally makes sense to me, sort of, I guess, I’m not a doctor or scientist, but it totally makes sense, just intuitively. So I’m happy to see that I’m happy to see even more uses for some of these great therapies. Well, now let’s get into our interview with the council member.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:23
Great. I’m excited to hear.
Steven Newmark 02:24
Well, let’s start by introducing our guest today, New York City Council member Shahana Hanif, representative of the 39th Council District in Brooklyn. Councilmember Hanif was born and raised in her district and was diagnosed with lupus at age seventeen. She’s the first Muslim woman elected to the New York City Council and the first woman to represent the 39th district. Thank you for joining us, Councilmember. We’re excited to talk to you today.
Councilmember Hanif 02:46
Thank you so much for having me. I’m super honored to be your guest.
Steven Newmark 02:50
Yeah, excellent. And we’re here in part because on May 1, we’re going to do a Lupus Awareness Day in New York City. That we’ll be co hosting, spearheaded by an event at NYU Medical Center. So we’re excited for that. And we’re excited to raise awareness for lupus here in New York.
Councilmember Hanif 03:05
Absolutely.
Steven Newmark 03:06
So let’s jump right in at the beginning of your patient journey, if you don’t mind. What was it like growing up in Brooklyn and then at age seventeen, getting a life changing diagnosis?
Councilmember Hanif 03:15
So I was born and raised in Brooklyn, in a neighborhood called Kensington, which I now proudly represent, it is home to a thriving Bangladeshi working class immigrant community, which during my tenure as council member, I’ve been able to rename as little Bangladesh. It is the largest Bangladeshi enclave in Brooklyn. And so I grew up with parents who worked very hard. We never missed a day of school and I got to see what being a daughter of immigrants means in a community that had very little access to city services. And leading up to my diagnosis, we didn’t have a routine health care center that we visited. And so leading up to my diagnosis at seventeen, I was experiencing a myriad of issues and I had debilitating migraines, toothaches, swelling in both of my feet. And I had essentially seen these as individual issues and not part of a larger pattern of what could be an illness and so I was taking off the counter medications like Tylenol and would one day feel better the next again, there was another piece of symptom that was exasperated and so it wasn’t until my mother had seen my swollen feet that she was like, we have to go to the emergency room and that was our go to anytime we were sick. We would just run to the emergency room.
Steven Newmark 03:29
Yeah.
Councilmember Hanif 03:45
And that visit changed my entire life. We were there waiting for over twelve hours. And at the time it was Ramadan. So my mom and I were both fasting, we broke our fast at the hospital. And then when I got called in blood pressure was examined, urine tested, and both protein in my urine and the blood pressure were so high that they were like we need to keep you. There’s something that we need to investigate and find out what’s causing this rupture. And I remember feeling very lost and very confused. My mother also just in a frenzy, we were both very scared and very anxious. And I had never witnessed anything like this in my life. My parents had never with me and my two other siblings experienced anything this heartbreaking and this life changing.
Steven Newmark 05:45
I’m just curious, you were so young, and you were seventeen. Had you heard of lupus before? Did you have any idea what lupus was?
Councilmember Hanif 05:52
So interestingly, I had heard of lupus. But I was surprised when when I received the diagnosis, because at that moment, I couldn’t recall where I had heard it. But I had heard it on America’s Next Top Model.
Steven Newmark 06:05
Oh.
Councilmember Hanif 06:06
One of the earlier seasons and a one of their contestants who had gotten to the final round or the top three in one season, Mercedes had a flare. She was experiencing flare, and she on live television shared that she wasn’t feeling well, she was feeling sick. And so I recall that moment of onscreen, just vulnerability. So I’ve definitely heard of it. But then it also made me think about the fact that outside of that particular moment, I had no other example of anybody with chronic illness, or anybody openly sharing that they’re not feeling well outside of it being specifically older people, that older people are sort of relegated to illness and sickness and disabilities, but then a whole community of people are sort of getting by without talking about being sick or feeling unwell, or just the sheer stigma around these conversations. So I was curious as to why that was. And I think that served for me as a catalyst to wanting to do something different, to be very open about what I was experiencing, particularly because I belong to a close knit community. And that was what served to me as a catalyst for change. And for me to be an advocate both for myself, but all others who have been alienated or abandoned by illness.
Steven Newmark 07:31
Yeah, first of all, I just want to say so much of this resonates not just with me, I know it resonates with our patient community, the idea of needing a community and being a part of a community is a really big deal. So I’m curious how you went from the emergency room, not having a regular doctor, I presume by now you do have a regular doctor that you see.
Councilmember Hanif 07:50
I do.
Steven Newmark 07:51
So how did you get connected to the right places, and what were some of the challenges that you had to deal with to find the right doctor?
Councilmember Hanif 07:57
Sure, so the hospital I first turn to the Emergency Center was not the hospital that I received my initial years of treatment. In fact, that first hospital did not have a pediatric rheumatologist. So they were very much incapable of really making sure that I was receiving adequate and efficient treatment. However, they were able to move me out to a hospital and my birth hospital actually, I received care from Maimonides and was under such tremendously compassionate, dignified care with a rheumatologist, a nephrologist, and endocrinologist. I mean, I had a whole team of pediatric.
Steven Newmark 08:38
A lot of “ologists.”
Councilmember Hanif 08:39
That’s right. But initially, it was very tough because I had not navigated health care and hospitals in this way. And coming from a household where sickness was not seen with much importance, or was seen as well this is going to pass. So let’s just keep on keeping on. This was the first time that I was forced to take a pause, forced to take a pause and navigate what is a very nebulous system to tackle and not just for our immigrant or limited English proficient communities. But even as somebody who speaks English can read and write in English, this is a tough system to navigate. And I was also on top of everything uninsured, I did not have health insurance, and it just all felt overwhelming. And so once I moved on to my Maimonides, I mean, slowly, the treatment process became a bit more open to me. However, I felt that if I did not at the same time talk about the hurdles, I would have a much harder time I wanted to be able to connect with other people. I wanted to be able to connect with other women, which is why I was writing at the same time I had a blog called Shahana with Lupus, and I was keeping a diary, a public diary of sorts to share out instances that I felt were unjust. I had applied for Access-A-Ride, our city’s paratransit service and had been rejected and it bothered me so much. It infuriated me that somebody like me who now needs to go back to school, or go to doctor’s appointments, or just hang out that everything was at stake because of this rejection by Access-A-Ride. How would I get around the city, it felt inhumane and cruel that the lack of this opportunity meant that I could not leave my house that I would have to pay hundreds of dollars in cab services to get around the city. So, I really channeled my activism and my anger into activism rather to be able to talk about this.
Steven Newmark 10:47
We love that here on The Health Advocates.
Councilmember Hanif 10:49
Yeah, that’s right. So I use writing as a tool to one get closer with my friends. Because this was also within our age group. I was as a seventeen year old, unfamiliar, unfamiliar territory. And I didn’t want this diagnosis, I didn’t want lupus to be a secret. I didn’t want this to be an issue that I deal with at home with my parents. I wanted this to be a facet of my life, and for my friends to be involved in care.
Steven Newmark 11:17
Yeah. Let me ask you, you’re an elected official. How has that come up on the political trail, if you will? How does it come up day to day when you’re in the city council itself, affecting your positions, perhaps on certain pieces of legislation, but first talk about the politics of it and like managing were on the campaign trail? What was it like?
Councilmember Hanif 11:33
So, I have been very open about lupus since age seventeen, from the onset of this public blog to my first job as a tenant organizer and fighting to be able to work from home. Lupus has impacted every part of my life. When I decided to go to Brooklyn College, I chose the school because the B11 bus took me straight to my hospital, I knew that being close to home would mean that if my parents ever needed to pick me up, they could do that within 10-15 minutes. So everything revolves around care. However, our city is not built that way. Our city is not built in a way where everyone can just choose well, because the bus is here, I should go to the school, I was fortunate to be able to maneuver my life around buses and access to care. But that’s not in totality how our city is built, people have to go out of their communities to go to the hospital of their care or of their choice, right? Or the elevators may not be connected to the transit system where your Hospital is located. There’s so many challenges. And so for my run for city council, speaking about lupus was foundational, it’s a part of my story. It’s how I’ve navigated living in the city, whether it was my fight for equitable transit system, I fought really closely with my neighbors for the Seventh Avenue F G station elevator, which is right by the Methodist Hospital. And that was a huge campaign and it just recently got built under my tenure. And so anybody coming into Seventh Avenue in Park Slope has an elevator access, which is tremendous news for us. And this was years of organizing, to language accessibility issues within our broader city agencies making sure that immigrant working class families have access and feel empowered to receive health care. So on the campaign trail, I talked about lupus, I shared the impacts of what it looks like to not have adequate health care access, and particularly I ran during the height in the wake of COVID. And so this was not unfamiliar, my speaking about lupus was not an unfamiliar or rare conversation, because everybody in the city was impacted by COVID, if not directly, they had a family member they were taking care of, or they knew that they had to take time off to take care of a family member impacted by long COVID. So this conversation was and continues to be mainstream. And I think it’s very important for us to be able to talk about illness and chronic illness and also the mental health aspects very openly and candidly. Through my time in the council, I’ve been open with my colleagues as well and may is officially Lupus Awareness Month in our city and I’m looking forward to again celebrating it this year. But the way in which I’ve looked at disability, chronic illness, mental health issues is by fighting for guaranteed housing, by fighting for education equity, by ensuring that we’re improving on remote work access, and making it so that no one feels abandoned by the city and lupus has been a launching pad and foundational to every single piece of legislation that I fight for.
Steven Newmark 14:54
I do want to ask one last question, but before I did.
Councilmember Hanif 14:56
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 14:57
I mean just last week. I mean, this is not ten years ago, I was on the phone fighting for a particular therapy and dealing with my insurer. And after a few hours on the call, I was exhausted. And when I hung up, I actually said, well, you just created another health advocate or something like that another patient advocate. And as they hung up, I realized like, wait a minute, first of all, I already am a freaking advocate.
Councilmember Hanif 15:16
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 15:17
But I was like, you know what? Now I’m even more pumped up. And the whole idea what you were talking about Access-A-Ride and when things excuse my language, but when they align to screw over patients when the system is not set up in a way to help patients, but there are impediments in the way, the one positive, the one bright shining thing is that it does create more advocates to fight. So that’s good. So last question, councilwoman, how do you use your position on the city council to raise awareness about chronic illnesses like lupus and advocate for improved patient care, you spoke about the improved patient care a little bit, but?
Councilmember Hanif 15:46
Yeah, I first and foremost, I’m very honest about my own life. I am somebody who continues to be a part of the healthcare system, I am impacted. I just had my hip replaced at the onset of my term in 2022, I had to get a revision. And so the Hospital for Special Surgery is my lifeline. I have all of my doctors and care there. And to be able to be a legislator who needed to get a full hip replacement, again, is something that was so new to my colleagues. And you know, I’m 33 years old. This is a story that requires to be told, I want to make sure that the fight for health care access and improvement is not just something that is theoretical, that our constituents get to see that we have champions in elected office who are also impacted by illness. And they have navigated the tumultuous healthcare system and are fighting for better care. I also participated in lobby days I go to DC for lupus advocacy, we need more money in research, we need more money for medication that is without side effects. And we need a city that is built for us to be able to age in place. And so the age in place piece is particularly important for me, no one should need to move away from their homes simply because they have a set of stairs, we should be able to age in place and create housing and infrastructure that allows us to get around the city without any impediments. And so every part of my fight for just budget and for improved legislation for transformative legislation is through the lens of disability justice. And that is important for me. And because I speak about it, it has certainly influenced my colleagues to think about all pieces of legislation in this way, we must, the city should be built for all of us, not just for some of us.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:43
Well, this has been great. Thank you so much, Councilmember for joining us today. And if we don’t see you in New York City, if not, perhaps we’ll see each other or we can join up in Washington the next time you’re there with some of our patient advocates as well as we continue the fight.
Councilmember Hanif 17:57
Thank you so much, Steven, this was such a wonderful conversation.
Steven Newmark 18:01
Yeah, thank you.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:04
Well, Steven, that was a really great interview. It’s fun listening to you have a conversation with the council member and just really reminded me of the importance of raising awareness about lupus and having conversations with elected officials and bringing the community together.
Steven Newmark 18:18
Totally. I learned something, something we already knew. But elected officials, there are people just like us isn’t that something isn’t that in one of the magazines? They’re just like us. Celebrities too, are just like us. They have diseases and ailments that we all have to deal with and go through their lives. And the more folks I think of public prominence, you have conditions and speak out about living life with those conditions, the better we can be as advocates, and we hope that you learn something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:46
Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 19:04
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 19:10
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
The Balancing Act of Chronic Illness with Shonta Chambers
We’re joined by Shonta Chambers, who serves as the Executive Vice President-Health Equity Initiatives and Community Engagement for the Patient Advocate Foundation (PAF). Shonta explains how social drivers impact one’s health, including things such as housing and economic status. We dive into the case work she does with PAF to combat these challenges and connect patients to resources. She also shares about her personal journey of being a caregiver.
For more information about the Patient Advocate Foundation visit: www.patientadvocate.org

The Balancing Act of Chronic Illness with Shonta Chambers
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:20
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:22
And today, we’re joined by Shonta Chambers with the Patient Advocate Foundation. I had a really wonderful conversation with her about the work she does at Patient Advocate Foundation to improve health equity and connecting patients with resources for all things that go into their health. We talked a lot about health disparities and how things like transportation and your housing impact your health. So Steven, I’m excited for you to listen.
Steven Newmark 00:49
Yeah, well, let’s get into it.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:51
Welcome, Shonta.
Shonta Chambers 00:52
Thank you so much, Zoe for having me. Excited for today’s conversation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:57
Me too. Why don’t you start off by introducing yourself to our listeners?
Shonta Chambers 01:00
Hello, I am Shonta Chambers, and I’m the Executive Vice President for Health Equity and Community Engagement for Patient Advocate Foundation. I am also a mother of two amazing young men, and I’m a caregiver for my mother who is living with progressive multiple sclerosis, and my father who is actually a stroke survivor. So I get to be an advocate in my profession, and as well as being an advocate in my personal life. So. that’s a little bit about me.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:28
And can you tell us more about your work with Patient Advocate Foundation and how you advocate on behalf of patients there?
Shonta Chambers 01:35
So, Patient Advocate Foundation as an organization, we’re really at the nexus of addressing access and affordability issues for persons living with chronic and complex health conditions across all 50 states. And that is really bringing to the forefront those various social and financial drivers of health and health inequities that people are living with every day. So it was really about looking at insurance and helping those who may be uninsured, identify and enroll in a health insurance plan or for those persons who may be insured and have a course of care that has been denied, working with them to actually file an appeal against that denial. Or for those folks who are just really needing financial resources to address everyday costs of living expenses, like utilities, rent, mortgage, even groceries, and transportation, to even things such as helping folks actually apply for or social security disability. So it’s really addressing everything across the spectrum of health and across a spectrum of health care, but more so focus on those social and financial aspects and less of the actual clinical aspects.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:40
And can you tell me more about that, how those social and economic aspects impact your health? I have a background in public health in policy and management and we always talk about social determinants of health and it might surprise people to learn how much these other factors like you’re saying outside the clinical impact your health, and can you tell me about like more about that, and what you’ve seen in the patients you work with.
Shonta Chambers 03:04
So there was a study done some time ago, and it really outlined the fact that 80 percent of one’s health outcomes are actually attributed to the social drivers of health or the social drivers of health inequity. And that includes things such as where they live, their economic status, and all of these factors, like you pointed out that are all non-clinical base. And so it’s really about understanding when someone is uninsured, how that hinders their ability to access and adhere to care. If someone is underinsured, that hinders their ability to access and adhere to care. If someone lives in a food desert and let’s say that there’s a course of care that requires them to have a healthy diet, that impacts their overall quality of life. Let’s say that someone lives someplace where it’s a transportation desert, and they don’t have adequate transportation, then it also hinders their ability to be able to access care, because if someone has to travel two or three hours to get to doctor’s appointments, and back and forth, etc, how that does have an overall impact on their overall health. And also for those people who may be living in dilapidated housing or those folks who may be housing insecure. I think it’s so important for us to understand that what homelessness looked like several years ago, which was basically we always have this vision of homelessness, of people living on the street, that now we have a new definition of homelessness, we have new characteristics of homelessness. And right now what we’re seeing is a lot of people who are living in these long term care lodges or these log extended stay hotels, and these individuals are actually classified as being homeless. So these are all of those other factors that we really have to think about, because they have a significant impact. That is why it’s so critically important that we have active conversations around these things, but also make sure that we’re having these policy discussions around these things as well.
Shonta Chambers 03:07
And what sort of policies or resources do you promote as a foundation? Like if a patient calls you up and let’s use your example of transportation that they need help, can you walk us through, like how you would help that patient and what you offer?
Shonta Chambers 05:15
Absolutely. So let me start by saying that we have a cadre of amazing case managers. And they are some of the most passionate and hardworking individuals that I have ever encountered, not just our case management team, but also our team that works across our entire enterprise from our copay assistance program to our financial assistance program. And so let’s take this example, let’s say that we do have a patient that comes to us, and they’ve identified transportation as a barrier. Let me also point out that is so critically important that the patients that are coming to us never come to us because they just have one challenge. So that patient who’s coming to us may be coming to us because they have an immediate transportation barrier. But because our case managers have been in this space for so long, they know that once they began to ask more questions, they’re going to find that there are more layers to this onion. So not only does that person have a transportation problem, they may have some difficulty paying for their utilities, they also may be experiencing difficulty paying for their medication. So on that transportation situation, what that case manager is going to do is look to see if he or she can actually find resources at the community level or someplace else to really be able to respond to that transportation need that that person may have. The beauty of them doing this further exploration around the needs of a patient is, let’s say that they can’t find a viable transportation resource. But they do know that this person is also having some challenges paying for medication or actually paying for their utilities. But in those two lanes, they may be able to find a viable resource. So what they may do is find that viable resource to address that medication cost issue, or that utility issue in the hopes that that will free up some additional resources within the home that now this patient can direct towards addressing that transportation barrier. So they are really some geniuses in this space and really navigating. So it’s like if they can’t find a solution to one thing, maybe if they can find a solution to something else, then it can help work with that patient or that caregiver who may be calling us on a patient’s behalf to reallocate those resources to address the need that they may be calling us about. But that is only once they’ve exhausted all possible options. And that’s what they do every single day.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:34
And I think what you guys do is so incredible, because it’s just so exhausting being a patient. And like you’re mentioning, there’s so many aspects to focus on, and to know that someone can call you guys up and get that help. And maybe you’re asking questions that they haven’t even thought about themselves, because you’re just so overwhelmed with the chronic illness. And it’s amazing that you can take away that burden from a patient and be able to support them in a time of need.
Shonta Chambers 08:00
Absolutely, we actually just completed a survey to really look at administrative burden. And those results, of course, can be found at our Patient Insight Institute. And it was just really amazing to elevate the urgency of minimizing the administrative burden that patients encounter as well as their caregivers, because it can sometimes take weeks and months and sometimes years to bring resolution to some of the challenges that they are experiencing. And I think it’s the reality that we have to understand the urgency of now. So when patients or caregivers who are coming to us on their behalf are seeking assistance or seeking help, they’re needing it like now, not three months from now, not six months from now, and not a year from now. And if I can call out when we talk about patients who are living with rare diseases, we’re talking about that disease odyssey even being much longer. So it’s just critically important for us to also understand the enormity of the administrative burden that is also on the shoulders of patients. So they’re trying to balance the administrative requirement to get assistance for things while at the same time they’re also trying to manage their condition. And that’s a balancing act that I don’t think any of us desire.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:13
And maybe this is too personal. But do you ever feel that burnout was doing it every day in personal and professional life?
Shonta Chambers 09:21
Absolutely. I’ll use my mom for an example. So my mom is bed bound as a result of her MS and there is a program in the state where I live that allows persons who would qualify for skilled nursing care to be able to receive the care in their home. So one of our case managers told me about this program back in 2022. August of 2022 was actually when we started this process. We are now sitting in March of 2024. And I am still trying to get her the first day of in home service. And so I consider myself to be somewhat intelligent on most days, right. And so here I am trying to navigate the system, and I’m having these significant delays. And I do this, or I’m in the space with people who do this every single day. And I don’t think we sometimes realize the emotional and mental toll that this can even take on a patient or their caregiver or whomever, we’re talking about 2022. And here we are in 2024. And fortunately, I am able enough to be able to care for my mom. But what if I wasn’t? And then on the other side of that, I still have to work every single day. And so what about those folks who don’t have that type of social support system? What do they do? And oftentimes, you know, what they do they just give up. And that’s not right. That’s just completely unfair.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:45
Totally. And I think a huge part of this, too, is the health literacy. So because of your work, you know, all the right questions to ask, and you know what words to use, and you’re still confronted with the barriers and the delay. And I’m just thinking about all the people that don’t do this every day in their life, and are just so confused when they pick up the phone and really just don’t know what to do. Not by any fault of their own but just because you’re learning as you go in a lot of these healthcare scenarios.
Shonta Chambers 11:13
That’s the beauty of what I appreciate about how PAF as an organization approaches our engagement with patients. And so going back to our case managers, whenever there is a moment to do a conference call with a patient or their caregiver, when we’re trying to bring an issue to resolution, we use that as a teachable moment. So they use a lot of three way calling so that that patient or that caregiver can hear the question that they’re posing, they can also hear how they’re responding to questions that are being asked of them. And we use those as teachable moments so that if individuals ever find themselves in these situations, again, they at least can draw back to what they heard in terms of how our case manager may have posed a question or how they may have actually responded to a question. Basic literacy in our country is still a challenge and so when you add on top of that health literacy, it just becomes a greater challenge. And so being able to use these audible opportunities, as teachable moments is also a way how we try to really build self advocacy among our patient population.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:17
And what are some of the other common like challenges or lack of resources that you see in your work?
Shonta Chambers 12:23
Housing.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:24
Yeah.
Shonta Chambers 12:24
Housing has been a huge challenge in terms of affordability with everything that has been happening, housing has really risen to the top for so many individuals. And housing is critically important for a number of reasons. Imagine the anxiety associated with not know that you have safe and secure and stable housing, especially if you’re someone living with a chronic or complex health condition. So housing would be one of those things. And then again, for those who are still able to maintain their housing, everything that goes along with cost of living, so cost of living continues to be one of those major issues that we hear from our patients all the time. And I’ll round that out and say costs associated with care whether that’s direct pharmacologic costs, or costs associated with having to travel to care, co-pays that are associated with their care, those would probably be the three, like I said, housing, of course, the ability to afford cost of living related expenses, and costs of care related expenses. That is what we hear most often from the patients that we serve.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:32
Yeah, it’s so hard, because like a lot of just what you would call healthy people are dealing with these challenges. And then when you’re managing a chronic disease, which I always say is like a full time job, it really requires so much. And then when you physically don’t feel well, and you should want to like curl up in bed, but you don’t have a bed, you don’t have access to reliable comfort to take care of yourself. Like it feels like it should be a basic human right.
Shonta Chambers 13:57
Right, so if I go back to that example, when I think about the new face of homelessness, when I said people are now living in these long term care, hotels, these kind of quad living environments, and probably you’re talking about a space that has one of those little cubic refrigerators. And at that, for those of us who are fortunate enough to be able to go to college, they were in our dorm rooms, right until it was enough to maybe keep maybe some water and maybe one or two snacks. But for lets if you have someone that is on a therapy of any type that needs to be refrigerated, or someone who again needs a healthy diet to accompany their therapy, how much of a healthy diet can you store in one of those itty bitty tiny cubic size refrigerators. And then for those who have to store medication, you’re having to balance how much of that space is used to store your medication, as well as how much of that is used to store your food and things of that nature. And so when we talk about it in that context, we cannot ignore the relationship with health and housing as we think about what it looks like for people as they move forward.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:02
I never even thought about that just the attention to detail and how you move through the day. And as something as simple as the size of a refrigerator could dictate your health and how often you have to get up and go to the store. And just the privilege there to even visit the store every day and trying to maintain a job. And it’s just so layered when you really dig deep.
Shonta Chambers 15:23
And Zoe that’s making the assumption that there was a store that you can get up and go to right. If we think about so many of our communities, the major market is Pinky’s convenience store. And the closest thing to a fresh fruit and vegetable, may be that banana that’s been sitting on the counter all week. And so when you start peeling this onion back a little bit more, you say, yeah, I may be in a long term housing situation where my frequency to need to go to the grocery store is great. But guess what, I don’t even have transportation to be able to get to the store because there is not one in walking distance of where I’m having to live. So becomes this amplifying effect. And then think about really the emotional toll that that has on one. As you said, sometimes you’re so physically exhausted from trying to manage your condition, and all of those things that you just want to curl up. Well, so many people can’t curl up because they realize if they curl up that the family members that are depending upon them, they lose as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:25
So what can we do to help? You know, that’s such a broad question, but are there policies we can advocate for? And like the individual level, how can we support our community? What suggestions do you have?
Shonta Chambers 16:38
One of the things and I’ve taken this learning environment, this learning opportunity with this with my mom and saying how can I make this easier for the next person. So I’ve been documenting just my own experience through this with A, a plan to give back or give guidance back to my local legislator. This is my story. So I think the degree all of us have a story, whether we are a patient, or whether we’re caregiver, we have a story. And it’s important for us to tell that story to the individuals that we are electing at a local level, as well as at a state level, because they are the face of us as constituents. And so it’s critically important that they know when they’re making decisions around health care when they’re making decisions around transportation infrastructure, when they’re making decisions around housing, when they’re making decisions around the state funded safety net programs, they need to understand that there are real people at the end of these types of decisions. There are real families at the end of these types of decisions. And we can’t just say that to them one time, we can’t just say that to them in a election period or the election time of year, we need to be constantly using our voice and creating an echo chamber. Because just like we know, I know my mom and her living with her MS, I know my dad and him being a stroke survivor. But when we walk out of our door, we know other people in our community, whether there are seniors in our community that are experiencing challenges when they’re only trying to live the best quality of life possible. So we have a responsibility and an opportunity to be that echo chamber to raise these voices to raise these issues so that they don’t fade away. What tends to happen is around election time, everyone wants to talk about these things. But once the polls close and the final ballots are cast, then all of these conversations become mute, but they don’t become mute in the lives of persons living with chronic and complex health conditions. They live with this 365 days a year. There are no off days, there are no primaries, there are no final votes. This is their life every single day. And we have to make sure that these experiences don’t fade to black, that they continue to be vibrant in the forefront of how we deliver health care every single day.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:04
Well said, keep the story alive and remember that it’s real people. It’s really powerful. And sometimes I say we’re all just one chronic disease away from getting a chronic disease like you never know. It could be you. I live with two chronic diseases and it’s a turning point in your life and everybody has issues they care about and there’s a lot of issues we talked about today that I think it should resonate with most people whether it’s housing, the transportation, the healthcare, the being a patient yourself, caregiving, health literacy, regular literacy, like there’s so much here that you can have a personal connection to.
Shonta Chambers 19:41
Absolutely.
Zoe Rothblatt 19:42
Shonta, the final question I want to ask you is what advice do you have for other caregivers?
Shonta Chambers 19:47
Oh, wow. What advice do I have for other caregivers? Two things. I would say first, I would have to express my appreciation for all the fellow caregivers out there because they are such unsung heroes because no one sees their tears or hears their cry. And oftentimes it is in that space of us being with ourselves that we allow that to take place. Because we don’t want to do in front of the person that we’re caring for, because they already are dealing with the emotions of knowing that we’re having to render care for them, but at the same time is to humanity of who we are, because it does get exhausting. And if you are a caregiver who also may be living with a chronic or complex health condition yourself it’s only amplified. And so for me, my advice to caregivers is don’t forget to take those moments for yourself to just reset, reframe, and then re-engage and know that it’s okay to say that you are tired. And it’s also okay to say not today. It’s okay to say that today, I’m not going to deal with that one thing, not today, because you’re only as good as your strength. And it’s alright to take those moments to restore your own mental health. So find out what that means for you and be okay with resting in that place.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:17
That’s really beautiful. I think it’s similar to as a patient, your whole identity doesn’t have to be a patient. And I’m sensing that from what you’re saying, as a caregiver, it doesn’t have to be your whole identity. And your advice to take time for yourself helps you maintain that that you’re like a person first and a caregiver second.
Shonta Chambers 21:36
So what do we always say you can’t pour from an empty cup?
Zoe Rothblatt 21:39
Yes.
Shonta Chambers 21:40
So as a caregiver, it is so important to make sure that you have someone, or something, or some space that fills your cup so that your cup doesn’t run empty.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:52
Well, thank you so much for joining. And I guess my final final question is where can our listeners like find you, find Patient Advocate Foundation, we’ll drop some links in the show notes, but let us know.
Shonta Chambers 22:01
So of course, you can find Patient Advocate foundation at www.patientadvocate.org, or you can reach us toll free at 800-532-5274. You can find me as well as Patient Advocate on LinkedIn. Of course, I’m @ShontaChambers at LinkedIn. And there are a plethora of resources on our website, we have a phenomenal national financial resource directory on our website, which is really a catalogue of all the resources across the country that our case managers have tapped into. Because we realize sometimes it’s two in the morning when you realize you need a resource. And you can’t call someone, we wanted to make sure that there was a space that patients could go to, caregivers, or even those who are in communities that are helping to support patients. So you can find a variety of resources there on our website.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:02
Thank you so much for joining us. And for all the work you do. I’m excited to follow along your journey and keep seeing how it goes.
Shonta Chambers 22:19
Oh, well, I’m not tired yet. I keep my sleeves rolled up because this is truly a marathon and not a sprint. And so and I’m ready for it, so I stay hydrated, and stay rested. Because there’s a beauty in this work called advocacy, although I wish I didn’t have to do it. But I think we all have a purpose and I think that this is part of my purpose.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:27
Amazing. Well, thank you so so much.
Shonta Chambers 23:29
Thank you so much, Zoe.
Steven Newmark 23:32
Wow. Well, that was great, Zoe. It was so interesting to hear from Shonta.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:35
Yeah, that was really great. I really appreciated her talking about caregiver support and just the burnout there and the need to think about the other players in the healthcare field. How about you what you learn?
Steven Newmark 23:47
Yeah, speaking about learning that was a big learning for me just the idea of what caregivers go through. I’ve seen it on a personal level. How emotionally draining it can be an exhausting to be a caregiver, and our hats are off here at GHLF. We never neglect caregivers. At least I hope we don’t. So we salute them. Well, we hope that you learned something, too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 24:13
Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 24:26
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 24:31
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
“Advocate for Yourself and Don’t Give Up” with Cyndi Lauper and Michelle Bernstein
The Health Advocates are joined by singer, songwriter, actress, and activist Cyndi Lauper and chef and restauranteur Michelle Bernstein to talk about their journey with psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. Recently, the two of them have joined forces to bridge the worlds of music and cuisine to deliver a powerful message of hope and empowerment for patients living with psoriatic disease. Here, they share about their personal journeys with diagnosis, the importance of connecting with other patients, and why they are spreading awareness.
For more information on the resources mentioned by Cyndi Lauper and Michelle Bernstein, you can visit: ThePSConnection.com

"Advocate for Yourself and Don't Give Up" with Cyndi Lauper and Michelle Bernstein
Steven Newmark 00:00
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, head of policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:09
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:13
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:21
And today we have special guests joining us. We’re joined by singer, entertainer extraordinaire Cyndi Lauper and culinary chef Michelle Bernstein, to talk about their journey with psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. So recently, the two of them have joined forces to bridge the worlds of music and cuisine to deliver a powerful message of hope and empowerment for patients living with psoriatic disease.
Steven Newmark 00:45
They’re using their platform to share their personal journeys and insights to the millions of individuals living with chronic autoimmune conditions.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:52
So Cyndi and Michelle, welcome to The Health Advocates. Thanks for joining us.
Cyndi Lauper 00:57
Thank you.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 00:58
Thank you so much.
Steven Newmark 00:59
Yeah, we’re big fans and we’re very excited for you to join us and share what you’re doing to help patients like yourselves around the country.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:06
Yeah, we’re really excited that you’re using your platform to you know, talk about your patient journeys and we’ll get into that today. And, you know, part of our work is, Steven and I both live with chronic illness and you know, we’re patients ourselves, and we chat with patients all the time, and we’re just looking forward to learning more from you today about your journey and spreading awareness. So yeah, thank you.
Cyndi Lauper 01:29
So you have psoriasis also?
Zoe Rothblatt 01:32
I have inflammatory arthritis and Crohn’s disease. So a little different, but I can understand aspects of the journey.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 01:40
That’s a tough one.
Steven Newmark 01:41
I have, gosh, I have it all. I have inflammatory arthritis. I have IBD. And I have psoriasis. So I’ve got the triple crown.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 01:50
Yeah, you do.
Cyndi Lauper 01:52
I’m sorry.
Steven Newmark 01:53
No, it’s okay. It’s okay. Everything, I’m actually, I consider myself to be very lucky because it’s all under control. And I know how to take care of myself. I know how to get the best therapies and work with doctors, and I live a pretty good life. So I’m actually very lucky.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 02:09
that’s wonderful. That’s wonderful. As are we.
Steven Newmark 02:13
Yeah. Well, that’s great to hear. So let’s get into it. First question for Cyndi. Can you describe the initial moments when you first noticed symptoms of psoriasis on your scalp while on tour and how did you initially react to it?
Cyndi Lauper 02:26
Well, I was on vacation.
Steven Newmark 02:28
Oh, I apologize.
Cyndi Lauper 02:29
After the tour. No, it was just after the tour, and I was in Spain. And I thought, you know, because I had a kid, I thought I had like bugs from his helmet. He played hockey. So I thought oh, you know, because they always have that, hey, hey, somebody has bugs, you know, whatever. And, and then when it didn’t go away, and I went to the doctor right away, and he said, oh, that’s not bugs, that’s psoriasis. And I said really, and he gave me some shampoo and for a while was okay and then it started to get worse. And then it got even worse. And then it was even more worse than it was. And I eventually was covered head to toe with psoriasis. I had two different forms, one plaque psoriasis, and the other the red spots on my skin and it just kind of everything kind of just blended into one. So it’s really bad. And I let it go too long and that’s why I’m here talking to you. Because I realized that a lot of people have psoriasis on their skin and don’t really do anything about it, but get some cream or live with it. And you know, I waited five years before I went to a doctor.
Steven Newmark 04:01
Yeah.
Cyndi Lauper 04:01
And there are some things that can permanently change when you don’t see a doctor right away and there are doctors that specialize just in psoriasis. It wasn’t like it wasn’t going to see a doctor, but I didn’t go and see a doctor that just did psoriasis. You know, because when you have these skin things, if if it’s not recognized it goes untreated or misdiagnosed or treated. You know, for instance, nowadays doctors are learning more and more and more about this disease. And if you find a specialist, they can help you before it’s an inflammatory thing, anautoimmune inflammatory disease and what’s on the outside you don’t know what’s going on on the inside. So you need to advocate for yourself, you need to find a doctor who actually knows about what you think you might have, and recognize it, whether you have white skin, or dark skin, or whatever color skin because now, years ago, they only recognized it on white skin. Now they recognize it because they study the disease. And, there are many options for you that you don’t have to live in pain. Like you guys, you’ve seen a doctor, and you can live your best life as opposed to not taking care of yourself, you know. And, even if you think you’re but you’re going to ignore it, it’s not going to go away, because not really a rash. It’s more than that and what happens on the outside, there’s stuff other stuff that could happen on the inside. And that’s why I’m here with Chef Michelle, because chef Michelle, you can take it from there.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:11
Yeah, so turning to you, Chef Michelle, like, you know, Cyndi’s describing that she didn’t see a doctor for some time, what was it like for you in the beginning of your journey and receiving the diagnosis of psoriatic arthritis?
Chef Michelle Bernstein 06:25
You know, something I had never heard of. And I don’t know if you know anything about the life of the chef, but it’s not an easy one. It’s extremely, you know, high in labor, and many, many hours on your feet, you have to be pretty strong, up and down to be able to do a lot of the things that chefs do. And I was noticing a few years ago that it became harder and harder to get up after a night’s sleep. To be able to walk even just from my bedroom to the bathroom. I started asking my husband for help in the morning. My joints were aching. Mainly my ankles, my feet, my metatarsals, my wrists and my shoulders. And it got to the point where I could barely hold my, you know, my pans in the kitchen. I couldn’t put things in the oven because the pain was so bad that I was dropping everything. It got to the point where I couldn’t trust myself. Now, you think that somebody would run to the doctor when this was happening? But you know, I was approaching 50, I was going through menopause. I thought maybe this was just part of getting older. I was embarrassed. I was scared. I thought my career was coming to an end. I couldn’t play with my nine year old the way I’d always played with him. I couldn’t even do you know, I couldn’t hide, I couldn’t jump around, I couldn’t do all the things that I normally. Little by little things were diminishing. Right? And so finally I spoke to my sister because I knew that she wouldn’t judge me. And she said, you know Michy, go see a rheumatologist. I remember that a few years ago, you had a little dot of psoriasis but my psoriasis was so tiny. It was like half pea size that I barely even I didn’t even remember that I had it. So, she thought that possibly I could have psoriatic arthritis. I took her advice I found the best doctor I could find in South Florida. Took me a few months to get in, finally did. Sure enough, as you know, you try different things. He led me directly to one medicine that incredibly worked for me and I was really lucky because I know it doesn’t work for everyone. Right? You know, I feel really lucky that I have this solution but you know, it is autoimmune. And I know that through recipes, through different foods, I can maybe help even further my inflammatory problems. And you know, it’s been interesting, I’ve been learning. I’ve learned to you know, definitely advocate for myself as well just like Cyndi said, and to get out there and find more information because the information is out there, you just have to look for it. And you have to look in the right places. And you know…
Cyndi Lauper 09:35
We have the PS…
Chef Michelle Bernstein 09:36
Well there’s yeah there’s a website that we that we are part of that is ThePSConnection.com and you can find so much information there. Your listeners can find it, you can find my recipes on there as well. And, you know, if you feel like you’ve got something, go find a specialist just like Cyndi was saying, you know, you have to find a special dermatologist right because not every dermatologist can find.
Cyndi Lauper 10:03
No because some dermatologist are cosmetologists. Really, you know.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 10:07
That’s true, I didn’t even think about that.
Cyndi Lauper 10:08
Listen I’m a big advocate for cosmetology, right? But right when you have psoriasis, that’s not going to help you. You need someone who deals with psoriasis, knows what it looks like, studies it on all color skins, and understands the disease.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 10:29
It’s interesting though, what you’re saying because I made the mistake of going to the wrong types of doctors at the beginning of my crisis, and I finally realized that I should go to a rheumatologist. Not that I ever thought I would ever need one or you know.
Steven Newmark 10:43
Right.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 10:44
We’re all so ignorant. Right? When all this comes about you have no idea what’s going on.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:48
Absolutely yeah.
Steven Newmark 10:49
Totally yeah.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 10:50
What I did, though, and I think I did, I think this was the smart way to go about it was that I didn’t quit until I found the best and the right rheumatologist for me.
Steven Newmark 11:02
Yeah.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 11:02
And so I was really lucky. I really was, I found a great guy.
Cyndi Lauper 11:07
You know, with all of my experience, that I’ve been working with Novartis, the one constant thing that patients have talked to me about. And the other thing is, when I started to actually talk to other patients with psoriasis, I never did. What are you going to, hey, I like to sit and talk to you about my psoriasis right now, I know you’re doing something else but you know. When you talk to other patients, you don’t feel as alone.
Steven Newmark 11:44
Absolutely.
Cyndi Lauper 11:44
That was the big thing for me. Big, big because I started to isolate and start to feel really alone. And when I even pulled away from everybody in my family, because I really felt like something horrible. And I wanted so much to run away. But when I was given this opportunity, I met other patients, and it changed my outlook. And the one thing they said constantly was, besides the fact that it’s not contagious, and they’re made to feel bad sometimes because people think it’s contagious. It’s not. But the big thing was they didn’t give up until they found something right, until they found a doctor just like Michelle saying, you can’t give up. You have to advocate for yourself.
Cyndi Lauper 11:45
And time is not on your side. So like Cyndi was talking about, you know, her skin condition was getting worse. I know that that year, I didn’t go to the right doctor, my joints are now you know, I can’t go backwards. Right. So the damage is done and I’m lucky that you know, I found something that works for me. But it did, iit was a good solid year in. So whatever damage I’ve done is done. But I can move on from there and so I think it’s essential that not only you know, self advocacy is important, but you need to get on it. And you have to get on it immediately. Yeah, because, first of all, as we all know, it’s not like it goes away. It doesn’t go poof, right.
Cyndi Lauper 13:24
It doesn’t, but it moves, my moved.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 13:26
But you can make it get better, right, you could possibly find something that will help you feel better. And that will do better for you.
Cyndi Lauper 13:34
So that you could live, you want to live.
Steven Newmark 13:38
I was gonna say it’s first of all, it’s incredible how much you use the word advocate or advocacy. Because that’s what we talk about all the time on our show is the creation of a community of patients who have similar or the same conditions and really being a self advocate for yourself. I’ll just say really quickly, the first time my doctor told me that I had psoriasis, he said, you know, it’s a chronic condition. I said what the is chronic, I never even heard that. I’m like, the only chronic I know, it’s Dr. Dre like what are you talking about chronic? I’m like what, chronic? And I’m like, holy crap, right. It’s like a lifetime thing and like you said, yeah, it only moves in one direction. And the only way, you know if you don’t take the steps to remedy it. So this is amazing advice that you guys are giving. So, thank you.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 14:26
No, thank you. I mean, what an incredible platform, you know, for the two of us to be able to share with other people so that they can jump right in, and hopefully find something that works for them. You know, no matter what it is, we just want people to know that it’s out there and to be more aware. Right. And, you know, what’s funny is when you really think about it, and I didn’t even tell my husband I was so embarrassed because we’re partners and I didn’t want him to feel like he was losing his partner. So no one can jump in your body and feel your pain. Right? So if you don’t do something about it yourself, no one else will.
Cyndi Lauper 15:08
Well, yeah, my husband kept saying to me, he was gonna take me to the hospital, it looked that bad. And I didn’t want him to see me because, you know, with the skin thing you shed, you shed, and it’s gross. And I felt gross. And I didn’t want to, I didn’t want to go out and talk to anyone. One time they said, oh, you should go in the sun, you know, a doctor who thought yeah, just go in the sun.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 15:35
That’s crazy.
Cyndi Lauper 15:36
And I did. And I have scars from the sun.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 15:41
I bet.
Cyndi Lauper 15:41
From where it was on my leg. And that stuff, it doesn’t go away. And you just feel like, okay. And I remember that year, they took a picture of me, and it was on TMZ. And they thought it was mosquito bites. They said well that’s a lot of mosquito bites, look at the mosquito bites. And I just felt like yeah, okay, you know, and what are you gonna say, you know, I don’t say anything. But I just felt like, wow, you can’t go out, you know. And so I was retreating and not doing anything. My husband kept coming and going, you have to go to the hospital. And I was like, what are they going to do? They can’t do anything. So no, finally I found a doctor.
Steven Newmark 16:25
I just want to get confirmation that not everything on TMZ is accurate.
Cyndi Lauper 16:32
I know.
Steven Newmark 16:36
All right.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:37
Thinking about that visibility. And just, you know, going back to what you were saying about the stigma, and you know, feeling unfortunate, like the grossed out feeling. So, we have a program called the HEROES program, which stands for Health Education, Reliable Outreach, Empathetic Support, and it’s dedicated to training beauty professionals starting with hair stylists about psoriasis and skin conditions to help break down some of the stigma. I was hoping maybe you could talk about, you know what that’s been like for you working with beauty professionals with psoriasis and how you feel like a program like this could be helpful, or what’s the most important thing for beauty professionals to know about living with a skin condition?
Cyndi Lauper 17:18
Well, one that you’re not contagious. That’s so important. And it was very important for the other patients. Two is, yeah, I use a lot of creams, because for me, even if I’ve found something that works for me, I find I’m always dry. My arms, your extremities are dry. So no matter what you’re getting up, you’re greasing up. It’s not grease, but you know you want to put a cream on I found myself using the creams and a doctor once said, it had some kind of it’s not just a cream, you can buy it over the counter. It has some kind of…
Zoe Rothblatt 18:12
Like a steroid cream?
Cyndi Lauper 18:14
It’s not a steroid cream. No, no, no, no, just a moisturizer. That’s all. And that you’re drinking water, enough water.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 18:23
But what would you tell let’s just say like a hairstylist, what would you tell them? Aside from the fact that it’s not contagious, is there anything they can do to be more careful?
Cyndi Lauper 18:34
No, because if they’re going to do you roots, and that’s what really killed me. They had their hands in my head. And I was like ew. One guy was very kind and he said, well I have women with psoraisis, and when I put the bleach on it just it gets rid of it and it’s gone. And that wasn’t the case for me. It didn’t go away.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 19:00
Right.
Cyndi Lauper 19:01
So it’s it’s hard if you’re not going to see a doctor for it and continue to work and try and look good. It was very difficult. Very, very difficult. I started to, I love wigs. I wear wigs I don’t care. But I was wearing a wig that was long. And I was wearing net to hide the skin to make it look like it was skin. I mean, I know but what was I supposed to do? I was on stage and then when I came off and I took my clothes off, it was like and there were my beauty professionals and as kind hearted, they were kind hearted and they were good about it but I was very grossed out. And you know it’s it’s not easy to keep covering it up. You know I even took baths with I didn’t realize how much I was detoxing. I started taking baths, I was gonna really be a genius about it. And I took a lot of baths.
Steven Newmark 20:12
Right.
Cyndi Lauper 20:12
And I detoxed and I detoxed, to a point where I was on stage once and I had global amnesia, because I was running through the arena climbing up the stairs, singing, and I got like, halfway through the set, and I had no memory of the rest of it.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 20:32
How terrifying.
Cyndi Lauper 20:33
Well, wasn’t terrifying for me. But the people around me were pretty scared. And then the doctor, when they took me to emergency room, they were like, what were you doing? And I showed them the stuff and they were like, holy cow. You’ve been detoxing twice a day for a month. So it was, you know, it was so you can’t just self do it. You have to find a specialist. It’s better that way. I’m sorry I put myself through all that and the people around me. But I was afraid and I was ashamed because I felt like I was gross.
Steven Newmark 21:19
Yeah, well, I mean, this is fantastic advice, just the idea that you can’t let it linger. You’ve got to make sure that you find the specialists that can treat you and get on treatment as soon as possible. Be an advocate for yourself. Yeah, and it’s not going away on its own. It’s not a rash. It’s not something that goes away. Yeah and with psoriatic arthritis, it’s not a little pain or ache, you know, you’ve got to deal with it. And the longer you wait to deal with it, the worse it’s going to be.
Cyndi Lauper 21:48
And there are options. You can literally find a specialist who does this and say, what are my options? And there’s a bevy of them.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 21:58
There’s a lot of them.
Cyndi Lauper 21:59
There’s a lot of them.
Steven Newmark 22:01
Right.
Cyndi Lauper 22:02
So, you always have options and yeah, you can make it a little better. Make sure you put cream on twice a day or every morning or whatever. And try not to eat inflammatory foods, you know, but if you have it bad, you should take care of yourself.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 22:22
But as far as those options go, the only way to know that you have them is to go out and find out that you have them.
Cyndi Lauper 22:24
Bingo, right.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:32
One last question for you both. Is there anything surprising that you’ve learned about psoriatic disease since starting this campaign and working together?
Chef Michelle Bernstein 22:41
Well, I’ve learned a ton.
Cyndi Lauper 22:45
I learned about it and I actually do have a little bump on my hand. That because I had let it go, it’s there and it’s not going to go away.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 22:58
I mean, what I what I think neither one of us knew was that it came in so many different forms, right? And ways and shapes and different for different people. And it’s like never ending, right. So also that there is information out there to be had, and how to find it, you know, and that’s why we’re trying to guide people to the right places.
Cyndi Lauper 23:27
And that is the web page, ThePSConnection, you can learn about psoriatic arthritis, and plaque psoriasis and get a lot of information.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 23:40
A lot of information.
Steven Newmark 23:42
The one question I didn’t get to ask. I really was hoping to get a recipe. But if we go to the website, and we’ll post it in our show notes, will there be recipes there?
Chef Michelle Bernstein 23:51
Oh, absolutely. There’s a lot of recipes there.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 23:53
And I try to add a lot of you know, anti inflammatory ingredients, cruciferous vegetables. You know, a lot of capsaicin, things that you can really play with, but that are filled with flavor. You know, don’t worry, everyone, they’re fun, they’re delicious.
Steven Newmark 23:53
Excellent.
Cyndi Lauper 24:11
She’s a great cook.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 24:12
But it happens to make you feel better, thank you Cyndi, as you’re eating it. So yeah, absolutely.
Cyndi Lauper 24:19
She’s not a cook, she’s a chef.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 24:21
I’m both.
Cyndi Lauper 24:22
She’s a great chef.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 24:22
I’m both, I’m my son’s cook.
Steven Newmark 24:26
Well, I’m definitely not a chef, but I could follow a recipe and I look forward to doing that. Because anything to make me feel better. So we really appreciate all this information. As I said, we’ll post it all to our show notes. And thank you both so much for your time and for all that you’re doing on behalf of patients.
Chef Michelle Bernstein 24:48
Thank you, Steven and Zoe. And thank you, Cyndi.
Cyndi Lauper 24:50
Have a good year.
Steven Newmark 24:53
Well, thank you again Cyndi and Chef Michelle, this has been fantastic and we greatly appreciate your time and all that you’re doing for patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 25:03
Yeah, thank you so much for joining us and sharing your hope with patients.
Steven Newmark 25:08
Well with that, Zoe, I don’t know about you, I’m going a little bit of a high that was, that was a lot of fun. It’s great to hear from people who are in the public eye about what they go through, and deal with. And, you know, it just shows these diseases that we talk about week in and week out, they affect people from all walks of life.
Zoe Rothblatt 25:30
Exactly and just like the experience of needing to advocate for yourself and find the right doctor and find your sense of community, the fact that like, you could still feel alone, even no matter what job you have, these diseases are really just, like, hard to live with. And I appreciate how honest they were about that.
Steven Newmark 25:48
Yeah, I mean, I am definitely grateful with all the conditions that I have, I’ve never been the subject of TMZ follow me around taking pictures.
Zoe Rothblatt 25:56
That’s true.
Steven Newmark 25:56
So that’s one less thing you and I have to worry about. At least until the show becomes more popular.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:04
That’s true. We’ll end up on deux moi, is what the kids follow. That’s where you get little sources of the innings and outings of the world. So we’ll see if we land on there. But I’m excited to try a recipe, we have our homework to do.
Steven Newmark 26:22
Yeah, for sure. Let’s get together. Let’s do this, let’s get together. Let’s cook and hopefully get healthier.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:28
Yes, absolutely. Healthy living with The health advocates.
Steven Newmark 26:32
Yeah. So you know, really quick, I know, we always end with a learning. And I’m just going to say, you know, I’m just gonna repeat. The learning is, you know, these diseases hit everywhere, something we already knew. But even for folks that you know, may have more means, more financial means, the disease is the disease, no matter. And what it does to you, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, it hurts no matter where you are in life.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:59
Yeah and I think something I wanted to highlight from both of them was just like recognizing symptoms early and you know, believing in yourself to advocate for yourself that something’s not right.
Steven Newmark 27:11
Yes, yes. Well, we hope that you’ve learned something, too. We hope that you enjoyed this episode. And before we go, you want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:22
Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. It’ll help more people like you find us. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 27:38
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 27:44
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Beyond the Gut: Creating Change for LGBTQ+ IBD Patients with Dr. Carlton
Zoe and special co-host Adam Kegley, Associate Director of Global Partnerships at GHLF, are joined by San Diego-based gastroenterologist Carlton Thomas, MD, to learn all about LGBTQ+ health and inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Dr. Carlton shares how not enough people are talking about sexual health and IBD, how people can have more open and honest conversations with their doctors, and the challenges faced in the LGBTQ+ community when it comes to accessing health care.
If you are an LGBTQ+ person living with IBD, make your voice heard and take the survey at https://bit.ly/lgbtq-ibd

Beyond the Gut: Creating Change for LGBTQ+ IBD Patients with Dr. Carlton
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Director of Community Outreach at Global Healthy Living Foundation. And today I have a special guest co-host, my colleague, Adam Kegley, the Associate Director of Global Partnerships at GHLF. Hey, Adam, how’s it going?
Adam Kegley 00:33
Hey Zoe, it’s great. Thank you so much for having me. It is wonderful to be here.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:38
And you’re here today to talk about a special program we have focused on the LGBTQ+ and IBD population. We’re also joined by another very special guest, Dr. Carlton Thomas, a gastroenterologist in San Diego, California. Hi, Dr. Carlton, thanks for joining us today on The Health Advocates. could you begin by introducing yourself to our audience?
Dr. Carlton 01:00
Well, hi, and thank you for having me today. I’m Dr. Carlton Thomas. I go by Dr. Carlton on Instagram and TikTok. I am known as the butt stuff and queer health guy on social media.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:11
That’s awesome. And Adam, is that how you found Dr. Carlton, on Instagram?
Adam Kegley 01:16
I did, indeed. I’ve been following him for a while now. And since we started this new program, I thought hey, one plus one equals two. So, really glad to have you.
Dr. Carlton 01:27
Thank you so much. And I’m a Mayo Clinic trained GI doctor and my subspecialty training while I was there was in inflammatory bowel diseases with Dr. William Sandborn, who’s one of the world’s leading GI experts. I was the one fellow at Mayo Clinic doing talks on our required rotational talks about gut health, about the importance of sex and gut health and gay, bi, and queer men, that nobody at Mayo would ever talk about. So I raised a lot of eyebrows even back then, um, because I thought it was important to get that information out there. I was drawn to GI in particular, because I know that so many people from very young ages to very old ages can get gastrointestinal illnesses, especially inflammatory bowel diseases strike people at such a young age and can be very frustrating. Of course, there’s quite a variability in the way it presents from very mild disease to incredibly painful, debilitating multiple hospitalizations, multiple surgeries, that kind of thing. So I just wanted to try to help people. When the pandemic hit, I kind of needed an outlet for my stress relief and anxiety. So I started a TikTok page talking initially about butt stuff, you know, because people don’t talk about butt stuff, it’s a taboo subject, and I thought, who better to talk about it than someone who professionally knows the way around a butt, but also personally, you know, so I put that together on Tik Tok, and it just instantly, almost overnight, 50,000 new followers just talking about that stuff.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:52
That’s amazing.
Dr. Carlton 02:53
Pretty incredible. And three fourths of the people who initially followed me were women. So you know, butt stuff doesn’t have a gender, doesn’t have a sexuality, doesn’t have a femme or masculine role to it. It’s everybody’s got a butt, so why not talk about it?
Zoe Rothblatt 03:07
And can you talk about you mentioned, like some of the reactions that you got at Mayo Clinic, when you started to have these conversations, did you see a similar reaction when you brought that conversation like publicly online? Or was it really different? What sort of response did you get from the community?
Dr. Carlton 03:22
Well, again, this is probably 20 years later, initially, there was that subsection of people who were like, how dare you talk about this kind of thing on an app made for children. And, you know, initially, I was almost going to delete my app, because I thought, oh, this isn’t worth it. And then I said, you know what, I’m just gonna block these people and keep going. And I’m glad I did, because a lot of people all around the world have gotten a lot of the information that they need to have a better life since that time. I branched out to the queer health side of things, because I thought it was also lacking in representation on social media. And a lot of people don’t know about queer health, and why it’s important, and what’s different about it, and how much stuff is missed because people don’t ask the right questions, or how many concerns are skipped over because their providers don’t ask the right questions. So branched out to Instagram and kind of tailored my Instagram more towards the queer health side of things.
Adam Kegley 04:16
I think that’s so incredible. And I’m just so glad to have you here with us today, Dr. Carlton to discuss these things. Of course, and I think not only because these issues, health equity in general are very important to me, but also to GHLF and I think Zoe mentioned it a bit at the top of the episode, but I really wanted to share a little bit more about the program that we’re doing that focuses on the unique challenges faced by the LGBTQ+ community, particularly those living with IBD like Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis. And we’ve actually launched the LGBTQ+ IBD experiences survey to better understand patients experiences to confront healthcare disparities in IBD care and just to establish better inclusivity in healthcare settings in general. And we’re really hoping to use the survey results to better inform and educate the LGBTQ plus community in general, but especially those living with IBD, as well as health care providers. And our goal is really to help ensure LGBTQ+ people with IBD receive better access to care and improve condition management. So with that in mind, and in line with what you’d previously said, I want to know what you see as some of the unique challenges faced by LGBTQ+ individuals living with IBD? You know, whether it’s something related to diagnosis, or access to care, or treatment.
Dr. Carlton 05:37
Yeah, there’s a lot that happens with the queer community and IBD and the challenges that come around that. You know, not everybody lives in a place that is easy to talk about their sexuality, even in the United States. You know, if you live in small town, Alabama, it’s probably going to be harder to talk to your primary care doctor about anal sex than it is if you live in somewhere like San Francisco or New York. Between religious discrimination and homophobia, there’s a lot of challenging stuff happening. You know, there’s a huge lack of knowledge on the provider side, there is a lack of information, and obviously, some misinformation out there, and some providers own biases that lead to it being difficult for LGBTQ patients to be honest and open and be able to really express what they really need. And if there’s anyone on Earth that you need to be absolutely honest with and be able to have a frank conversation without judgment, shame or fear is your health care provider, they need to know everything. I’ll give you another instance, I had a patient who was referred to me for refractory ulcerative proctitis. So they were diagnosed with ulcerative proctitis, because they had a colonoscopy and the rectum was inflamed. And their doctor had them on all these high strength like immunologic therapies and they weren’t responding. And he came to me for a second opinion. And the first question I asked him was, do you put anything in your butt and he goes, absolutely, I’m a bottom and I haven’t used a condom in five years. And I checked him for gonorrhea and he just had gonorrhea. He didn’t even have all sorts of proctitis. So there’s that lack of just simple questions about what you do with your sex life. Even in a gastroenterologist’s office where GI doc’s aren’t always comfortable talking about sex, and that’s gotta change.
Adam Kegley 07:15
I couldn’t agree more. That’s actually exactly was my next point is we’ve really noticed similar issues in building the program and the initial resources. You may have seen or heard the stat that only 14 percent of gastroenterologist report routinely inquiring about sexual health for any patients with IBD, which is obviously a really important issue for patients, sexual health that is. And I feel like on top of that, we know that a lot of people can feel kind of a sense of shame associated to living with IBD when it comes to something like sex. And then in regard to LGBTQ+ IBD patients, there can be that sense of internalized shame for some folks about their sexuality or their identity and sex in general. So it’s almost like a double or triply compounded issue for some LGBTQ+ IBD patients. And I was just wondering if you can talk about that challenge a little bit more?
Dr. Carlton 08:07
Well, I think the biggest point that people forget about in our community is the vast majority, probably not as much in the lesbian community, but in the gay, bi, queer, trans community, a lot of us use our GI tract for our primary sexual organs. You know, anal sex is an incredibly important part of sex in the LGBTQ+ community. It’s not the only thing we do, and not everybody who’s gay has annual sex, but it’s an important part of our lives. And if you have bloody diarrhea or diarrhea in general, or rectal pain or abdominal pain, it’s hard to proceed with having sex if that part of your system is messed up. So there’s a lot of overlooking that part of our sexuality when it comes to IBD. You know, and not just the conditions themselves, but often the treatments and the surgeries. Surgeries can dramatically affect your ability to have anal sex for the rest of your life, not just in IBD even someone who has an anal fissure surgery or a hemorrhoidectomy. If they do a stapled hemorrhoidectomy, good luck trying to bottom again. If they do too much damage to the anal sphincter, good luck, bottoming again. People with pouch surgeries, all the time, you could ihave their colons completely removed and have part of their small intestine as their new rectum. Nobody talks about sex with that. Nobody knows if it’s safe to have sex in a rectal pouch. So I get asked all the time, what the hell do I do? You know, my surgeon ever talked about this, you know, am I able to have anal sex, how do I even start to explore that part of my life again. And so I try to give people an outlet to say hey, listen, you know, first of all, when it comes to IBD if you’re in a terrible flare, shelf, the sex part until you can get some good relief or to get as close to remission as possible. Or at least do some alternate things like maybe be aside rather than having penetration, just use oral sex as a way to have fun. So there’s all these things out there that people just overlook when it comes was to queer health care and IBD health care. You don’t have to be LGBTQ to have Crohn’s or colitis affect your sex life.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:07
Yeah, totally. I mean, this conversation has me reflecting I mentioned to you before I have Crohn’s disease. I’m not a member of the LGBTQ community, but I’m thinking about how my GI has never asked me about sexual health. And I guess maybe that was just kind of, oh, the gynecologist will deal with that. And it’s like, kind of crazy that until this conversation, I didn’t even realize that I hadn’t discussed that ever. And I’m wondering what advice you have for questions that patients should bring up to their doctor, if they want to get started with this conversation, you just give such great tips for actually what you could practice at home but how would you get the conversation started?
Dr. Carlton 10:41
I think it’s important to just be like we talked about in the very beginning, it’s important to be absolutely honest and open with your provider, hey, this is me, this is what I plan on doing, this is what I’m interested in doing. I’m gonna have an honest and frank conversation about the do’s and don’ts. And if you’re not comfortable with that, can you help me get to somebody who is comfortable with that, so that I can have these frank conversations. You can say it in a nice way, it’s not always going to be comfortable, but it’s necessary.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:05
What other suggestions do you have for making it safer and more acceptable for LGBTQ+ people living with IBD to speak about their conditions? You know, whether it’s to friends or family or in the doctor’s office as well, just to like you’re saying, make sure they’re getting the best treatment possible? What are other steps we could take?
Dr. Carlton 11:23
I think finding providers that are known for being welcome and opening. Talking to other queer people who have IBD is a great way to network. There are some support groups out there, and some social chains out there through like Reddit and Instagram, other places like that, where people do talk about things like this. And you know, if your provider just shuts down and just doesn’t want to talk about it, it’s probably time to change providers, if that’s possible. I mean, it’s not always easy depending on where you are. GIs aren’t always that easy to get into anymore. But ask around, talk about it, you know, let people know how important it is. I think those are big steps.
Adam Kegley 11:58
I think you really hit the nail on the head. Actually, I remember when I was younger, when I first started college, I was still going to my family general practitioner. And I think it was the first time that sex and gut health kind of came up. And I had questions and I could tell immediately that he was really uncomfortable.
Adam Kegley 12:18
And it made me very uncomfortable. And I wasn’t totally out at that time, either. So that made me even more uncomfortable. So I decided I’ve got to do something. And I think it took me a while to start asking some friends that I had made at college to kind of find a provider that I could feel more comfortable with. And I think everything that you said just really goes a long way to helping people in general feel like they have some power over there and some agency in their decision making. And I think in that regard, you know, one of my questions is what message would you like to send to LGBTQ+ people living with IBD who might be hesitant to share their experiences? You know, maybe it’s something like through a survey, the survey that we’re doing, or, you know, something like that? Why is it important to make their voice heard through something like this or with friends and family in their lives?
Dr. Carlton 12:18
Yeah.
Dr. Carlton 13:09
Well, I think it’s really again, important to know that sex is something that society doesn’t like to talk about across the board, especially here in the US. There’s a fear of judgment and shame. No one talks about IBD and sex it seems but these tailored resources, like you guys are about to provide for people with this survey, highlight the needs of the community, make people feel like they’re not alone, and help them to open up themselves and be able to share their own experiences. And when you get that courage, you can just be open and honest and represent the community and share your struggles, your disappointments, your hopes and your dreams. I think it’s crucial to help others learn specifically about your needs and about your struggles so that people will have an understanding of what other people go through. And it really helps get action on the importance of this topic. You know, if we just sit there and just say, oh, yeah, it’s tough to talk about, let’s just not talk about it, let’s not do anything, nothing’s going to change. But these important things like you guys are doing, I think it’s going to have a huge impact on educating providers, but also empowering patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:10
Thanks for that, Dr. Carlton. And I mean, what you’re doing is so important to you mentioned at the top, I just wanted to highlight it again that you said that, you know, people reach out to over social media, and that’s free of charge. And I think having an outlet like that for people maybe like have a hard time affording health care or just, you know, delay doctor’s visits, because of finances to be able to provide what you do free of charge and give that support to people is tremendous. So, thank you. And Adam, you had mentioned our survey, where can our listeners find it I’m sure we’ll put a link in the show notes but if you want to let us know.
Adam Kegley 14:44
Thanks, Zoe, and thanks to Dr. Carlton too. It’s super simple, anyone looking to take our short 10 minute survey can find it at ghlf.org/lgbtq-ibd-survey and click on the take the survey button and just like you said, I know I said a mouthful so for interested, folks, this survey link is going to be in the show notes. So you can check it out much more easily and click it from there. Again, just like a huge thanks to you Zoe and to Dr. Carlton, especially for all of this incredible insight it’s really, really a privilege, so thanks.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:19
Yeah, thanks so much, Dr. Carlton. It was great learning from you. And we’ll also of course, drop a link to your social media in the show notes so our listeners can find you.
Dr. Carlton 15:27
Thank you.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:30
Well, Adam, that was a really great conversation we had with Dr. Carlton and Steven and I always like to wrap up the show by sharing learnings. I can start by sharing that I was reminded in that story that Dr. Carlton said about the misdiagnosis with the STI how important it is to talk to your doctor about your lifestyle and things going on in your life and be really clear about your symptoms because you want to get the best care that you can receive. How about you, what you learned today?
Adam Kegley 15:55
I couldn’t agree more. I think Dr. Carlson gave us so many great learnings and I think mine kind of goes along perfectly with yours. And it’s that not only is a survey like ours important to help us create resources for other LGBTQ+ people living with IBD but it’s also a for us to help all the providers out there too, so that they can get you the care and resources you need to especially in this case for the LGBTQ+ community.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:23
And listeners, we hope you learned something too. Thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Adam Kegley 16:39
And I’m Adam kegley.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:40
We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 16:45
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
“Obesity is a Disease” with Kristal Hartman from Obesity Action Coalition
We’re joined by Kristal Hartman who is a proud member of the Obesity Action Coalition (OAC) and is honored to serve as the Chair of the OAC National Board of Directors. In this episode, we learn about her patient journey, including her bariatric surgery in August 2014, which she describes as the hardest and best decision she ever made for herself. She shares how she now fights for access to quality, compassionate, and affordable access to care for all people living with the chronic disease of obesity.

"Obesity is a Disease" with Kristal Hartman from Obesity Action Coalition
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:22
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today, we’re joined by Kristal Hartman, who works with the Obesity Action Coalition, and she shares her story about being a patient, how the medical system failed her with some of the common misconceptions around obesity, ultimately finding the right care team, and the advocacy that she does now. So Kristal, welcome to The Health Advocates.
Steven Newmark 00:48
Welcome Kristal.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:50
All right, why don’t you start off by introducing yourself to our listeners?
Kristal Hartman 00:54
Yeah, happy to do that. So my name is Kristal Hartman and I am a person living with the chronic disease of obesity. I am a proud member of the Obesity Action Coalition. I have served in many capacities on committees and on the board. And I am currently the chair of the National Board of Directors for the OAC. I’m a mom of three boys and I live on a lovely little farm in Oregon. And I’m really excited to be able to talk to your listeners today.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:25
Yeah, I’m so excited that you’re here having conversation with me and our listeners. And we had got connected through your work with OAC, I was wondering if you could tell me a little bit more about how you got involved with them?
Kristal Hartman 01:37
Yeah, absolutely. So, I actually did my very first Advocacy Day on on Washington, DC, on Capitol Hill. And as a prep for that we had a group come speak to us about living with the disease of obesity, and how to really tell our story when we were meeting with Congress and that was two of our OAC members. And after they presented and walked off the stage, I ran out of the room and said, who are you and I want to get to know you and what kind of work you’re doing. And so it was so wonderful, because they are the ones that introduced me to the Obesity Action Coalition. And they said, actually, in a few months, we’re going to have our annual convention and that convention was in Washington, DC. And so I decided that I was just going to sign up for the convention. And I didn’t know really anybody else that was going to be there. Just the two folks Hattie and Ted that had introduced me to the OAC. And so I showed up not really sure what to expect, and was incredibly welcomed into this amazing community of people, where we really had the opportunity to connect with each other and to get great science based education about obesity, and to learn how to advocate for care for ourselves. And at the end of that weekend, it was amazing, because we wrote on a kind of like a big card, what our key takeaway was from our time together, and I remember that I wrote, I found my people, because I had felt really alone in my weight management journey. I had one person that was kind of my mentor through my bariatric surgery, but I was so far away from my surgery center, because I live in a small town and had to travel to our big city for surgery that I wasn’t able to really connect with people, because back then they were in in-person support groups, per se. And so I just felt like I had found the people who were living lives that were so similar to me, and having experiences that were so similar to me, and OAC has been and will continue to be an important part of my obesity journey.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:40
That’s amazing. I’m so glad you found them. I’m not sure if you know this, but I’m also a patient. I have arthritis and Crohn’s disease. And I agree with so much of what you’re saying that finding a community is such a turning point in the patient journey, when you’re just like, able to be around people that just get it in a way that other people don’t.
Kristal Hartman 03:58
Yeah, that’s so true. And Zoe, I’m so sorry to hear that you’re managing chronic conditions as well. But you’re right, nobody understands it, like the people who are also going through it.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:09
So taking a step back, can you tell me a little bit more about your patient journey? And you mentioned surgery, like how you came to make a decision to get surgery and like how has it helped you or how you’re feeling since? Maybe just from diagnosis to now I know it’s like a long thing, but just like, you know, highlights of the journey for you.
Kristal Hartman 04:28
Yeah, absolutely. So, I started actually my journey with obesity in my teens, and it really came about because I was having really, really painful periods, and I was put on a form of birth control that was sort of like injected, you know, with a needle and at that point in time to try to manage my cycles, they felt like this was the best option. However, very quickly and continuously I ended up gaining a lot of weight during this time. And so I left, I was on dance team, I was the girl on dance team that needed the plus size dance costume. I was always super active, I played basketball, and I was on dance team, and I did everything possible, I was in choir. And so I was just really super active kid and always had been, but my weight started rapidly increasing after this form of birth control. And so what ended up happening is that I went to college, and instead of the freshman 15, it was more like the freshman 50 for me, and I just continued to gain weight without any ability to really figure out how to lose weight. And so it was finally in my early 20s, that I saw an endocrinologist for the first time and he is the one that actually diagnosed me with polycystic ovarian syndrome. And part of that really is insulin resistance and a real difficulty managing weight. Part of that also includes issues with fertility. And so she told me at that time, I was young and newly married in my early 20s, that it was probably going to be difficult for me to have kids on top of that I was diagnosed for the first time with thyroid issues, too. So, I had kind of all of these hormonal issues that were impacting me all at the same time, and really working against any efforts that I tried to take with diet and exercise to lose weight. And so when I started my fertility journey, like she said, is a you may have problems getting pregnant, you may have problems staying pregnant. And that was true, I had a miscarriage. And then I had a successful pregnancy. But then I couldn’t get pregnant a second time. And I had to go on some hormone medications to help to get pregnant, and I had another miscarriage. And then I finally had a successful pregnancy with twins. And so during this time, I’m taking all these hormones, and I’m going back and forth, and up and down with pregnancies. And then I had a twin pregnancy where you know, I also had to obviously gain weight to protect two babies. And by the time that was all said and done, I was just at my highest weight I had ever been. That started to impact my health and by my early 30s, I found that I was so sick. My kids would say like, Mom, you’re so tired, you just come home and you like go to bed or you get on the couch, and we’ll watch a movie. I was exhausted having a hard time getting through my days. And I talked to my physician about this my primary care physician, and we had the conversation about weight pretty consistently as I was going in for all of these comorbidities of obesity. And so every time I had something new pop up, she’d add a medication. So in my early 30s, I was on 14 medications.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:48
Wow.
Kristal Hartman 07:48
For comorbidities of obesity. And yet every time we talked about it, he would say like you’re young, you’re educated, you’re in the medical field, you should be able to handle this, you should be able to do this, put your fork down, walk a little more, eat a little less, and you would be able to control your weight. And so I internalized a lot of that, you know, as people living with obesity, we deal with a lot of weight bias and weight stigma. A lot of that is external, but a lot of that is also internal. And oftentimes we say the meanest things to ourselves that we would never ever say to another human being. And so I just felt really guilty. Like, I’m so successful in all of these other areas of my life, why can I not control my weight. And so it was my endocrinologist at the time who was on the weight journey with me and we tried different diets. We tried some of the early FDA approved medications for weight loss and unfortunately, I had a bad side effect from one of those. And so at some point in my early 30s, he said, okay, we’ve literally tried everything, and I think it’s time for bariatric surgery. And I couldn’t believe that because in my mind, people who had bariatric surgery were older, you know, 50s, 60s, 70s maybe. And here I was maybe like 34-35 at this time. So I went back and talked to my primary care physician, and she completely shamed me. She said, you know what, I can’t even talk my 400 and 500 pound patients into surgery, I can’t even believe that you’re considering this. And she was saying this while filling 14 prescriptions every month for me.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:20
Oh my gosh.
Kristal Hartman 09:21
And I also had a BMI of 42. Now we used to call that morbid obesity and thank goodness we took the word morbid out of that now it’s just severe obesity or obesity is now diagnosed in different types like type 1, 2, 3, 4, etc. But back then I was in the morbid obese category for my age and height and weight. My BMI was 42. So I waited a whole year and during that time, I got even sicker and sicker. I had to be hospitalized twice for comorbidity complications. For me, it was asthma and breathing and so it just got worse. And so finally a year later, I called the bariatric surgery office and I felt like like the biggest failure, and I was crying when I called and made my first appointment. But when I went and I got through obesity care for the first time, it was such a relief to be around physician and staff that knew exactly like what to do and how to treat someone living with this disease. And so that was a game changer for me. Since then, it was about a year later that I was introduced to the Obesity Action Coalition, and then became an advocate all of these years. But also during that time, I learned that I was going to need every tool in the toolbox. So for example, I needed bariatric surgery, but I also had weight regain. And at that point in time, it was available for me to get one of the GLP-1 medications and it was covered by my insurance. But once it was no longer covered, you know, I’ve had some yo-yo weight gains and losses, because for me that hunger signal, it’s not like I got the surgery, and it was one and done. That’s not what a chronic disease does. Even with surgery, this is still a long term disease, it still manifests itself in different ways. It’s complicated, and multifactorial, and so I was still having those major hunger signals and obsessing about food and GLP-1 certainly helped me with that. And yet, they’re absolutely nearly impossible to get access to because of lack of coverage and I will address some of that a bit later. But ultimately, I needed mental health care, I needed help from a dietician nutrition to help me make sure that I was getting all of my correct nutrients and vitamins. So you know, what we really advocate for is the ability to access all of the tools in the toolbox. And here I am today and I’m still utilizing several of those tools and I know I will for the rest of my life because a chronic disease means it’s a lifelong disease.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:49
Yeah, thank you for sharing all that. It angers me so much that that one doctor just like failed you and didn’t give you any of those tools. And I’m wondering, what do you wish that that doctor had said to you or other people around you at said to you that would have been helpful instead of the harmful messaging that you did receive?
Kristal Hartman 12:10
Yeah, definitely. Well, first of all, Zoe I didn’t think that I deserved better care. And that’s really hard for me to think about now, when I look back at that time, I thought this was all my fault, this disease. And when she was saying things like that, I internalize that and was like, yeah, she’s right, this is so true, I should be able to handle this what is wrong with me, you know, and so that was really difficult time for me. After I had the surgery and lost 100 pounds and got into a normal BMI range, she suddenly became like, oh, well see, like, that worked great. And so I actually changed health care providers at that time, because I said, you know, I deserve better than this. And I now have a healthcare team that is just like my dream team. They’re amazing. And that would be one thing that I would encourage for people during that time when I was hearing those wrong kinds of messages is just to be able to say, this isn’t fair, we know that you’re working really hard on your health. And we want to be here to support you through whatever tools you may need in this journey, because there were people that were nervous that I was having a permanent surgery, right? I mean, there’s always risks with that. And so the best thing that is that my family and my friends and my other doctor were there, and my mentor to who had had bariatric surgery about a year before I did, were all there and they were that support team that I needed. And so if someone has a person or a health care provider in their life, that is saying these harmful messages and contributing to weight bias and weight stigma, I really encourage people to find the right health care provider that understands this disease and is willing to be on the journey with you and help you with all of the different tools you may need. Even Obesity Action Coalition has a physician finder where you can look for obesity medicine specialists, and a lot of them see people virtually right so it doesn’t even matter where they are in the country. But we deserve better health care than that. And we deserve non biased, non stigmatized, compassionate health care. So I really encourage people to find that health care team that supports them.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:28
That actually leads me into one of the questions I had for you. I know that in obesity Bill of Rights was recently published, and I think OAC was involved in that, right?
Kristal Hartman 14:33
Yeah, absolutely. It’s exciting because it’s honestly the weight stigma and the weight bias is actually a discrimination issue. You know, in our country, the trends are changing, we hope you know toward anti discrimination of all people for all reasons, right? That we shouldn’t judge or shame or blame or you know, have biases against people of you know, certain size, or religion, or sexual orientation, etc. And unfortunately, people living with the disease of obesity still face a lot of discrimination. And so we worked on that patient bill of rights because we believe that as people living with obesity, we deserve the same compassionate treatment, the same kinds of access to affordable obesity care. And that, you know, as a nation, we should be doing things and making decisions to help people living with the disease of obesity, just like any other chronic disease, like people living with diabetes, or high blood pressure, or heart disease. That our patient bill of rights is really about having equal access and equal rights across the board.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:41
As you should. I mean, it seems so obvious, right?
Kristal Hartman 15:45
It really does.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:46
But that’s not the reality.
Kristal Hartman 15:48
That isn’t and we’re still shown in media without most of the time, it has no head. You know, when we’re shown in media articles online or on the TV, were often shown people living with obesity are rarely shown in a positive light, right, like maybe exercising or eating a healthy meal, we’re usually found without a head so it chops our head off, it usually just shows the middle generally focusing on a big jiggly tummy, you know, oftentimes holding a you know, fast food, restaurant cup, or burger or whatever it is. And that’s just not the reality. The reality is that people living with a disease of obesity care very much about their health, and we can guarantee absolutely 1,000,000% guarantee that we have tried a million things to manage our weight. So this isn’t a disease that’s about lazy people who don’t care about their house who are unmotivated. That’s not who we are, that doesn’t define us, this disease does not define us. And in fact, we’re the exact opposite of that description. And absolutely, we all understand that there is personal responsibility, and that moving our bodies and eating healthy foods are a critical part of managing obesity. But we now have actual science backed evidence that shows that this disease is so much more. That metabolically and physiologically, our bodies do not work the same as people who do not have excess weight. And that’s where all of these new medications and treatments are coming in to try to address some of these issues that are really specific to people’s bodies who have extra weight, and that science should be supported with affordable access to these treatments and to these tools.
Zoe Rothblatt 17:37
Totally. So let’s talk about some of those treatments and tools in the advocacy that you’ve been doing around them. Obviously, these GLP-1 drugs have gotten a lot of attention in the media, like what is that been like for you?
Zoe Rothblatt 17:48
Yeah, honestly, it’s good and bad. The good part is, is that it is elevating the conversation about obesity and it is making people more aware. In fact, there was a Pew research study that just came out that talks about the fact that the majority of Americans now believe that obesity is a disease and that it should be treated as such. So that kind of trend is changing in a positive way. But it’s also been really difficult to have all of the media coverage too, because a lot of that media coverage does not focus on the science of obesity as a disease. And it’s often related to vanity use, right? So like this star lost this much weight, or do we think this star isn’t admitting that they’re using Ozempic, or whatever. And so it’s really highly sensationalized, and it makes it also sound like everyone in the country is on a GLP-1 and that’s just not true. And so when we are advocating for access to these treatments, we’re advocating for comprehensive care. So that means that you actually are connected with a physician and physician team that is helping you manage your overall obesity. It’s not just about writing the prescription for this one type of medication. It’s also making sure that maybe you’re working with a mental health care provider because you have maybe eating disorders or different issues that contributes right to your view of food, and maybe it’s a nutritionist that will help you make grocery shopping lists and put meal planning together. I mean, there’s all of these other components besides just medication and so when we advocate like we were this week on Capitol Hill for the Treat and Reduce Obesity Act, so TROA, Treat and Reduce Obesity Act, when we’re advocating for that right, there’s two parts, it’s comprehensive care. For seniors or older adults in America, we believe that on one hand that they deserve all different types of health care providers to help with obesity. Right now for Medicare, only primary care physicians can bill for obesity and even when they do bill for obesity, they have to bill it three or four down because it’s not going to be a visit that’s paid for if it’s just primarily obesity. And we also know that primary care physicians, number one, if obesity is not their specialty, and number two, they hardly have any time with patients. I mean, we’re talking 10, 15, 20 minute appointments, where they’re addressing all kinds of things and so their lack of time to truly address obesity. One part of the bill is saying, okay, there are other kinds of health care providers that can also bill for obesity, maybe it’s a cardiologist, or an endocrinologist, or a dietitian, but it opens up the ability for people to add to their health care team for treatment of obesity. The other part is access to the FDA approved medications. And right now Medicare is paying for them for diabetes, but they are desperately worried about the cost of covering these same medications at the doses that they are provided for obesity. And first of all, they don’t look past about 10 years, Congress doesn’t when they’re looking to pass a bill and look at the cost of that. But we’re really urging them to look at what happens 20, 30, 40 years down the road. So I had my bariatric surgery when I was 36. So as a 35 year old before my surgery, I was on 14 medications. Fast forward that 30 to 35 years, I would have been a Medicare patient at 65 to 70, who was incredibly expensive, because those 14 medications probably would have turned to 25 medications, I would have already had diabetes, because I had pre-diabetes, maybe I would have even had my first heart event as a woman living with obesity. And so we’re really encouraging them to look long term so that they understand that by treating obesity, now, they’re actually decreasing the incidence of the comorbidities like diabetes, heart disease, high blood pressure, etc. So those things will actually even out one day, we know that the expense is daunting, upfront. But as we treat obesity, the incidence of these other diseases will decrease.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:53
And when you meet with legislators, what sort of response do you get? Are they like more in favor of the bills? Do they have a lot of questions for you? What’s it like?
Kristal Hartman 22:01
Yeah, yeah. And they do have a lot of questions. It’s been really interesting, because I was on the Hill in December, and then again, just this week, and the news media coverage actually means that there is a lot of questions about the correct utilization of these drugs. And what we’re really asking for, which is comprehensive care, not just someone to write the prescription because you need to lose 15 pounds before your class reunion, right? That’s not what these are for this is for chronic obesity, and for people who are actually diagnosed and being treated as such. And so we have to explain that. I will say that before these drugs were even on board, we were advocating for TROA. For 11 years now, we’ve been trying to get this passed. So this was happening long before all of these pharma companies jumped in and started making obesity drugs, right. And so we were advocating for equal comprehensive care set for 11 years now and we still have yet to get this through. And I will say the one thing that we have seen a good trend in is that more and more people do believe that this is a disease, that this isn’t just an issue of personal responsibility that these people should just take care of themselves. You did this to yourself, now you need to fix this, right? Because that’s been the message that we’ve received for years and years, is that you did this to yourself, therefore, it’s on you to fix it. And the Medicare rules pretty much explicitly state that because they consider weight loss like a vanity, you know, situation and an unneeded type of coverage. So we really explain that to them. A lot more people are, in Congress are believing and admitting to the fact that this is a disease, but they have a ton of questions about cost. And we’re putting a lot of pressures even on our pharma folks to really rein in the cost of knees so that we can get these bills passed, and that people will have access to reasonable co-pays for these medications.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:54
We really have been brainwashed to think that obesity is just a personal choice and not a disease. And I’m so glad to hear you squash that and say no, it’s a disease. And we need to admit that, like say it out loud. Obesity is a disease. And it’s so important that people like you are sharing your story. And you know, I’m just so grateful for the OAC and being connected to you guys, because it really is such a misconception out there.
Kristal Hartman 24:19
It really is. And your personal story means everything and that’s what we teach all of our new advocates. You know, I had the opportunity to spend the day on Monday when we were on the hill with one of our new advocates who also lives in Oregon. And just seeing her excitement and passion for the work that we’re doing is so fantastic. And it really comes down to the personal story. When we’re talking to Congress and we’re saying we are your constituents, we live in your state, we vote for you. This is something that is critically important to people living in your state and it is time to treat this as a disease and to treat it equally to all other chronic diseases and so that’s an important part of every single one of our stories and our conversations with Congress too.
Zoe Rothblatt 25:06
For sure, and how can people get involved if they want to with obesity advocacy?
Kristal Hartman 25:10
Yeah, we would love to have more advocates and advocating doesn’t necessarily mean that we, you know, you have to fly to Washington, DC and speak to Senators and House of Representatives. If that’s your jam, great, we would love to have you join us on Capitol Hill. But there’s so many different ways to advocate, you can advocate in your own community, you can advocate at the state level, and you can advocate at the federal level. And so I really highly encourage people to go to the OAC website as obesityaction.org. And there’s actually a whole entire website called the Action Center that will give you all different sorts of ideas of how to take action, sometimes taking action is going on Instagram, or Twitter and responding to negative news stories, or people who are exhibiting obvious weight bias and weight stigma and just calling them out and say, hey, you used this picture, did you know that OAC has an image gallery of people living with obesity, and we want you to use that image gallery instead of the headless jiggling tummy that you used in your news story. And so there’s so many different ways to advocate and to get involved. And while you do, you’re actually also becoming a part of this incredible community of people where you’re going to find support and science based education at the same time, which you know, it’s a kind of a three prong approach at OAC, we really focus on support and advocacy and education. So we would love for people to join as a member of the OAC, and to advocate in any way that they feel comfortable doing so.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:44
That’s amazing. Thank you and we’ll put a link to that in the show notes so people can find you guys.
Kristal Hartman 26:49
Great.
Zoe Rothblatt 26:49
And we’re excited to work with you more on some advocacy trainings and..
Kristal Hartman 26:54
Yes, we can’t wait. Yes, I’m so happy that we that’s what Chrystal was telling me, one of our team members of our staff of the OAC. And we love that your team is so passionate about this and passionate about chronic disease in general, but that you’re really ready to jump out and help us with this cause, right help us really hit home that obesity as a disease and that we deserve equal and compassionate and non bias care and access to all of the treatments and tools in the toolbox.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:25
Exactly, yeah. Well, thank you so much Kristal for joining and sharing your story and your work with OAC. I really appreciate it.
Kristal Hartman 27:32
Absolutely, anytime, we’d love to jump on and chat. And hopefully we get to see you on the Hill one of these days too.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:38
Definitely yeah, looking forward.
Kristal Hartman 27:40
Yes, us too, thank you so much.
Steven Newmark 27:44
Well, thank you, Kristal, that was another great discussion. And Zoe you’re becoming quite the interviewer, I hope we don’t lose you to ABC News or something with your skills.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:53
I’m right here. I’m a Health Advocate at heart, you guys don’t have to worry about me, but thanks, Steven.
Steven Newmark 27:57
Excellent. Well, it was really great discussion. I definitely learned a lot. I know your next question is going to be about learnings and I’ll just say for me, you know, she talked about our patient journey and what it’s like specifically with her patient journey, is really the most that I’ve ever heard from someone specifically dealing with obesity and that patient journey. So it was quite a learning for me and the misconceptions and bias around obesity.
Zoe Rothblatt 28:19
Definitely. And I really enjoyed the part where she talked about just well rounded care.
Steven Newmark 28:23
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 28:24
And supporting patients in multiple ways, in a multidisciplinary healthcare team. That was really great.
Steven Newmark 28:30
Yeah, totally. Well, we hope that you learned something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 28:40
And if you have any questions, comments, episode topics, just want to say hi to us, definitely email us at [email protected]. Well everyone, thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating, write that review, and hit that subscribe button. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 29:01
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 29:06
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Chronic Resilience: Jae Walker’s Journey
In this episode we are joined by Jae Walker, who lives with multiple autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis, fibromyalgia, and a rare neurological disease. Jae shares their emotional journey to diagnosis, offering advice for other people living with chronic illness on advocating for yourself and not giving up.

Chronic Resilience: Jae Walker's Journey
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF. Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. And today, I’m joined by Jae Walker, patient advocate in our CreakyJoints community. We’ve been connected for a couple of years, I’m excited to catch up with them about their diagnoses since I’ve known them, but also just hearing how their journey started with rheumatoid arthritis years ago, and ultimately, what advice they have for patients. So, Jae, welcome to The Health Advocates.
Jae Walker 00:47
Oh, thank you. I’m so excited to talk to you again. It’s been so long, too long.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:52
I know, I still have your artwork. I got two pieces from you and I still have them both hanging in my apartment. So, while we may not have talked in a while, I’m thinking about you all the time.
Jae Walker 01:01
Oh, I’m so excited and I actually just thought about you the other day, because I had another patient purchas one of my most recent pieces that I did for CreakyJoints when I did that blog called The Darkness of Pain.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:14
That’s awesome. Well, yeah, why don’t you introduce yourself to our listeners, tell us a little bit about you and your story.
Jae Walker 01:21
Okay, so my name is Jae Walker and I feel like I’m kind of like your average, everyday person. Except when I was 34, I first started showing symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis. Except for it didn’t come on slowly. For me, I felt I kind of got run over with it. I went from nothing to all of a sudden. I was working for a local grocery store, I was working in the dairy department. And I was pulling 1,000 pound dairy pallets on my knees in the dairy department, stocking the milk and the butter and doing work that a lot of the guys and stuff wouldn’t do. And I’m actually non-binary, at the time I identified as female. So, I was doing a lot of stuff that guys wouldn’t do. So, I was on my knees, and knee pads like throwing all this product and everything and then all of a sudden, I was in so much pain that I started drinking wine at night in order to even go to sleep because the pain was so bad. Which is a really big deal for me, because addiction and alcoholism runs in my family. And I was in so much pain that I would wait until the absolute last minute to go to the bathroom because squatting to sit down on the toilet was so painful. It brought tears to my eyes. I lived up on the second floor, and I had to drive 30 minutes to work. So, I would do all of this physical manual labor, and then I would get in the car. And I was so stiff and swollen by the time I got home that it took me about 10 to 15 minutes to get out of the car. And I was like huffing and puffing and talking to myself. And then I would barely make it across the parking lot and stand there at the bottom of the stairs looking up and it felt and looked like Mount Everest to me, because every time I looked up, I just wasn’t even sure how it’s gonna make it up the stairs to get up to my apartment. And once I did, and I had my days off, I just didn’t go anywhere. The breaking point for me was my feet hurt so bad because I had swelling in my hands and my feet. I had joint aches and pains. I couldn’t function. I had the brain fog, I had the fatigue, I couldn’t focus, I couldn’t concentrate. And the pain was just getting worse and worse. Anyways, I had two days off together and my feet hurt so bad that I spent two days scooting around on my butt in my apartment because I couldn’t even walk on my feet. And I was just kind of trying to like suck it up. Like you don’t go to the doctor, you just kind of handle it. And I remember, he kept trying to get me to go to the doctor and try to get me to go. And I remember turning them at one point and saying, hey, do you think this is bad? Do you think I should go to the doctor?
Zoe Rothblatt 04:25
You can’t walk and you ask the question, oh, do you think this is bad? I can’t do a basic function, maybe it’s fine.
Jae Walker 04:36
And he looked at me. So look, I’m autistic and I miss social cues, right. And sometimes I miss sarcasm and stuff like that, but I didn’t miss this. He’s stood there and stared at me. Yeah, you think? You can’t even walk, you’ve got to go to the doctor and he was so relieved because cuz I’m really, really stubborn and I really kind of don’t listen to people.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:03
But how did you think to even go to a rheumatologist? Is that where you started? I can’t imagine like you said, oh, this could be rheumatoid arthritis. You know, how did you even get to that point?
Jae Walker 05:13
Um, no, I didn’t even think that at all like that wasn’t even on my radar because like a week or so before that I had dropped a crate of eggs on my left foot. And I had been really hobbling more so than normal around and that was kind of an extra incentive to go to the doctor. So, genuinely in my head, here’s what I thought I was going to happen. I was gonna go to the doctor, he was going to look at it and say, oh, you bruised it, or whatever, maybe give me something to wrap it up, maybe something stronger than what I could get over the counter, or maybe tell my work that I had to take some time off. I don’t know, something like that, so that I could actually rest it and then I would go back to work. And or maybe he figured out something that I just didn’t know, but I’d easily get fixed and I would be okay. It still didn’t occur to me that there was genuinely something really very wrong with me. So, rheumatology and rheumatoid arthritis, were not even on my horizon. I had no idea. When I went to the doctor, I went to my PCP and he was like, on top of it, he absolutely automatically was the first thing he suspected. I presented equally on both sides. But my problem was the same problem that I’ve always had is I presented with the symptoms, but no definitive tests.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:45
Oh, like the bloodwork?
Jae Walker 06:47
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:47
Yeah.
Jae Walker 06:48
Inflammation does not show up in my bloodwork, never has. My RA factor was borderline. It just wasn’t really there and he could look at me and touch my joints, they were like red and swollen. I presented evenly on both sides of my body. I struggled. I was stiff and swollen and it took me a while to get going when I got up in the morning. And then when I laid down at night, that pain that hits you at night.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:19
Yeah.
Jae Walker 07:19
After you stop, I mean, I had all of that. But X-rays were negative, the RA factor was negative, the inflammation levels were normal in my blood work, like none of it was there. So, he couldn’t diagnose me or do anything with it. He straight up told me I think you have rheumatoid arthritis, but I can’t diagnose you with what I have. I have to send you to a rheumatologist. So I said, okay, I still was thinking, okay, fine this is just no big deal. And still don’t know why I didn’t think it was not a big deal.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:52
So you got to the rheumatologist and then they gave you the rheumatoid arthritis diagnosis?
Jae Walker 07:58
Yeah, well, I ended up going to the doctor, and she ended up running the same tests. It was like standard procedure, I guess and so then she still didn’t get the diagnosis. So, she ended up diagnosing me with an MRI of my left foot.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:14
Wow.
Jae Walker 08:15
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:16
And that’s where she said, that’s rheumatoid arthritis?
Jae Walker 08:20
Yeah because she took all of my symptoms and she said, okay, look, I’ve done all of these tests. I can’t definitively diagnose you with this. This is what we’re gonna do, you tell me where on your body it hurts the worst. And I did what I always did back then, because of course, it was the worst back then it was uncontrolled, I laughed.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:38
You were like circling your entire body on the page saying this whole thing, that’s what hurts.
Jae Walker 08:44
Yes. I hate when, I hate when healthcare providers asked me that, especially when your body is not controlled. Where does it hurt the worst? And it was like uncontrollable, it was always uncontrollable for me. Like, what do you mean where? But I decided on my left foot because I had dropped that crate of eggs on it. And so she did an MRI of my left foot and so she pulled up the MRI and started showing me slide by slide and said okay, we’ve got inflammation, and I had so much inflammation on my foot.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:20
And what was that like for you to see that and actually say like, wow, there is something wrong?
Jae Walker 09:25
Honestly, I think I dissociated.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:28
Yeah.
Jae Walker 09:28
Because it went from being oh, this is something that is an easy fix or short term treatment, to all of a sudden she was talking to me about steroids. And I knew this was a possible treatment and what my PCP had said he thought was wrong with me. She, when I came to her and told her that she said, we’re not going to commit to anything, I have to check you out. Well, being who I am, I analyze and prepare the hell out of myself for everything. So, I had done research. I knew what kind of medication steroids were, I knew what kind of drugs and stuff or possible as a treatment for this. And so when she told me that, it was like, the world stood still, for me, I stopped hearing everything around me. And everything inside of me kind of shattered all at once. Because this was permanent, and it was long term. And I felt broken, and that’s what it was, I just, I felt broken and I felt extremely overwhelmed.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:34
Yeah, it’s like you were feeling physically broken from all the pain. And then like the emotional gravity of it just came crashing down to, right?
Jae Walker 10:43
Yeah and that’s worse than the physical part of it, the emotional side of it. Because within a month, I had a panic attack, end up in the hospital thinking that I was having a stroke. But I was having a panic attack, because I was so absolutely overwhelmed with all of the choices I was having to make, not to go out of my way to like exercise.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:05
Oh, my God.
Jae Walker 11:06
It was pretty scary in those early years.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:08
And yeah, just thinking about, you know, from the early years to like, I guess over the next few years, you would come to find the online community and really connect with other advocates and write and use art. Can you talk to us a little bit about what that part of your journey was, like, just like meeting others with these conditions and expressing yourself through these different forms?
Jae Walker 11:28
Well, I mean, overnight, my world got flipped upside down. I was taking naps in the middle of the day, I would work first shift and second shift from being a cashier and I was going through things that no one around me understood. And I always struggled because I always look younger than what I am. I always have. And so at the time, even though I was 34, I looked like I was in my 20s. And so even if I looked like I was in my 30s, it didn’t really matter because number one, people never think that you’re really sick.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:04
Yeah.
Jae Walker 12:05
Or that you’re old enough that you should have anything be wrong with you. And so if you actually open up and tell people about what’s wrong with you, because I had times where I had to use a cane, and I had times where I was so bad, I couldn’t like step up on a curb, there was one period of time where I started doing things off of a bucket list, because I was so bad. And my functionality was getting so bad, I thought I was going to end up in a wheelchair pretty soon. So, I started doing things like going to Six Flags, and doing all of this stuff that I didn’t think that I was going to be able to do in a year, you know, and so if I haven’t opened up and talk to people and tell people about what was going on with me, I always faced several reactions. And so I had to try to gauge people which of course is hard when you’re not good at reading faces.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:06
And when you’re just learning about this disease yourself, like you’re still like you said, figuring it all out, and you know what you can and can’t do. And there’s so much to learn about these diseases and you’re like responsible for learning that all yourself. And now you’re saying you’re also responsible for sharing that with other people, it’s tremendously hard.
Jae Walker 13:25
Yeah and you can’t do it all by yourself, you know, if you’re still working, and you need help with something like you need help reaching something, or leaning over or whatever it is that you need help with, you have to open up a little bit, because otherwise somebody’s going to be like, why do you need help with that? You look able bodied, you like you should be able to do that, like what’s wrong with you. And then they’re going to just think that you’re lazy, or you’re taking advantage of the people around you, which is the last thing that you need at work, right? And so then you have to deal with people several reactions, right? Either number one, people get so comfortable, and they don’t know how to talk to or deal with you because they don’t know how to deal with your pain. And so they don’t want to talk about it or they skip over, gloss over it and like they would just rather walk away from you and not deal with you. Right? Or you have you know, I’m in the South, or you get a lot of your bless your heart, people who feel sorry for you.
Jae Walker 14:39
And as someone who has been independent, extremely independent their whole life, the last thing I have ever wanted is for somebody to feel sorry for me. You never want somebody to feel sorry for you. You don’t tell people because you want them to feel sorry for you. You just explain because hey, this is why I need your help and when you do this for me, it’s a genuine need and I really appreciate that you’re doing it for me. That’s it, A plus B equals C. That’s all there is to it and instead, you get people who feel so sorry for you. They can’t think of you in any other way, except for pity, and that’s terrible.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:39
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:20
Yeah.
Jae Walker 15:20
They can’t treat you like a normal person.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:23
Yeah, you’re like, I’m a person first not a disease.
Jae Walker 15:27
And you don’t become anything but that disease. And then like, anytime you’re around them oh, you poor thing. How are you feeling today? Are you okay? Aw, you poor little? Like, I’ve even had people go, oh, honey, are you doing? Okay? Did you know that, in the early years oh, did you know that she has? Like, I’ve had people tell my business, yeah. Like, it’s been bad before, you know.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:51
Yeah.
Jae Walker 15:52
And every once in a while, you’ll have somebody who’s just genuine and like, you know, they’ll truly be kind. They’ve had somebody in their family who has had an autoimmune, you know, someone who genuinely is trying to learn, you have somebody who’s a good person. They’re amazing, you know, and those are few and far between.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:10
I know you’ve had a few more diagnoses in the last few years. And you know, we talked a little bit about, you know, moving from patient to a zebra, can you talk to you about like how you knew something was wrong? And it wasn’t just the rheumatoid arthritis? You know, like, what made you think there could be something else going on here? And like, how did you get to the point where you’re getting these diagnoses?
Jae Walker 16:33
Well, so I was first diagnosed with RA back in 2011. Like at the end of September, and then in January, early January 2012, I got diagnosed with fibromyalgia. That was my second diagnosis. But I don’t ever remember not hurting that way. So I really just think the diagnosis came later, I think, yeah, they were pretty much simultaneous. And, you know, of hypothyroidism like all of this stuff. Well, I’ve actually gone back and looked at my artwork because I started, I reached out to CreakyJoints back in 2015, because it was super lonely for me not having anybody around me. I started blogging for CreakyJoints and it was a huge way for me to connect with other patients. And I started blogging about my experiences, and I started noticing symptoms that I was having and my problem is anytime I have symptoms, I have doctors who say to me, oh, well, that’s just like your RA.
Jae Walker 17:37
Or, oh, that’s just this, or that’s just that, and they just chalk it up. Or my favorite one is, well, why do you want another diagnosis, the treatment is just still going to be the same as what you’re doing right now. I literally can’t tell you how many times I have been told that actually, within the last four years,
Zoe Rothblatt 17:37
Yeah.
Jae Walker 17:38
That’s crazy also, because I mean, we’re studying new treatments, there could be a new treatment down the line that you need that ticket of a diagnosis to get it.
Jae Walker 18:01
That’s right and having more than one autoimmune disease actually opens you up to complications, which is actually what I have. So, I actually have small fiber polyneuropathy. Which means, polyneuropathy means I actually have it all over my body. So my small fibers, or have been demyelinating from the inflammation in my body. I have large fiber neuropathy, as well, but it’s not as advanced and it has come from the inflammation in my body. And I actually wanted to spend time talking to you about this on the show, because of several reasons. What I have is a very high risk. Most of the time, my neurologist who I see a neuromuscular neurologist, not just a regular neurologist, it’s those who have lupus and Sjogren’s are the ones who have the highest risk of developing it, although you can develop it from rheumatoid arthritis. And I was most recently diagnosed with Sjogren’s and I had undiagnosed Sjogren’s that went on for years because doctors didn’t listen to me and didn’t believe that there was anything wrong with me. I started having nerve symptoms that nobody would believe that there was anything wrong with me. And so small fiber neuropathy has all kinds of symptoms, and it crosses over with fibromyalgia, and it is believed that up to 40 percent of the people who are diagnosed with fibromyalgia actually have small fiber neuropathy, but there’s not enough information out there and not enough doctors are trained and have enough knowledge about small fiber neuropathy. So, small fiber neuropathy is a nerve disease and they usually they call it like the sock and glove, because you’ll feel it in glove and sock formation, right? Like you’re wearing gloves and socks. It started very much so with burning in my feet and I got to the point where I now been in the dead of winter, like I can almost never wear socks. And it doesn’t matter how cold it is, because the burning pain in my feet is so bad. I can’t tolerate anything on the tops of my feet. So, any kind of shoes that I have, they have to have, like it’s open on the top, and I can only wear them for like maybe two hours at the most, and I can’t tolerate anything tight on my skin. If I do, it’ll start to cause pain flare in my skin and that’s where it is the allodynia. So, a lot of fibro patients will know about this, right? It’s the skin pain, and it’ll cause it all over my body. And so in 2014, 2015 one of my pieces of artwork that I did shows that I had it and I didn’t know that I had it, I drew this piece of artwork because I went to a job interview, I went outside, I went to step down off the stairs and I missed a step, the step down my ankle rolled and I fell and I landed with my foot underneath me, I got up I walked in and I went back to work and my ankle and leg started to swell up. Now I was concerned with breaking something, right? If you have to have surgery, you have to come up with your medication and it’s a big deal for me because my body overcomes medication like very easily. And surgery is a huge fear of mine because of having to come off the medication and stuff. And so I went to the ER to try to get an X-ray to make sure everything was okay. I was in so much pain, so much pain. Of course they treated me like a drug seeker I was really mad and I told them I don’t want your drugs. You just freaking X-ray my leg and then they calmed down. So they X-rayed it said nothing was wrong, but they gave me a boot. And it went of course from my toes all the way up my calf up to my knee and they said I needed to wear it for like four days to support my ankle and my leg to give it strength and make sure I was okay and I had to wear a tight.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:39
And that set off your symptoms, of the SFN?
Jae Walker 22:42
Yes and it’s the tightness started to squeeze and it started to set off an all over nerve flare in my body. And the longest I could tolerate it was three days. By the third day I kid you not I was swearing at my partner, I was ready to punch everybody who was near me and I had to take it off. And like he was like, you can’t take this off the nurses, the doctors, the hospital said you have to wear this for four days. And I said like through gritted teeth, and I was like you do not understand me if I keep this on. I’m going to stab you with something sharp. You have no idea how much pain this is in. And the next 24 hours, I had electrical shooting pain through my foot and all the way up my leg.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:37
Oh my gosh.
Jae Walker 23:38
And that’s the nerve pain that I was having.
Zoe Rothblatt 23:41
And it took how many years later until you actually got the diagnosis?
Jae Walker 23:46
Well, it took me seven years to get my diagnosis. The only person who believed me and pushed me and kept sending me back to my regular neurologist to get tested was my nurse practitioner at my pain management doctor. I kept telling her about my symptoms and they kept getting worse and the whole diagnosis of Raynaud is a symptom. My heart arrhythmia, I have a form of dysautonomia called IST and I have SVT. Both of those are a symptom of my small fiber polyneuropathy.
Zoe Rothblatt 24:21
It’s like all of the puzzle pieces just came together.
Jae Walker 24:25
Yeah, they did. I mean, I had to wear a Holter monitor for like a month, my heart would race and race. I have so many specialists at this point. And I would talk to other peoplem, it started with talking to other patients asking them if they were having these problems. Nobody else was having this burning pain, but mine wasn’t limited. I have these random numb spots all over my body. Like when my neurologist, when I go in to see her she will have me like turn away and not look and she’ll break like tongue depressor or like something else, where it’ll have kind of like a point on it, I’ll turn. And it’s kind of scares me sometimes because she’ll use the pointy spot to kind of press in different parts of my body, and I will be able to feel it and then two inches later on my body, I won’t feel it at all.
Zoe Rothblatt 25:19
So scary, yeah.
Jae Walker 25:20
Yeah, that part of me is totally numb.
Zoe Rothblatt 25:22
You know, I’m noticing the time, I feel like we could talk about your story for hours and hours. But, I’m wondering if maybe you could leave us with what’s your advice for other patients who you know, similar to you have symptoms that are unanswered? Like, what’s your advice now, having gone through this journey, potentially more journey to go through, what would you tell other patients?
Jae Walker 25:44
Okay, yeah, so I have several things. Number one, get a physical copy of your medical records. Keep that on hand with you. Number two, keep a physical record of your symptoms, okay? Don’t try to remember it. Because you won’t, right? We have good and bad days. So don’t put that onus on yourself. Just don’t stress yourself out like that, keep that record on you. Okay, try to keep like dates, and all that kind of stuff. But even if you can’t keep that just write down your symptoms and keep a running tally of your symptom, okay? That really, really helps. And number three, find that one good friend, who is always going to bolster you up when you get discouraged, and who’s going to always have your back and who’s going to support you and say, I believe you. And there’s nothing wrong with you saying these things because you know your own body. Just because a test says there’s nothing wrong doesn’t mean there’s nothing wrong with you. We are our own best advocates, and we have to live with our bodies. It’s us and the doctors don’t live with this, we do. So, don’t give up, just don’t give up.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:01
I just got the chills. It’s so true. It’s like having the mental courage to keep seeking answers is so hard and having just one person believe in you can make such a difference.
Jae Walker 27:13
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:14
Thank you so much for joining and sharing your story. Yeah, I really appreciate it and all the wisdom for our audience Thank you, Jae.
Jae Walker 27:21
No, of course it’s my pleasure.
Zoe Rothblatt 27:24
Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, please give us a rating write a review and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen, I’m Zoe Rothblatt. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 27:42
Be inspired and supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Measles Outbreak: A Look at Florida’s Response
Measles has been reported in about a dozen states across the U.S. this year. In this episode, we’re discussing Florida’s response to this recent outbreak, and why it’s not in the best interest of protecting public health. In the news recap, we give an update on our advocacy related to Prescription Drug Affordability Boards (PDABs), discuss how nonprofits profited from COVID misinformation, explore lessons from a new report on vaccines, and talk about the rise in norovirus cases.

Measles Outbreak: A Look at Florida’s Response
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today we’ll continue our discussion from a few episodes ago on recent measles outbreaks, focused on Florida’s response. But as always, we have a few news updates first.
Steven Newmark 00:38
Yeah, so the first thing I think we should discuss is Prescription Drug Advisory Boards, which is something that we had spoken about in the past, we did a special episode dedicated to it and its impact on patients. And in the last few weeks, we’ve had the opportunity to speak directly to some of these boards are one in Colorado and another in Oregon. And we essentially inserted the patient voice on these boards. And we’ll talk more about this in the coming weeks as we continue to speak out on what these boards are doing and their potential impact for patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:07
Yeah and these are new, like we talked about them a few episodes ago did a deeper dive on exactly everything you need to know about and what we know so far. So, we’re still I guess, learning as we advocate, but the important thing is that we’re getting the patient voice in front of these advisory boards.
Steven Newmark 01:22
Absolutely and I’ll just say anecdotally, without taking a deep dive on it, on the subject right now. I had the opportunity to speak to the Colorado Board and I was very dismayed that the discussion amongst the board members for about an hour and a half before I had a chance to speak did not discuss much of the patient impact and certainly did not discuss affordability as it concerns patients themselves. I had prepared remarks ready to go and I essentially when it was my turn to speak, I said, I’m not even going to use my prepared remarks. I want to address what you guys are talking about, how you just have ignored patients in all these discussions and deliberations, you’ve created straw individuals who are not actual patients. And the idea of pulling a stable patient off of medication has real world impacts that are not being taken into account and was somewhat depressing, but also exhilarating, as we sometimes say it is good to advocate. If for nothing else, there’s a mental health boost to being able to speak up for yourself and for patients like you.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:18
For sure. I’m glad you were there and able to bring in the patient voice that’s kind of scary that they were ignoring all those things at first when talking about medications that are for patients. It’s so frustrating, right?
Steven Newmark 02:29
Yeah, totally frustrating. Totally frustrating.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:31
Well, we do have a few more news items. So, you had sent me this earlier this week and it really surprised me. But, the Washington Post recently reported how tax records are revealing that four major nonprofits capitalized on COVID misinformation and profited off of it, which is like terrifying.
Steven Newmark 02:48
Yeah, it’s amazing that there was an expose in The Washington Post that uncovered that there were four nonprofits, two of whom were really raking in the 10s of millions of dollars, between 2020 and 2022, 10s of millions of dollars with high salaries to their executives, and so forth, all of a tax deductible. And you know, so essentially, with the, if you will, the endorsement of the US government to be a nonprofit and spread misinformation about COVID. You know, this is 2020-2021, these are crucial times during the pandemic and to spread dangerous information is hurtful if nothing else, but to also be able to consider themselves a nonprofit, not pay taxes on their income is just horrific to say the least.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:31
Yeah, when you think about this misinformation is putting people’s lives at risk and damaging public health.
Steven Newmark 03:36
Totally.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:37
And you’re like profiting off of putting people’s lives at risk. It’s beyond terrifying.
Steven Newmark 03:42
Terrifying, terrifying. Maybe we’ll do a deeper dive on that as well. In the coming weeks. There’s a lot more coming to light about some of these nonprofits and what they were spreading. So maybe we’ll put a pin on it there and maybe revisit it.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:53
Sure. Our next bit of news, our colleague, Robert authored a report with IQVIA. And they were looking at flu vaccines among Medicaid fee for service patients and the link between pharmacy reimbursement and the goal was better to understand you know, what our vaccine rates compared to how pharmacists are compensated for giving vaccines and they found that basically, so, to quote one of the researchers a $13 increase in pharmacy reimbursement for adult flu vaccination was associated with a nearly 6% point surge in the state vaccination rate for Medicaid fee for service covered adults. So, basically what that saying is that as pharmacists are reimbursed at a higher rate, the vaccination rate for Medicaid goes up, which obviously we want because we want people to get vaccinated.
Steven Newmark 04:42
Interesting. That’s some interesting findings.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:44
So currently, pharmacy reimbursement averages around $12 for this group, which is considerably lower than Medicare’s $30. So, it’s interesting to see this stuff and how it could inform policy to help expand pharmacist ability to vaccinate and get compensated for it.
Steven Newmark 05:02
Yeah, in other news, norovirus cases are surging in the United States, especially in the northeast and western states.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:08
Yeah, I mean, this is nothing new. It’s something that we’ve seen before and peaks during winter months. It is very contagious, so be careful out there. It’s like a stomach flu that causes severe diarrhea and vomiting. There’s no medication you could take for it as far as I know. So it’s really just taking care of yourself and hydrating.
Steven Newmark 05:27
All right, well, I’ll wash my hands. Oh wait, I already do wash my hands.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:30
Sanitize those surfaces.
Steven Newmark 05:32
Oh my gosh. Well, speaking of viruses and surges our south eastern most state Florida is seeing measles and apparently not exactly mobilizing the most robust response to tamp down. Let’s get into that.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:45
Yeah, we talked about this a few episodes ago, the rise in measles and just the history of it, like how it was eliminated from the US why we’re seeing cases now. Along with Florida, measles has been reported in 11 other states this year, which is kind of scary, you know, we’re both vaccinated, so we’re good. But when you hear of a disease that’s been eliminated is now floating around, you have to wonder why.
Steven Newmark 06:09
Right, right. Well, the answer why is simple because you said, we’re vaccinated, but not everyone is.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:16
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 06:16
So you know, let’s talk about the response in Florida and why it may not be the most prudent according to some public health experts. So, the Florida Surgeon General Joseph Ladapo, sent parents a letter granting them permission to send unvaccinated children to school amid the outbreak. Now, obviously, if your unvaccinated do not have the vaccine for measles, when there’s a measles outbreak currently transpiring in your county, it’s probably wise to stay home.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:42
Yeah and this completely contradicts guidance from CDC and just like well established public health guidance that says if you’re unvaccinated stay home because of how contagious the measles is. So, why are we seeing a response that says, oh, it’s up to the parents to say whether the kids can go to school?
Steven Newmark 06:58
Right and, you know, the vaccine itself, by the way, is extremely safe. It’s been around for a while. Listen to the stat from Kaiser Family Foundation, a person is four times as likely to die, four times as likely to die from being struck by lightning during their lifetime in the United States, as they have a potentially life threatening allergic reaction to the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:16
Okay, we should almost have a video portion for this because jaws are dropped like your four times as likely to die being struck by lightning than have a life threatening reaction to the vaccine. That’s like beyond shocking and just proves how safe it is.
Steven Newmark 07:32
Yeah. Anyway, the CDC reported that child immunization rates have hit a 10 year low. Last year record number of parents across the United States filed for exemptions from school vaccine requirements on religious or philosophical grounds.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:43
Let’s just pause for a second. I’m so curious to ask you as a parent, what would you do if this was happening in your kids school? And you got a letter saying it’s up to the parents to decide if the kids go in, like, how would you feel if you were in this situation?
Steven Newmark 07:57
I don’t know. You put me on the spot.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:58
I know.
Steven Newmark 07:59
I mean, my kids are vaccinated, so I feel comofrted. It’s a strong vaccine. You know, we talked about the COVID and flu vaccines, like oh, they prevent hospitalizations, and they tamp down the effects of the virus. The measles vaccine actually prevents the virus very strongly. I don’t have the numbers in front of me, but it’s a strong vaccine. I don’t know the answer off the top of my head, I think I would do the basic things call my pediatrician. What do you think? Call the principal like what the hell? Can we take a week off at least and see, you know, see what’s what. And ultimately I probably would strongly considering pulling my kids for a week just to see how it goes to see if it spreads more or to see if it’s tamp down. But I don’t know that’s off the top of my head. I don’t know.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:38
Isn’t it also typically the local county health department or, you know, more local public health figures that respond to these crises, not like the Surgeon General of the State?
Steven Newmark 08:48
I don’t think it’s unusual for it to come from the state health department to be honest. But yeah, that’s a good point. All right. We googled, it turns out that the Surgeon General or Florida as the title given to the head of the Florida State Health Department, most states use the moniker Commissioner, I don’t know why they use a different moniker. That being said, that being said, it is positioned when you head the health department you’re entrusted with public health, and you’re doing something that seems to be an opposite of that mission by giving a permission structure for parents to send unvaccinated children into a place where measles may be present.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:19
So, let’s take a look at what are like the vaccine rates for measles in Florida like what are we even talking about here?
Steven Newmark 09:27
Okay.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:27
So only about a quarter of Florida’s counties had reached the 95 percent threshold which communities are considered well protected against measles, according to most recent data from the Florida Health Department in 2022. And in Broward County, where six cases of measles have been reported over the past week, about 92 percent of children in kindergarten had received routine immunizations, and that remaining 8 percent is more than 1,500 kids who had vaccine exemptions. I know it sounds like a high number 92 percent but it’s like a huge drop totally to go like below that threshold.
Steven Newmark 10:05
Right, that’s a difference that allows for the spread, essentially.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:08
Yeah. And we’re seeing that.
Steven Newmark 10:09
Right, exactly. We’re seeing that, and we’re seeing it in the absence of any effort to curtail that spread, as best as I can tell, doesn’t seem to be an effort to say, hey, there’s X amount of cases. Let’s stop it there. Let’s not go beyond this. Right?
Zoe Rothblatt 10:22
For sure. I mean, like, the reason we have public health guidance is so that in times like this, we can follow it. Like I don’t know why we’re reinventing the rules and going against the science.
Steven Newmark 10:32
Everything’s political.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:33
And it’s almost like we forgot the trauma of the pandemic we just went through, like we just went through COVID and quarantine and everything and it’s like so quickly, people forget how you know, like precious our health is and how we really do need to stick to public health guidance in the face of these viruses.
Steven Newmark 10:51
Right, no, it’s unfortunate to say the least. I mean, vaccine mandates have been used for measles. In 1991, Philadelphia’s Deputy Health Commissioner ordered children to get vaccinated against their parents wishes during an outbreak. In 2019, there was a large measles outbreak among Orthodox Jewish communities in Brooklyn. And the New York City Health Commissioner mandated that anyone who lived, work, or went to school in these neighborhoods get vaccinated or face a fine of $1,000.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:15
And these are both for measles, but you know, I mean, this is like a classic public health 101. I remember the first public health class we’re talking about Jacobson V. Massachusetts, which was about smallpox, and the Court upheld the state’s authority to impose the vaccine because it put public health at risk and public health was more important than individual rights in this case.
Steven Newmark 11:36
I was just gonna go back to the standard moniker that we’ve spoken about before, you know, everyone has individual rights to do what they want, but you don’t have a right to trample on my rights or other’s rights and causing a public health scare tramples on my rights. You have a right to drink as much as you want alcohol to your own body, but you don’t have a right to get into a car and drive and put my life at danger due to that. So, there are, you know, public health laws exist for a reason it’s to protect the public health, if you will.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:03
Especially, our community who is immunocompromised may not have gotten all their shots because of their health, or you know, you have a weakened immune system so the shot may not be as robust of a response in your body as it is for a classic healthy person. And that’s why we get vaccinated to protect each other.
Steven Newmark 12:21
Exactly, you have a right to do whatever you want. But there are public health like you know, your right to drive a car, you don’t have a right to speed because you don’t want to kill somebody or get into an accident with somebody else who’s riding on that road. You know, laws exist for the betterment of society and enable us all to live our best lives, if you will.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:37
And I guess one last note to leave this on, there are laws that we advocate for that reduce the ability for people to do these like philosophical and religious exemptions.
Steven Newmark 12:48
right.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:48
Just obviously, like a medical exemption is a different story. But we do advocate at the state level, many states have passed laws like this that help ensure that our communities are vaccinated. Right.
Steven Newmark 12:59
Like, for example, you shouldn’t really be able to say I don’t want to get vaccinated because of the microchips that Bill Gates is putting into vaccines and tracking me as a reason. Just an example.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:09
Just a minor example there.
Steven Newmark 13:11
That’s my favorite of the conspiracies, by the way, because if you ever look at a vial of a vaccine before you get the shot…
Zoe Rothblatt 13:17
Well look at the needle. How would you… Like the needle is so tiny.
Steven Newmark 13:22
Somehow, somehow, Bill Gates has invented a microchip that is smaller and can fit inside incredible.
Steven Newmark 13:30
All right. Well, let’s talk about our learnings today. You know, I guess I’ve learned that the more things change, the more they stay the same when it comes to vaccine hesitancy and here we are 2024, Florida, measles, and you Zoe?
Zoe Rothblatt 13:42
And my learning is just from the top of the episode about the Prescription Drug Advisory Boards, how important is that we’re showing up and sharing the patient voice there.
Steven Newmark 13:51
Yes, absolutely. We hope that you learn something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:00
And if you have any questions, comments, episode topics, email us at [email protected] Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, give us that rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 14:19
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 14:25
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
New COVID Isolation Guidance? What Immunocompromised Need to Know
The Washington Post released a story that the CDC is considering replacing the COVID five-day isolation period guidance with staying home until 24 hours fever free and improving symptoms. In this episode, we’re breaking down all we do and don’t know so far about COVID, its impact, and this potential change in recommendation from the CDC.
In the news highlights, we discuss how unfortunately two million Texans have lost Medicaid coverage, and we also share the latest results on our quick poll on the patient experience with clinical trials.

New COVID Isolation Guidance? What Immunocompromised Need to Know
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
And today we’ll talk about the recent rumblings and rumors about new CDC guidance about COVID isolation. But as usual, we have a few news updates.
Steven Newmark 00:37
Let’s get into it.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:39
So first, we have that more than two million people have been dropped from Medicaid in Texas. That’s a lot of people.
Steven Newmark 00:46
That is quite a lot of people. Yeah. So that’s unfortunate folks who had Medicaid and able to obtain medications able to visit doctors as a result of being on Medicaid. We’ve talked about this in the past, there were a pandemic policies that expanded Medicaid coverage, and many of those were lifted at the end of the emergency. So people are getting dropped from the Medicaid rolls.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:06
And the two million in Texas is actually the most out of any state losing coverage in a year. And just to put things in perspective, Houston’s population is 2.3 million. So that’s basically like an entire city losing coverage.
Steven Newmark 01:20
Yeah, well, you know, in Texas, they go big.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:22
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 01:23
That’s how they roll down in Texas. So, not surprised that it’s the most of any state losing coverage. It’s a large state. But yeah, it’s quite a number. And, you know, hopefully, the folks who have lost coverage are able to find some affordable plans through the exchanges or other means.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:37
And just something really unfortunate in all of this, like over half of the people that were disenrolled was because of procedural issues, like failing to return paperwork, it wasn’t always necessarily because they were ineligible. Like some people, like you said lost it because of the end of the emergency but others like…
Steven Newmark 01:54
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:54
They didn’t get the notification. And it’s such a shame to lose coverage over something like that.
Steven Newmark 01:59
Oh, my gosh, so over a million people in the state of Texas have lost health care coverage due to procedural issues. And now a million people no longer have health insurance.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:09
Especially in a digital age, like 2024, how are we not making it simpler for people to renew their Medicaid?
Steven Newmark 02:15
Totally, totally. We got to look into that more. Let’s go down to Texas and figure out what’s going on. That’s not right. That’s all I can say. I wish I had more.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:22
Same I wish I had more to but I do have more news, we have a quick poll. So we did a quick poll on clinical trials. And you know, just a little bit of background on clinical trials. They help researchers study the safety of new medical, test devices, and treatments, and their effects on people. You know, clinical trials, of course, you can opt into them, you can decide to join, and there’s different roles for each one. But, we really wanted to know like what our chronic illness community is thinking about clinical trials. So we did a quick poll with our Patient Support Program. And are you ready for the results?
Steven Newmark 02:56
I’m ready.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:57
So a little over 2,000 people responded, and 68 percent said that they had not participated in a clinical trial.
Steven Newmark 03:04
Wow, I’m actually surprised how many have, so just by the reverse of that 32 percent have participated. So, almost a third. Interesting.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:12
I know that surprised me, too. Have you ever like talked to your doctor about clinical trials?
Steven Newmark 03:16
No.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:17
Or been offered one?
Steven Newmark 03:17
No, no, no, no, I frankly, I don’t know anyone personally, who has ever done a clinical trial or been asked about it.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:22
Same for me. So in the poll, we ask what are the most common reasons that people have not participated and like us, 55 percent said they never received information, 28 percent said they were never eligible, and 20 percent worried about a medical issue or side effects from a new medication or treatment with the trial.
Steven Newmark 03:41
Wow, what would help make people feel more interested, for example?
Zoe Rothblatt 03:45
So, yeah, we asked that too. And people were able to select all that apply some of the most common answers: 70 percent said knowing the risks of the side effects or medical issues, 68 percent said knowing more about the medication or treatment, 63 percent said knowing how the trial will affect my current treatment plan, 55 percent said knowing that my doctor supports it, and another popular one, 53 percent said knowing the time commitment.
Steven Newmark 04:12
Wow. Again, I’m surprised 55 percent knowing the doctor supports it. For me, I feel like just on a personal level, my doctor says something I’m like, yeah, okay, as long as she’s behind it, or he’s behind it.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:13
I know, like 100 perent I want to know my doctors supporting.
Steven Newmark 04:26
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:27
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 04:28
I’m like, alright, if the doc’s in, im in.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:29
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 04:30
Let’s do it.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:31
I know. I’m like, I don’t want to do it unless my doctor’s involved in it.
Steven Newmark 04:34
Totally, and supports it, and supports it. If the doctor is like, well, I don’t know about this. I’m like, alright, that’s it. I’m done.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:40
But yeah, these are some good things to think about, like questions to ask your doctor. You know, if you’re thinking about a clinical trial, just like I thought those were great points, like…
Steven Newmark 04:49
Totally.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:50
How is it gonna affect your current treatment plan? What does your doctor think? What’s the time commitment? Like all great questions about clinical trials.
Steven Newmark 04:57
Yeah, absolutely. Thanks to our team for putting the together. All right, well, let’s talk about this new potential, shall we say CDC isolation guidance. Last week, the Washington Post released a story that the CDC is considering replacing the COVID five day isolation period guidance with, quote, “staying home until 24 hours fever free and improving symptoms” end quote, as the isolation guidance.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:20
So, this has not come out yet, which is so confusing. I’ve seen so many articles on this and for a minute, I thought the guidance was changed, but…
Steven Newmark 05:28
Right, right, right.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:29
This is just a leak. And we don’t really know what the CDC is thinking about. They haven’t made any comment, right?
Steven Newmark 05:34
No, they have not commented, you really have to get to the second paragraph in these articles to even know that it was a leak, not an official statement from the CDC. But yeah, someone leaked this to the Washington Post. So, you know, let’s talk about things that we know about COVID. So first and foremost, you know, if you’re contagious, you’re contagious, that’s not changing. And certainly the CDC knows that if you’re infected, you still spread COVID-19 to others for as long as 12 days even. So, regardless of whether there’s a change in protocol or not, it’s important to be safe. And also to protect others. If you have COVID and find yourself going out there, make sure you mask up to protect others.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:09
And just thinking about getting COVID testing, like testing is not what it used to be like…
Steven Newmark 06:14
Right, right.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:14
I don’t think we’ve got in a free set of tests since the summer, maybe. I can’t even remember. So, that just says how long ago it was. And it’s kind of expensive, like, yeah, they cost like $30. Like, if you’re worried, it’s not just easy to be like, let me just do a test to do a test like it adds up.
Steven Newmark 06:31
Right, there was a time when it was so easy to hoard tests. You know, anytime you had a sniffle, or scratchy throat, you could just start swabbing yourself. And then if you did eventually test positive, you’re like, alright, now I know and I could stay home. With the cost of tests rising and their accessibility and not quite as prevalent, it’s highly likely I don’t have any facts to back this up, I’m sure it is the case that many fewer Americans have home tests and those that do have fewer sets of home tests available. So, they’re more valuable, and they’re less likely to use them as quite as often. So, as a result, you’re more likely to get people perhaps experiencing early symptoms such as a feel that it’s a cold or something not to be worried about when in fact it is COVID are still going out there.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:09
Also, this is just a little aside but I wanted to take a test recently, and it was so confusing to find the expiration date on the box, like I couldn’t understand when it was shipped out or if that was the expiration, the timing wasn’t adding up. It wasn’t so clear. And I just think we need clear labeling on these boxes, too.
Steven Newmark 07:29
Yeah, that’s a great point.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:30
And I was like, ugh, do I just throw this out and buy a new one. And it’s so expensive. But obviously, like we know the importance of testing and making sure you’re not contagious. So…
Zoe Rothblatt 07:38
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:39
Like I guess I’ll be safe and get the new test.
Steven Newmark 07:41
Another factor, the number of paid sick days for Americans is abysmal. Only 23 percent of Americans have zero, zero paid sick leave and among those who do have it, the average American has only 10 days of paid sick.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:52
Yeah, this is terrible. You could use like the 10 sick days in one go, like from one illness.
Steven Newmark 07:58
Absolutely. With COVID. Yeah, for sure. Especially if you have a preexisting condition, such as an autoimmune condition.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:04
For sure. I mean, also just like sick days, you know, you may have to take them for your kids, you may not be sick, your kid may be sick, or let’s say run through your family like your kid is sick, then you’re sick. Ten days is just simply not enough. Aside from like the personal impact of how challenging it is to work when you’re sick, like we talk about it all the time, it’s just really not cool to go out knowing that you’re sick and contagious and spreading it to people.
Steven Newmark 08:26
It’s totally not cool, yeah. And you know, you may think ah, this doesn’t affect me, I don’t know, I work from home, or I don’t really care. But the truth is, it affects everyone, like you may think it doesn’t affect you until you know your waiter at your fancy steakhouse that you go to shows up with flu symptoms, and he’s spreading his germs to you and your and your loved one over there. It affects us all when people go to work that they’re ill.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:46
Yeah, well, let’s talk about I don’t know, it’s like the state of COVID generally. Like we’re not in this emergency, we’re not really calling it a pandemic anymore, but it still feels like more of a threat than the flu, to me.
Steven Newmark 08:58
For sure.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:58
Maybe that’s like a little bit of the trauma that we’ve lived the past few years.
Steven Newmark 09:03
Yeah, we don’t know, we still you know, we still don’t know the long term effects. There’s still long COVID which is a whole separate discussion on that we don’t need to get into this virus has only been around for five years now. You know, four and a half years.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:13
So let’s look at the numbers a little bit like hospitalizations are going down, which is good. According to the CDC, emergency department visits were down 11 percent In the most recent week, and hospitalizations were down 10 percent, deaths down six percent. All that’s like really great to see, especially during this winter time. But on the flip side, like vaccine rates are also really lagging only 17 percent of the total US population receive the updated booster and this is compared to the 69 percent of the total US population had finished their primary series. So, it’s like there’s a huge group of people that got the first vaccine and now just aren’t getting the boosters.
Steven Newmark 09:52
Yeah, I know we need Travis Kelce to do another commercial for that one because those numbers are I was gonna say abysmal. I already use that word today but those numbers is a pretty poor.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:00
Maybe we need him and Taylor together getting their boosters.
Steven Newmark 10:05
That’s like too much firepower. Let’s hold back on that for next time we need to go inside, she’ll she’ll be the one to tell us. She’s the only one Americans will listen to. And like I said I mentioned long COVID but there’s still a lot to learn. The Biden administration has dedicated an additional $515 million to a major initiative to study long COVID, which is a dice increase. The NIH that have the funding would be used to test additional treatments in clinical trials to study the effects on each part of the body. So hopefully we’ll learn more about long COVID, but right now, it’s still like, uh huh, we still don’t know like you said it, COVID is still should be scary. Not freak out scary, but I think it’s definitely higher plane of scariness than the flu. Right?
Zoe Rothblatt 10:44
I think so. Yeah, and I mean, our community who lives with chronic illness definitely, like feels the seriousness of all of it, like COVID, flu, RSV, but I think there’s something like unique about COVID in that, like, exactly what we’re saying, we don’t have a lot of the answers. There’s a lot we don’t know. And the guidance has been changing a lot. Whereas something like the flu, like we’ve had guidance in place that we’re accustomed to.
Steven Newmark 11:07
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:08
And whenever we hear a new thing for COVID, it’s a little bit of like, wait, what? And then…
Steven Newmark 11:12
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:13
Now the CDC hasn’t in recent months given guidance specific to immunocompromised people. So, it’s also a little challenging when general guidance comes out and people who are immunocompromised because of their condition, or the medications they take don’t really know how applicable it is to them.
Steven Newmark 11:29
Yeah, no, absolutely, absolutely. And not to compare flu and COVID again, but flu has been around for 100 years, that’s very different, and flu seasonal. So, you kind of know, you know, when to expect it, when to ramp up your personal safety procedures, if nothing else. But getting back to the guidance. So, some of the things about the guidance, the leak guidance, if you will, that we don’t know, is number one masks, if they’re gonna change the guidance, or, you know, make it less restrictive, if you will, is there gonna be new masking guidance to go along with that? I mean, if folks are going to return to action, while still contagious with this, you know, is the CDC also going to recommend that they at least mask for that period?
Zoe Rothblatt 12:02
Yeah, I just don’t know what the likelihood of people masking is honestly.
Steven Newmark 12:06
Right. I guess it’s not going to happen. And then the the other thing you mentioned the immunocompromised and also elderly folks, is there anything special for these folks? How are you gonna protect immunocompromised individuals if more folks are walking around while contagious?
Zoe Rothblatt 12:18
I also saw rumblings that I don’t know if this is true or not. But there is a meeting on February 28, where the CDC is expected to talk about COVID shots, so maybe we’ll get information then. But I saw rumblings that the CDC is considering another updated COVID vaccine like this 2023-2024 shot to recommend another shot of that for people who are immunocompromised this spring.
Steven Newmark 12:41
Wow, and then of course, the big issues. Does any of this actually matter? How many people look to the CDC guidance and say, okay, that’s what I’m gonna follow. You know, so is this going to really impact transmission rates?
Zoe Rothblatt 12:52
I have this feeling that no, like, I feel like the general public has just moved on. Like, we talked about that a lot. And…
Zoe Rothblatt 12:59
Like they’ve moved on, and they make decisions like based on how they feel. And then our community what we just said, like, doesn’t feel so included in the guidance. So, while we want to look to the CDC and follow like, it also feels like it’s missing a little bit.
Steven Newmark 12:59
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 13:12
Yeah, no, absolutely. Anecdotally, I find that people use the CDC as a way to get back to work or send their kids back to school quicker. They’ll say, oh, we had our five daysm that’s what the CDC says, so, we’re good to get back to work. So, if the CDC shortens that I get the sense that some of these folks who rely, quote unquote, rely on the CDC for allowing them to get back into the world, if anything, use this. And I know this is a small subset of people who actually pay attention to this stuff, but it’ll be used as their excuse to get back even sooner. Like oh, no, there’s no five days anymore, I’m fine. So, I’m okay to get back, that’s what the CDC said.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:44
Kinda crazy. I know people that I just remembered this. I can’t believe I didn’t think about it earlier when we’re talking about the sick leave, but I know people that have said to their work, oh, I have COVID and they’re like, okay, so just throw in a mask and come in.
Steven Newmark 13:56
Wow.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:56
Which is just crazy to be that careless with it. I just can’t believe that.
Steven Newmark 14:01
Wow. Wow. I don’t know what to say.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:03
By the way, also, we’re talking about with immunocompromised, it’s like we’re at risk for more severe illness like many people who are immunocompromised, but a lot of people also forget that when you’re sick, you often have to delay your regular medications.
Steven Newmark 14:17
Right. Good point. Very good point. Very, very, very good point. Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:21
So like, that’s what makes me the most upset.
Steven Newmark 14:23
Totally.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:23
Because I always check in with my doctor and she says, yes, skip this dose or continue when you feel better.
Steven Newmark 14:29
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:29
And then it’s like, not only am I sick, but now my arthritis and Crohn’s is acting up and it’s everything.
Steven Newmark 14:35
Totally. That’s a good point.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:37
Once again, our episode is turned into a giant vent session, but like sometimes it’s so needed.
Steven Newmark 14:40
That’s okay. Anyway, let’s see what the CDC says and I suppose the only thing you can do, I shouldn’t say the only thing you can do that sounds depressing, but always advocate on behalf of yourself. Talk to your employer about your condition, and see what kind of accommodations can be made. If you’re going into an office setting, hopefully there have been upgrades in the HVAC systems You can always mask yourself but of course, living in the real world, not everybody works in an office number one. Number two, living in the real world, there are people who may have bosses who might be judgmental about folks who are wearing masks. Unfortunately, that’s the real world, you know. So, tread carefully, I suppose is the best we can do.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:18
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 15:18
But advocate, advocate for sure.
Steven Newmark 15:20
Yeah, I know it can be scary and intimidating when it seems like everyone’s moved on. And…
Steven Newmark 15:25
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:25
But like it’s your health and like, try to do what makes you feel most comfortable. All right, Steven, what did you learn today?
Steven Newmark 15:33
I learned a lot about the quick poll regarding clinical trials. I thought that was really interesting. How many folks have not been approached, I think that you and I anecdotally said, we’ve not been approached either. And I think that certainly shows that there’s a large cadre of patients out there who could be approached, I certainly would be interested, if there’s a new therapy on the horizon that might be beneficial, I would want to I would want to get him in line for that. So hopefully, something can be done to change that.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:58
Yeah, those results really surprised me too. But also, it was just good chatting with you clearing up some of this, like what we know and don’t know about COVID and the new guidance that may or may not be coming out.
Steven Newmark 16:09
Yeah, well, we hope that you learn something too. And before we go, we definitely want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:18
And if you have any questions, comments, episode topics, just want to say hi, you could email us at [email protected]. Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, please give us a rating, write a review, and hit that subscribe button wherever you listen. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 16:38
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 16:44
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Health Equity and Black History Month: Breaking Down Barriers
Black History Month is a time to celebrate the great achievements and commemorate important Black heroes and events throughout our history. It’s also a time to reflect and raise awareness of racial and ethnic disparities across health care sectors.
The Health Advocates are joined by Sarah Shaw, Senior Manager of BIPOC Community Outreach at GHLF for a discussion on the disproportionate burden of chronic disease in the Black community, barriers to health care, addressing racism in health care, and ultimately how we can come together as a community and advocate for our health year-round. In this conversation, we delve into actionable steps for fostering inclusivity and driving future advancements in health care access and equity.

Health Equity and Black History Month: Breaking Down Barriers with Sarah Shaw
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is The Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:28
And today we’re joined by Sarah Shaw, Senior Manager of BIPOC, that’s Black, Indigenous, People of Color, Outreach at GHLF. And she’s here to talk about Black History Month things with us and get into the health disparities of it all and what we can do to help raise the voices in communities of color. But first, we do have a few news updates.
Steven Newmark 00:48
Yes, so this week, we’re early February, the opening offers on Medicare price negotiations are beginning. This stems from the Inflation Reduction Act, which passed Congress and was signed into law in late 2022. And the US Department of Health and Human Services, HHS, through its Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, CMS, sent initial offers to the participating drug companies of the first 10 prescription drugs selected for negotiation in the first cycle of the Medicare drug price negotiation program. That was a mouthful.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:20
Yeah, well, this is kind of like the first key step after they announced the 10 drugs. I don’t think anything has happened yet, really. So this is the first step in actually getting to that negotiated price, right?
Steven Newmark 01:31
Correct. So the negotiations have begun, so each drugmaker now has until early March to accept the offer or to propose a counteroffer to the government. And then a series of negotiation sessions could follow with the process set to conclude by August.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:45
And then once the price is agreed upon, it’ll take place in 2026.
Steven Newmark 01:49
Correct, which is, by my calculations two years away. So two years, and we’ve still yet to see how this is going to impact the prices that patients themselves directly pay. So, well we’ll see.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:02
That’s really important to stay on the lookout for.
Steven Newmark 02:05
Yes, another important issue is the Supreme Court has agreed to take up a case on COVID misinformation.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:11
We’ve talked a lot about the misinformation on social media during COVID. Whether it was about vaccine safety, mask effectiveness, COVID’s origins and the shutdowns that happened, and Biden officials had urged platforms to pull down post and delete accounts and amplify correct information. And now the Supreme Court is going to decide if that violated first amendment rights.
Steven Newmark 02:34
Yeah, fascinating to watch. I’m a lawyer and I’d say it’s difficult to go to law school without having some kind of an interest at least if not an affinity for the First Amendment. Those cases were always a little more interesting than your contract law classes. So, this is a big First Amendment case.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:49
So, just from that perspective, Steven, what do you think is likely to come out of this?
Steven Newmark 02:54
I’m gonna play it very lawyerly.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:56
I knew that was coming.
Steven Newmark 02:57
Actually, no in true ignorance, though, I honestly I’ve not read the filings. So I don’t want to miss state anything. I’ll tell you this. I promise to do the research and read, but you know, it is interesting. There’s a balancing act there’s not an unlimited right to free speech. As we all know, you can’t yell fire in a crowded movie theater, is probably the most prominent example of that. Government has a compelling interest in curtailing certain forms of speech and when public health is involved, we’re talking about misinformation. There’s also the issue, it gets even trickier because these social media sites are not necessarily the ones that are posting it’s individuals who are posting onto these social media sites some of the misleading information, I say, misleading, you know, let’s let’s be a little more real and say outright lies about vaccine safety, etc.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:44
Well, regardless of what the outcome is, it will, though have major implications for what role that public health officials can play in the spreading of information on social media.
Steven Newmark 03:55
Totally. By the way, we should mention the case is called Murthy vs. Missour and it alleges that federal officials coerced social media and search engine giants like Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and Google to remove or to downgrade posts that question vaccine safety, COVID’s origins, or shutdown measures. And the Department of Justice lawyers argue that officials made the request but never actually forced the companies to do this.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:19
Well, as we said, arguments are set to come March. so next month. So, looks like we have some updates soon.
Steven Newmark 04:25
Yeah and my nerdy lawyerlyness is definitely excited. I’ll say that much. But let’s move on to our topic of the day, an important topic for us here at GHLF. We spend a lot of time talking about health equity, and also the interplay of race and public health outcomes. And it’s February is Black History Month, so we’re excited to bring on Sarah and talk a little bit about some of the work that we are doing at GHLF and some of the importance of Black History Month generally even outside of GHLF.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:55
Yeah, welcome back, Sarah. It’s been a while since we’ve had you on but our listeners should remember you because you’ve been here before. How are you?
Sarah Shaw 05:02
Yeah, it feels like I’ve stepped into a home again, coming back. I always enjoy talking with you and Steven about anything that’s going on, so honored to be here today.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:12
So, why don’t you take a minute if we have any new listeners to introduce yourself and your role at GHLF.
Sarah Shaw 05:18
Sure, so my name is Sarah. I’m the BIPOC Community Outreach Manager at GHLF. A lot of what I do centers and amplifies the voices of BIPOC patients within our communities, making sure that they have a megaphone to get their experiences and needs kind of heard throughout all the work that we do the various projects. I also am a person that lives with a few chronic illnesses myself, such as migraine, and I help run patient councils and I’m involved in a lot of work regarding to asthma, IBD, dermatology, cancer, and migraine, and arthritis as well. So, happy to be here on the show.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:55
And I think you just highlighted something really important about just mentioning all the diseases and the fact that these issues span across diseases. A lot of what we’re going to talk about today with health disparities and racism and healthcare and social determinants of health, it’s not just one disease, it really does span across the patient journey.
Sarah Shaw 06:14
Absolutely. It’s something that I think in terms of I’m talking about the black community, we already know that there are health disparities in terms of just in general BIPOC patients going to the doctor not having trust in the system. And so having these conversations and having us dedicate time to health equity is what’s going to help bridge that gap to ensure that it’s equitable across all communities, not just BIPOC, but just in general. So, it’s really important the work that we’re doing and hoping that it impacts patients in a positive way.
Steven Newmark 06:47
Can you give our listeners some examples of the burden of chronic disease and its disproportionate impact on the black community?
Sarah Shaw 06:55
Absolutely. This is a really good question. I know I can start off with COVID. You know, when 2020 hit, it was a hard time across all patient communities. But it especially hit really hard for black and brown communities. I think the statistic was black and brown communities were hit three times more with COVID illnesses versus their white counterparts. And I think a lot of the marketing that was done to kind of help that in terms of engaging people to go get vaccinated to help those disparities, but it is still an ongoing process. I think a couple other things that come to mind is regarding dermatology, specifically psoriasis and eczema present differently on darker skin tones. And so for the patients that we work with, that have darker skin tones, black or brown communities, there’s been a lot of misdiagnosis for them. Their chronic pain or chronic illness journey takes much longer to get a diagnosis. So doctors specifically have not been trained to recognize the differences of what psoriasis or eczema looks like on darker skin. So it’s just a matter of implementing that in medical school to have examples, to have people show that. Because I think back to a patient that we work with very well she’s a wonderful woman, Diane Talbert, and her story specifically of having to, trying to get a diagnosis for years of where people just thought she was contagious, when in fact we know psoriasis is not contagious. It’s an autoimmune disease inside the body, but it took her a very long time to get a diagnosis. Those two things are front of mind and then cancer as well. Cancer, lupus, and sickle cell it definitely affects black communities a lot harder than our white counterparts.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:58
Sarah, it’s interesting you bring up about how psoriasis appears differently on skin of color, I actually was just reading and I put it in our outline here this research study published in Arthritis Care and Research and it was about fixing the education gap for assessing lesions in lupus patients of color. And like you mentioned, black patients have a three to five fold increase of incidence of lupus verses our white patients, but they’re often completely absent from training materials in medical school or residency, doctors are just not seeing what these lesions look like on patients of color exactly as you said. So, to address this, a group of researchers had created this interactive tool that included over 100 images from patients of color. And following the training module, there was a significant improvement among providers in being able to identify these lesions among patients, and they surveyed them and they were able to describe the rashes, and they were much more confident in diagnosing the patients. And it’s just wild to me that something as simple as including images can really make such a difference for improving that time to diagnosis, improving access to treatments because the sooner you’re diagnosed, the sooner you’re getting on treatments, and that there’s just really simple ways we can address this like systemic racism that’s in our health care system.
Sarah Shaw 09:47
Absolutely. Even some things that are very old school still being taught in medical school, black skin is thicker than white skin. We know that that is not accurate, but until we can have that corrected from the beginning to when we’re bringing people in to training to be doctors, to be physicians, to be nurses, that it needs to be autocorrected from the beginning so that the stereotypes are not implemented. And speaking of like medical school, an article that I wrote with which I’ll drop at the end is I found that in the US, specifically, only 5.7 percent of doctors are black. And this is important for me to bring up in general just because of the mistrust that the black community has in healthcare in general, being able to see a doctor that reflects like your background, your ethnicity, is a huge way to help bridge those healthcare disparities, they’re more likely to go to the doctor if they see someone that looks like them. And just seeing that number be so low is a reason why we still have these disparities. So everything that we can do to make medical school and just different things that are related to health care more diverse is going to help fix those problems.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:56
And can you talk about in your journey you mentioned you have migraine and other chronic diseases, did you have trouble finding a provider of color? What was it like when you found one? Has it been helpful? Like tell us everything about that? Or give us a synopsis because we could probably do another 10 episodes on that.
Sarah Shaw 11:12
I’ll try and do the abridged version, I ramble, but I will try my best to keep it centered. So I appreciate you asking me that Zoe, because I did not have a very good relationship with healthcare when I was younger or growing up. There was a lot that happened where I was told I was making things up, it was all on my head. When I was younger, oh, these are just growing pains, she’s doing this for attention. I just have to say something here, I’m also a transracial adoptee, so I was raised in a white family. And so I had my dad when I was younger advocating along there with me and when he unfortunately passed away, that’s when I started to notice a lot more mistreatment in terms of specifically with migraine. There was certain comments made to me about how oh, you don’t cry like my other patients when they’re getting injections, or where am I going to find all your head under all this hair when I was when I was getting injections.
Steven Newmark 12:06
Oh my gosh.
Sarah Shaw 12:07
For migraine treatment and it’s just for me, I didn’t speak up. And I think I was so early on in my patient journey that I didn’t know that, like I could have a voice and those doctor’s appointments. And so for me, I left I moved away, I specifically dedicated a lot of time and energy to find providers that looked like me. And it took a while it’s not easy. And I also have to say I have a lot of privilege, I have good health care and I know some people are in these deserts in America, not literal deserts, where they have to travel very, very far to find doctors that look like them and sometimes they have to just work with what they have. For me in my situation, I have a car, I have a partner who can drive me to my appointments that are about an hour and a half away. And that’s where I see my queer and black neurologist, who I have a wonderful relationship with, we have good back and forth in terms of shared decision-making when it comes to my disease. And then in terms of mental health, I think it’s so important because we know mental health is something that impacts the entire patient community, specifically the black community, we need more mental health tools and resources. And for me, it was very important where I had therapists in the past that were white, there were just certain things that couldn’t be addressed in terms of racism, or chronic pain. And I was very intentional in my search, I think two and a half years ago, I think I’ve been seeing my therapist for two years. And it’s made a world of difference of just having someone who understands where you feel safe and can go about when we code switch and stuff like that. And it’s made a tremendous impact on not just my physical health, but my mental health of not having to worry, am I going to get shot down by another doctor? Or am I gonna have to deal with a microaggression at the doctor’s office and those are just two examples. And that’s honestly what I want for all patients in general, I want them to have wonderful relationships with their doctors, with their physicians, because not going to the doctor when you have a chronic illness, it’s tough and it will make us sicker if we can’t put our health first. And I’ll end it really soon. I think another caveat for a lot of BIPOC patients is not having time to prioritize our health where usually a lot of other things come first ,family, raising kids, juggling multiple jobs, and not having accessible hours for patients to be able to take time, whether it’s the morning, whether it’s on the weekend, whether it’s late at night, I do know that I’ve spoken with quite a few black patients where they’re like, I don’t have the time because I don’t have a flexible schedule to be able to go to the doctor. And then another access issue too is you know, affordability for treatments. And I think that was a big part of my journey. But also I got to a point where I was like, I need to make this better not just for me, but for all patients and so that’s why I do what I do here.
Steven Newmark 12:27
Yeah, that’s very well said I’m just thinking out loud. It’s what you’re saying, a lot of it is it’s tough to say it like this, but it’s just the act of doing it on the individual level. I mean, first of all, we’re talking about so many things. And I’m putting aside the systemic racism in healthcare and putting aside some of the social determinants of health for now, but talking specifically about the access issues that you’re describing, and I’m going to even put aside the global access issues to talk on the individual level. Just the act of getting yourself to the doctor, advocating for yourself, advocating to try and find a provider that has hours that you can get to in your care, advocating to obtain needed health insurance, whether it’s Medicaid or private insurance through an employer or through the Affordable Care Act exchanges. It’s daunting to say the least, but I think the three of us can agree that the more you do it, the less daunting it becomes. Is that a fair, I hope that’s a fair statement, right, which is the one advantage those of us, the three of us who are chronically ill have is that unfortunately, we have experience going into doctor’s offices. I don’t know I have a degree in navigating the healthcare system, whatever that degree is.
Sarah Shaw 16:01
The ups and downs of the ins and outs that able bodied people don’t understand until it happens to them. Even me before I was diagnosed with chronic migraine and endometriosis. It was an eye opener into how our healthcare system works and all of the access issues that are riddled throughout. And I think we’re moving the needle forward. But there’s always more to do.
Steven Newmark 16:22
Yeah, yeah. And I’m sorry to be so pessimistic but I’m being realistic and saying there’s no one that’s ever going to be a better advocate for your own health care than you are, or a potentially a loved one who, you know, has helped take control. But let’s talk about more on the global scales, reducing disparities and looking to a brighter future that when we have you back on the podcast in 10 years, in 20 years. How are we going to get there? How are we going to reduce these disparities?
Sarah Shaw 16:45
My first and foremost thing is together, together. I think a lot of burden falls on patients and you’re right, Steven, sometimes the best advocate for your health is you. You know your body inside and out. But I do think that there are ways that medical schools, physicians, patient advocacy organizations like ours, who are able to represent and amplify and center patient voices that typically do not get heard and sharing that back with pharmaceutical companies to make sure that the patient voice is embedded through every aspect of what we’re doing. I know there’s also a talk about clinical trials, making sure that there’s diverse patients in clinical trials. And it’s just going to take a group effort, and I think we’re on the right page. But my equitable future dream is just all of us working together to make sure no person is not getting health care due to access issues. That’s my dream.
Steven Newmark 17:39
I think just to bounce off that it’s important to be an advocate for yourself. Once you have attained that level of being able to advocate for yourself or as a caregiver for a loved one, the next step is to advocate for others, and which is what we do here and what all of our patients, and our particular 50-State Network patients do, is to advocate for a better world.
Sarah Shaw 17:57
You mentioned caregivers, I have to give a shout out to my partner Tara, who comes with me on almost every single one of my doctor’s appointments for that extra support and remembering things that I forget. Just having that extra support to know that you’re not advocating alone is a lot, or even having you prep with your loved one or partner before you go to your appointment is effective. That’s all I wanted to say about that.
Zoe Rothblatt 18:19
And I was just going to add that, of course we do awareness all year long, but having a month like Black History Month really provides a dedicated time where you can go and listen and learn about people’s stories. And then think about ways you can get involved like Steven and Sarah are saying and advocate. But I think it’s really a great opportunity to just sometimes take a step back and learn and hear what conversations are happening outside of your traditional community and go on social media and see what people are talking about. Send this podcast to a friend, hear what Sarah has to say. I think it’s really important, especially as a privileged, cisgendered white person to just like sit back and listen to the voices of the community.
Sarah Shaw 18:59
And what you said is very powerful Zoe, I think with Black History Month in terms of what it means to me, it’s a time for our allies to to listen and not center themselves, like during these conversations where it’s sometimes very vulnerable for us to share and be open because some of these things involve medical trauma, medical PTSD, and listening and then offering how can I help you? Whether that’s just as simple as you said, sharing their articles sharing, their podcast story, offering other layers of support. But Black History Month is also it’s a time to look back, but it’s also a time to reflect and celebrate Black excellence, Black joy. I know for some black people, it’s a history that’s ingrained in the US. but there’s also this joy that comes out of seeing achievements, seeing our Black patient advocates celebrated, not just in February throughout the entirety of the year and it’s a really, I don’t know, magical month, I think for a lot of us so I appreciate that we can talk about these discussions and figure out ways to continue to help not just black patients, but all patients.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:03
Well, one last fun question for you, Sarah, before you go, are there any traditions you partake in during this month, restaurants you visit, special dishes you make? Yeah, we’d love to hear from you about that.
Sarah Shaw 20:14
No, that’s a fun question. It’s funny, Tara and I were talking about that just last week. I’m like, hey, it’s Black History Month, like, I want to get some African food and like, it’s just simple things like that like honoring and putting money towards like black owned businesses, whether that’s small Etsy shops or restaurants just being able to do that is a solid way to support the black community who put so much love and energy into whether the outfits that they make, the jewelry that they make, the food that they make. And it’s a way for me to stay connected to my culture and it’s a fun tradition that we started and I love it.
Steven Newmark 20:49
That’s fantastic. All right. Well, this has been great. Thank you so much, Sarah, for taking the time. There’s a lot of work to be done. But it’s great that we’re working towards it. And like I said, if we were around 50 years, I hope that we can look back and talk about the improvements but certainly in shorter increments than that.
Sarah Shaw 21:05
Thank you. Thank you, Steven and Zoe for having me on the podcast. And just one thing I wanted to mention in regards to what we’re doing at GHLF for Black History Month is we have a page that’s going up that was updated last year, that’s going to be updated qlso throughout the month. It’s ghlf.org/black-history-month and that’s where you can find a lot of patient stories, a lot of articles, a lot of podcasts that are centering black voices throughout the month and throughout the rest of the year.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:35
And we’ll put that in the show notes, so everyone can find it. And if you’re curious about any of the resources we mentioned during today’s episode, check out the show notes, all the links will be there. But yeah, thank you, Sarah, so much for coming on and sharing your story and sharing the experiences of the community. Like you mentioned, it’s not always easy to do so because it brings up a lot but it’s of course important to do so. So thank you so much.
Steven Newmark 21:57
Yeah, thank you.
Sarah Shaw 21:58
Thank you.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:01
Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, give us a rating write a review and hit that subscribe button. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 22:14
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 22:19
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Prescription Drug Affordability Boards: What Patients Need to Know
About half of U.S. adults say it is difficult to afford health care costs, and about one in five adults say they have not filled a prescription because of the cost. So, what can we do about lowering costs to ensure timely access to affordable care and treatment? In this episode, the hosts give us the 411 on Prescription Drug Affordability Boards (PDABs), how they aim to reduce drug prices, and why patients must be part of this process.

Prescription Drug Affordability Boards: What Patients Need to Know
Zoe Rothblatt 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:06
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:22
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:28
So Steven, last week, Corey co-hosted with me and we talked a lot about policy and advocacy for 2024, the usual stuff like step therapy and copay accumulators, but a big topic that came up was these Prescription Drug Advisory Boards or PDABs for short, and we thought it would be good, you know, you and me to devote an episode to it after reflecting more on that.
Steven Newmark 00:49
Yeah, absolutely. This is a somewhat new phenomenon, these Prescription Drug Advisory Boards, and their overarching aim, if you will, is to take a look at prescription drugs generally at the state level and to impose some price controls over some of these trucks.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:04
So, maybe we could take a step back and talk about health care costs being high in general.
Steven Newmark 01:10
Yes.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:11
Kaiser Family Foundation always puts out really good data on this. And I found some that was published on their site end of last year. So are you ready for this?
Steven Newmark 01:20
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:20
About half of US adults say it’s difficult to afford health care costs, and one in four say that they are a family member and their households had problems for paying for health care in the last 12 months.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:31
Yeah, that’s right, Steven. One in four adults said that they skipped and that also can lead to higher costs later on. Because when you delay unnecessary care, like it could end up in a more devastating way nd you could end up in the ER and…
Steven Newmark 01:31
Yeah, so one in four put off paying for health care in the past 12 months. Interesting. I presume it includes skipping or postponing getting health care that they needed because of the cost.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:53
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:53
You know, we always talk about preventative and early care is really important, obviously, for your health, but also for keeping costs down.
Steven Newmark 02:00
Yeah. But I am just curious, when they do surveys on high costs, is there anything that people would respond to and say, no, those costs are not high. I feel like when asked people will say yeah, restaurants are expensive. Yeah, food costs are high. Yeah, car costs are high. Yeah, gasoline costs are like, I’m just curious, like, when do people say that something is not expensive?
Zoe Rothblatt 02:19
That’s a good point. And my thought is like that there’s some good data in here about what we just said that they’re skipping or postponing care. Or like this next stat about one in five adults say they haven’t filled a prescription. So yeah, I can complain that my health care is expensive. But me, Zoe, is still paying for it. I’ve never forgone care, fortunately, because of the price. But in here, it shows that people are actually foregoing the care. So I think that’s like the nuance there that we could say it’s not just complaining.
Steven Newmark 02:51
Totally and I apologize for sounding glib, there is a difference with health care and other items. When it comes to costs. Health care is necessary, of course, or it directly affects your health and your ability to live your life. So there’s a difference. I was more like poking fun, I guess the survey, if you will.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:08
Yeah, like who’s gonna be like, I love the price of my drug.
Steven Newmark 03:11
Yeah, I know. I know.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:13
So yeah, about one in five adults said they’ve not filled a prescription because of costs.
Steven Newmark 03:18
Okay.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:18
One in 10 said they’ve cut pills in half or skipped doses of medicine in the last year because of cost.
Steven Newmark 03:24
I’ve done that. Not in the last year. But I’ve done that. Yes.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:27
Really?
Steven Newmark 03:27
Back in my younger days.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:28
Steven, you’ve got to take it as your doctor prescribes, you can’t be cutting pills.
Steven Newmark 03:34
Well, when I was in law school, finances were tight. What can I say? That’s all I’ll say about that, I guess.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:38
And then all this is to say is that even if you have health care insurance costs can still be a burden, right? So this isn’t just like uninsured people that are paying ridiculous amounts. This is also people on health insurance. The last stat I have here is about four in 10 insured adults worry about affording their monthly health insurance premium, and 48 percent worry about affording their deductible before their health insurance kicks in. That’s a lot of stress. You know?
Steven Newmark 04:06
Absolutely. It’s very stressful. And not to put too fine a point on it. But when you have a chronic condition, I’m sure that gets even magnified even more because you’re taking prescription drugs likely for life.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:16
Yeah, chronic condition equals chronically paying.
Steven Newmark 04:20
Right, so that fear is I would say almost always omnipresent. Even if it abates a little bit here and there and you’re in a financial position to pay for something or you have an insurance carrier that enables you to pay there is always that fear of when that could get cut off at some point or costs can rise. So yeah, that is an ever present concern.
Steven Newmark 04:37
So, what do we do about it? In come these PDABs.
Steven Newmark 04:41
So, Prescription Drug Advisory Boards were designed as a way to help lower drug prices at the state level. They are created through state legislation and are small boards appointed by the governor or legislators. The goal is to reduce government and commercial market spending on prescription drugs to increase affordability.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:58
So how do they do this? How can this group of appointed people just come in and lower the price of drugs?
Steven Newmark 05:05
Right. So, what they do is they conduct what are called affordability reviews, or they assess if a prescription drug cost is too high for patients and insurers to afford and they try to understand what prices are being charged for certain treatments, and then they make recommendations to the legislature on ways to lower government spending on prescription drugs.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:25
Okay, so I’m just wondering why now, like, I know drug prices are high, we just went through the data, but…
Steven Newmark 05:32
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:32
What kind of kick started these PDABs?
Steven Newmark 05:35
Why is 2024 to the year of Prescription Drug Advisory boards?
Zoe Rothblatt 05:38
Yeah, it’s like the night of Passover, I have the four questions.
Steven Newmark 05:41
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:41
Why now? How do they do it? What drugs? Let’s break it all down.
Steven Newmark 05:46
Well, why now? I guess the overarching answer to that is that policymakers are always looking for ways to cut costs throughout the state. And they are particularly interested in cutting costs on prescription drugs, it’s a very salient issue, it gets a lot of media attention, more so than cutting costs in other areas, perhaps. So it’s something that’s always top of mind, if you will, for state policymakers and federal policymakers, for that matter. Specifically, in 2024, the interests of the state level, it really kicked off because of what happened at the federal level with the inflation Reduction Act. And the Inflation Reduction Act included a provision, as you may recall, for federal drug price negotiations, Medicare drug price negotiations.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:23
Oh, right. Yeah.
Steven Newmark 06:24
Yes.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:25
Back in August, we talked about the first ten drugs, right?
Steven Newmark 06:28
Exactly. So, in August, CMS announced that the first ten drugs that will be up for negotiation, and the prices will become effective in 2026. So that kind of kick started the idea to do something similar at the state level.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:41
So how do we know what drugs get reviewed? We just mentioned that CMS announced the ten drugs, was there some announcement among the states? How do we know what’s going on?
Steven Newmark 06:50
Well, every state is different. I mean, it seems to be coming fast and furious. And there are 50 states and it looks like already on the books, including in late 2023, at least a half a dozen that I could think of between November and this upcoming spring with more probably coming on the way. In each state, it varies, each board specifically varies how it selects the prescription drugs that they want to review. And if a board determines that a drug is unaffordable in their terms, it can take a variety of steps depending on their degree of authority granted to them by their state legislature, including making recommendations to the legislature on ways to lower drug spending, potentially, they might have the power to negotiate how much a state pays a manufacturer for a prescription drug, or they could set what are called upper payment limits, which are caps on what is the will specifically spend on a prescription drug?
Zoe Rothblatt 07:37
And do we know like how long this would take to go into effect. I know for federally, those first ten drugs are going to happen in 2026. So it’s like a little ways away. So I assume patients can expect any price changes so quickly?
Steven Newmark 07:50
You know, at the state level, the laws could be different, the way that they’re written by again by the legislature and rules could be implemented in a much more rapid fashion than at the federal level.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:00
Very cool. Okay, so we’ll keep our patients updated as we see what these boards decide.
Steven Newmark 08:05
Yes, but I do want to highlight that these boards may not be the panacea that they appear to be.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:10
Oh, tell us more?
Steven Newmark 08:12
Well, first and foremost, these boards are made up of individuals selected as you said by the legislature or the governor, they’re not made up of patients. So they don’t necessarily have the patient perspective in mind when discussing you know how to formulate these drugs and the impact it’s going to have on patients, they tend to be health economic professionals or other healthcare professionals. But that’s why we do what we do is to get involved and insert the patient voice where possible.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:37
Exactly, because at the end of the day, these are decisions being made for patients that will impact patients who are taking these drugs. So we ought to have the patient perspective.
Steven Newmark 08:47
Absolutely
Zoe Rothblatt 08:47
In these meetings in order to decide what is the right price for patients
Steven Newmark 08:52
Exactly. You know, first and foremost, if there are going to be savings they need to go to the patient. If the patient’s not going to see the savings, we want to ensure that a patient is not going to have a reduction in access to medications that you’re taking. You know, we were talking about costs earlier and costs are a factor but another factor is actual access to medications. You need to take your drugs to stay healthy and again not to go back to this well but when you have a chronic condition it is absolutely critical to stay current with your medications.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:20
For sure. And I even had just in the new year like insurance can reset and things aren’t like all lined up and for my biologic for like a day or two I thought I was on the line for $5,000 and I was freaking out. I didn’t have a supply in my fridge. I didn’t want to miss my meds.
Steven Newmark 09:38
Oh man.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:38
There’s no way I’m paying $5,000. I called the specialty pharmacy. They helped, they got the manufacturer copay assistance payment and thank God for that. But..
Steven Newmark 09:47
Wow.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:48
It’s scary out there with these meds. You know?
Steven Newmark 09:50
I know.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:51
And I’m educated I work in healthcare and I knew something was wrong.
Steven Newmark 09:55
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:56
And there’s no way I’m going to be on the line for this but there’s so many people that just what know what to do in that scenario.
Steven Newmark 10:02
Healthcare is so intimidating. The thing I would say is, I think it is very natural to be intimidated when dealing with monetary situations in which you are a somewhat of a novice or not an expert, and very few people are experts when it comes to health care. I am very fortunate I understand health care similar to you, this is what we do. It’s not fun, but I know how to get my health care paid for and how to fight and how to call the insurance companies and be patient and press the right buttons on the phone and when to like speak to the right person, and all that kind of stuff, and how to advocate for myself. But there are places in this world where I’m not comfortable. I had an issue with my car and I don’t have a level of comfort when trying to get my car fixed, for example. I don’t know how, I’m not familiar with that world, I’m not a car person, and it’s very intimidating. And it opened my eyes to what it must be like for so many people who encountered the health care system, what they must deal with when trying to deal with financial issues from healthcare providers, from drug manufacturers, from local pharmacies.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:00
And I feel like you just nailed it there at the end. There’s so many stakeholders in healthcare too. You just said the doctor’s office, the pharmacy, there’s the hospital, the health insurance, there’s so many things sometimes you don’t even know who to call first, or where to go and…
Steven Newmark 11:14
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:14
They’re all telling you different things, it’s so challenging,
Steven Newmark 11:17
It’s very challenging, it’s very challenging, but to bring it around, I think that our role in the healthcare ecosystem, if you will, is to ensure that patients have the voice and that the patient voice is not forgotten. Ultimately, all of this entire ecosystem is built around serving patients, whether it’s a hospital, a pharmacy, or a health insurance provider, Medicare, Medicaid, they’re all there because of the patient. And we as patient advocates have to make sure that the patient voice is heard and is felt by policymakers.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:47
One hundred percent. and for our listeners, if you’re curious about how you got involved in share your voice, Corey, in the last episode gave a really good breakdown of what states are active and with what medications and how to share your story. But the ultimate point he made was that whether you’re currently on the drug or have been on it, it’s really important just to share your story and your experience. It’s really like true to you and it’s not like some complicated policy thing you have to learn. You just have to share your experience.
Steven Newmark 12:15
Yeah, wow. Well said by Corey. Yeah, and that includes for these Prescription Drug Advisory Boards when they arise, we want to make sure our voices heard and we at GHLF will send out alerts to our list if you’re on our list about upcoming board meetings and ways to get involved and make sure that the patient voice gets heard in terms of your medications that you may be taking and the importance of retaining access to such medications.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:41
On that note, Steven that brings us to the close of our show. Tell us one thing you learned about PDABs today?
Steven Newmark 12:47
Well, I guess the big thing is how prevalent they are becoming in 2024. It seems to be sort of the issue du jour at the state level. And it’s something that we will continue to watch and continue to insert our voice and dare I say, continue to need help from our patient advocates to insert in your voice.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:04
And I learned that it’s really different states and federally and between the states as well. So it’s important to keep an eye out for what each of them are putting out.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:13
Well, we hope that you learn something too. And before we go, we want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:21
And if you have any questions, comments, episode topics, just want to say hi to us, email us at [email protected] Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it. If you like this episode, give us a rating, write a review and hit that subscribe button. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 13:41
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 13:47
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Advocacy in Action: Shaping 2024’s Health Care Policies with Corey Greenblatt
Corey Greenblatt, Associate Director of Policy and Advocacy at GHLF, joins Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF, as co-host of this episode to share advocacy and policy priorities for the patient community in 2024. Corey breaks down which states are active in passing legislation that protects patients from step therapy and copay accumulators, and how patients can share their story to help pass these laws. Corey also highlights the need for patients to share their story to prescription drug affordability boards (PDABs). Finally, Corey shares federal policy updates, including exciting momentum for The Safe Step Act.

Advocacy in Action: Shaping 2024’s Health Care Policies with Corey Greenblatt
Corey Greenblatt 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Corey Greenblatt 00:19
And I’m Corey Greenblatt, Associate Director of Policy and Advocacy at GHLF.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:22
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the health care world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life. And just like you heard, I’m joined by Corey Greenblatt today to co-host and update us on all things advocacy and policy for 2024. So Corey, welcome back to The Health Advocates.
Corey Greenblatt 00:40
Thank you so much for having me, Zoe. Excited to talk to you and excited to talk about some state policy stuff going on this year.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:46
Me too. I feel like you’re our unofficial official fill in co host. So we appreciate you coming on.
Corey Greenblatt 00:52
I tell Steven all the time, I’m always happy to pitch it. It’s my pleasure.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:57
Awesome. Well, before we get into everything that you have to share with me and our listeners today, I just wanted to quickly talk about these quick poll results. So we often share here the results of these quick polls which are sent to our Patient Support Program and they’re on a variety of topics. This time it was about for people living with psoriasis about how satisfied they are with their treatment. And as I’m sure you know, Corey, there’s a bunch of different types of treatments for psoriasis, you could do things like topicals, or take more like systemic medication that’s a pill or injection. So we wanted to know, what was people’s experience with those and how do they feel about them? Sorry, ready to hear?
Corey Greenblatt 01:33
Yeah, let’s hear what they had to say.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:34
So, for the people that were currently taking a topical cream, such as a corticosteroid to treat their psoriasis, about half said that they were, and what was really interesting was that 55 percent were neutral or disagree that they were satisfied with that topicals ability to prevent or treat their condition. So that means like over half aren’t really feeling like it’s doing a great job.
Corey Greenblatt 01:58
That’s a lot higher than it should be if we’re being completely honest.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:01
But then there’s some good news, as the poll went on, we asked about a systemic medication, such as a pill injection, or infusion to treat psoriasis, and 65 percent said they’re taking one. And then when asked the same question about if they’re satisfied with their medications’ ability to prevent or treat the condition 74 percent agreed or strongly agreed with that. So, what this just told me was that if you’re not feeling satisfied with your treatment, talk to your doctor about it, there’s probably more options that you can try maybe something in this scenario, like a systemic medication is working on the whole body versus a topical just in the area you put it. So it just told me the importance of advocating for yourself and bringing up these concerns with your doctor.
Corey Greenblatt 02:43
Yeah, and I think one of the really great things that shows is for many things, many conditions, as you said, there are options, you’re not locked into a single option or treatment. And the more you communicate with your doctors, the more you have an open dialogue with your team to really kind of express what you like about your treatment, what you don’t like about your treatment, what you’re finding beneficial, what’s not beneficial, the more likely you can actually move to something that will impact you in a positive way. And that you will see a benefit from.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:12
Definitely, I really couldn’t agree more. And while we’re here, I can’t not plug it. As you know, we have a webinar coming up next week, Monday, January 29 at 4pm eastern time. This is part of our HEROES program, we did an episode about HEROES, maybe last season, we could stick it in the show notes along with the registration. But this is a webinar that brings together a bunch of stakeholders, a dermatologist, a patient, a hairstylist, a psychologist, and we’re really just talking a lot about exactly what you and I were just talking about, you know, managing your psoriasis in everyday life and at the doctor’s office and how you could bring together all these people to feel your best.
Corey Greenblatt 03:48
Yeah, I really recommend that everyone checks the link in the episode description, registers, and does whatever they can to take part in this webinar.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:58
Great. So, one month into 2024. Tell us what’s on the horizon for this year for our 50-State Network.
Corey Greenblatt 04:05
Yeah, this is going to be an interesting year from advocacy perspective. So in 2024, we are once again in a presidential election year that has a lot of implications for state government, state governments are on different sessions from the federal government, we talk about this, often. States’ governments have their own session length. So you can look at a state that has four weeks of a session like Oregon, where you need to really get your ducks in a row as quickly as possible, because they’re trying to get the work done as fast as possible. Or you look at a state like Massachusetts, which they’re in business all year long. They’re open the entire year, which gives us a long time to work on stuff but also means that there’s a lot of dead time in between. So there are positives and negatives to both but the good thing is, is that we have an opportunity to do some great work across the entire country in a number of different areas and really excited to possibly do that.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:54
So tell us about those areas. What are some of the target states or target issues that we’re looking at?
Corey Greenblatt 04:59
Yeah, so I’ve been here a couple times and going over the issues. So, I won’t dive into all of the issues as much, you can check out kind of previous updates and previous episodes we’ve done to break down things like copay accumulator adjusters and step therapy. But, generally speaking, a lot of what we’re doing this year still revolves around access issues. So things like step therapy, primarily this year, there are going to be efforts in New Jersey and Michigan. And we’re really excited, we think that there’s a chance to really do some great work there. But the big kind of policy this year, the thing we’re seeing in many states is going to once again be copay, accumulator adjusters. And this is something we’ve discussed at length in a number of different podcasts. It’s something that we have seen success at, at the state level through the last couple of years, but we’re continuing to start to really see some progress and getting more states covered under these laws. So before I go into my kind of Howard Dean like listing of the states, which is a nice 90s political reference for anyone who’s listening. The other issue area that I wanted to kind of bring up briefly is something called Prescription Drug Affordability Boards, or PDAB for short. And these are efforts by state governments to study certain drugs and evaluate them on a cost effectiveness basis to see if the state government can do something similar to what the federal government is doing with drug price negotiation and try to find a way to make medications more affordable at the state level for state employees, state government employees, health plans that are regulated by the state government. But so the thing we are seeing with regards to Prescription Drug Affordability Boards, or PDABs, for short, is that these are chances for patients to be able to share their experience with the state government review boards on what it’s like taking certain medications. So we had a chance last year to do this with some patients in Colorado, and we’re able to get them to share their experience taking things like Enbrel Stelara, and really got the ability to share with state regulators what it was like from a patient perspective to take these medications, to rely on these medications, utilize their copay assistance programs, and everything all in between there. And it was very valuable. And we’re excited to kind of get into it more so this year with more states.
Corey Greenblatt 05:25
And when patient share their stories to talk about how important this medication is, does that sort of then tell the PDABs to say this is important medication, we have to lower the price, like how is it all connected there?
Corey Greenblatt 07:27
It’s a really interesting question. So they’re not looking to kind of say this is really important, let’s make it as cheap as possible, because it has to come into a bit of a give and take. Say, you’re going to lower the price to $1, so this medication is a cheaper everyone in the state. Well, the manufacturer might say, I’m not going to sell it to patients in that state anymore, because I can’t profitably make any money on that, because you’re making me lose a significant amount of money. Now, we should not make healthcare decisions based solely on cost. And we should hold pharmaceutical companies and insurance companies to that same standard. That being said, that is not always the case. And so we have to ensure that there is a bit of a give and take. These companies are producing life saving medications, so we want them to continue to exist, continue to innovate, and continue to produce these medications, and we want them to be able to continue to give them to patients across the entire country. However, they’re still very expensive. So states are trying to figure out where that middle ground is for that line of what they can regulate. And that’s what these PDABs are trying to do. They’re trying to see what value they can kind of determine these drugs have on the patient’s lives. And if increasing or decreasing the threshold with which these pharmaceutical companies can charge will impact that value, they may try to do that. Or they might set non price thresholds on things, they’re really just trying to get a better understanding of what these drugs impact patients on a day to day basis do and what the financial aspect plays into that.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:56
And this is an interesting one for patients to get involved in. Because really all you have to do is talk about improved your quality of life vs something like maybe step therapy, I know we always say you don’t have to necessarily experience step therapy you could also tell your story. But there’s not like you had to experience something negative in order to advocate for this, you really could just talk about how much medication has helped you, which I think allows like an avenue for more patients to get involved in advocacy.
Corey Greenblatt 09:21
I couldn’t agree more. I think it’s a unique opportunity for advocacy with regards to these kinds of Prescription Drug Affordability Boards, because as you said, they just want to hear from patients. They don’t care if it’s positive or negative anything in between. They just want to hear what it was like for you to take these medications. And it doesn’t matter if you are currently on the medication. If you previously took it and had to switch off of it. All of those things are very important. So when we start to get into the states that are starting to look at these things, if you’re in one of these states, really keep in mind that this isn’t just something where you maybe have to go to a state house and spend all day in an advocacy day. This is something that by and large is virtual many of them to take place at local time, so you can be at the non work hours. So you can kind of take this from your home computer, share your story, and it cuts out a lot of the problems and things that come up with in person advocacy participation. And I think it’s a really interesting and exciting experience and opportunity.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:18
So which states have meetings on the horizon that patients can get involved in?
Corey Greenblatt 10:23
Yeah, so we’ll start with the PDAB issue, because we were just talking about that. So states that have already passed legislation regarding PDABs, and are now currently soliciting stories from patients, there are three of them. So Colorado, they started their listening sessions last year, and as of January 24, started to open up surveys for more responses. Today is the last day that the surveys for Enbrel and Genvoya are open, but they’re going to later in the spring, open up surveys, for Stelara and a couple other medications, we will of course, send out notices to everyone in all the patients in our networks. So if this is an issue that you are interested in, I highly recommend you sign up for the 50-State Network, CreakyJoints, the Patient Support Program, basically everything, just sign up for them all, to make sure that you get your notice. SO, Colorado is the one that is the furthest along. Oregon is another state that they have a virtual meeting in February. So next month, we will be participating. We encourage anyone who lives in Oregon to reach out and if you’re interested in sharing your story on a certain medications, we can share which medications they’re looking at. And if you’re able to share your story, it’s very simple to do so. And we’ll help you do that. And finally, Maryland is the other state that has already passed legislation and is now starting the implementation phase and starting to solicit patient stories. So if you’re in Colorado, Maryland, or Oregon, and you are interested in kind of talking to a Prescription Drug Affordability Board, keep this in mind, and there might be an opportunity for you to do so. Additionally, there are a couple of states that are looking at passing legislation that would allow them to do their own version of a Prescription Drug Affordability Board. So these are states that they aren’t looking for patient stories yet, but they very likely will be. So that’s Illinois, Michigan, Virginia, Connecticut, and Arizona. So these five states are in the process of passing their own version of legislation and looking at what the impact of prescription drugs have on their health system. And eventually, very soon, will likely be soliciting their own version of patient stories as well. So if you live in those five states or the previous three, and you are interested in sharing your own experience, taking certain medications, or curious what medications they’re looking at, please reach out to us at our advocacy team, the 50-State Network. And we really would love to find ways to work with you on these issues and get your story and your experience out there.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:45
Absolutely. You could always email us at [email protected]. And one of us will get back to you.
Corey Greenblatt 12:52
Yeah, for sure. And now finally, moving on to the big project, the major policy that we are seeing across the country copay accumulator adjusters, this is our bread and butter, this is the thing we have talked about for years and worked on for years had a lot of success at the states. And now we’re hoping to have some more. So the list of states that have current active legislation. So if you live in one of these states, these states have bills that you can support right now California, Massachusetts, Florida, Michigan, Missouri, New Hampshire, Ohio, Oregon, Rhode Island, Vermont, Wisconsin.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:25
Wow.
Corey Greenblatt 13:26
And just for all my Howard Dean fans out there, woo!
Corey Greenblatt 13:28
So, all of these states currently have bills that have numbers, some of them are and we’ll get into this in a little bit, some of them have hearings already scheduled. And there are also a number of states that have advocacy days already scheduled. So if you live in any of these states, there’s 11 states there. And again, going back to something that Zoe briefly mentioned, even if you haven’t experienced a copay accumulator, even if you haven’t experienced step therapy, your voice still matters. If you live in these states, you are a constituent, these legislators are literally paid by you to listen to you. It is their job to listen to you. So if you live in these states, and you care about these issues, whether you’ve experienced them or not, you still have a valuable point of view, you still can walk into an office and share your experience having your condition, having your disease. I personally thankfully have never experienced a copay accumulator adjuster, but I can still talk about the burden of disease as a type one diabetes patient, I can still let legislators know if I did go through a copay accumulator adjuster, this is how it would affect me. And this is how it would affect my entire life. And that point of view is very valuable. So while you’re listening to this episode, if you’re thinking to yourself, oh, that issue hasn’t affected me it hasn’t affected a loved one, maybe sometime in the future. I want you to just keep in mind doesn’t need to your voice is still important. Your voice still matters. So if you want to get involved in these states for these issues, do. Please do and we can help you connect you to the right people. So please reach out to that [email protected] email and And we will make sure that we put you in touch with the right people. So from the standpoint of advocacy days, there’s a couple in February and March and one in April, specifically related to copay accumulator adjustors. So if you want to join any of these, just let us know. And we’ll help put you in front of the right people. So those advocacy days just so we can kind of list them and I’ll stop talking afterwards and let Zoe ask your question, because I realized I’ve been going on a bit of a rant but on February 6, Missouri in the state capitol is holding an advocacy day. February 8, the National Multiple Sclerosis Society is holding an advocacy day in Florida. On February 12th, the bleeding disorders organization is holding a capitol day in Oregon in Salem. On February 29 and on March 18, there are a couple of different organizations holding advocacy days in Sacramento, California. So if you are able to make one of those two, please let us know we will put you in touch with the right people. And finally, on April 9, Columbus, Ohio, they’re having an advocacy day all of these are related to copay accumulator adjusters, so they want to get as many patients there as possible. Again, you don’t need to have gone through an accumulator adjuster, you don’t need to have had any issue accessing or affording your medication. You don’t even really need to have a condition or disease, you can just show up, you’re a constituent, your voice matters. If this is something that matters to you, or the people you love. And you’re able to do it. Please do.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:28
Woo!
Zoe Rothblatt 13:34
Awesome.
Corey Greenblatt 13:44
So I’ll take a break from there.
Corey Greenblatt 15:55
By the way, never apologize for going on and on. That’s what earned you spot is unofficial official co-host.
Corey Greenblatt 16:29
Well, I’m glad to hear that I’m always happy to come by and get a little ranting in.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:33
So, we talked a lot about the states, should we move to some federal advocacy?
Corey Greenblatt 16:38
Yeah, I’m happy to do that. So the federal advocacy isn’t as exciting from the state side in a lot of ways, because federal advocacy admittedly takes quite a bit longer. Things move a lot slower federally, because things are a lot larger. The size of the federal government versus the size of state governments mean that things take a lot longer, you need a lot more people to agree on things. And so things we’ve been talking about for years are still major issues. So, The Safe Step Act is the federal version of the step therapy law. Now, what’s exciting is that this year, we really do seem like there is momentum to get this bill passed into law, pharmacy benefit managers are a major point of emphasis in the current setup of Congress. So there’s a big effort to get a reform package passed for PBMs at the federal level. There is real momentum to include The Safe Step Act in this final language for the PBM reform law. So groups like GHLF, and many other patient groups around the country have been working very hard in the beginning of this year to ensure that it remains in the final language for the bill. There is a lot that can happen between now and the bills final passage, we at first thought we were gonna have to do it this month. But there’s some budget things that happens and now we haven’t a little bit extra time to pass this. So we have basically until March 1 and March 8 to keep pushing support for this law and ensure that as the final PBM reform bill language is completed and finalized, The Safe Step Act is not cut from that language as a result of making it a smaller, more easily passable bill. This is something that has bipartisan support in both chambers and shouldn’t be difficult and shouldn’t be one of the things that’s cut just to make the bill smaller. So that’s what’s on us to really work and make sure that that happens. We are going to be participating in a federal hill day on March 5 with the Digestive Disease National Coalition where we will be supporting this as well as the HELP Copays Act, which is the federal version of the copay accumulator adjuster law. And we will also be participating in another one in April with the Alliance for Transparent and Affordable Prescriptions. So if you want to get active on federal legislation as well, specifically, by the way, if you have a digestive disease, there is an opportunity for you to participate in the DDNC’s federal advocacy spring policy forum as well. So if you are interested in doing some advocacy work in DC in March and would like to get involved that way, again, please reach out to our advocacy email, we will connect you to the right people, we will make sure that you are able to share your voice at the federal level as well as the state level. And finally, the last kind of federal update is with regards to the HELP Copays act. So again, something we’ve talked about a couple of times federal version of a copay accumulator adjuster law, something that isn’t as far along as The Safe Step Act, in part because it was introduced a few years later. So it’s just a little bit behind. But we are hopeful about this as well continuing to garner support and get a little bit closer to a potential passage. And that’s really it at the federal side. There are opportunities from a non legislation standpoint to share your experience with CMS during their drug price negotiation hearings. They’re continuing to try and solicit information from patients similar to the way that the PDABs are doing at the state level. If you are interested in sharing your experience with the federal government, again, just keep an eye out for our emails, we will make sure that we will send out information about surveys about opportunities for advocacy about listening sessions, the best way you can get all of this information is to sign up for the 50-State Network and let us know what things you are interested in, so we can then make sure you are aware of them. And I think that’s everything from the advocacy update. Unless you have any questions or want to dive into anything specifically.
Zoe Rothblatt 20:28
No, that’s a lot. And it’s really exciting that so much is coming up in 2024. I would just say, you know, if you’re listening to this, and you feel like any sense of overwhelm by how much there is, know that there’s many different ways to get involved. You can, like Corey mentioned, go talk to your legislators, we can also share your story on social media or in the 50-State Network newsletter. Advocacy is really what you make of it and what you want it to be. And I always say like there’s no act of advocacy that’s too small, you talks about the momentum around The Safe Step Act and I think that we’ve gotten there, because every year there’s a little bit more people sharing their stories and putting more pressure. So whatever way you want to get involved in share your story, we’re here to help.
Corey Greenblatt 21:09
Couldn’t agree more. Everyone has a valuable experience to share everyone’s individual disease journey is important. Whether you’ve gone through these policy or these issues in the past or not. The average person in America doesn’t know what it’s like to live with your condition. So if you can simply just share with legislators what it’s like to live every day with a chronic disease that has value.
Zoe Rothblatt 21:33
Awesome. Well, thank you so much, Corey, I learned a ton from you today on where we’re getting active and how we can get involved. So thanks so much for co-hosting with me, and we’ll have to have you back on to give updates as the year goes on.
Corey Greenblatt 21:46
Yeah, I can’t wait. I’m always happy to join you, Zoe, and always happy to step in for Steven when it’s necessary. And yeah, if anyone is interested in learning more about any of these advocacy opportunities or ways to get involved, I’m always available. I know our advocacy team is always available, and we’re excited to see what 2024 has in store for us.
Zoe Rothblatt 22:06
Well, everyone, thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you liked this episode, please give us a rating write a review on Apple podcasts and hit that subscribe button. Wherever you listen, we’ll have more people like you find us. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Corey Greenblatt 22:23
And I’m Corey Greenblatt. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 22:29
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Measles Outbreak: Where’s the Public in Public Health?
With measles outbreaks making headlines in the U.S., The Health Advocates are diving into the history of measles in this country, how we got to these outbreaks after eliminating measles, the role of public health trust, and where we go from here to rebuild public health authority.
“I think there tends to be this idea that the measles is just a rash or some spots on your skin. But no, and when you contract it, it’s pretty bad,” says Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at GHLF.

Measles Outbreak: Where's the Public in Public Health?
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:21
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
Today we’ll talk about the recent measles outbreaks in the news and kind of get into where’s the public in public health so let’s dive in.
Steven Newmark 00:36
So measles, I thought that was eradicated. I got my vaccines many many, many years ago, I believe, as everyone in my family. So what’s going on?
Zoe Rothblatt 00:44
Yeah, what is going on? Same same, I got my vaccines when I was an itty baby, but it seems like it’s popping up in the news. So a few states, first, we saw the Virginia Department of Health put out a news release over this past weekend saying that they’re aware of a person with a confirmed case of measles who recently traveled to northern Virginia after being overseas.
Steven Newmark 01:06
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:06
So, this exposure was linked to international arrivals at Dulles Airport, and then also at Ronald Reagan Washington International Airport. And these were both on January three and four.
Steven Newmark 01:18
And then there were cases in New Jersey, in Camden County, and in Philadelphia a measles outbreak that has so far infected eight people. And at the end of the last year in Delaware, around 20-30 people. So that’s a dangerous quarter there from New Jersey down to Virginia, I suppose. So let’s talk about who is at risk with measles.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:35
Yeah. So, you know, if you’re exposed, you’re at risk of developing symptoms. And health officials say that if you do develop symptoms, you should isolate immediately. And what are those symptoms? They usually appear within one to two weeks and they include, you know, your typical things like fever, cough, runny nose, also a rash, red watery eyes or pink eye. But really, who’s at risk? It’s anyone who’s not gotten the vaccine or not already got it measles.
Steven Newmark 02:02
So we’re good, right?
Zoe Rothblatt 02:04
Yeah, you shouldn’t worry. Actually, according to the CDC, one dose of the measles vaccine is 93 percent effective at preventing it.
Steven Newmark 02:12
Excellent. I’ve had two doses. So what’s that?
Zoe Rothblatt 02:14
97 percent.
Steven Newmark 02:16
Excellent.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:17
Looks like we’re hopefully in the clear.
Steven Newmark 02:18
Yeah, still, it’s definitely like a head scratcher. There’s no need to worry it or anything by any means. But it’s just the idea that another disease that was essentially eradicated is making a comeback, if you will. And I think it’s important to note that children under the age of 12 months are at risk because they have not gotten one dose yet. And that is scary for two reasons. Number one, one of these exposures. I think it was the one in New Jersey, I may be wrong took place at a daycare center. And I think the one in Philadelphia took place at a children’s hospital where there are necessarily children to the age of 12.
Steven Newmark 02:50
A few years ago, there was an outbreak in New York. I remember when I was in college, there was a case in Boston and we got an email from our university saying that there was a confirmed case and I definitely felt so nervous being immunocompromised at all, but it never turned into anything big. And I guess we can attribute that to the successful vaccine campaign for the measles, but things are looking like a little different today when it comes to vaccinations.
Steven Newmark 03:15
Also, I think measles is one of the most highly contagious viruses in the world.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:21
It is, it’s spread through respiratory droplets. The thing that’s like so I guess intense about it is that it can be airborne for up to two hours after someone with measles has been in the area.
Steven Newmark 03:33
That’s a long time.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:34
Yeah. Which like explains why that case in the airport was so concerning, because think about how many people could be exposed.
Steven Newmark 03:41
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:41
That’s living in the two airports for two hours afterwards.
Steven Newmark 03:45
Right.
Steven Newmark 03:46
So what’s the deal with measles? Let’s talk a little bit about the history of measles.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:50
Go for it.
Steven Newmark 03:51
I know that 1912 was the first year we began reporting on measles. It became a nationally notifiable disease in the United States requiring US healthcare providers and laboratories to report all diagnosed cases. And in the first decade of reporting, according to the CDC, an average of 6,000 measles related deaths were reported each year. I think there tends to be this idea that the measles is like, oh, it’s just a rash or some spots on your skin. But no, and when you contract it, it’s pretty bad. It causes death.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:17
Yeah and in the decade before the vaccine, it’s estimated that three to four million people each year in the United States were infected. And just a little deeper into those numbers among reported cases in each year, an estimated 400 to 500 people died, 48,000 were hospitalized, and 1,000 suffered encephalitis, which is swelling of the brain, all from measles. So you know, that’s like a pretty big impact on society when you think about it.
Steven Newmark 04:44
Yeah, absolutely. We got the vaccine in 1963. Then an improved vaccine actually came out in 1968, which set us on a new goal, which was to eradicate measles.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:55
Yeah, so in 1978, I guess 10 years after that improved vaccine those see You see saw how successful it was and they set a goal to eliminate measles from the United States by 1982. Obviously, this goal was not met, but widespread use of the vaccine significantly reduced the disease rates.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:13
Right, so sort of cutting to the chase in 1989, there was a little bit of a measles outbreak amongst vaccine aged schoolchildren, which prompted the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices and the American Academy of Pediatrics to recommend a second dose of the vaccine for all children. Cases then continued to decline further, and drumroll. There you go. Measles was declared eliminated from the United States in the year 2000. And it was all thanks to an effective vaccine program. There you go.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:43
I will say our listeners can’t see but Mac was wagging his tail when we did the drum roll, he wanted to add in.
Steven Newmark 05:49
There you go. Boom. So measles was declared eliminated 24 years ago, and yet here it is.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:56
And yet here it is. Yeah. Why are we talking about it today? If it was eliminated…
Steven Newmark 06:00
From the United States.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:00
From the United States. Well, yeah, that kind of leads us into how we’re talking about it. So despite the successful campaign in the US, measles is still prevalent in other parts of the world. So if you’re not vaccinated, and you travel, you can get it and bring it here.
Steven Newmark 06:16
Yeah, so a few things. Number one, like you said, people can travel and bring it here. Of course, generally speaking, the overwhelming majority of Americans are vaccinated against it, and it’s an effective vaccine so it’s going to be hard to spread it that way. But one thing that has dropped recently are vaccine rates of schoolchildren. So for 10 years, the share of kindergarteners who had received two doses of the MMR vaccine was 95 percent, but that rates started to fall and has been continuing to fall. While the people claiming vaccine exemptions for their children has risen as well over the past few years.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:58
Well, before we get to the third point here, just thinking about why are people not vaccinated. Number one, just kind of simple, like families got off schedule with childhood vaccination in COVID.
Steven Newmark 07:11
Very fair.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:11
You know, we’re in lockdown, you weren’t going to the doctor and then…
Steven Newmark 07:14
Totally.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:14
Life gets busy and you forget about it. Of course, health should not be something you forget, it should be a priority. But it happens when that contributes.
Steven Newmark 07:22
Yes, but…
Zoe Rothblatt 07:23
Go with the but.
Steven Newmark 07:24
You’re still required to get your MMR vaccine, if you want to attend public schools in the United States.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:29
That was a good but. And then vaccine hesitancy is increasing, and parents are opting their children out of getting vaccines at a high rate.
Steven Newmark 07:37
Right, it’s almost it’s been given more permission to put it simply to get an exemption to vaccines. And there’s certainly more folks looking for exemptions to vaccines. Ironic considering that it was a vaccine that helped get us out of a major pandemic and reduce a global health crisis into merely a global health pain in the ass or whatever, whatever stage we’re in. But even with that great success of the COVID vaccine, the irony is that the uptake in folks being vaccine hesitant, has risen.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:09
Yeah, and it feels like a lot of that is connected to, we talked about this, I don’t know maybe a year ago or more just like how the trust in public health is broken.
Steven Newmark 08:17
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:18
And especially since COVID, I would say from my perspective, a lot of that has to do with the messages and COVID weren’t perfect and was changing, experts were learning at the same time as we were.
Steven Newmark 08:28
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:28
And that contributed to people losing trust in public health authority.
Steven Newmark 08:33
Right. It’s like people were unhappy that like when the house was on fire, the instructions were not like to the letter perfect every single time. And by the way, it was like a fire that no one had ever seen before, that no one had ever understood and people were learning on the fly how to deal with it.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:47
And the fires like changing, you know, like the mutations, the variants.
Steven Newmark 08:53
Right, our metaphor is somewaht butchered, but the point remains. Look, let’s face facts living in the post emergency era of COVID people have come out and are clearly it was a tough, tough few years. 2020 was just, it was horrible. It was an awful awful year. 2021 wasn’t much better, and so on and so forth. And there’s definitely a level of anger and resentment. I think it’s a natural impulse to try and blame someone for that anger. And oftentimes, when you’re angry, you look to someone to blame. And there’s not always somebody that’s at fault, per se. So, the folks that seem to be taking some in certain quarters, some of the incoming for this, are public health officials who may have gotten some of the messaging wrong or didn’t adequately predict something that was essentially unpredictable or to the public face, if you will like someone like Dr. Fauci who was a public face of protecting the public at large and it makes it difficult to convince others of public health concepts generally.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:49
Yeah, I want to go to that point of like, it makes it hard to talk about public health, like a lot of public health successes are sort of invisible, like when you think about…
Steven Newmark 09:59
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:00
Like measles before this, like you’re not seeing it spread around. So you’re not thinking of it as a big threat. Even thinking about like clean water and garbage in the streets, public health was instrumental in cleaning up our cities, and you don’t see people smoking indoors, like great public health successes, you just don’t see. So, it’s hard to grasp how important and like the change that they’ve made.
Steven Newmark 10:22
If you come from if you’re a generation or two generations or three generations removed from a certain illness, and you don’t see the impact, I guess, also, that’s a natural thing not to understand how bad that particular virus was, or illness was. I’ve seen people on YouTube rant about polio, the polio vaccine, and they’re saying how it’s not so great. And look, that’s before my time, but I’ve read my books, and I understand what it was like. And I’ve spoken to my dad who got his first polio vaccine, oh, I think roughly at the age of 10. And he would talk about how there will be outbreaks at the local public pool.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:55
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 10:56
Friends of his contracted polio when they were seven, eight years old. And to this day, they’re still paralyzed from the waist down, et cetera. I mean, it was a really debilitating illness, something that every community saw. And when the vaccine came out, that generation certainly understood what it was, and probably the generation after that, as well. But if you’re so far removed from it, that concept is so far away for you. It’s probably similar to measles with certain individuals or whatnot.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:19
For sure. And I have the same thing with my mom, she always talked about the girl in my classs that had polio. And I’m just thinking we’re even one removed from it and we kind of get it a little bit, but we never really saw it as a threat. And…
Steven Newmark 11:31
Right.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:31
Do you talk about that with your kids? Like, do you think your kids know about polio?
Steven Newmark 11:35
Well, yeah, because of who I am. I had like the little board books of Dr. Jonas Salk, you know what I mean?
Zoe Rothblatt 11:42
There’s bias there.
Steven Newmark 11:43
So, let’s be fair, actually, fun fact, I bragging that I live down the block from where Jonas Salk grew up, and I make sure my kids know that. The other thing too, is the idea of individualism versus public health. And the idea of public health being something we’re trying to do this to protect the public health, because on an individual level, if you or I don’t get the polio vaccine, the odds of us contracting polio are like nil, the odds of us contracting polio and then spreading it or like, nil, right? So it begs the question, well, what if there’s some side effect, it’s not known? Bad example, because there is no side effect. The polio vaccine has been around for decades, et cetera, et cetera. And we’re using the Sabin vaccine now, which I don’t want to get into the difference being that Sabin and Salk vaccine, but whatever. But why do it? Because as seen with the measles example, if we don’t all continue to get vaccinated, it can come back and we don’t want it to ever come back.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:44
Exactly. Public health is the idea of setting up our society for the common good. Like we have a responsibility towards each other to build a society that has conditions that allows for people to be healthy. And of course, there’s individual health choices and decisions within that. But the way that public health works enables you to make those decisions like even think about when I talk to my doctor about eating healthy foods, I’m only able to do that because there’s public health people that said people need access to fresh groceries and you need to have that in the area.
Steven Newmark 13:03
I guess everyone has individual rights to do what you want live your life to the way you want. But you don’t have a right to live their life the way you want when it is impeding someone else’s rights. You know, an easy example in the public health realm is, well first and foremost, there are rules that we implore upon all of society because we have decided as society that your individual rights are trumped by the rights of society, for example, you have to wear a seatbelt I believe in all 50 states and your individual right now to do that has been taken away. I believe all 50 States if not, the majority require you to wear a helmet when riding motorcycle because your individual right to do as you please and potentially put your life at risk is outweighed by the harm to society of you having an accident and having to deal, with society having to deal with the fallout from something of that nature. In a very simple public health example, I think about the workplace. I know of people in workplace settings that go to work, even when they know they are knowingly ill. In fact, years ago, not that long ago, it was considered a badge of honor almost to go to work when you still had a cold, if not worse, like yeah, I’m sick, but whatever, I’m tough, I’m going to tough it out. But even in a post COVID world, people are still doing that where the idea should be no, if you don’t have to be a work if you’re not being paid by the hour, and you can be in a setting where you can stay at home and call in for a sick day. That’s important to your co-workers and the people around you as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:26
Absolutely. And I fee like I say this all the time, but when you’re immunocompromised like a cold just isn’t a cold it’s like it gets so much more intense. If I’m around someone that has a cold, I have Crohn’s and arthritis and like it goes straight to my gut and joints, everything flares up, it’s terrible and it makes a minor cold so scary because your body is falling apart before your eyes and yeah, like just taking the extra step of people to be careful and stay home and you know, just not put everyone at risk is like it’s huge. I don’t think people understand, first of all, like looking at me you don’t know that I’m immunocompromised and people just also don’t understand, like how much your sniffily nose can get me sick.
Steven Newmark 15:06
Or you could live with somebody that’s immunocompromised.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:09
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 15:09
You know, anyway,
Steven Newmark 15:10
Anyways, where do we go from here?
Steven Newmark 15:10
Yes, where do we go from here? You know, I think it’s incumbent upon all of us to better educate folks on public health and the seriousness of public health threats.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:20
Yeah, even just like today’s example, with the measles, like it was eliminated because of such a successful vaccine campaign like first they eliminated cases by 80 percent. and then even more, we know, education and campaigns like that work.
Steven Newmark 15:34
Absolutely and I think on the individual level, I’m not very good at PR, so I don’t know how to do it in mass, but certainly on the individual level, talking to folks about vaccine safety, misinformation, combating it on a one on one basis and supporting legislation that requires vaccines and minimizes the opportunity for opt outs, for example, to keep the entire public health wealth.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:57
Yeah, we do a lot of work with our 50-State Network on supporting vaccine legislation. And sometimes it could feel like there’s a really loud minority there of people who are shouting that vaccines are bad, but there’s a lot of good work being done at the state level that you can support.
Steven Newmark 16:13
Absolutely. Well, this was a good discussion.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:16
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 16:17
I feel better than I did when I started.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:18
Well, talking about feeling better, like what’s one thing you learned today, or in preparation for today, that’s helping you feel better?
Steven Newmark 16:25
I learned that measles is not dead, but I’m still not worried about it, at least on an individual level, if you will, to go back to that word.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:31
Yeah and for me, it was just like a really good conversation on the importance of public health and going through the history of things just even you know, breaking down with you the history of measles and how we got to where we are today just helps me realize that we have the tools to combat it.
Steven Newmark 16:45
Yeah. Well, we hope that you learn something too. And before we go, we definitely want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:53
And if you have any questions, comments, episode topics, definitely email us at [email protected]. Well, everyone thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, give us a rating right have you on Apple podcast, tell us how great we are and hit that subscribe button. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 17:16
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 17:22
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
The Latest News: Drug Imports, Biosimilars, and COVID/Flu/RSV Season
The Health Advocates are back and breaking down all the latest news so far in 2024. Steven gives us a debrief on what to look for this election year. We then dive into Florida’s plan to import drugs, why you may be switched from Humira to a biosimilar, and finally the latest hospitalizations and case rates this respiratory illness season.

The Latest News: Drug Imports, Biosimilars, and COVID/Flu/RSV Season
Narrator 00:00
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
Steven Newmark 00:08
Welcome to The Health Advocates a podcast that breaks down major health news of the week to help you make sense of it all. I’m Steven Newmark, Director of Policy at the Global Healthy Living Foundation.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:17
And I’m Zoe Rothblatt, Associate Director of Community Outreach at GHLF.
Steven Newmark 00:22
Our goal is to help you understand what’s happening in the healthcare world to help you make informed decisions to live your best life.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:27
Well, Happy New Year, Steven.
Steven Newmark 00:29
Happy New Year.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:30
Welcome to the new season of The Health Advocates.
Steven Newmark 00:30
Yeah, so how are you feeling? 2024. Did you take a little break? I hope and recharge the batteries as they say?
Zoe Rothblatt 00:39
I took a break. I like filled up my content plate. I watched a lot of TV, read some books. It was good.
Steven Newmark 00:46
Anything we’re sharing?
Zoe Rothblatt 00:47
Yeah, I really liked that new mini series Lessons in Chemistry. It was a book that was turned into a series I thought it was great.
Steven Newmark 00:54
Oh my god, the world is so stratified. I don’t even know what the heck you’re talking about.
Zoe Rothblatt 00:59
That one’s probably for the girls. But…
Steven Newmark 01:01
Fair enough. Fair enough. I binge watched the crown. I finished it. And my wife left me on the last season. She said I’m not in but I went all the way and I liked it and I had fun.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:10
That’s good. It’s always good to like melt your brain a little bit reset. Now we’re ready to dive into 2024 advocacy.
Zoe Rothblatt 01:17
It looks like we’ll be active around the states for copay accumulators, drug pricing review boards. We have a lot of good stuff coming up this year to help protect patients.
Steven Newmark 01:17
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 01:28
And we should start off by saying it’s 2024. And that is a big election year. And while there are technically primaries in the Democratic and Republican parties, I’d say you won’t lose any money in Las Vegas betting on a rematch from 2020. And polls show the one thing that does unite Democrats and Republicans is that they do not want that rematch. But, so here, we are hurtling towards an election that the majority of the country doesn’t seem to want. But to paraphrase someone, you go to the election booth with the candidate you have, not the candidates you want. Barring something unforeseen in November, it’s going to be Trump versus Biden. But we’ll talk more about that throughout the year. But we should mention that Iowa is hosting the Republican caucus next week. So anything can still happen, though Donald Trump is the heavy favorite. Nikki Haley, the former governor of South Carolina and former ambassador to UN is within striking distance sort of in New Hampshire, which hosts the first primary in the country. But behind New Hampshire, it’s hard to see where Nikki Haley or really any other Republican can gain ground on Trump. So far, the Republicans are basically acting like well, maybe he’ll go to jail before the primary but that hasn’t worked out too well for them and likely won’t. So the primary probably will be packed up pretty shortly on the Republican side. And Joe Biden is also technically in a primary, though betting on one of his opponents would be like betting on my son’s flag football to you to be the University of Michigan football. You like that? I got in a shot about the national champions. All right, I’m done. Let’s get into what else is happening out there and 2024 or at least January 2024.
Zoe Rothblatt 02:49
Yeah, we have some few news items to start off the year. We’re going to talk about the importing of drugs, biosimilars, and this boost in respiratory, COVID cases. So let’s jump into our first bit of news that Florida can now import a limited set of drugs from Canada.
Steven Newmark 03:05
Yeah. So the FDA has approved Florida Governor Ron DeSantis, by the way, also a candidate in the Republican primary for the President, his plan to import a limited set of brand drugs from Canada.
Zoe Rothblatt 03:15
So when you think about has this happened before? The answer is no, this approval is a really big deal from the FDA. It’s like a longtime debate in public health, whether to import drugs from other countries. And just to dive into the history a little bit in 2003, Congress passed a law to let wholesalers and pharmacists import Canadian drugs but only if the FDA approved it as safe. So that’s where this comes from. And then in November 2020, the Trump administration published a regulation that allows states to propose plans to import the drugs and Florida was the first to do so.
Steven Newmark 03:51
So if the state imports these drugs, who’s going to be eligible to receive these drugs in Florida?
Zoe Rothblatt 03:56
Yeah, so in Florida, it would be made available to patients at county health departments managed by the State Department of Health inmates at state correctional facilities and certain others served by state agencies, and the program would then expand to Medicaid enrollees.
Steven Newmark 04:12
So at least at the outset, the average Florida citizen is not going to be shall I say, directly affected by this, will not be able to obtain one of these important drugs.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:21
Yeah, that’s right.
Steven Newmark 04:21
And what drugs are we talking about? For how long?
Zoe Rothblatt 04:24
Yeah, there’s a list of drugs that includes treatments for HIV, mental health, cancer, things like that. This approval allows Florida to import drugs for two years. So I assume you know, there’ll be looking at what impact it’s having and decide whether to continue to do so, stop the program, expand the program, etc.
Steven Newmark 04:43
So, what are the next steps what needs to happen for this program to get implemented?
Zoe Rothblatt 04:47
So yeah, like all things in public health, it doesn’t just happen immediately.
Steven Newmark 04:52
It’s not just the public health thing, by the way, is all bureaucracies.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:55
Yes.
Steven Newmark 04:56
All government all levels.
Zoe Rothblatt 04:58
That is very true. So Florida has to submit some drug specific information to the FDA. And this just ensures that the medications that are being imported have been tested and comply with FDA standards. So all good things there, just dotting our i’s and crossing our t’s, and then the FDA will re-label them consistent with the FDA rules and labeling here in the US.
Steven Newmark 05:21
And there have to be drugs available. Right? Yeah. I mean, Canada is not stockpiling drugs for American patients, I assume. So there have to be enough drugs available for importation.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:30
Yeah, I think Canada is facing some shortages of its own. So, it’ll be interesting to see how this plays out. Especially because some other states have also submitted plans or planning to submit plans to import drugs from Canada.
Steven Newmark 05:44
Well, very fascinating. So we’ll keep our eye on that and see what happens and see down the road, how it might affect prices to consumers. But for now, we’ll monitor.
Zoe Rothblatt 05:52
Yeah, and I guess just to wrap that up, we always want to see what the benefit is to the patient and how it’s saving the patient money. So, we’ll be looking closely, like we mentioned, it won’t be like a widespread thing that impacts most people in the state. But as we get the reports about how this is going, we’ll be seeing how the savings go to the patient or not.
Steven Newmark 06:13
Excellent. Excellent. Up next, I see in the news that CVS Caremark is going to be replacing Humira with biosimilar on their formulary benefit.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:22
So as we know, last year, a bunch of biosimilars came out for Humira. I think there’s about eight.
Zoe Rothblatt 06:29
And now CVS Caremark, which is one of the largest pharmacy benefit managers in the US, they announced that they’re gonna remove Humira from their major national commercial formularies, which would be effective on April one and instead offer biosimilars of Humira. So just to clarify there, it’s not all plans, there are certain plans that like select choice, I think they mentioned that you’ll still have an option. So it’s just good to double check what type of plan you have, maybe call your insurer call your doctor to see.
Steven Newmark 06:29
Mhm.
Steven Newmark 07:01
Yeah, it’s definitely something to I wouldn’t want to raise a five alarm fire, but certainly something to be concerned about. If you’re taking Humira and in good health as a result, you know, you never want to be non-medically switched if things are working well. So, it’s definitely something to be aware of.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:17
So I’m actually one of those people, plot twist here. You know, it’s funny because I’ve hosted the Breaking Down Biosimilars podcast and I’ve learned a lot about them in my time at GHLF. And I was thinking…
Steven Newmark 07:28
Yeah.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:28
Like, if I got this news a few years ago, it would have been like, what the hell’s a biosimilar?
Steven Newmark 07:32
Right right.
Zoe Rothblatt 07:33
What am I gonna do? I’ve been on Humira for a few years, this is so scary. But, when I saw the news, I just proactively emailed my doctor saying, if this happens, is that okay? And she said, yes, like double check your insurance plan, see if we could opt out, let’s look at the options available to us. But ultimately, it’s fine. And I think I feel good about it because, you know, I’ve learned so much about biosimilars. So my advice for patients that are in a similar scenario would be to learn now, they said it’s effective April 1, we’re recording on January 10, you have some time to learn more about biosimilars ask your doctor questions. So you can feel comfortable if you get switched. And then also just something to note, since the biosimilar is a different manufacturer, like the actual pen might just look different. So don’t be nervous that you got the wrong medication.
Steven Newmark 08:20
Yeah, well, it’s interesting. Essentially, what you’re saying it sounds like is that knowledge is power.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:25
Yes.
Steven Newmark 08:25
The more knowledgeable you are, the more power you have to make the proper decisions and hopefully the more comfortable you feel with whatever comes your way.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:33
Definitely, definitely, definitely. Especially when it comes to chronic health conditions and the weird terminology, there’s a bunch of terms with biosimilars, like interchangeable and stuff like that. And it can seem confusing on the surface, but it’s actually pretty simple once you start diving in and we have great resources to help you get there.
Steven Newmark 08:51
Excellent. All right, next big topic. It is winter, we are in the thick of winter and respiratory virus season is hitting pretty hard.
Zoe Rothblatt 08:59
Yeah, it’s 2024 we’re still talking about COVID sometimes it can feel so like fatigued and like we got COVID, flu, RSV it’s a lot.
Steven Newmark 09:09
It’s a lot. That’s why like I think it’s simpler to just say the respiratory virus.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:13
Yes.
Steven Newmark 09:14
Respiratory virus season.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:15
So let’s dive in. We’re seeing a lot of flu. The CDC data shows a rise in infection after the holidays. 38 states have high or very high levels for respiratory illnesses with fever cough other symptoms so that includes COVID and RSV and flu. CDC says flu has been increasing most dramatically. Flu typically peaks between December and February and the CDC Director Dr. Mandy Cohen expects it to peak by the end of this month.
Steven Newmark 09:43
The good news experts say that the flu shot this year is a good match for the strain that is spreading most in the community.
Zoe Rothblatt 09:49
Yeah, that’s always good to hear. We know that it’s a guess but it’s an educated guess because it’s done based on the southern hemisphere and predicting patterns, especially as we see a rising it’s good to know the vaccines doing its thing to prevent severe illness.
Steven Newmark 10:04
Right. All right, so COVID. Flu, COVID. COVID is putting more people in the hospital than the flu. According to CDC data, COVID-19 hospitalizations have increased for eight consecutive weeks rising 20% in the most recent week, but so far still remaining lower than this time last year.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:20
Yeah, that’s always good to hear. Obviously, it’s bad to hear there’s hospitalizations and a rise in consecutive weeks. But it’s good to see the data shows that not only is it lower than last year, but also the last three winters. So it seems like every year with COVID, it’s getting a little bit better.
Steven Newmark 10:37
Absolutely. That is good news.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:38
So, there is a new subvariant on the block.
Steven Newmark 10:41
Right, I was about to mention that. Yep. Yeah, JN1.
Zoe Rothblatt 10:43
I can’t even keep track of these anymore. If I’m gonna be honest.
Steven Newmark 10:47
Well, JN1 is officially a descendant of Omicron, which is what the vaccines were targeted for. And the data shows that the updates in the vaccines, do you have effective measures against this variant and the COVID rapid tests that hopefully have hoarded and medical treatments are still effective as well.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:02
Yeah, I was actually seeing some stuff this morning about maybe testing on day three of symptoms instead of day five about the test. So…
Steven Newmark 11:09
All right.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:10
It’s always changing your feelings that call your doctor do some Googling or just test, you know.
Steven Newmark 11:16
And I would just add cases are rising. The peak, we’re not the peak, it’s it’s difficult to predict peaks, but some models project the COVID-19 will peak sometime in mid to late January, closer to late January, like you said, but wastewater levels, which is an early indicator of community transmission seems to be very, very high for COVID.
Zoe Rothblatt 11:34
Yeah well, I got my flu shot and updated COVID vaccine earlier this fall, so I hope I am protected for this peak. I’ll probably be laying low a little bit. It’s kind of just like throughout the pandemic, throughout COVID, whatever you want to call it. It’s like, you know, bringing back some of the measures at times like avoiding subway at rush hour, bringing the mask back out, you know, maybe yeah, cooking dinner, instead of being at a restaurant, just small changes to reduce the chance of getting it.
Steven Newmark 12:05
Yeah, I’m back fully masked myself, even though I’m also fully vaccinated and feel pretty good. It’s interesting, I wear the mask indoors, I would say a lot not going to put a percentage on it most of the time, but it’s not 100%. And you know, somebody said, well, isn’t that a little hypocritical? I’m like, I don’t think hypocrisy is the right word for that. It’s like when I take taxis in New York City, I don’t put on a seatbelt because they often don’t have seatbelts in the backseat. But that doesn’t mean the next time I get into a car where I’m able to put on a seatbelt, I still put the seatbelt on if that makes sense. The seatbelt still provides protection. I feel like for the next few weeks winter, this is where approaching the peak, as you said, I’ve got the vaccines, I’ve got my own personal health that I try to keep in as strong position as possible. But then it’s the mask. It’s the N95, KN95 mask, that is the frontline protection, I think, so hopefully it helps.
Zoe Rothblatt 12:53
Yeah, hopefully, we know the tools and we’ll try our best to stay safe.
Steven Newmark 12:58
Right. Let’s talk about the final major respiratory illness this season, which is RSV.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:03
Yeah, RSV activity. Also no surprise that remains elevated in areas of the country, though there have been decreases in some areas recently. So I guess maybe that peak is kind of going down a bit.
Steven Newmark 13:16
Yes, that’s true, it seems to be slowing down, which is good. That being said, hospitalizations, cases, we’ll see where we are in probably a few weeks.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:24
And just to share some of our data, we often share our quick poll results on here, which are given to our Patient Support Program. So at the end of last year, we did a poll on the RSV vaccine, but just a reminder that this is only available to a select few groups. So it’s people older than 60, infants, and pregnant women. So they were screened out if they weren’t in that category. Infants weren’t taking this, so this is mostly data on people over 60.
Steven Newmark 13:51
Right, right.
Zoe Rothblatt 13:52
And they said 41% said that they received the RSV vaccine. So this was like early December. And then we were wondering for the 59% that hadn’t gotten the vaccine, why not? 30% said they plan to get it they hadn’t gotten around to it. 20% said they don’t want it and 18% said their doctor didn’t recommend it. Like they didn’t have a chance to talk to their doctor yet.
Steven Newmark 14:15
Wow. Interesting findings, to say the least.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:18
Another big concern that kind of sparked us wanting to do this poll was questions about side effects. We’ve had a lot of emails from the community asking what side effects people got from the vaccine. More than half who got the vaccine said they didn’t have any side effects. And for those who did get the RSV vaccine, the side effects were kind of the typical ones you expect like fatigue, muscle or joint pain, headache, only 6% had a fever. So really just like the expected things from mild side effects.
Steven Newmark 14:48
Yeah. Which are usually better than getting the actual virus itself, right.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:52
For sure. Yeah, I would take those side effects any day.
Zoe Rothblatt 14:56
I notice if I just hydrate a ton and actually eat a lot, and eat good food the day of vaccines, like the side effects are pretty minimal to me. I don’t have any science to back that up, but.
Steven Newmark 14:56
Yeah.
Steven Newmark 15:08
I’ll remember that I gotta say, I got the COVID shot. I felt like I got shot in the arm for like a day.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:13
I was swinging my arm around and it was not sore, like at all.
Steven Newmark 15:18
Really?
Zoe Rothblatt 15:19
Yeah, you got to keep it moving.
Steven Newmark 15:20
All right. Good to know. All right. Well, on that note, we will close by saying that vaccines are the best prediction. So if you haven’t been vaccinated with an updated COVID vaccine or gotten a flu shot, it’s not too late. There are also new vaccines and mono clonal antibodies to protect against RSV recommended for certain populations, which include older adults, pregnant people and young children.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:41
Yep, get your vaccine and talk to your doctor about the vaccine and staying safe and what’s best for you.
Steven Newmark 15:47
Excellent.
Zoe Rothblatt 15:49
That brings us to the cause of our show. Steven, what did you learn today?
Steven Newmark 15:52
Well, as always, I always find it fascinating to hear about our polls, and it was good to hear about the side effects. Number one, the amount of folks who experienced no side effects of the RSV vaccine and then number two that the side effects were as you put it, somewhat normal and certainly less debilitating than getting the actual virus itself.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:10
Yes, I’m for me just doing some research on the news to prepare for this episode, I learned more about the drug importation to Florida and kind of the history around there what we can expect.
Steven Newmark 16:20
Well, we hope that you learn something too. And before we go, we definitely want to encourage everyone to check out all of our podcasts at ghlf.org/listen.
Zoe Rothblatt 16:29
And if you have any questions comments episode topics, definitely email us at [email protected] and thanks for listening to The Health Advocates, a podcast that breaks down major health news every week to help you make sense of it all. If you like this episode, please give us a rating, write a review on Apple podcasts, and definitely hit that subscribe button. Wherever you listen. It’ll help more people like you find out. I’m Zoe Rothblatt.
Steven Newmark 16:53
I’m Steven Newmark. We’ll see you next time.
Narrator 16:58
Be inspired, supported and empowered. This is the Global Healthy Living Foundation Podcast Network.
About Our Hosts

Steven Newmark
Steven Newmark, JD, MPA, is Director of Policy and General Counsel. Steven leads global advocacy and policy initiatives. He was most recently Special Counsel to the President of NYC Health + Hospitals in New York City. Before that he served as the Senior Health Policy Adviser to New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio. He also served as General Counsel in Mayor de Blasio’s Public Advocate office, and as a Health Sciences Litigation Associate at Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe, LLP in New York City where he was part of the team that successfully defended the Vaccine Act before the Supreme Court in Bruesewitz v. Wyeth.
Additionally, he has taught Public Policy at Columbia University and is an Adjunct Professor in U.S. Health Policy at the City University of New York, Baruch College. He received his Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law and his Master of Public Policy and Administration, Advanced Policy and Management from Columbia University School of International and Public Affairs. He received his Bachelor of Arts, Philosophy, Politics and Law from the State University of New York at Binghamton.

Zoe Rothblatt
Zoe Rothblatt, MPH, is a Patient Advocate, Community Outreach Manager and engages in direct patient communications, supporting GHLF’s patient councils and board of governors. Zoe is responsible for understanding patient needs and creating patient-centered resources as well as researching policy initiatives. She earned a Master of Public Health at Columbia University’s Mailman School of Public Health, with a focus on Health Policy and Management. She received a Bachelor of Arts in Health: Science, Society and Policy from Brandeis University. Prior to joining GHLF, Zoe worked at the Community Service Society of New York as a community health advocate providing direct service, advocacy, advice and referrals for patients needing assistance.
Subscribe for weekly patient advocacy news right to your inbox
By subscribing, you agree to receive emails from GHLF. We will never sell your data. See our Privacy Policy.
